Függelék:Sanskrit-English/t

---

Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899)

a - ¤ - ā - i - ī - u - ū - ṝ - ḷ - ḹ - e - ai - o - au k - kh - g - gh - ṅ - c - ch - j - jh - ñ - ṭ - ṭh - ḍ - ḍh - ṇ t - th - d - dh - n - p - ¤ - ph - b - bh - m - y - r - l - v - ¤ - ś - ṣ - s - ¤ - h

t

ta

1. ta the 1st dental consonant

⋙takāra

1. ○kāra m. the letter t
2. • -vipulā f. N. of a metre

⋙tapara

1. ○para mfn. followed by t Pāṇ. 1-1, 70
2. • -karaṇa n. causing ṭ, to follow, vi, 1, 91 Kāś

⋙tavarga

1. ○varga m. the dental consonants collectively TPrāt

⋙tavargīya

1. ○"ṣvargīya mfn. belonging to the dental consonants, xiii, 15

ta

1. tá pronom. base, tád,

⋙tatama

1. ○tama mfn. (superl.) that one (of many) Pāṇ. 5-3, 93
2. • such a one BhP. x, 36, 28
3. • just that AitUp. iii, 12, 13 (= vyāpta-t○ Sch.)

⋙tatara

1. ○tara mfn. (compar.) that one (of two) Pāṇ. 5-3, 92

⋙tatas

1. ○tas (tá-), s.v

ta

1. ta m. a tail (esp. of a jackal), any tail except that of Bos gaurus L
2. •, the breast L
3. • the womb L
4. • the hip W
5. • a warrior L
6. • a thief. L
7. • a wicked man L
8. • a Mleccha L
9. • a Buddha L
10. • a jewel L
11. • nectar L
12. • n. crossing L
13. • virtue L
14. • (ā), f. Lakshmī L

taṃs

1. taṃs (cl. 1. P. ○sati, to decorate Dhātup. xvii, 31
2. • Ā. ○sate [aor. ataṃsiṣṭa] to decorate one's self Vop. xxiv, 12
3. • pf. tatasré) 'to move', pour out (fig. a wish) RV. iv, 23, 5: Caus. taṃsayati (cl. 10. 'to decorate' Dhātup. xxxiii, 56
4. • impf. ataṃsayat), to draw to and fro VS. xxiii, 24: Intens, irr. tantasyati, 'to afflict' or 'to be distressed' (cf. vi-√taṃs), g. kaṇḍv-ādi
5. • [fr. √tan?
6. • cf. tásara ; Goth. at-pinsan
7. • Old Germ. dinsan', to draw.']

taṃsu

1. taṃsu m. N. of a prince of the lunar race (son of Mati- or Ranti-nāra) MBh. i, 3704ff. ; 3779f. Hariv. 1716ff. VP.iv, 19, 1f
2. • (trasu) VāyuP.ī, 37, 125 and 128

⋙taṃsurodha

1. ○rodha m.id. BrahmaP

tak

1. tak cl. 2. ○kti (cl. 1. kati ['to laugh' or 'to bear' Dhātup.v, 2] Naigh. ii, 14
2. • inf. ○kitum Nir. ix, 3) to rush along RV. ix, 16, 1
3. • [cf. niṣ-ṭak, pari-takana, pra-takta ; Lith. tekú.]

≫takavāna

1. tákavāna mfn. (fr. and ) = táku, i, 120, 6

≫taku

1. táku mfn. rushing along, ix, 97, 52

≫takta

1. taktá mfn. id., vi, 32, 5 ; ix, 32, 4 and 67, 15

≫takya

1. takya mfn. fut. Pass. p. Pāṇ. 3-1, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat, takvá mfn. quick RV. viii, 69, 13

≫takvan

1. tákvan m. 'rushing', a bird, bird of prey ['a fleet horse' Sāy.], i, 66, 2
2. • a thief Naigh. iii, 24

⋙takvavī

1. takva-vī́ m. (nom. sg. and pl. viís) a bird, bird of prey RV. i, x

⋙takvavīya

1. takvavī́ya rapid flight (?), i, 134, 5

taka

1. taká m(nom. pl. ās) fn(ad). (dimin. of 2. tá) that, 133, 4 and 191, 15 KātyŚr.xiii Bhadrab

takari

1. takari f. = ○rī Kāṭh. xiii, 9 f

≫takarī

1. takarī́ f. a particular part of a woman's pudenda TS. iii, 3, 10, 1
2. • (tagarī) AV. Paipp, [Page 431, Column 3]

takavāna

1. tákavāna √tak

takila

1. takila mfn. fraudulent L
2. • (ā), f. 'a drug (auṣadha)' or 'N. of a herb (oṣadhi)' L

taku

1. táku √tak

takkola

1. takkola m. Pimenta acris R. iii, 35

takman

1. tákman n. = tok○, offspring Naigh

takman

1. takmán m. (√tañc) 'shrinking', N. of a disease or of a class of diseases (accompanied by skin-eruptions) AV. i, iv-vi, ix, xi f. xix

⋙takmanāśana

1. takmá-nāśana mfn. removing the takmán, v, 4, 1 f

≫takra

1. takra n. (g. nyaṅkv-ādi) buttermilk mixed with (a third part of) water Mn. viii, 326 Yājñ. iii, 37 & 322 Hariv. &c
2. • (ā) (f.= ○krâkvā L

⋙takrakurcikā

1. ○kurcikā f. inspissated buttermilk Suśr

⋙takrapiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa m. curd Bhpr. v, 13, 30

⋙takrabhaktā

1. ○bhaktā f. = ○krâhvā L

⋙takrabhid

1. ○bhid the fruit of Feronia elephantum Npr

⋙takramāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. meat fried with ghee and eaten with buttermilk Bhpr

⋙takrasāra

1. ○sāra n. fresh butter L

⋙takrāṭa

1. takrâṭa m. a churning-stick (cf. dadhi-cāra), Vāsav. 157

⋙takrāhvā

1. takrâhvā f. N. of a shrub L

takva

1. takvá tákvan, kva-vií, &c. √tak

takṣ

1. takṣ cl. i. P. ○kṣati (ep. also Ā. impf. tákṣat, átakṣat RV
2. • rarely cl. 2, 3, pl. tákṣati [Pāṇ. 7-1, 39 Pat.] RV. i, 162, 6
3. • impf. [aor.?] atakṣma, 2. pl. ataṣṭa RV
4. • once cl. 5. [takṣṇoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 76], Pot. ○kṣṇuyur Lāṭy. viii
5. • also apa-
6. • aor, atakṣīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 7 Kāś
7. • 3. pl. ○kṣiṣur RV. i, 130, 6
8. • Subj. takṣiṣat [Pāṇ. 3-4, 7 Kāś.], ŚākhŚr. vii
9. • pf. tatákṣa, once Ā. ○kṣé RV. v, 33, 4 ; 3, pl. ○kskúr RV. (8 times) &c., once takṣur, ii, 19, 8
10. • 2. du. takṣathur, x, 39, 4
11. • pr. p. f. tákṣatī, i, 164, 41
12. • pf. Pass, p. taṣṭá, s.v.) to form by cutting, plane, chisel, chop RV. &c
13. • to cut, split MBh. Hariv. Hcar
14. • to fashion, form (out of wood &c.), make, create RV. AV
15. • to form in the mind, invent RV
16. • to make (any one young
17. • double acc.), make able or prepare for (dat.) RV
18. • (in math.) to reduce by dividing Gol. xiii, 14 ff
19. • Lil. &c
20. • = √tvac Dhātup. xvii, 13
21. • to, skin ib.: Caus. takṣayati (aor. atatakṣat) Pāṇ. 7-4, 93 Kāś
22. • cf. tvakṣ. 2. Taksh, 'paring'
23. • kāṣṭha-

≫takṣa

1. takṣa mfn. 'cutting through', tapas-
2. • m. ifc. = ○kṣan VarBṛS. lxxxvii, 20 and 24 (cf. kauṭa-, grāma-)
3. • N. of a Nāga (cf. ○kṣaka) Kauś
4. • of a son [of Bharata R. vii, 100 f. Ragh. xv, 89 BhP. ix, 11, 12
5. • (also ○kṣaka)
6. • of Vṛika, 24, 42]

≫takṣa

1. takṣa in comp. for ○kṣan,

⋙takṣakarman

1. ○karman n. carpenter's work ĀśvŚr.ī, 1, 13 Sch

⋙takṣarathakāra

1. ○rathakārá (tâk○), m. du. a carpenter and a cartwright MaitrS. iv, 3, 8

⋙takṣavat

1. ○vat mfn. ? (for kṣata-v○?) MBh. ii, 23, 18,

⋙takṣaśila

1. ○śila m. pl. the inhabitants of ○lā VarBṛS. x, 8 and (in comp.) xvi, 26
2. • (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 93
3. • g. varaṇâdi) ? city of the Gandhāras (residence of Taksha R. vii, 101, 11) MBh. R. Buddh. VarBṛS. Kathās. lxix
4. • ○lā-vatī f. N. of a locality, g. madhv-ddi

⋙takṣāyaskāra

1. takṣâyaskāra n. sg. a carpenter and a blacksmith Pāṇ. 2-4, 10 Kāś

≫takṣaka

1. takṣaká m. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś.) 'a cutter', kāṣṭha-, vṛkṣa-
2. • a carpenter L
3. • Viśvakarman L
4. • the Sūtra-dhāra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch
5. • N. of a tree L
6. • of a Nāga prince (cf. ○kṣa) AV. viii, 10, 29 TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 18, 1 Kauś. MBh. &c
7. • of a son of Prasena-jit BhP. ix, 12, 8
8. • also ○kṣa

≫takṣakīyā

1. takṣakīyā f. N. of a place, g. 2. naḍâdi

≫takṣaṇa

1. takṣaṇa m. a cutter, abrader W
2. • (in math.) the divisor employed to reduce a quantity W
3. • n. cutting, paring, peeling, abrading KātyŚr. xxii, 6 Gaut.i, 29 Mn.v, 115 &c
4. • (N. of a Kalā) Vātsyāy. i, 3, 17
5. • dividing in order to reduce a quantity, Lil
6. • (ī), f. an instrument for cutting or paring L

≫takṣan

1. tákṣan m. (Ved. acc. ○kṣaṇam, class. ○kṣaṇam Pāṇ. 6-4, 9 Kāś.) a wood-cutter, carpenter, ? RV. ix, 112, 1 AV.x, 6, 3 VS. &c
2. • N. of a teacher ŚBr. ii, 3, 1, 31
3. • (kṣṇī), f. g. gaurâdi (not in Gaṇar.)

⋙takṣiṇī

1. takṣiṇī f. = ○kṣaṇī L

≫takṣitṛ

1. takṣitṛ mfn. a cutter Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś

≫takṣya

1. tákṣya mfn. to be formed RV. viii, 102, 8

tagaḍavallī

1. tagaḍa-vallī for tagara-, q.v

≫tagara

1. tagara n. (m. L.) = ○raka Kauś. 16 MBh. xiii, 5042 Buddh. Suśr. VarBṛS. lxxvii, 5 ff
2. • n. = -pura Romakas
3. • (ī), f. = takarī́, q.v

⋙tagarapādika

1. ○pādika n. = ○raka L
2. • (ā), f. id. L

⋙tagarapādi

1. ○pādí f. id. L

⋙tagarapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town

⋙tagaravalli

1. ○vallí f. Cassia auriculata Npr

⋙tagaraśikhin

1. ○śikhin m. N. of a man Lalit. xiii. [Page 432, Column 1]

≫tagaraka

1. tagaraka Tabernaemontana coronaria and a fragrant powder prepared from, it VarBṛS. li

⋙tagarika

1. tagarika m

⋙tagarikī

1. tagarikī f. a seller of Tagara powder, g. kisarâdi

taṅk

1. taṅk cl. 1.Pṭo live in distress, Dhā2tup

≫taṅka

1. taṅka grief produced by separation from a beloved object L. Sch
2. • fear ib
3. • vḷ. for ṭaṅka (a chisel) L
4. • cf. ā-, tapas-
5. • pra-taṅkam

taṅg

1. taṅg cl. 1. P, ○gati, to go Dhātup. v, 41
2. • to stumble ib
3. • to tremble ib

taṅgaṇa

1. taṅgaṇa m. pl. N. of a people (in the upper part of the valley of the Sarayū) MBh. ii f. vi f. xiv Hariv. VarBṛS. x, xvi f
2. • cf. ṭaṅk○

taṅgalva

1. taṅgalvá m. N. of an evil spirit AV. viii, 6, 21

tacchabdatva

1. tac-chabda-tva &c. tat

≫tajja

1. taj-ja

⋙tajjajaghanya

1. ○jaghanyá &c. ib

tajvī

1. tajvī f. for tanvii, q.v

tañc

1. tañc (= √tvañc), cl. 1. ○cati, to go

tañc

1. tañc cl. 7. tanakti, to contract Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38
2. • cf. ā, abhy-ā-
3. • upâtaṅkya
4. • takmán and ○kra

⋙tañj

1. tañj v. l. for √2. tañc Dhātup

tañjala

1. tañjala m. the Cātaka bird Gal

taṭ

1. taṭ cl. 1. P. ○ṭati, to rumble ṢaḍvBr. v, 7
2. • (derived fr. taṭa) to be raised Dhātup.ix, 21: Caus. tāṭayati, v. l. for tāḍay○, to strike, xxxii, 43

taṭa

1. taṭa m. (exceptionally n. Daśar. ī. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has (as it were) sloping, sides (cf. śroṇi-, stana-, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381) Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ii Bhartṛ.)
2. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) id. Gīt. Prab. Sāh
3. • cf. a-, ut-
4. • pura-taṭī

⋙taṭadruma

1. ○druma m. a tree standing on the shore

⋙taṭabhū

1. ○bhū f. the shore, Śis. viii, 19

⋙taṭastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing on a declivity or bank Naish. iii, 55
2. • = -sthita, Mālatim. Naish. iii, 55
3. • m. an indifferent person (neither friend nor foe) W
4. • n. a property distinct from the nature of the body and yet that by which it is known, spiritual essence, Vedântak

⋙taṭasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. 'standing aloof', indifferent Uttarar. (said of speech)

⋙taṭāghāta

1. taṭâghāta m. the butting (of elephants) against banks &c. (vapra-krīḍā) Kum. ii, 50

≫taṭaka

1. taṭaka n. a shore Inscr

≫taṭāka

1. taṭāka n. (m. L.) a pool ṢaḍvBr. v, 12 R. &c

≫taṭākinī

1. taṭākinī f. a large pond MBh. iii, 279, 44

≫taṭāya

1. taṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to appear like a declivity Alaṃkārav

≫taṭinī

1. taṭinī f. (g. puṣkarâdi) 'having a bank', a river Rājat. iii, 339 ; iv, 548 Śatr

⋙taṭinīpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of rivers', the ocean, i, 50

≫taṭya

1. taṭya mfn. living on slopes (Śiva) MBh. xii

taṭataṭa

1. taṭataṭa (onomat.) in comp

⋙taṭataṭasvana

1. ○svana mfn. rumbling, thundering VarBṛS. xxxiii, 5

taḍ

1. taḍ cl, 10. tāḍayati (perf. ○ḍayāmāsa Kathās., twice tatāḍa BhP. vi f
2. • Pass. tāḍyate) to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yājñ. i MBh. &c
3. • to strike a musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mṛicch. v Kum. &c

   • (in astron.) to obscure or eclipse partially VarBṛS. xxiv, 34 

1. • 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 126

≫taḍākā

1. taḍākā f. a stroke L
2. • splendour Uṇ. Sch

≫taḍi

1. taḍi ?, iv, 117 Sch

≫taḍit

1. taḍit ind. = ○ḍítas RV. i, 94, 7 (talit)
2. • f. stroke (vadha-karman Naigh. ii, 19)', lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Suśr. &c. (ifc. ○ḍita Vet. Introd. 20)

⋙taḍitkumāra

1. ○kumāra m. pl. = vidyut-k○ L

⋙taḍitprabhā

1. ○prabhā f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635

⋙taḍitvat

1. ○vat mfn. having or emitting lightning R. v, 40, 4 Vikr.i, 14 VarBṛS. Kir. v, 4
2. • m. a cloud Vām. v, 1, 10 Sch
3. • akind of Cyperus W

≫taḍitas

1. taḍítas (taḻít○), ind. closely, near (as if striking against) RV. ii, 23, 9

≫taḍid

1. taḍid in comp. for ○ḍit

⋙taḍidgarbha

1. ○garbha m. 'containing lightning', a cloud ŚvetUp. iv, 4,

⋙taḍidvāsas

1. ○vāsas mfn. having lightning like garments BhP. i, 12, 8

≫taḍin

1. taḍin in comp. for ○ḍit

⋙taḍinmaya

1. ○maya mfn. flashing like lightning Kum. v 25 Hcar. viii

⋙taḍinmālā

1. ○mālā f. a garland of lightning, śāntiś
2. • ○lâvalambin mfn. having garlands of lightning hanging down W

≫taḍil

1. taḍil = ○ḍit

⋙taḍillatā

1. ○latā f. forked lightning, Ritus, ii, 20

⋙taḍillekhā

1. ○lekhā f. a streak of lightning Bhartṛ. iii

taḍaga

1. taḍaga m.= ○ḍāga, a pond L. [Page 432, Column 2]

taḍataḍiti

1. taḍataḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) crack! Bālar. viii, 77

   • cf. taṭataṭa

≫taḍatkārin

1. taḍat-kārin mfn. cracking, iv, 74 ; v, 11

taḍāka

1. taḍāka m. n. (= taṭāka), a tank, pool L
2. • 2. (ā), f. a shore L

⋙taḍākini

1. taḍākini for taṭāk.○ (C)

≫taḍāga

1. taḍāga n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) = ○ḍāka ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 2 Mn. iv, vii ff. Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. • a trap L

⋙taḍāgada

1. ○da mfn. making a tank, xiii, 2987

⋙taḍāgabhavanotsarga

1. ○bhavanôtsarga m. N. of Smṛitit. xii Smṛitit. Introd. 3

⋙taḍāgabhedaka

1. ○bhedaka mfn. a tank-breaker Mn. ix, 279

⋙taḍāgavat

1. ○vat mfn. = -da MBh. xiii, 2973

taḍi

1. taḍi ○dít, ○dítas, √taḍ

taḍiti

1. taḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) = taḍataḍ-iti Bālar. iv, 59 ; vi, 69 ; viii, 67
2. • ix Vcar. xiii, 40

taṇḍ

1. taṇḍ (= √taḍ), cl. 1. Ā. oḍate, to beat Dhātup. viii, 28

≫taṇḍa

1. taṇḍa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙taṇḍavataṇḍa

1. ○vataṇḍa m. pl, the descendants of Taṇḍa and Vataṇḍa, g. kārtakaujapâdi

≫taṇḍaka

1. taṇḍaka mṇ. (g. ardharcâdi) a complete preparation L., Sch,
2. • composition abounding in compound words L
3. • the upright post of a house L
4. • m. a juggler L
5. • the trunk of a tree L
6. • foam L
7. • a wagtail L
8. • cf. tāṇḍ○

≫taṇḍā

1. taṇḍā f. in comp
2. • cf. taṇḍa

⋙taṇḍāpracara

1. ○pracara or m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ

⋙taṇḍāpratara

1. ○pratara m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ

⋙taṇḍālakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of a Sūtra of the SV

≫taṇḍi

1. taṇḍi m. N. of a man Pravar., ii, 4, 1 ; vii, 2
2. • of a Ṛishi (who saw and praised Śiva) MBh. xiii, 607 and 1037ff. ŚivaP.ī, 2
3. • cf. sudivā-
4. • tāṇḍi

⋙taṇḍiputra

1. ○putra m. N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 37

⋙taṇḍivāha

1. ○vāha m. a barber Gal

≫taṇḍu

1. taṇḍu m. N. of an attendant of Śiva (Bharata's teacher in the art of dancing, cf. tāṇḍava)

taṇḍurīṇa

1. taṇḍurīṇa m. one not a citizen, a barbarian L
2. • a worm, insect L
3. • = ○ṇḍulâmbu L

taṇḍula

1. taṇḍulá m. (g. ardharcâdi) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. ŚBr. AitBr. &c
2. • rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBṛS
3. • = ○līka L
4. • m. = ○lu L
5. • (ā), f.id. L
6. • (ī), f. a kind of gourd L
7. • = ○līka L
8. • the plant yava-tiktā L

⋙taṇḍulakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa m. a rice-grain Hit

⋙taṇḍulakaṇḍana

1. ○kaṇḍana n. bran Suśr

⋙taṇḍulakiṇva

1. ○kiṇva n. g. rāja-dantâdi

⋙taṇḍulakusumabaliprakāra

1. ○kusuma-bali-prakāra or ○li-vik○ m. pl. N. of a Kalā (q.v.)

⋙taṇḍuladeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a poet Bhojapr. 162/163

⋙taṇḍulaphalā

1. ○phalā f. long pepper L

⋙taṇḍulavaitālika

1. ○vaitālika n. N. of the 5th Prakīrṇaka of the Jaina canon

⋙taṇḍulāmbu

1. taṇḍulâmbu n. rice-water or gruel

⋙taṇḍulottha

1. taṇḍulôttha

⋙taṇḍulodaka

1. taṇḍulôdaka n. id. L

⋙taṇḍulaūgha

1. taṇḍulaū7gha m. a heap of grain W
2. • Bambus spinosa L

≫taṇḍulika

1. taṇḍulika mfn. fr. ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat

⋙taṇḍulikāśrama

1. taṇḍulikâśrama m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24 (v. l.) MBh. iii, 4084 (vv. ll. ○DUl○ and tandul○)

≫taṇḍulin

1. taṇḍulin mfn. for ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat

≫taṇḍulīka

1. taṇḍulīka m. Amaranthus polygonoides L

≫taṇḍulīya

1. taṇḍulīya m. (g. apūpâdi) id. Suśr
2. • = ○lu L
3. • iron pyrites L

⋙taṇḍulīyaka

1. taṇḍulīyaka m. = ○līka Suśr
2. • = ○lu L
3. • (ikā), f. id. L

⋙taṇḍulu

1. taṇḍulu m. Embelia Ribes L

≫taṇḍulera

1. taṇḍulera m. = ○līka L

≫taṇḍūlikāśrama

1. taṇḍūlikâśrama ○Dul○

tat

1. tat for tád. col. 3

tat

1. tat I. tatá. √tan

tata

1. tatá m. (cf. tāta) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to nanā́, mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f. ; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like tāta] also term of affection addressed to a son AitBr.v, 14, 3 ; vii, 14, 8)

⋙tatatata

1. ○tata m. father of fathers W

⋙tatadruh

1. ○druh mfn. having hurt one's father BhP. i, 18, 37

⋙tatāmaha

1. tatā-mahá m. (formed after and ) = pita-mahá AV. v, 24, 17 ; xviii, 4, 76 Kauś. PārGṛ. i, 5 BhP. vi
2. • cf. pra-

tatanuṣṭi

1. tatanúṣṭi √tan

tatama

1. ta-tama -tara, 2. tá

≫tatas

1. tátas ind. (tâ-tas, correlative of yá-tas) used for the abl. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 7f.' ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. ĪśUp. Mn. &c
2. • from that place, thence RV. AV. &c,
3. • in that place, there MBh. &c
4. • thither Mn. vii, 188 R. i, 44, 34 Kathās
5. • thereupon, then, after that, afterwards (sometimes corresponding to preceding particles like ágre, puras, purvam, prathamam, prāk ŚBr. xiv Mn. ii, 60 Śak. Pañcat. &c
6. • corresponding to prathamá RV. i, 83, 5
7. • also correlative of yád [x, 85, 5 and 121, 7 AV. xii, 4, 7 ff.], yátra "ṣBr.i, yadā ṇal. xx ṛ., yadi [ChUp. Nal. &c.], cêd [TUp. ii, 6 Śak. v, 28/29 vḷ.] [Page 432, Column 3]
8. • often superfluous after an ind. p. or after tadā or atha Mn. &c.)
9. • from that, in consequence of that, for that reason, consequently AV. MBh. xii, 13626 R. vi Hit

⋙tataḥ katham

1. tátaḥ katham but, how is it then that? Sāh. iii, 200/210

⋙tataḥ kṣaṇam

1. tátaḥ kṣaṇam or immediately afterwards Kathās

⋙tataḥ kṣaṇāt

1. tátaḥ kṣaṇāt immediately afterwards Kathās

⋙tatah para

1. tátah pára mfn. beyond that AV. xviii, 2, 32
2. • ○raṃ, ind, besides that, further Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār
3. • thereupon, afterwards MBh. &c. (○taś ca param VP. iv)

⋙tataḥ pascāt

1. tátaḥ pascāt id. Mn. iii, 116 f. MBh. &c
2. • ○taḥ-prabhṛti, thenceforth Nal. ii, i Pañcat. &c

⋙tatas tatah

1. tátas tatah (in dram.) what then? what took place after that? Ratnāv. Hit
2. • ○tas-tataḥ, from that and that place, here and there, hither and thither, from all sides, to everyplace, everywhere PārGṛ. iii, 13, 6 MBh. R. BhP
3. • (correlative of yato-yataḥ, from whatever place, wherever) to that place Śak. i, 23 BhP
4. • ○to'nyatas, 'to another place than that', to some other place Mn. ii, 200
5. • ○to'nyatra = tasmād anyasmin L

⋙tato param

1. táto'param afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4
2. • [cf. ?,?],

⋙tatastya

1. ○"ṣtya mf(ā)n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) coming from that, proceeding thence Kir. i, 27
2. • of or belonging to that W

≫tati

1. táti nom. acc. pl. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 ff.) so many, Lat. tot AV. xii, 3

⋙tatidhā

1. ○dhā́ in, d. in-so many parts ib

≫tatitha

1. tatithá mf(ī́)n. so maniest ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 5

≫tato

1. tato in comp. for ○tas

⋙tatonidāna

1. ○nidāna mfn. caused by that Vajracch. 8 and 11

⋙tatobṛhatīka

1. ○bṛhatīka mfn. having the Bṛihatī metre at that place SāṅkhŚr. xi, 12, 1

⋙tatobhavat

1. ○bhavat m. His (or Your) Highness there (cf. tatra-bh○) Pāṇ. 5-3, 14 Kāś

tatāmaha

1. tatā-mahá 2. tatá

tati

1. tati √tan

taturi

1. táturi mfn. (√tṝ, iii, 2, 171) conquering RV. i, 145, 3 iv, 39, 2, vi, 22, 2 ; 24, 2 ; 68, 7
2. • promoting ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 22 SāṅkhŚr. i, 11, 1

tat

1. tat in comp. for tád

⋙tatkara

1. ○kara mf(ā)n. doing that, doing any particular work Pāṇ. 3-2, 21

⋙tatkartavya

1. ○kartavya mfn. proper to be done with reference to any particular circumstance (cf. iti-k○) Rājat. vi, 269

⋙tatkartṛ

1. ○kartṛ m. 'creator of (that, i.e. of) the universe', N. of the supreme being (with Sikhs) W

⋙tatkarmakārin

1. ○karma-kārin mfn. doing the same work Mn. ix, 261

⋙tatkārin

1. ○kārin mfn. id., Kāvyád.ī, 20

⋙tatkāla

1. ○kāla mfn. happening (at that same time, i.e.) immediately KātyŚr. i, xxv
2. • of that duration BrahmaP
3. • m. that time (opposed to etat-k○, this time') Vedântas
4. • the time referred to KātyŚr. i VarBṛ. Laghuj
5. • (am), ind. at that time, at the same time, during that time Gobh. iii, 3, 28 PārGṛ. ii, 11, 5 f. VarBṛ. Kathās. &c
6. • immediately Pañcat. Kathās. (cf. tātkālika)
7. • -dhī mfn. having presence of mind L
8. • -lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Npr
9. • ○lêpanna-dhī mfn. = ○la-dhī L

⋙tatkālīna

1. ○"ṣkālīna mfn. of that time Daś. iii, 36
2. • simultaneous BhP. x, 12, 41

⋙tatkulina

1. ○"ṣkulína mfn. of that family MBh. v, 7102

⋙tatkriya

1. ○kriya mfn. =

⋙tatkara

1. ○kara L

⋙tatkṣaṇa

1. ○kṣaṇa m. the same moment L
2. • (am), ind. at the same moment, directly, immediately Pañcat. Kathās. &c. (incomp. ○ṇa- Ragh. i, 51 VarBṛS. Kathās. vi Hit.)
3. • (āt), abl. ind. id. Yājñ. ii, 14 R. &c
4. • (e), loc. ind., id. W

⋙tattaddeśīya

1. ○tad-deśīya mfn. belonging to this or that country Nyāyam. viii, 3, 7 Sch

⋙tattulya

1. ○tulya mfn. (said of a Prākṛit word) similar or equal to the original Sanskṛit word Vāgbh. ii, 2

⋙tattritīya

1. ○tritīya mfn. doing that for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙tattribhāgaka

1. ○tribhāgaka mf(ikā)n. forming onethird of that VarBṛS. lviii

⋙tattva

1. ○tva n. true or real state, truth, reality ŚvetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c
2. • (in phil.) a true principle (in Sāṃkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. a-vyakta, buddhi, ahaṃ-kāra, the 5 Tan-mātras, the 5 Mahā-bhūtas, the 11 organs including manas, and, lastly, puruṣa, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840 ; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas. ; 24 in number MBh. xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.) ; 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff
3. • for other numbers xi,. 22, 1 ff. RāmatUp
4. • with Māheśvaras and Lokâyatikas only 5 viś. the 5 elements are admitted Prab. ii, 18/19
5. • with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f
6. • in Vedânta phil. tattva is regarded as made up of tad and tvam, 'that art thou', and called mahā-vākya, the great word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma [tad] is expressed)
7. • the, number 25 Sūryas. ii
8. • the number 24 DevibhP. ŚBr. vii, 3, 1, 43 Sāy
9. • an element or elementary property W
10. • the essence or substance of anything W. [Page 433, Column 1]
11. • the being that Jaim. i, 3, 24 Sch
12. • = tata-tva L
13. • N. of a musical instrument L
14. • (ena), instr. ind. according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R
15. • -kaumudī f. 'Tattva-moonlight', N. of a Comm. on Sāṃkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20
16. • -candra m. 'truthmoon', N. of a Comm. on Prakriyā-kaumudī
17. • 'Tattva-moon', N. of a Comm. on -kaumudī
18. • -cintāmaṇi m. N. of a philos. work by Gaṅgêśa
19. • of another work Nirṇayas. iii
20. • -jña mfn. ifc. knowing the truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. (a- neg., xii, 6623) R. &c
21. • m. a Brāhman Npr
22. • -jñāna n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the true principles of phil. Sarvad
23. • -jñānin mfn. = -jña W
24. • -taraṃgiṇī f. 'truth-river', N. of wk. by Dharmasāgara
25. • -tas ind.= ○ttvena MuṇḍUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c
26. • -tā f. truth, reality W
27. • -tyaj mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19
28. • -trayamaya mfn. consisting of the 3 realities Hcat. i, 11, 893

   • -darśa m. (= -dṛś) N. of a Ṛishi under Manu Deva-sāvarṇi BhP. viii, 13, 32 

1. • -darśin mfn. = -dṛś MBh. iii, 1149 Rāmag
2. • m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv. 433
3. • of a Brāhman, 1265
4. • -dīpana n. 'Tattva-light', N. of wk
5. • -dṛś mfn. perceiving truth Vedântas
6. • -nikaṣa-grāvan m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12
7. • -niścaya m. 'ascertainment of truth', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94
8. • -niṣṭhatā f. veracity Hemac
9. • -nyāsa m. 'application of true principles', N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishṇu (application of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr
10. • -prakāśa m. 'light of true principles', N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii
11. • -prabodha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Haribhadra II (AḌ. 1200)
12. • -bindu m. 'truthdrop', N. of a philos. treatise
13. • -bodha m. knowledge or understanding of truth, xii, 46
14. • N. of wk. Tantras. ii
15. • -bodhinī f. 'teaching true principles', N. of a Comm. on Saṃkshepa-śārīraka
16. • of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñānêndra-sarasvatī
17. • truth-teaching, RTL. p. 492 and 509
18. • -bhava m. true being or nature KaṭhUp. vi ŚvetUp. i
19. • -bhūta mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290
20. • -muktâvali f. 'necklace of truth', N. of wk. Sarvad. iv, 110
21. • RTL. p. 123
22. • -vat mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii, 11480
23. • -vāda-rahasya n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110
24. • -vid mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.) Bhag. iii, 28
25. • -vivitsā f. desire of knowing the truth W
26. • -viveka m. the sifting of established truth
27. • N. of wk. on astron. (also siddhânta-t○)
28. • of another work Sarvad. v, 6
29. • ○ka-dīpana n. 'light of truth-investigation', N. of a philos. work
30. • -śambara n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch
31. • (○raka, Āryav.)
32. • -śuddhi f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathās. lxxv, 194
33. • -saṃgraha m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88
34. • -satya-śāstra n. N. of a Buddh. work by Guṇaprabha
35. • -samāsa m. 'Tattva-compendium', N. of Kapila's Sāṃkhya-sūtras Tattvas
36. • -sāgara m. 'truth-ocean', N. of wk. Smṛitit. xi Nirṇayas. i, 318
37. • -sāra m. 'truth-essence', N. of wk. Śāktân. ii
38. • ○vâkhyānôpamā f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kāvyâd. ii, 36
39. • ○vâdhigata mfn. learnt thoroughly Suśr
40. • ○vâpahnava-rūpaka n. a metaphor denying a truth (as that two eyes are not eyes but bees) Kāvyâd. ii, 95
41. • ○vâbhiyoga m. a positive charge or declaration Yājñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff
42. • ○vârtha m. the truth Sarvad. iii
43. • ○tha-kaumudī f. 'truth-light', N. of a Comm. on Prāyaśc. by (Govindânanda
44. • ○tha-vid mfn. knowing the exact truth or meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3
45. • ( veda-)
46. • ○tha-sūtra n. N. of a Jaina work by Umā-svāti Sarvad. iii, 103
47. • ○vâvabodha m. perception of truth W

⋙tatpada

1. ○pada n. the place of that Daś. vii, 435
2. • the word tad Vedântas
3. • m. Ficus religiosa Npr

⋙tatpara

1. ○para mf(ā)n. following that or thereupon Megh
2. • having that as one's highest object or aim, totally devoted or addicted to, attending closely to, eagerly engaged in (loc. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 66 Kāś. Pārśvan.] or generally in comp.) ŚvetUp. i, 7 Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
3. • m. 1/30 of an eye's twinkle W
4. • (ā), f. 1/60 of a second of a circle Āryabh. iii, 2 Sch
5. • -tā f. scope, design, intention W
6. • entire devotion or addiction to (loc.) Hit
7. • -tva n. id. W
8. • aiming at, tending to Daśar. iv, 38 (a- neg.)
9. • 'the state of following behind', inferiority KātyŚr. i, 4, 16 and 5, 5

⋙tatparāyaṇa

1. ○parāyaṇa mfn. addicted to W

⋙tatpāṇini

1. ○pāṇini ind, = iti-p○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Kāś

⋙tatpuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. the original or supreme spirit (one of the 5 forms of Īśvara [also ○ṣa-vaktra] Sarvad. vii) Kāṭh. xvii, 1 TĀr., x, 1, 5 f. LiṅgaP. i, 13 [Page 433, Column 2]
2. • the servant of him KātyŚr. vii, 1, 8
3. • N. of a Kalpa period MatsyaP. liii, 41
4. • a class of compounds (formed like the word tat-puruṣa, 'his servant') in which the last member is qualified by the first without losing (as the last member of Bahu-vrīhi compounds) its grammatical independence (whether as noun or adj. or p.)
5. • two subdivisions of these compounds are called Karma-dhāraya and Dvi-gu (qq.vv.)
6. • -vaktra m. before

⋙tatpurva

1. ○purva mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 162) happening for the first time Mālav.iv, 8 Ragh. xiv
2. • (am), ind. that for the first time Kir. vii, 11 ; viii, 26
3. • -tā f. happening for the first time, ix, 75
4. • -saṅga mfn. then first restrained Ragh. ii, 42

⋙tatpṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha mfn. combined with that arrangement of Sāmans ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 22, 6

⋙tatprakāra

1. ○prakāra mfn. of that kind W

⋙tatprathama

1. ○prathama mfn. doing that for the first time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś
2. • (am), ind. = -pūrvam Kir. viii, 30 ; xvi, 27
3. • -tas ind. id. Divyâv
4. • -taram ind. that first of all, xxii, 4 ; xxx, 434

⋙tatprabhāte

1. ○prabhāte loc. ind. early on the next morning Vet. i, 18/19 and 23/24

⋙tatprabhṛti

1. ○prabhṛti mfn. beginning with that Lāṭy. ii, vii, ix

⋙tatpravaravat

1. ○pravara-vat mfn. having (his or) their line of ancestors KātyŚr. i, 6, 13 Sch

⋙tatprepsu

1. ○prêpsu m. a particular form of a Desid. Nir. vi, 28 APrāt. iv, 29

⋙tatphala

1. ○phala mfn. having that as a fruit or reward W
2. • having that as a result W
3. • the blue water-lily L
4. • the plant kuṣṭha L
5. • a kind of perfume L

⋙tatsaṃskārārthatva

1. ○saṃskārârtha-tva n. the state of helping to promote that Jaim. vi, 4, 45 (a- neg.)

⋙tatsaṃkhyāka

1. ○saṃkhyāka mfn. of that number Yājñ. ii, 6/7

⋙tatsadṛśa

1. ○sadṛśa mfn. 'fitting or corresponding to that', -sthāna

⋙tatsama

1. ○sama mfn. = -tulya
2. • ifc. synonymous with Uṇ. i, 3 Sch

⋙tatsamanantaram

1. ○samanantaram ind. immediately upon that Kathās. iv, 24
2. • cf. tadanant○

⋙tatsādhukārin

1. ○sādhu-kārin mfn. accomplishing that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134

⋙tatsina

1. ○sina (tát-), mfn. wishing to acquire or ordering that RV. i, 61, 4

⋙tatstha

1. ○stha mfn. being on or in that Pāṇ. 4-2, 134 ; ii, 2, 8 Vārtt. 2
2. • m. a particular mode of multiplication W
3. • -tadañjana-tā f. assuming the colour of any near object Yogas. i, 41

⋙tatsthāna

1. ○sthāna mfn. (= -sadṛśa Sāy.) for tasthāná (q.v.) AitBr. vi, 5, 2

⋙tatspṛṣṭin

1. ○spṛṣṭin mfn. touching them Gaut. xiv, 30

≫tac

1. tac in comp. for tád

⋙tacchabdatva

1. ○chabda-tva (śab○), n. = tācchabdya TāṇḍyaBr. iv, 8, 15 Sch

⋙tacchīla

1. ○chīla (śīla), mfn. accustomed to that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134
2. • = sadṛśa, similar Kāvyâd. ii, 64
3. • cf. tācchīlika

≫taj

1. taj in comp. for tád

⋙tajja

1. ○ja mfn. sprung from (that, i.e. from) Sanskṛit (as Prākṛit or other words) Vāgbh. ii, 2
2. • -lân mfn. produced, absorbed and breathing in that ChUp. iii, 14, 1

⋙tajjaghanya

1. ○jaghanyá mf(ā́)n. the worst among them TS. vii, 1, 6, 4

⋙tajjaya

1. ○jaya m. the conquest of that W

⋙tajjalān

1. ○ja-lân -ja

⋙tajjātīya

1. ○jātīya

⋙tajjātīyaka

1. ○jātīyaka mfn. of the same kind, (a- neg.) Pāṇ. 1-1, 7 Vārtt. 8 and Pat

⋙tajjña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing that, (m.) a knowing man BhP. iii, v (a-, q.v.) Rājat. v, 481
2. • ifc. familiar with Hariv.8427

≫tatra

1. tátra (also ○trā RV.), ind. (tá-tra, correlative of yá-tra
2. • g. câdi, not in Kāś.) used for the loc. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 10 ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c
3. • in that place, there (in comp. Pāṇ. 2-1, 46) RV. &c
4. • thither, to that place ib
5. • in that, therein, in that case, on that occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of yád [vi, 57, 4 AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], yadā [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], yadi ṃn. viii f. Cāṇ. ḥit., or ced [Mn. viii, 295 ; ix, 205]
6. • tatra māsa, 'that month', i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathās. xviii, 208)

⋙tatra tatra

1. tátra tatra used for double loc. of tád Nal. v, 8
2. • in that and that place, here and there, everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP
3. • to every place MBh

⋙yatra tatra

1. yatra tatra used for the loc. yasmiṃs tasmin, in whatever Mn. iii, 50 ; vi, 66 ; xii, 102
2. • in whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686
3. • to any place whatever, v, 5997
4. • at any rate, indiscriminately, xiii, 514
5. • yatra tatrâpi, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathās. xxxvi, 101 ; [Goth. thathro1.]

⋙tatracakṣurmanas

1. ○cakṣurmanas mfn. directing one's eyes and mind on him Gaut. i, 47

⋙tatratya

1. ○tya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) of that place, being there BhP. Kathās. Rājat. i, 117 Hit

⋙tatrabhava

1. ○bhava mfn. employed with that ĀpŚr. xiv, 5, 1 Sch

⋙tatrabhavat

1. ○bhavat m

⋙tatrabhavatī

1. ○bhavatī f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 166 and v, 3, 14 Kāś.) 'Your Honour there', (chiefly in dram.) respectful title given to absent persons (once to a present person Mṛicch. i, 55/56) R. ii, &c
2. • cf. atra-bh○

⋙tatravāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling there, i, 25, 21. [Page 433, Column 3]

⋙tatraskandha

1. ○skandha m. N. of a deity, Tantr

⋙tatrastha

1. ○stha mfn. dwelling there, situated there, belonging to that place MBh. iii, 2683 R. ii, iv Kathās. vii, xxvi

≫tathā

1. táthā ind. (tâ-thā, correlative of yá-thā Pāṇ. 5-3, 26
2. • g. câdi Kāś. and Gaṇar.) in that manner, so, thus (the correlative standing in the preceding or in the subsequent clause, e.g. yathā priyaṃ, tathâstu, 'as is agreeable, so let it be'
3. • tathā prayatnam ātiṣṭhed yathâtmānaṃ na pīḍayet, 'he should so make effort as that he may not injure himself.' Mn. vii, 68
4. • tathā tathā-yathā, so much that VP. iv
5. • also correlative of iva Mn. iii, 181 R. i, 4, 12
6. • of yena Kathās. iii, 18
7. • of yādṛśa Mn. i, 42
8. • used in forms of adjuration, e.g. yathâham anyaṃ na cintaye tathâyam patatāṃ kṣudraḥ parâsuḥ, 'as surely as I do not think on any other man, so surely let this wretch fall dead' Nal. xi, 36) RV. &c
9. • yes, so be it, so it shall be (particle of assent, agreement, or promise
10. • generally followed by iti) AV. iii, 4, 5 ŚBr. AitBr. &c. (tathêty uktvā, having said 'so be it' or 'yes' Nal. &c.)
11. • so also, in like manner (e.g. sukhaṃ seved duḥkhaṃ tathā, 'let him make use of prosperity and also adversity') Mn. MBh. &c
12. • = tathā hi Nal. xix, 25

⋙tathā ca

1. táthā ca and likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhūrtas. Hit

⋙tathāpi

1. táthâpi even thus, even so, nevertheless, yet, still, notwithstanding (correlative of yady api [R. iii, 3, 3 Dhūrtas. &c.], api āmar., api yadi Prab., kāmam "ṣak., varam) MBh. &c
2. • tathâpi tu id. Śak

⋙tathā hi

1. táthā hi (g. svar-ādi) for so, for thus (it has been said), for instance Ragh. Śak. &c

⋙tathaiva

1. táthaiva exactly so, in like manner Mn. &c
2. • (with ca or api following) likewise Mn. &c

⋙athotathā

1. atho-tathā id. ib

⋙yathātathā

1. yathā-tathā in whatever way, in any way, by all means, iv, 17 MBh. i, 45, 17 ; vii, 6332 Nal. Naish.ix, 29

⋙yathāyathātathātathā

1. yathā-yathā-tathātathā in whatever manner or degree-in that manner or degree the more-the more Mn. MBh. (Nal. viii, 14) VarBṛS. xi Vet
2. • cf. yathā-tatham, a- and vi-tatha

⋙tathākaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. proceeding thus ĀpŚr. xi, 21, 8 Sch. (a-, neg.)

⋙tathākāram

1. ○kāram ind. thus (correlative of yath○) Pāṇ. 3-4, 28

⋙tathākṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. thus done or made W
2. • made true VarBṛS. xxxii, 4

⋙tathākratu

1. ○kratu (táth○), mfn. so intending ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 7

⋙tathāgata

1. ○gata mfn. being in such a state or condition, of such a quality or nature RPrāt. iii, 5 MBh. Mālav. v, 9/10
2. • 'he who comes and goes in the same way as the Buddhas who preceded him', Gautama Buddha Buddh. Sarvad
3. • a Buddhist SŚaṃkar. i, 70
4. • x
5. • -kośa-paripālitā f. N. of a Kiṃnara virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 83
6. • -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L
7. • -guṇa-jñānâcintya-viṣajyâvatāranirdeśa m. 'direction how to attain to the inconceivable subject of the Tathā-gata's qualities and knowledge', N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
8. • -gukyaka n. 'Tathāgata-mystery', N. of a Buddh. work (highly revered in Nepāl)
9. • -bhadra m. N. of a pupil of Nāgârjuna

⋙tathāguṇa

1. ○guṇa mf(ā)n. endowed with such qualities R. ii, 22, 19

⋙tathājātīya

1. ○jātīya mfn. of that kind, 15, 13

⋙tathājātīyaka

1. ○jātīyaka mfn. id. Pat. on Śivas. 3 f. Vārtt. 5

⋙tathātā

1. ○tā f. true state of things, true nature Vajracch. 17

⋙tathātva

1. ○tva n. the being so, such a state of things, such a condition Bhāshāp. Sāh. vii, 8/9 Sarvad
2. • = -tā Mn. x, 57 Sch. Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙tathāprabhāva

1. ○prabhāva mfn. having such power R. ii, 22, 30

⋙tathābhavitavyatā

1. ○bhavitavya-tā f. the necessity of being so Kād. iv, 139

⋙tathābhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being so TPrāt. Sch
2. • the being of such a nature, true nature, accomplishment Jain. Siṃhâs

⋙tathābhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. about to be of such a kind Śak. vii, 32/33

⋙tathābhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. of such qualities or kind or nature R. i f. Amar. Kathās. Sāh

⋙tathāmukha

1. ○mukha mfn. 'so-facing', turning the face in the same direction Gobh. iv, 2, 5

⋙tathāyatam

1. ○"ṣyatam (○thây○), ind. in the same direction, 4

⋙tathārāja

1. ○rāja m. a Buddha (cf. -gata) or Jina W

⋙tathārūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. so formed, thus shaped, looking thus, Lāty, ix, 12 MBh. &c

⋙tathārūpin

1. ○rūpin mfn. id., xii, 7344

⋙tathārtha

1. ○"ṣrtha (○thâr○), mfn. 'real', -tva n. the being real BṛĀrUp. Sch

⋙tathāvādin

1. ○vādin mfn. telling the exact truth Vishṇ. v, 27 Vajracch. 14
2. • professing to be so W

⋙tathāvidha

1. ○vidha (táth○), mf(ā)n. of such a sort or kind, being in such a condition or state, of such qualities TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1 Mn. i, viii f. (correlative of yādṛśa, ix, 9) MBh. &c
2. • (am), ind. in this manner Nal. vii, 15
3. • likewise Bhāshāp. 94

⋙tathāvidhāna

1. ○vidhāna mfn. following this practice Hit. iii, 9, 6/1

⋙tathāvīrya

1. ○vīrya mfn. of such a strength MBh. i

⋙tathāvrata

1. ○vrata mfn. = -vidhāna Mn. iv, 246

⋙tathāśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. behaving thus MBh. iv, 133
2. • -samācāra mfn. of such a character and behaviour, v, 73, 14

⋙tathāsvara

1. ○svara mfn. uttered with the same accent Lāṭy. vii, 10, 20. [Page 434, Column 1]

⋙tathotsāha

1. tathôtsāha mfn. making so great efforts W

⋙tathopama

1. tathôpama mfn. similar to that MBh. xii, 285 ff

≫tathya

1. tathya mfn. 'being really so', true MBh. R. Pañcat
2. • n. truth Śak. Bhartṛ
3. • (ena), ind. according to truth Mn. viii, 274

⋙tathyatas

1. ○tas ind. id. Rājat. i, 325

⋙tathyavacana

1. ○vacana n. a promise Pañcat. Introd. 10/11,

⋙tathyavādin

1. ○vādin mfn. speaking the truth BhP. viii, 11, 11

≫tad

1. tád (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. tá from which latter all the cases of this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. sás or sá & f. sā́
2. • instr. pl. taís AV. &c
3. • Ved. tébhis RV. AV. &c.) m. he, f. she, n. it, that, this (often correlative of yá generally standing in the preceding clause, e.g. yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān, 'of whom there is intellect he is strong'
4. • sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives, e.g. so'ham, 'I that very person, I myself' [tasya = mama Nal. xv, 10]
5. • tāv imau, 'those very two'
6. • tad etad ākhyānam, 'that very tale' AitBr. vii, 18
7. • yat tat kāraṇam, 'that very reason which' Mn. i, 11
8. • yā sā śrī, 'that very fortune which' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c
9. • (tad), n. this world (cf. idam) R. vi, 102, 25
10. • = Brahma, tat-tva
11. • (tád), ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of yátra or yátas) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 ŚBr. i, x, xiv ChUp
12. • then, at that time, in that case (correlative of yadā́, yád AV
13. • of yátra ŚBr. xiv
14. • of yadi Nal. Bhag. &c
15. • of cêd Śak. &c.) RV. iv, 28, 1 AV. &c
16. • thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii ŚBr. AitBr
17. • (tad etau ślokau bhavataḥ, 'with reference to that there are these two verses') PraśnUp
18. • on that account, for that reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of yatas, yad, yena, 'because' Daś. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c
19. • now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv ŚBr. AitBr
20. • so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv

⋙tad tad

1. tad tad this and that, various, different (e.g. taṃ taṃ deśaṃ jagāma, 'he went to this and that place'
2. • tāsu tāsu yoniṣu, 'in different or various birth-places' Mn. xii, 74)
3. • respective BṛNārP. xiii, 88
4. • tenaiva tenaiva pathā, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28

⋙yad tad

1. yad tad whosoever, whichsoever, any, every (also with vā Mn. xii, 68 [yad vā tad vā, 'this or that, any'] Hariv. 5940 Dhūrtas. Śak. Sch
2. • often both pronouns repeated or the interrogative pron. with cid added after the relative, e.g. yad-yat para-vaśaṃ karma tat-tad varjayet, 'whatever action depends on another, that he should avoid' Mn. iv, 159
3. • yat kiṃ-cid-tad, 'whatever-that' Mn.)

⋙tan na

1. tan na s.v. cêd

⋙tad

1. tad (ind.)

⋙api

1. api 'even then', nevertheless, notwithstanding Śak. (vḷ.) Bhartṛ. Prab. Siṃhâs

⋙tad

1. tad (ind.)

⋙yathā

1. yathā 'in such a manner as follows', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pāli seyyathā
2. • sá yáthā- ŚBr.) Jain. (in Prākṛit taṃ jahā
3. • cf. sejjahā) Pat. Śak
4. • [cf. ? ; Goth. sa, so, that-a ; Lat. [(is-te], [(is)-ta], [(is-)tud], tam, tum, tunc.]

⋙tadatipāta

1. ○atipāta mfn. transgressing that W

⋙tadanantara

1. ○anantara mf(ā)n. nearest to any one (gen.) Nal. xxii, 16
2. • (am), ind. immediately upon that, thereupon, then (corresponding to prāk, 'before' Śak. vii, 30
3. • to prathamam, 'first' Mn. viii, 129) MBh. &c

⋙tadanu

1. ○anu ind: after that, afterwards Megh. Ratnâv. Amar. Śrut. Subh

⋙tadanukṛti

1. ○anukṛti ind. conformably to that, accordingly AitBr. vi, 1, 2

⋙tadanusaraṇa

1. ○anusaraṇa n. going after that Sāh. i, 2/3, 58
2. • -krameṇa instr. ind., s.v. kráma

⋙tadanta

1. ○anta (tád-), mfn. coming to an end by that TBr. i, 5, 9, 3 Hit

⋙tadanna

1. ○anna (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that food RV. viii, 47, 16
2. • eating (that i.e.) the same food R. ii, 103, 30 and 140, 13

⋙tadanya

1. ○anya mfn. other than that L

⋙tadanvaya

1. ○anvaya mfn. descended from him VP. iv, 2, 2

⋙tadapatya

1. ○apatya mfn. having offspring from him Mn. iii, 16 (-tā, f. abstr.)
2. • -maya mfn. thinking of one's off spring only Subh

⋙tadapas

1. ○apas (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that work or to do that RV. ii, 13, 3 and 38, 1 ; viii, 47, 16
2. • ind. in the usual way, v, 47, 2

⋙tadapekṣa

1. ○apêkṣa mfn. having regard to that Gaut

⋙tadartha

1. ○artha mfn. intended for that Āp.ī, 14, 3 Pāṇ. 2-1, 36 ; i, 3, 72 Kāś
2. • serving for that Jaim. i, 2, 1 (a- neg.)
3. • having that or the same meaning Pāṇ. 2-3, 58
4. • m. (its or) their meaning Vedântas. 200
5. • (am), ind. on that account, with that object, for that end, therefore Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 R. i, 73, 4 VarBṛS. lxxiv Kāś. VP. iv
6. • -tā f. = tādarthya ĀśvŚr. iii, 4, 12 Sch

⋙tadarthaka

1. ○arthaka mf(ikā)n. denoting that Naish. iv, 52

⋙tadarthīya

1. ○"ṣarthīya mfn. intended for that, undertaken for that end Bhag. xvii, 27. [Page 434, Column 2]

⋙tadardhika

1. ○"ṣardhika mfn. half as much Mn. iii, 1

⋙tadarpaṇa

1. ○arpaṇa n. delivery of that W

⋙tadarha

1. ○arha a-

⋙tadavadhi

1. ○avadhi ind. from that time Bhām. ii, 56
2. • up to that period W

⋙tadavastha

1. ○avastha mfn. so situated, thus circumstanced, in that condition MBh. iii, 69, 31 Ratnâv
2. • being in the same condition (as before), undamaged, iv, 19

⋙tadahe

1. ○ahe loc. ind. on that day Hemac

⋙tadākāra

1. ○ākāra mfn. having that appearance W
2. • -parijñāna n. N. of an art Gal

⋙tadātmaka

1. ○ātmaka mfn. constituting its nature Car. vi, 12 Sarvad. xv

⋙tadādi

1. ○ādi ind. from that time forward Śiś. i, 45 Dharmaśarm

⋙tadāmukha

1. ○āmukha n. beginning of that L

⋙tadidartha

1. ○íd-artha mfn. intent on that particular object RV. viii, 2, 16 (cf.ī, 39, 1 ; ix, 1, 5 ; x, 106, 1)

⋙tadidāsīya

1. ○id-āsīya n. the hymn RV. x, 120 ŚāṅkhŚr. xi

⋙tadiṣṭi

1. ○iṣṭi (tád-), mfn. accompanied by such offerings AV. xi, 7, 19

⋙tadekacitta

1. ○eka-citta mfn. having all the thoughts fixed on that (person or thing) Hit

⋙tadevopaniṣad

1. ○evôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up. (beginning with the words tad eva)

⋙tadokas

1. ○okas (tád-), mfn. rejoicing in that RV. i, 15, 1 ; iii, 35, 7 ; iv, 49, 6 ; vii, 29, 1

⋙tadojas

1. ○ojas (tád-), mfn. endowed with such strength, v, 1, 8

⋙tadgata

1. ○gata mfn. directed towards him or her or them or that R. i f. Kathās. iii, 68
2. • ifc. intent on Vet. iv, 22
3. • m. (?) the continued multiplication of 4 or more like quantities W

⋙tadguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. possessing these qualities KātyŚr. xiv f
2. • m. the quality of that or those, xii f
3. • xvi
4. • xxiii f
5. • the virtue of (that or) those (persons) Ragh. i, 9
6. • (in rhet.) transferring the qualities of one thing to another (a figure of speech) Sāh. x, 90 Kuval. Kpr. x, 51
7. • also a- neg. 'a figure of speech in which a quality expected in any object is denied', 52
8. • -tva n. the having its qualities Jaim. vi, 7, 16 (a- neg.)
9. • -saṃvijñāna n. (a Bahuvrīhi compound) in which the qualities implied are perceived along with the thing itself (e.g. dīrghakarṇa, 'long-ear'
10. • opposed to a- e.g. dṛṣṭasāgara, 'one who has seen the ocean') Bādar. i, 1, 2 Sch. Sarvad

⋙taddina

1. ○dina n. that, day W
2. • (am), ind. on a certain day W
3. • during the day W
4. • every day W

⋙tadduḥkha

1. ○duḥkha n. grief for that or of that W

⋙taddevata

1. ○devata mfn. having that deity KātyŚr. xxiv, 6 ĀpŚr. vii PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10

⋙taddevatāka

1. ○devatāka mfn. id. RV. x, 18 Sāy

⋙taddevatya

1. ○devatya mfn. id. Lāṭy. iv, 4, 21

⋙taddeśya

1. ○deśya mfn. coming from the same country, (m.) a fellow-countryman MBh. xii, 168, 41 Kām. xiii, 77

⋙taddaivata

1. ○daivata mfn. = -dev○ Nir. vii, 1 PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10

⋙taddaivatya

1. ○daivatya mf(ā)n. id. VarBṛS. ic, 3

⋙taddvitīya

1. ○dvitīya mfn. doing that for the 2nd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙taddhana

1. ○dhana mfn. niggardly L

⋙taddharman

1. ○dharman mfn. practising that, iii, 2, 134
2. • accomplishing his business KātyŚr. i, 6, 12 Jaim. vi, 3, 26 (cf. tāddharmya)
3. • ○ma-tva n. the having his or its peculiarity KapS. i, 52 (a-, neg.)

⋙taddharmin

1. ○dharmin mfn. obeying his laws BhP. iii, 15, 32

⋙taddharmya

1. ○"ṣdharmya mfn. of that kind, v, 14, 2

⋙taddhāraṇa

1. ○dhāraṇa n. N. of an art Gal

⋙taddhita

1. ○dhita (hita), n. sg. and pl. his welfare Āp. ii BhP. ii, 9, 7
2. • m. (scil. pratyaya) an affix forming nouns from other nouns (opposed to 1. kṛt), noun formed thus, derivative noun (tad-dhita, mfn. 'good for that or him', is one of the meanings peculiar to derivative, nouns, cf. maudakika &c.) Nir.ī, 2 Prāt. Pāṇ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. Gobh.ī, 8, 15 (also a- neg. mfn. 'having no Taddhita affix')
3. • -ḍhuṇḍhī f. N. of a gloss on the Taddhita chapter in Hemachandra's grammar by Ānandagaṇi

⋙tadbandhu

1. ○bandhu (tád-), mfn. belonging to that family or race RV. x, 61, 18

⋙tadbala

1. ○bala m. or a kind of arrow L

⋙tadbala

1. ○bala f. a kind of arrow L

⋙tadbahu

1. ○bahu mfn. doing that often Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙tadbahulavihārin

1. ○bahula-vihārin mfn. id. Divyâv. xvii, 182 ; 463 ; 482

⋙tadbhava

1. ○bhava mfn. = tajja Mn. iv, 232, Medhāt

⋙tadbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the becoming that KātyŚr. iv, 3, 13 Bādar. iii, 4, 40 (a- neg., 'the becoming not that i.e. something else')
2. • his intentions Kām. xi, 29 ; xviii, 3
3. • ifc. 'becoming', a-bhūta-

⋙tadbhinna

1. ○bhinna mfn. different from that

⋙tadbhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. being in that Jaim. i, 1, 25

⋙tadrasa

1. ○rasa m. the spirit thereof W

⋙tadraja

1. ○raja m. (scil. pratyaya) an afīx added to the N. of a race for forming the N. of its chief Pāṇ. 2-4, 62 ; iv, 1, 174 ; v, 3, 119

⋙tadrūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. thus shaped, so formed, looking thus KapS. v, 19 and Jaim. vi, 5, 3 (-tva n. abstr.) Pañcat. Pāṇ. 7-3, 86 Sch
2. • of the same quality Sarvad. xv, 354 Vām. iv, 3, 9 (a- neg. 'of different quality')
3. • a-, 'reverse' Bādar. iii, 4, 40

⋙tadvacaḥpratīta

1. ○vacaḥpratī7ta mfn. believing his words

⋙tadvat

1. ○vat mfn. having or containing that VPrāt. Pāṇ. 4-4, 125 KapS. i, v Tarkas. &c
2. • ind. like that, thus, so (correlative of yad-vat Mn. x, 13 Bhag. Pañcat
3. • of yathā, 'as' ŚvetUp. ii, 14 [vḷ. for tad-vā] MBh. i, vii &c.) ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 9, 3 &c. [Page 434, Column 3]
4. • in like manner, likewise, also, Śrut. Kathās. vi, xxvi
5. • -tā f. conformity Vedântas. Bhāshāp

⋙tadvan

1. ○van m. pl. N. of a class of Ṛishis (cf. yad-van, tarvan, yarv○) Pat, Introd. on Vārtt. 9

⋙tadvayas

1. ○vayas mfn. of the same age KātyŚr. xxv, 9, 1

⋙tadvaśa

1. ○vaśá mfn. longing for that RV. ii, 14, 2 and 37, 1

⋙tadvasati

1. ○vasati mfn. dwelling there

⋙tadvā

1. ○vā ind. = -vat, q.v

⋙tadvācaka

1. ○vācaka mfn. signifying that,

⋙tadvikāra

1. ○vikāra m. a- neg. no variety of that Jaim. vi, 5, 47

⋙tadvid

1. ○víd mfn. knowing that, familiar with that AV. ix, 1, 9 ŚBr. xiv Gobh. Mn. &c. (also a- neg., xii, 115 MBh. v BhP. iv
2. • na- neg., v, 4, 13)
3. • m. = -vidya VarBṛS. ii, 20 Sarvad
4. • f. the knowledge of that KaushUp. i, 2

⋙tadvidya

1. ○vidya mfn. a connoisseur, expert Nyāyad. iv, 2, 47 Car. i, 25 ; iii, 8

⋙tadvidha

1. ○vidha mf(ā)n. of that kind, conformable to that Mn. ii, 112
2. • his (or their) like Suśr. i, 34 Ragh. ii, 22 Kum. v, 73 Mālav
3. • -tva n. conformity with that Mn. vii, 17 Sch

⋙tadviṣaya

1. ○viṣaya mf(ā)n. belonging to that category Pāṇ. 4-2, 66
2. • having that for its object BṛĀrUp. Sch

⋙tadviṣayaka

1. ○viṣayaka mfn. attending to that business W

⋙tadviryavidvas

1. ○vírya-vidvas mfn. a- neg., not knowing his manliness BhP. vi, 17, 10

⋙tadvṛtti

1. ○vṛtti mfn. living conformably to that Gaut

⋙tadvrata

1. ○vrata mfn. performing all duties towards (him or) her Mn. iii, 45
2. • performing the same religious observance Gaut

≫tadam

1. tadam ind. ifc. for tad g. śarad-ādi

≫tadā

1. tadā́ ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 15 and 19 ff.) at that time, then, in that case (often used redundantly, esp. after tatas or purā or before atha MBh. &c
2. • correlative of yád [AV. xi, 4, 4], yatra [ChUp.vi, 8, 1], yadā [Mn. MBh. &c.], yadi ṅīt. Vet. ḥit., yarhi [BhP. i, 18, 6], yatas, 'since', [MBh. xiii, 2231], cêd [Śak. v (vḷ.) Kathās. xi Śrut.])

⋙tadātadā

1. tadā-tadā then and then Sāy. on RV. i, 25, 8

⋙tadāprabhṛti

1. tadā-prabhṛti from that time forward, (correlative of yadāpr○ R. iii, 17, 21
2. • of yadā Śak. vi, 4/5) R. Ragh. ii, 38 Kathās. ii, 62

⋙tarhi tadā

1. tarhi tadā (correlative of yadi) then Vet. iv, 24/25

⋙yadātadā

1. yadā-tadā (both repeated or the verb being repeated), at any time when - then Hit

⋙yadātadā

1. yadā-tadā at any time whatsoever, always MBh. i, 6373 Naish. viii, 39

⋙tadātva

1. ○tva n. (opposed to ā-yati) 'state of then', the present time Mn. vii MBh. ii f. v, vii R. v, 76, 16 and 90, 1

≫tadānīṃ

1. tadānīṃ in comp. for ○nīm

⋙tadānīṃtana

1. ○tana mfn. then living Uttarar. i, 2/3

⋙tadānīṃdugdha

1. ○dugdhá mfn. (then i.e.) just milked ŚBr. xi, 1, 4, 3

≫tadānīm

1. tadā́nīm ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 19) at that time, then (cf. id○) RV. x, 129, 1 AV. MBh. &c., (correlative of yadā VarBṛS. liv
2. • of yatra or yadi, Śrut.)

≫tadīya

1. tadīya mfn. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 74 Kāś.) belonging or relating to or coming from him or her or that or them, his, hers, its, theirs MBh. viii, 675 R. iv, 21, 35 Ragh. &c
2. • such Daś. BhP. viii, 20, 33 (na "ṣyam aṇv api, 'not even as little as that, not a bit') &c

⋙tadīyasaṅga

1. ○saṅga m. a meeting with her Pañcat

≫tadriyañc

1. tadríyañc m(nom. ○yaṅ)fn. extending thither TS. v, 5, 1

⋙tadryañc

1. tadryañc mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-3, 92, Kāś

≫tan

1. tan in comp. for tád

⋙tannāmika

1. ○nāmika mfn. named thus, iv, 1, 114 Vārtt. 6

⋙tannāśa

1. ○nāśa m. destruction of that

⋙tannimitta

1. ○nimitta mf(ā)n. caused by that Gaut. Daś
2. • relating, to that R. ii, 64, 5
3. • conformable to that MBh. iii, 135, 48
4. • -tva n. the being its cause Jaim. i, 1, 25
5. • a- neg., 24

⋙tanmadhya

1. ○madhya n. 'the midst thereof', (āt), abl. ind. from among them
2. • -stha mfn. situated in the midst of that

⋙tanmanas

1. ○manas mfn. absorbed in mind by that Car. i, 1

⋙tanmaya

1. ○maya mfn. made up of, that, absorbed in or identical with that MuṇḍUp. ŚvetUp. PārGṛ. MBh. &c
2. • -tā f. the being absorbed in or identical with that Kād. BhP. Rājat. iii, 498
3. • -tva n. id. MBh. v, 1622 &c
4. • ○yī-bhāva, m.id. Sāh

⋙tanmātra

1. ○mātra mfn. = ○traka MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat
2. • = ○trika BhP. iii, 10, 15
3. • n. merely that, only a trifle Kathās. v, 15
4. • lxiii, 60 Rājat. vi, 1
5. • a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz. śabda-, sparśa-, rūpa-, rasa-, gandha-, from which the 5 Mahā-bhūtas or grosser elements are produced, RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yājñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sāṃkhyak. KapS. &c
6. • -tā f. the state of a Tan-mātra MārkP. vl, 46
7. • -tva n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff
8. • -sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation

⋙tanmātraka

1. ○mātraka mfn. merely that, only so little Mcar. v, 25

⋙tanmātrika

1. ○"ṣmātrika mfn. consisting of Tan-mātras Sāṃkhyak. Sch. BhP.xi, 24, 8

⋙tanmānin

1. ○mānin mfn. implying that (which the base indicates, e.g. Nom. P. aghāya, 'to act wickedly', fr. aghá) APrāt. iv, 29

⋙tanmukhikayā

1. ○mukhikayā instr. ind. for this reason Divyâv

⋙tanmūla

1. ○mūla mfn. rooted in (i.e. caused by) that Daś. [Page 435, Column 1]
2. • -tva n. the being based in that Gaut. vi, 22
3. • the being its √Kām. xvi, 37

≫tallakṣaṇa

1. tal-lakṣaṇa n. his or her or its or their mark W
2. • a particular high number Lalit. xii, 165

tadurī

1. tadurī f. = tād○ AV. iv, 15, 15

tan

1. tan cl. 1. 10. ○nati, tānayati, to believe in Dhātup
2. • 'to assist' or 'to afflict with pain' ib

tan

1. tan (= √stan), cl. 4. ○nyati (aor. 2. sg. tatanas) to resound, roar RV. i, 38, 14 ; vi, 38, 2
2. • [cf. ? &c.]

⋙tanayitnu

1. tanayitnú mfn. (= stan○) roaring, thundering, iv, 3, 1 ; x, 66, 11

≫tanyatu

1. tanyatú m. thunder RV. (Ved. instr. ○tā́, i, 80, 12
2. • perhaps mfn. = tanayitnú, iv, 38, 8 ; vi, 6, 2 ; x, 65, 13 and 66, 10) AV. v, 13, 3
3. • wind ('a musical instrument' W.) Uṇ. iv, 2 Sch
4. • night ib

≫tanyu

1. tanyú mfn. = ○nayitnú RV. v, 63, 2 and 5

tan

1. tan cl. 8. P. Ā. ○nóti, ○nuté (3. pl. ○nváte [ā́- and vi-tanvaté RV.] AV. xii, 1, 13
2. • Impv. ○nu [áva and ví-tanuhi RV
3. • Pāṇ. 6-4, 106 Vārtt. 1 Pat.] RV. i, 120, 11
4. • ○nuṣva RV
5. • Subj. 2. sg. ○nuthās, v, 79, 9
6. • 1. du. ○navāvahai, i, 170, 4
7. • impf. 3. pl. átanvata, x, 90, 6 AV. vii, 5, 4
8. • pf. P. tatā́na, once tāt○ RV. i, 105, 12
9. • 2. sg. tatántha ṛV., class. tenitha [Pāṇ. 7-2, 64 Kāś.]
10. • Ā. 1. 2. 3. sg. [ā́-] tatane, [abhí-tatniSe], [ví-tatne] RV
11. • 3. sg. irr. tate, i, 83, 5
12. • 3. pl. tatniré [164, 5 ví- AV. xiv, 1, 45] or ten○ [iv, 14, 4 (vi-) &c
13. • Pāṇ. 6-4, 99]
14. • aor. P. átan RV. vi, 61, 9
15. • [ā́-atAn], 67, 6 AV. ix, 4, 1
16. • [pári-, ví-atanat] RV
17. • [anv-ā́atAMsIt] VS. xv, 53
18. • atānīt MaitrS
19. • tatánat, [abhí-ŚtánAma], ○tánan RV
20. • 2. pl. ataniṣṭa Pāṇ. 2-4, 79 Kāś
21. • 3. du. atāniṣṭām Bhaṭṭ. xv, 91
22. • Ā. atata or ataniṣṭa, atathās or ataniṣṭhās Pāṇ. 2-4, 79
23. • 3. pl. átnata RV
24. • tatánanta, i, 52, 11
25. • 1. sg. atasi pl. ataṃsmahi Br
26. • fut. 2nd taṃsyáte ŚBr
27. • fut. 1st [vi-tAyitA] BhP. viii, 13, 36
28. • p. pr. tanvát, ○vāná
29. • pf. tatanvás
30. • ind. p. tatvā, ○tvā́ya, -tátya Br
31. • [vi-] tāya BhP. vii, 10, 2
32. • inf. tantum Br
33. • Pass. tāyáte RV. i, 110, 1 & [p. ○yámāna] x, 17, 7 AV. &c
34. • tanyate Pāṇ. 6-4, 44
35. • aor. atāyi Br.) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to RV. &c
36. • to be protracted, continue, endure RV
37. • to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave RV. &c
38. • to emboss ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 5
39. • to prepare (a way for) RV. i, 83, 5
40. • to direct (one's way, gatim) towards Nalôd. i, 20
41. • to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs, tantum) Hariv. 2386 BhP. ii, 3, 8
42. • to (spread, i.e. to) speak (words) Daś. i, 87
43. • to protract RV. v, 79, 9 Kathās. li, 226
44. • to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment Ragh. iii, 25 Śak. Bhartṛ. &c. (Pass. to be put forth or extended, increase Bhaṭṭ.)
45. • to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) RV. VS. ii, 13 AV. iv, 15, 16 ŚBr. &c
46. • to sacrifice, xiii, 2, 5, 2 Kaul. 127
47. • to compose (a literary work) Hemac. Caurap. Sch
48. • to render (any one thirsty, double acc.) Kuval. 455: Desid. titaniṣati, ○taṃsati, ○tAMs○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 17 ; vii, 2, 49 Kāś.: Intens. tantanyate, tantanīti, vi, 4, 44 & vii, 4, 85 Kāś
49. • [cf. ?, ? &c.]

⋙tanādi

1. ○ādi mfn. beginning with √tan (the 8th cl. of roots)

≫tat

1. tat mfn. ifc. parī-
2. • cf. purī-tát

≫tata

1. tatá mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c
2. • spreading over, extending to W
3. • covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 Śiś. ix, 23
4. • protracted W
5. • bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25 ; iv, 5, 1
6. • spreading, wide L
7. • composed (a tale), i, 2455
8. • performed (a ceremony) RV. &c
9. • m. wind L
10. • n. any stringed instrument L
11. • a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables

⋙tatacihna

1. ○cihna mfn. having marks drawn along, distinctly marked W

⋙tatatva

1. ○tva n. 'protractedness', slow time (in music) L. Sch

⋙tatapattrī

1. ○pattrī f. 'having spreading leaves', Musa sapientum L

⋙tatavat

1. ○vat mfn. containing a derivative of √tan ŚāṅkhBr. xxvi, 8 and 10

≫tatanuṣṭi

1. tatanúṣṭi mfn. 'wishing to show one's self', fond of ornaments (Nir. vi, 19) RV. v, 34, 3

≫tati

1. tati f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 37. Kāś. vḷ
2. • cf. tantí) a mass, crowd Śak. ii, 6 Śiś. iv, 54 &c. (cf. tamas-)
3. • the whole mass (of observances, dharma-)
4. • a sacrificial act, ceremony (cf. punas-) ŚāṅkhŚr. vi, 1, 4
5. • a metre of 4 x 12 syllables, Vṛittaratn

≫tan

1. tán (only dat, táne and instr. tánā) continuation, uninterrupted succession RV
2. • propagation, offspring, posterity RV. [tanvā tánā ca or tmánā tānā or tanve táne (ca), 'for one's own person and one's children'] [Page 435, Column 2]
3. • (tánā, once tanā, x, 93, 12), instr. ind. in uninterrupted succession, one after another, continually RV. i, 3 ; 38 ; 77 ; ii, 2, 1
4. • viii ff

≫tana

1. tána n. offspring, posterity, i, 39, 7 ; viii, 18, 18 and 25, 2 AV. vii, 73, 5 (○nā́yā for ○nāya)
2. • (ā), f. sg. or Ved. n. pl. id. RV. iii, 25, 1 and 27, 9 ; ix, 62, 2

⋙tanabāla

1. ○bāla m. pl, N. of a people MBh. vi, 371

≫tanaya

1. tánaya mfn. propagating a family, belonging to one's own family (often said of toká) RV. AitBr. ii, 7
2. • m. a son Mn. iii, 16 ; viii, 275 MBh. (du. 'son and daughter', iii, 2565) Śak. Ragh. ii, 64
3. • = -bhavana VarBṛS
4. • N. of a Vāsishṭha Hariv. 477 (vḷ. anagha)
5. • pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 371
6. • n. posterity, family, race, offspring, child ('grandchild', opposed to toká, 'child' Nir. x, 7 ; xii, 6) RV. VarBṛS. (ifc. f. ā, ciii, 1 f.)
7. • (ā), f. (g. priyâdi) a daughter Mn. xi, 172 (vḷ.) Nal. R. &c
8. • the plant cakra-tulyā L

⋙tanayabhavana

1. ○bhavana n. the 5th lunar mansion VarBṛS. civ, 27

⋙tanayasaras

1. ○saras n. 'offspring-receptacle', a mother Divyâv. xxxviii, 18

≫tanayīkṛta

1. tanayī-kṛta mfn. made a son Rājat. iv, 8

≫tanas

1. tánas n. offspring RV. v, 70, 4

≫tanikā

1. tanikā f. a cord Śiś. v, 61

≫tanitṛ

1. tanitṛ m. an accomplisher RV. . x, 39, 14 Sāy

≫taniman

1. tániman m. (fr. ○nú g. pṛthv-ādi
2. • oxyt.) thinness, slenderness Kād. Bhartṛ
3. • shallowness Vcar. xiii, 6
4. • weakness Bālar. iv, 60
5. • n. the liver TS. i, 4, 36, 1 ŚBr. iii, 8, 3, 17 and 25

≫taniṣṭha

1. tániṣṭha mfn. superl. of ○nú, smallest, i, vii

≫tanīyas

1. tánīyas mfn. compar. of ○nú, very thin or minute, ii, 2, 2, 9 ; viii, 7 TāṇḍyaBr. BhP. Rājat

≫tanu

1. tanú mf(us, ū́s, vii)n. thin, slender, attenuated, emaciated, small, little, minute, delicate, fine (texture Ṛitus. i, 7) ŚBr. iii, 5, 4, 21 KātyŚr. viii, 5 MBh. &c. (in comp., g. kaḍārâdi
2. • also = -dagdha Sarvad. xv, 189)
3. • (said of a speech or hymn) accomplished (in metre) RV. viii, 1, 18 and (acc. f. ○nvám) 76, 12
4. • m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a Ṛishi with a very emaciated body MBh. xii, 4665
5. • (us), f. (once m. Bhām. ii, 79) = ○nū́ ( s.v.), the body, person, self (cf. duṣ-ṭanu, priyá-) AitBr. viii, 24, 4 (ifc.) Mn. (svakā t○, 'one's own person, iv, 184) MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. irr. ○navas, 3813) &c. (iyaṃ tanur mama, 'this my self. i.e. I myself here' Ratnâv. iv, 4
6. • ○nuṃ-√tyaj or hā, 'to give up one's life' Mn. vi, 32 BhP. iii Kathās.)
7. • form or manifestation Śak. i, 1
8. • the skin L
9. • = -gṛha VarBṛ. Laghuj
10. • (vii), f. a slender or delicate woman Śak. Mālav. v Bhartṛ. &c
11. • Desmodium gangeticum L
12. • Balanites Roxburghī (vv. ll. tannī, ○nni, 'Hemionitis cordifolia'
13. • tajvi) L
14. • a metre of 4 + 24 syllables
15. • N. of a wife of Kṛishṇa (?) Hariv. 6703
16. • [cf. ? ; Lat. tenuis &c.]

⋙tanukūpa

1. ○kūpa m. pore of the skin W

⋙tanukeśa

1. ○keśa mf(ī)n. delicate-haired Laghuj. ii, 13
2. • f. pl., kṣemavṛddhi

⋙tanukṣīra

1. ○kṣīra m. 'thin-sapped', Spondias mangifera L

⋙tanugṛha

1. ○gṛha n. the 1st lunar mansion, v, 12 VarBṛ. vi, 13

⋙tanucchad

1. ○cchad Vop. xxvi, 70

⋙tanucchada

1. ○cchada m. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-4, 96) = -tra (often ifc.) MBh. iii, vii, xii Ragh. ix, xii
2. • pl. feathers R. iv, 63, 2

⋙tanucchāya

1. ○cchāya m. 'shading little', a kind of Acacia Npr

⋙tanuja

1. ○ja m. = -ruh, Jāt. xxx
2. • a son Pañcat. BhP. v, 9, 6
3. • (ā), f. a daughter L
4. • -tva n. sonship W

⋙tanujanman

   ○janman m. = -ja HPariś. i f

⋙tanutara

1. ○tara mfn. = tánīyas Amar

⋙tanutā

1. ○tā f. thinness, tenuity, littleness Hariv. R. v Megh. Ragh. &c

⋙tanutyaj

1. ○tyaj mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8
2. • = ○nU-t○ Āp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mālav. v, 11/12 BhP

⋙tanutyāga

1. ○tyāga mfn. spending little Hit
2. • m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6

⋙tanutra

1. ○tra n. 'body-guard', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Suśr. BhP. Tantr
2. • -vat mfn. having armour R. vi

⋙tanutrāṇa

1. ○trāṇa n. = -tra MBh. iii, vi f. R. ii

⋙tanutrin

1. ○"ṣtrin mfn. = -tra-vat Śiś. xix ; 99

⋙tanutva

1. ○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiii, 541 VarBṛS. iii, 16 Sarvad

⋙tanutvakka

1. ○tvak-ka mfn. thin-skinned Suśr

⋙tanutvac

1. ○tvac m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78
2. • the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66
3. • Cassiā Senna Npr

⋙tanutvaca

1. ○tvaca m. Premna spinosa L

⋙tanudagdha

1. ○dagdha mfn. (said of a Kleśa in Yoga phil.) Sarvad. xv, 192

⋙tanudāna

1. ○dāna n. offering the body (for sexual intercourse)
2. • a scanty gift

⋙tanudhī

1. ○dhī mfn. little-minded Bhaktâm. 8

⋙tanupattra

1. ○pattra m. 'thin-leaved', Terminalia Catappa Npr
2. • leafy orpiment Npr

⋙tanupādakṣapāṭana

1. ○pāda-kṣapâṭana n. N. of one of 18 ceremonies performed with particular Kuṇḍas Śārad. v

⋙tanubala

1. ○bala mf(ā)n. 'of small strength', a- neg., strong Mudr. vii, 19

⋙tanubīja

1. ○bīja m. 'smallseeded', the jujube L

⋙tanubhava

1. ○bhava m. = -ja VarBṛS. vii, 18

⋙tanubhastrā

1. ○bhastrā f. 'body-bellows', the nose L

⋙tanubhāva

1. ○bhāva m. = -tā Śak. vii, 8

⋙tanubhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. 'stage of personality', N. of a period in a Śrāvaka's life Buddh. L. [Page 435, Column 3]

⋙tanubhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. any being possessing a body, esp. a human being Pañcat. VarBṛS. Bhartṛ. BhP. Prab

⋙tanumat

1. ○mat mfn. embodied Kāvyâd. iii, 59

⋙tanumadhya

1. ○madhya n. 'body-middle', the waist ib
2. • mf(ā)n. = ○dhyama Nal. iii, 13
3. • (ā), f. a metre of 4x6 (- u u - -) syllables

⋙tanumadhyama

1. ○madhyama mf(ā)n. slender-waisted MBh. i, 959 Nal. R. i

⋙tanumūrti

1. ○mūrti mfn. thin-shaped VarBṛS. iv, 20

⋙tanurasa

1. ○rasa m. 'body fluid', sweat L

⋙tanuruh

   ○ruh n. 'growing on the body', a hair of the body L

⋙tanuruha

1. ○ruha n. id. L
2. • a feather Śiś. vi, 45

⋙tanulatā

1. ○latā f. a slender body Prasannar. ii, 19

⋙tanuvāta

1. ○vāta m. a highly rarified atmosphere (constituting a kind of hell
2. • opposed to ghana-v○) Jain

⋙tanuvraṇa

1. ○vraṇa m. 'body-wound', elephantiasis L

⋙tanuśarīra

1. ○śarīra mfn. delicate-bodied

⋙tanuśiras

1. ○śiras f. 'small-headed', a kind of Ushṇih metre (of 2 x 11 and 1 x 6 syllables)

⋙tanusatya

1. ○satya n. a simple truth (?) Divyâv. xxxv, 183

⋙tanusaṃcāriṇī

1. ○saṃcāriṇī f. 'moving the body coquettishly (?)', a girl L

⋙tanusthāna

1. ○sthāna n. = -gṛha Romakas

⋙tanuhrada

1. ○hrada m. the rectum, anus L

⋙tanūdara

1. tanū7dara mf(ī)n. thin-waisted HPariś. ii, 421

⋙tanūdbhava

1. tanū7dbhava m. = ○nu-ja, xiii, 39

⋙tanuna

1. tanúna m. 'bodiless', the wind W

⋙tanūrja

1. tanū7rja m. N. of a son of the 3rd Manu Hariv

≫tanuka

1. tanuka mfn. (g. yāvâdi) thin Car. vi, 2 and (said of a liquid) viii, 6
2. • small Suśr
3. • m. Grislea tomentosa Npr
4. • Terminalia bellerica ib
5. • the cinnamon tree ib
6. • (ā), f. Diospyros embryopteris ib

≫tanula

1. tanula mfn. spread, expanded, Uṇ, vṛ

≫tanus

1. tanus n. (Uṇ. ii, 113) the body R. v, 93, 23

≫tanū

1. tanū in comp. for ○nú

⋙tanūkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. making thin, attenuation Yogas. ii, 2
2. • paring Pāṇ. 3-1, 76

⋙tanūkartṛ

1. ○kartṛ m. making thin or emaciated, a destroyer RV. v, 34, 6 Sāy

⋙tanūkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to make thin Naish. vii, 82
2. • (ind. p. -kṛtya) to diminish, discard (lajjām) Ragh. vi, 80

⋙tanūkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. pared L

⋙tanūbhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become small, diminished Kathās

≫tanū

1. tanū́ f. (of ○nú, q.v
2. • acc. ○nvám RV. &c. BhP. iii
3. • ○nuvam [Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt.] BhP. vii, 9, 37
4. • instr, ○nuvā, iii f
5. • gen. abl. ○nvás RV. &c
6. • loc. ○nví & ○nvií RV
7. • ○nvā́m AV. &c
8. • du. ○nū́ [RV. x, 183, 2 AV. iv, 25, 5], ○nvā́ ṛV., ○núvau [TBr. i, 1, 7, 3], ○nvau [see gharma-]
9. • pl. nom. & acc. ○nvás RV. &c. BhP. i
10. • nom. ○núvas TBr. i, 1, 7, 3) the body, person, self (often used like a reflexive noon
11. • cf. ātmán) RV. &c
12. • form or manifestation RV. &c. (tṭtanū́ manyos, 'a sign of wrath' PārGṛ. iii, 13, 5)

⋙tanūkṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. 'forming the person', preserving life RV. i, 31, 9
2. • forming a manifestation of (gen.) ŚāṅkhŚr. vii, 10, 14
3. • caused by one's self. RV. viii, 79, 3

⋙tanūkṛtha

1. ○kṛthá preservation of the person, 86, 1

⋙tanūja

1. ○já mfn. produced or born on or from the body AV. i, 23, 4
2. • belonging to the person, vi, 41, 3 (cf. AitBr. ii, 27)
3. • m. a son MBh. v, viii Hariv. &c
4. • N. of a Sādhya, 11536
5. • n. the plumage, wing MBh. v, 113, 4
6. • (ā), f. a daughter Hariv. 15774 Kum. i, 59

⋙tanūjani

1. ○jani m. a son W

⋙tanūjanman

1. ○janman m. id., Anargh. i, 7/8

⋙tanūtala

1. ○tala m. a measure of length equal to the arms extended, fathom L

⋙tanūtyaj

1. ○tyáj mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14)

⋙tanūdūṣi

1. ○dū́ṣi mfn. destroying the person AV. xiv, xvi PārGṛ. ii, 6, 10

⋙tanūdevatā

1. ○devatā f. a form (of fire) deified ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14

⋙tanūdeśa

1. ○deśa m. a part of the body BhP. vii, 13, 12

⋙tanūnapa

1. ○napa n. (derived fr. -nápāt taken as -napâd, 'eating tanūnapa') ghee L

⋙tanūnapāt

1. ○nápāt (tánū-), m. 'son of himself, self-generated (as in lightning or by the attrition of the Araṇis, Nir. viii, 5)', a sacred N. of Fire (chiefly used in some verses of the Āprī hymns) RV. (acc. ○pātam, x, 92, 2) AV.v, 27, 1 VS. v, 5 (dat. ○ptre
2. • = TS.i, 2, 10, 2) AitBr. ii, 4 ŚBr. i, 5, 3
3. • iii (gen. ○ptur, 4, 2, 5, irr. nom. ○ptā [only etymological, 4,. 2, 5] 4, 2, 11) Hit
4. • fire (in general) Hcar
5. • N. of Śiva
6. • Plumbago zeylanica W
7. • -vat mfn. containing the word tánū-nápāt Nir. viii, 22

⋙tanūnaptṛ

   ○náptṛ (tánū-), base for the weak cases of ○pāt, q.v 

1. • cf. tānūnaptrá

⋙tanūpā

1. ○pā́ m. protecting the person RV. iv, viff. AV. vi VS. iii f. ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 6, 11

⋙tanūpāna

1. ○pā́na mf(ī)n. id. AV. ii f. xix TS. v
2. • n. protection of the person AV. v, 8
3. • viii

⋙tanūpāvan

1. ○pāvan mfn. = -pā́ AitBr. ii, 27

⋙tanūpṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha m. N. of a Soma sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. x, 8, 33

⋙tanūbala

1. ○balá n. strength of body, one's, own strength AV. ix, 4, 20

⋙tanūbhava

1. ○bhava m. = ○nu-ja

⋙tanūruc

1. ○rúc mfn. brilliant in person RV. ii, 1, 9 ; vi, 25, 4 ; vii, 93, 5

⋙tanūruha

1. ○ruha n. (m. L.) = ○nu-ruh MBh. Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ā MārkP. xxix, 7)
2. • a feather, wing VarBṛS. lxiii, 1
3. • m. a son Śatr

⋙tanūvaśin

1. ○vaśín mfn. having power over the person, ruling (Agni, Indra) RV

⋙tanūśubhra

1. ○śubhra (○nū́-), mfn. decorating the person, v, 34, 3 (cf. ○nū́ṣu śubhrá, i, 85, 3 Nir. vi, 19)

⋙tanūhavis

1. ○havis n. an oblation offered to -devatā KātyŚr. iv, 5, 9 and 10, 7 ; iii, 8, 31 Sch. [Page 436, Column 1]

⋙tanūhrada

1. ○hrada m. = ○nu-h○ W

≫tanti

1. tantí f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 39 Kāś. on iii, 3, 174 and vii, 2, 9) a cord, line, string (esp. a long line to which a series of calves are fastened by smaller cords) RV. vi, 24, 4 BhP. Sch. on ŚBr. xiii and KātyŚr. xx (ifc.)
2. • (○ntī) Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and 9
3. • extension W
4. • m. a weaver W
5. • 2. tati

⋙tanticara

1. ○cará mfn. going with (i.e. led by) a cord TBr. iii, 3, 2, 5

⋙tantija

1. ○ja m. N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38

⋙tantipāla

1. ○pāla m. 'guardian of (the calves kept together by) a tantí', a N. assumed by Saha-deva at Virāṭa's court MBh. iv, 68 and 289
2. • N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38

⋙tantipālaka

1. ○"ṣpālaka m. = ○la, Saha-deva L

≫tantī

1. tantī f. = ○ti, q.v
2. • also vatsa-

⋙tantīyajña

1. ○yajña m. a sacrifice performed for a tantí MānGṛ. ii, 10

≫tantu

1. tántu m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c
2. • a cobweb W
3. • a succession of sacrificial performances BhP
4. • any one propagating his family in regular succession KātyŚr. iii Āp. TUp. MBh. (cf. kula-) &c
5. • a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17
6. • any continuity (as of thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Mālatīm
7. • N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
8. • = -nāga L
9. • (g. gargâdi) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1
10. • cf. kāṣṭha-, vara-, saptá-

⋙tantukaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. spinning, Sud. on ĀpGṛ. viii, 12

⋙tantukarttṛ

1. ○karttṛ m. 'propagating the succession of a family (kula-)', = kula-tantu (q.v.) MBh. viii, 3393

⋙tantukārya

1. ○kārya n. 'thread-work', a web SarvUp

⋙tantukāṣṭha

1. ○kāṣṭha n. 'piece of fibrous wood', a weaver's brush L

⋙tantukīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. a silk-worm L

⋙tantukṛntana

1. ○kṛntana n. cutting off the propagation of a family BhP. vi, 5, 43

⋙tantukriyā

1. ○kriyā f. spinning work Hār. on ĀpGṛ. x, 10

⋙tantujāla

1. ○jāla kṛmi-

⋙tantutva

1. ○tva n. the consisting of threads Sarvad. xi, 118

⋙tantunāga

1. ○nāga m. a shark L

⋙tantunābha

1. ○nābha m. 'emitting threads from its navel', a spider Bādar. ii, 1, 25 Sch

⋙tantuniryāsa

1. ○niryāsa m. 'having stringy exudations', the palmyra tree L

⋙tantuparvan

1. ○parvan n. 'thread-festival', the day of full moon in month Śrāvaṇa (anniversary of Kṛishṇa's investment with the Brāhmanical cord) Tithyād

⋙tantubha

1. ○bha m. 'threadlike', Sinapis dichotoma L
2. • a calf L

⋙tantubhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. being the propagator of a family MBh. iii, 258, 11

⋙tantumat

1. ○mat mfn. forming threads, 'roping' (as a liquid) Car. vi f
2. • (a- neg.) Suśr. iii
3. • 'uninterrupted like a thread' (said of an Agni) ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 4, 2 AV. Prāyaśc. ii, 1
4. • (tī), f. an oblation offered to that Agni ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 Sch
5. • N. of Murâri's mother, Anargh. i, 7/8

⋙tantumadhya

1. ○madhya mf(ā)n. having a thread-like waist Priy.iv, 2

⋙tantuvardhana

1. ○vardhana m. 'race-increaser', Vishṇu MBh. xiii, 7033
2. • Śiva

⋙tantuvādya

1. ○vādya n. a stringed instrument W

⋙tantuvāna

1. ○vāna n. weaving Nyāyam. vii, 3, 21 Sch

⋙tantuvāpa

1. ○vāpa for -vāya L

⋙tantuvāya

1. ○vāya m. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 2 and vi, 2, 76) a weaver Mn. viii, 397 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. (cf. rajaka-)
2. • a spider Pāṇ. 6-2, 77 Kāś
3. • weaving L
4. • -daṇḍa m. a loom Uṇ. iv, 149 Sch. (vḷ.)
5. • -śālā f. a weaver's workshop Gal

⋙tantuvigrahā

1. ○vigrahā f. = tata-pattrī L

⋙tantuśālā

1. ○śālā f. = -vāya-ś○ L

⋙tantusaṃtata

1. ○saṃtata mfn. woven L
2. • sewn L
3. • n. wove cloth W

⋙tantusaṃtati

1. ○saṃtati f. sewing Vop. xi, 1

⋙tantusaṃtāna

1. ○saṃtāna m. weaving of threads Dhātup. xxvi, 2 KaushUp. i, 3 Sch

⋙tantusāra

1. ○sāra m. 'having a fibrous pith', the betelnut tree L

⋙tantusāraka

1. ○sāraka m. id. W

≫tantuka

1. tantuka ifc. a thread, rope Bhartṛ. i, 95
2. • m. a kind of serpent Suśr
3. • the plant ○tu-bha L. Sch
4. • (ī), f. a vein L

⋙tantuṇa

1. tantuṇa m. = ○tu-nāga L

≫tantura

1. tantura n. the fibrous √of a lotus L
2. • m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. vii, 2 (vḷ. ○nnara)

≫tantula

1. tantula mfn. roping (as slime) Bhpr. vii) 1, 66
2. • n. = ○tura, the fibrous √of a lotus L

≫tantra

1. tántra n. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 9 Kāś.) a loom, v, 2, 70
2. • the warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TāṇḍyaBr. x, 5 ŚBr. xiv Kauś. MBh. i, 806 and 809
3. • the leading or principal or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework ŚBr. xii TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lāṭy. KātyŚr. &c. (e.g. kulasya t○, 'the principal action in keeping up a family, i.e. propagation' MBh. xiii, 48, 6
4. • ifc. 'depending on', cf. ātma-, sva-, para-, &c.)
5. • doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBṛS. i, 9
6. • Parāśara's work on astron., ii, 3 ; vii, 8) MBh. &c. (cf. ṣaṣṭi- &c.)
7. • a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between Śiva and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [Page 436, Column 2]
8. • RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBṛS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Daś. Kathās. xxiii, 63 Sarvad
9. • a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar
10. • oath or ordeal L
11. • N. of a Sāman (also called 'that of Virūpa') ĀrshBr
12. • an army (cf. ○trin) BhP. x, 54, 15
13. • ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bālar. ii f. vi
14. • = rājya-t○, government Daś. xiii Śiś. ii, 88
15. • (para t○, 'the highest authority') Subh
16. • a means which leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31
17. • a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy, cf. ○trâvāpa
18. • = paricchada L
19. • = anta L
20. • wealth L
21. • a house L
22. • happiness W
23. • (eṇa), instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KātyŚr. xvi, xx
24. • (ā), f. for ○ndrā Suśr
25. • (īs, Pāṇ. 5-4, 159 Kāś
26. • ī L.) f. = ○ntī Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (vḷ. for ○ntī
27. • also vatsatantrī)
28. • the wire or string of a lute ŚāṅkhŚr. xvii Lāṭy. iv, 1, 2 Kauś. &c. (○tri R. vi, 28, 26)
29. • (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (vḷ.)
30. • any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein Pāṇ. 5-4, 159
31. • the plant ○trikā L
32. • a girl with peculiar qualities L
33. • N. of a river L
34. • cf. ku-tantrī

⋙tantrakāra

1. ○kāra m. the author of any scientific treatise Mālav. i, 8/9 Daś. xiii, 87

⋙tantrakāṣṭha

1. ○kāṣṭha n. = ○ntu-k○ L

⋙tantrakaumudi

1. ○kaumudí f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙tantragandharva

1. ○gandharva n. N. of wk. Śāktân

⋙tantragarbha

1. ○garbha m. N. of wk., vii

⋙tantracūḍāmaṇi

1. ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙tantraṭīkā

1. ○ṭīkā f. N. of -vārttika i-iv W

⋙tantratā

   ○tā f. the state of anything that serves as a tantra ĀśvŚr. xi, 1 

1. • comprehending several rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W

⋙tantratva

1. ○tva n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41

⋙tantraprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wk., Vratapr

⋙tantrapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. N. of a Comm. on Dhātup

⋙tantrabheda

1. ○bheda m. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch

⋙tantramantraprakāśa

1. ○mantra-prakāśa m. N. of wk., Sāktân. iv

⋙tantraratna

1. ○ratna n. N. of wk. by Pārtha-sārathi

⋙tantrarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of wk. Tantras. i Ānand. 99 Sch

⋙tantrarājaka

1. ○rājaka m. N. of a medical work by Jābāla BrahmaP.i, 16, 18

⋙tantravāpa

1. ○vāpa for -vāya L

⋙tantravāya

1. ○vāya m. (= ○ntu-v○) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15
2. • a spider L
3. • m. n. weaving L

⋙tantravārttika

1. ○vārttika n. = mīmānsā-t○

⋙tantraśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. N. of wk., Pratāpar. Sch

⋙tantrasāra

1. ○sāra m. 'Tantra-essence', N. of a compilation

⋙tantrahṛdaya

1. ○hṛdaya n. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙tantrāntarīya

1. tantrântarīya m. pl. the Sāṃkhya philosophers Bādar. ii, 4, 9 Sch

⋙tantrāvāpa

1. tantrâvāpa n. sg. 'attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country' [Daś. xiii, 92], and 'drugs and their preparation' Śiś. ii, 88

⋙tantrottara

1. tantrôttara n. N. of wk. (vḷ. matôtt○) Ānand. 31 Sch

≫tantraka

1. tantraka mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pāṇ. 5-2, 70
2. • ifc. for ○tra, doctrine, pañca-
3. • (ikā), f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7
4. • noise in the ears ŚārṅgS. vii, 142
5. • cf. apa-

⋙tantraṇa

1. tantraṇa n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751

≫tantraya

1. tantraya Nom. (fr. ○tra) ○yati, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21
2. • to provide for (acc.) Śak. v, 5 (ind. p. ○yitvā vḷ
3. • Ā. 'to support a family' Dhātup. xxxiii, 5)
4. • Ā. to regulate Car.iv, 1 ; vi, 26

≫tantrāyin

1. tantrāyín mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12

≫tantri

1. tantri f. = ○trī, q.v
2. • vḷ. for ○ndri

⋙tantrija

1. ○ja vḷ, for ○nti-ja,

⋙tantritā

1. ○tā vḷ. for ○ndri-tā

⋙tantripāla

1. ○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○

⋙tantripālaka

1. ○pālaka m. N. of Jayad-ratha L

≫tantrita

1. tantrita mfn. spoken (a spell) Kathās.xxiii, 63
2. • (ifc.) depending on BhP.xi, 18, 33
3. • a- neg., 'independent' Gobh. i, 5, 26 Sch
4. • for a-tandrita MBh

≫tantrin

1. tantrin mfn. having threads, made of threads, spun, wove W
2. • chorded (an instrument) W
3. • m. a musician W
4. • a soldier Rājat. v, 248-339
5. • vi

≫tantrila

1. tantrila mfn. occupied with the affairs of government Mṛicch. vi, 15/16 Sch

≫tantrillaka

1. tantrillaka m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 2209

≫tantrī

1. tantrī f. of ○tra, q.v

⋙tantrībhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa n. 'chorded instrument', the Indian lute Sāh. vi, 214

⋙tantrīmukha

1. ○mukha m. a peculiar position of the hand PSarv

≫tantv

1. tantv in comp. for ○tu

⋙tantvagra

1. ○agra n. the end of thread, g. gahâdi

⋙tantvagrīya

1. ○"ṣagrīya mfn. fr. ○gra ib

≫tandra

1. tandrá n. a row (ŚBr. viii, 5, 2, 6) VS. xv, 5

⋙tandravāya

1. ○vāya m. for ○ntra-v○ L. Sch

≫tanv

1. tanv in comp. for ○nú

⋙tanvaṅga

1. ○aṅga m. 'slenderlimbed', N. of a man Rājat. vii, 260 f. ; 635 and 641
2. • (ī), f. a delicate-limbed woman MBh. Śukas

≫tanvin

1. tanvin m. 'possessed of a body', N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429

tanaka

1. tanaka (for vet○?), a reward SaddhP

tanayitnu

1. tanayitnú √2. tan

tanas

1. tánas ○nikā, ○nitṛ, &c. √3. tan. [Page 436, Column 3]

tanonu

1. tanonu a kind of ṣaṣṭika rice Npr

tantasya

1. tantasya Intens. √taṃs, q.v

tanti

1. tantí ○tī, tántu, &c. col. 1

≫tantra

1. tántra

⋙tantraka

1. tántraka

⋙tantraṇa

1. tántraṇa &c. cols. 1, 2

tanthī

1. tanthī ind. with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi (Gaṇap
2. • vḷ. tasthī)

tand

1. tand cl. 1. Ā. ○date, to become relaxed RV. i, 138, 1
2. • cf. á-tandra

≫tandr

1. tandr cl. 1. P. ○drati, = √sad VS. xv., 5 Mahīdh
2. • (Subj. ○drat) to make languid RV. ii, 30, 7: Caus. ○dráyate, to grow fatigued AitBr. vii, 15, 5 (ŚāṅkhŚr. xv, 19) TĀr. iii, 14, 1 and 9 (with inf.)

≫tandrayu

1. tandrayú mfn. fatigued, lazy RV. viii, 92, 30

≫tandrā

1. tandrā f. lassitude, exhaustion, laziness Yājñ. iii, 158 MBh. iii, 3008 ; xiv, 874 R. Suśr. &c

≫tandrālu

1. tandrālu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 158) tired, wearied, sleepy Suśr

⋙tandrāvin

1. tandrāvin mfn. id. TĀr. iv, 7, 18

≫tandri

1. tandri = ○drā, (ifc.) MBh. xiif. and R. ii, 1, 18
2. • (instr. ○driṇā) BhP. iii, 20, 40

⋙tandrija

1. ○ja vḷ. for ○ntija

⋙tandripāla

1. ○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○

≫tandrika

1. tandrika m. a kind of fever
2. • (ā), f. = ○drā W

≫tandrita

1. tandrita mfn. = mūḍha L
2. • a-

≫tandrin

1. tandrin mfn. a-
2. • m. = ○drika Bhpr

⋙tandritā

1. tandritā f. lassitude, sleepiness MBh. xii, 4997 and 7958

≫tandrī

1. tandrī́ ī́s [AV. MBh. iii, xii], ī [iii, xiii], f. = ○drā AV. viii, 8, 9
2. • xi, 8, 19 MBh. (ifc. nom. ○drīs, i, 4474
3. • iii ; v, 1358 C
4. • xii) R. (ifc. nom. f. ○drī ; v, 28, 18) BhP
5. • cf. sambādha-tandrī́

tanni

1. tanni ○nnī vḷ. for ○nvii, q.v

tannimitta

1. tan-nimitta p. 434, col. 3

≫tanmadhya

1. tan-madhya

⋙tanmadhyamanas

1. ○manas &c. ib

tanyatu

1. tanyatú ○nyú. Sae √2. tan

tanva

1. tanva m. N. of the author of a Sāman (cf. 2. tā́nva)
2. • (n., ?) a part of the body, Śulbas.ī, 37

tanvi

1. tanvi vḷ. for ○vii
2. • ○nvin
3. • col. 2

tap

1. tap (cf. √1. pat), cl. 4. Ā. ○pyate, to rule Dhātup. xxvi, 50

≫tapatā

1. tapa-tā f. ifc. governing BhP. iv, 22, 37

tap

   tap cl. 1. tápati (rarely Ā 

1. • Subj. ○pāti RV. v, 79, 9
2. • p. tápat RV. &c
3. • cl. 4. p. tápyat VS. xxxix, 12
4. • pf. 1. sg. tatápa RV. vii, 104, 15
5. • 3. sg. ○tā́pa, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c
6. • p. tepāná RV
7. • fut. tapsyáti Br. &c.: ○te & tapiṣyati MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV. &c
8. • to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib
9. • to consume or destroy by heat ib
10. • to suffer pain MBh. viii, 1794 Gīt. vii, 31
11. • (with paścāt) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15
12. • to torment one's self, undergo self-mortification, practise austerity (tapas) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c
13. • to cause pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 ŚBr. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. Ā. tapyáte (xiv
14. • or tápy○ TBr. ii
15. • p. ○pyámāna AV
16. • tápy○, xix, 56, 5
17. • cf. á-
18. • aor. atāpi RV. vii, 70, 2
19. • atapta Pāṇ. 3-1, 65 Kāś
20. • pf. tepe MBh. &c
21. • p. ○pāná ŚBr
22. • also P. tapyati, ○pyet, atapyat, &c. MBh. R. Kathās. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot RV. &c
23. • to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad
24. • to suffer or feel pain RV. x, 34, 10 and 95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 ŚBr. xiv MBh. &c
25. • to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity (tapas) AV. ŚBr. TBr. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c.: Caus. tāpayati, ○te (p. ○páyat AV
26. • Pass. ○pyate MBh. &c
27. • aor. atītape & ṣubj. tatápate RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ; viii, 72, 4 Kauś. MBh. &c
28. • to consume by heat R. &c
29. • to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix, 28, 2 MBh. &c
30. • to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. tātapyamāna) to feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [Lat. tepeo &c.]

≫tap

1. tap mfn. 'warming one's self.' agni-táp

≫tapa

1. tapa mfn. ifc. 'consuming by heat', lalāṭam-
2. • 'causing pain or trouble, distressing', janaṃ- and paraṃ-
3. • tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37
4. • m. heat, warmth (cf. ā-) Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6
5. • the hot season Śiś. i, 66
6. • the sun W

   • = ○pas, religious austerity Car. Cāṇ. (cf. mahā- and su-) 

1. • a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392
2. • Indra Gal
3. • N. of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch
4. • (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-vṛiksha Lalit. xxi, 404
5. • cf. a-

⋙taparuj

1. ○ruj f. the pain of bodily austerity W

⋙tapartu

1. ○rtu (ritu), m. the hot season Naish. i, 41

⋙tapātyaya

1. tapâtyaya m. 'end of the heat', the rainy season MBh. iii Śak. iii, 9. [Page 437, Column 1]

⋙tapānta

1. tapânta m. id. MBh. vi, viii R. vi, 37, 68

≫tapaātaṅka

1. tapa-ātaṅka m. = ○pas-taṅka Gal

≫tapaḥ

1. tapaḥ in comp. for ○pas

⋙tapaḥkara

1. ○kara m. the fish Polynemus risua or paradiseus L

⋙tapaḥkṛśa

1. ○kṛśa mfn. emaciated by austerities W

⋙tapaḥkleśasaha

1. ○kleśa-saha mfn. enduring the pain of austerities Hemac

⋙tapaḥparārdha

1. ○parârdha (táp○), mfn. finishing by t○ MaitrS. iii, 4

⋙tapaḥpātra

1. ○pātra n. a man whose austerities have made him a fit recipient of honour Siṃhâs. iii, 5/6

⋙tapaḥprabhāva

1. ○prabhāva m. supernatural power (acquired by) austerities Śak. vii

⋙tapaḥśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. inclined to religious austerities

⋙tapaḥsamādhi

1. ○samādhi m. the practice of penance W

⋙tapaḥsādhya

1. ○sādhya mfn. to be accomplished by austerities

⋙tapaḥsiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. accomplished by penance

⋙tapaḥsuta

1. ○suta m. 'austerityson', Yudhi-shṭhira MBh. iii, 313, 19
2. • (○pasaḥ suta Śiś. ii, 9.)

⋙tapaḥsthala

1. ○sthala n. a place of austerity Hāsy. i, 19
2. • (ī), f. Benares L

≫tapat

1. tapat mfn. pr. p. √2. tap, q.v
2. • (tī), f. 'warming', N. of a daughter of the Sun by Chāyā (married to Saṃvaraṇa and mother of Kuru) MBh. i BhP. vi, viii f. VāmP
3. • = ○pantī Rasik. Kathârṇ
4. • (ntī), f. N. of a river Divyâv. xxx
5. • cf. tāpatya

⋙tapatāmpati

1. tapatām-pati m. 'chief of burners', the sun W

≫tapana

1. tápana mfn. warming, burning, shining (the sun) MBh. i, v R. vi, 79, 57
2. • causing pain or distress RV. ii, 23, 4 ; x, 34, 6 AV. iv, xix
3. • m. (g. nandy-ādi) the sun MBh. i, vi, xiii R. i, 16, 11 Ragh. &c
4. • heat L
5. • the hot season L
6. • N. of a hell (cf. mahā-) Mn. iv, 89 Buddh
7. • N. of an Agni Hariv. 10465
8. • Agastya (cf. āgneya) L
9. • Semecarpus Anacardium Npr
10. • = -cchada (or 'a white kind of it' Npr.) L
11. • Premna spinosa L
12. • Cassia Senna Npr
13. • the civet cat Gal
14. • = -maṇi L
15. • N. of a Yaksha MBh. i, 32, 18
16. • of a Rakshas R. vi
17. • n. (○ná) the being hot, burning, heat TBr. ii, 2, 9, 1 f
18. • pining, grieving, mental distress Kāṭh. xxviii, 4 Sāh. iii
19. • (ī́), f. heat RV. ii, 23, 14
20. • the √of Bignonia suaveolens Npr
21. • = ○panti Divyâv. xxx, 317 and 409
22. • a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.)
23. • cf. gopāla-, tripúra, rāma-

⋙tapanakara

1. ○kara m. a sunbeam W

⋙tapanacchada

1. ○cchada m. the sunflower L

⋙tapanatanaya

1. ○tanaya m. 'Sun-son', Karṇa W
2. • (ā), f. = -sutā L
3. • = ○pantī W
4. • = ○pasvii7ṣṭā L
5. • ○yêṣṭā f. id. L

⋙tapanadyuti

1. ○dyuti mfn. brilliant like the sun Śiś. i, 42
2. • f. sunshine L

⋙tapanamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. the sun-stone L

⋙tapanasutā

1. ○sutā f. 'sun-daughter', the Yamunā river Prasannar. v, 33

⋙tapanātmajā

1. tapanâtmajā f. id. L

⋙tapanāśman

1. tapanâśman m. the sun-stone (sūrya-kānta) Dharmaśarm. xvi, 37

⋙tapaneṣṭa

1. tapanêṣṭa n. 'loved by sunbeams', copper L

⋙tapanopala

1. tapanôpala m. = ○na-maṇi Rājat. iii, 296

≫tapanīya

1. tapanīya mfn. to be heated W
2. • to be suffered (as self-mortification) W
3. • in. a sort of rice Car. i, 27
4. • n. gold purified with fire MBh. iv, vi R. vi Ragh. &c

⋙tapanīyamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. golden MBh. vii Hcat

≫tapanīyaka

1. tapanīyaka n. gold L

⋙tapantaka

1. tapantaka mṆ. of a man Kathās. xxiii

⋙taparloka

1. tapar-loka m. = ○po-l○ W

≫tapaś

1. tapaś in comp. for ○pas

⋙tapaścaraṇa

1. ○caraṇa n. the practice of austerities MBh. R. i Sarvad
2. • (○pasaz c○ Mn. vi, 75)

⋙tapaścaryā

1. ○caryā f. id. MBh. vii, 1280 Hariv. 14907 f. MārkP

⋙tapaścit

1. ○cit m. pl. 'accumulating merit by austerities', N. of a class of deities TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 5
2. • ○tām ayana n. = ta-paścitá Maś

≫tapas

1. tápas n. warmth, heat (pañca tapāṃsi, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv BrahmaP
2. • Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SāṅkhŚr
3. • pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7
4. • religious austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. 'sacred learning' with Brāhmans, 'protection of subjects' with Kshatriyas, 'giving alms to Brāhmans' with Vaiśyas, 'service' with Śūdras, and 'feeding upon herbs and roots' with Ṛishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2
5. • x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, 'father of Manyu' RAnukr.) AV. &c
6. • (m. L.) N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i ŚBr.iv Suśr. Pāṇ. 4-4, 128 Vārtt. 2 Pat. Śiś. vi, 63
7. • the hot season L. Sch
8. • = ○po-loka Vedântas. 120
9. • the 9th lunar mansion (dharma) VarBṛ. i, 19 ; ix, 1 and 4
10. • N. of a Kalpa period, VāvuP. i, 21, 27

⋙tapastakṣa

1. ○takṣa m. 'destroying the power of religious austerity', Indra (as disturbing the austerities of ascetics lest they should acquire too great power) L

⋙tapastaṅka

1. ○taṅka m. 'afraid of austerities', id. L

⋙tapastanu

1. ○tanu mfn. = ○paḥ-kṛśa AitĀr. v, 3, 2, 1

⋙tapastīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W

⋙tapaspati

1. ○pati (táp○), m. the lord of austerities VS. v, 6 and 40 BhP. iv, 24, 14

⋙tapasvat

1. ○vat (táp○), mfn. burning, hot RV. vi, 5, 4 AV. v, 2, 8 ŚāṅkhŚr. iii, 19, 15 [Page 437, Column 2]
2. • = ○po-v○ RV. x, 154, 4 f

⋙tapasvin

1. ○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 102) distressed, wretched, poor, miserable TS. v, 3, 3, 4 (compar. -ví-tara) R. ii f. Śak. Mālav. BhP. Sāh
2. • practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic AV. xiii, 2, 25 Kāṭh. xx (compar.), xxiii (superl. -vi-tama) ŚBr. (compar. ī) &c
3. • m. a pauper W
4. • = ○paḥkara L
5. • a kind of Karañja tree L
6. • Nārada L
7. • N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha Hariv. 71
8. • of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara, 482 BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP
9. • (inī), f. a female devotee, poor wretched woman Nal. R. iii, 2, 7 Śak. Daś
10. • Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī L
11. • Helleborus niger L
12. • = mahāśrāvaṇikā Bhpr
13. • ○svi-kanyakā or ○nyā f. the daughter of an ascetic Śak. i, 15/16 and 24
14. • -tā f. devout austerity MBh. xiii, 2896 Śatr
15. • -pattra m. Artemisia L
16. • ○svii7ṣṭā f. Prosopis spicigera Gal

≫tapasa

1. tapasa m. = ○po-rāja Uṇ. iii Sch
2. • a bird ib

≫tapasīvan

1. tapasīvan mf(varī)n. causing pain (?) Kāṭh

≫tapasomūrti

1. tapaso-mūrti m. (= ○po-m○) N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482

≫tapasya

1. tapasya Nom. ○syati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 15) to undergo religious austerities ŚBr. xiv, 6, 8, 10 (táp○) MBh. i, iii, xiii (Ā., 2. tapasya) R. &c

≫tapasya

1. tapasyá mf(ā)n. (fr. tápas) produced by heat KātyŚr. xxv
2. • belonging to austerity Baudh. ii, 5, 1
3. • m. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 128) the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (= phālguna) VS. TS. i ŚBr. iv Car. viii, 6 Suśr. i
4. • Arjuna (= phālguna) L
5. • N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428
6. • n. the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens L
7. • devout austerity (?, ○sye taken as 1. sg. Ā. of 1. tapasya by Nīlak.) MBh. xiii, 10, 13
8. • (ā), f. (fr. 1. tapasya) id. Hcar

≫tapasyāmatsya

1. tapasyā-matsya m. = ○paḥ-kara W

≫tapāgaccha

1. tapā-gaccha m. the 6th Gaccha of the Śvetâmbara Jains (founded by Jagac-candra, AḌ. 1229)

≫tapita

1. tapita mfn. refined (gold) Hariv. 13035

≫tapiṣṭha

1. tápiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) extremely hot, burning RV. AV.xi, 1, 16

⋙tapiṣṇu

1. tapiṣṇu mfn. warming, burning (with deva, 'the sun') MBh. xii, 11726

≫tapīyas

1. tapīyas mfn. (compar.) most devoted to austerities among (gen.) BhP. ii, 9, 8

≫tapu

1. tápu mfn. burning hot RV. ii, 4, 6 ; ix, 83, 2

≫tapur

1. tapur in comp. for ○pus

⋙tapuragra

1. ○agra (táp○), mf(ā)n. burning-pointed (a spear) RV. x, 87, 23

⋙tapurjambha

1. ○jambha (táp○), mfn. burning-jawed (Agni), i, 36, 16 and 58, 5 ; viii, 23, 4

⋙tapurmūrdhan

1. ○mūrdhan (táp○), mfn. burning-headed (Agni), vii, 3, 1 ; x, 183, 3
2. • m. N. of the author of RV. x, 183 (son of Bṛihaspati) RAnukr

⋙tapurvadha

1. ○vadha (táp○), mfn. having burning weapons RV. vii, 104, 5 AV. vi, 20, 1

≫tapuṣi

1. tápuṣi mfn. burning (a weapon) RV. iii, 30, 17 (Nir.vi, 3) ; vi, 52, 3
2. • (m.or f.) a burning weapon, i, 42, 4

⋙tapuṣī

1. tápuṣī f. heat of anger Naigh. ii, 13

≫tapuṣpā

1. tapuṣ-pā́ mfn. drinking warm (beverages) RV. iii, 35, 3 ['protecting from pain' Sāy.]

≫tapus

1. tápus mfn. burning, hot RV. ii, 30, 4 and 34, 9 ; vi, 52, 2
2. • m. fire Uṇ. Sch
3. • the sun ib
4. • 'paincauser', an enemy ib
5. • n. heat RV. AV. i, 13, 3

≫tapo

1. tapo in comp. for ○pas

⋙tapogaccha

1. ○gaccha m. = ○pA-g○

⋙tapojā

1. ○jā́ mfn. born from heat VS. x, 6
2. • xxxvii, 16
3. • become (a god or saint) through religious austerity RV. x, 154, 5 AV. vi, 61, 1 MaitrS. iv, 9, 6, 7 AitBr. ii, 27

⋙tapoda

1. ○da n. 'granting religious merit', N. of a Tīrtha Hariv. 9524

⋙tapodāna

1. ○dāna n. id. MBh. xiii, 7650

⋙tapodyuti

   ○dyuti m. 'brilliant with religious merit', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙tapodhana

1. ○dhana mf(ā)n. rich in religious austerities, (m.) a great ascetic Mn. xi, 242 MBh. Hariv. ii, 69, 62 &c
2. • m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa, i, 7, 23
3. • of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34
4. • of a Muni Kathās. cxvii, 125
5. • = ○pasvipattra L
6. • (ā), f. Sphaeranthus mollis L

⋙tapodharma

1. ○dharma m. N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 82 (vḷ. ○rma-bhṛtha)

⋙tapodhāman

1. ○dhāman n. 'place of austerities', N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 37

⋙tapodhṛti

1. ○dhṛti m. N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 483 VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙taponitya

1. ○nitya mfn. devoting one's self incessantly to religious austerities MBh. iii, xiv
2. • m. N. of a man (with the patr. Pauruśishṭi) TĀr. vii, 9, 1

⋙taponidhi

1. ○nidhi m. 'austerity-treasury', an eminently pious man Ragh. i, 56 Śak. (vḷ.)
2. • [○pasAM n○ R. (G) i, 67, 3]

⋙taponiṣṭha

1. ○niṣṭha mfn. practising austerities Mn. iii, 134 Yājñ. i, 221

⋙taponubhāva

1. ○'nubhāva m. = ○paH-prabh○ W

⋙tapobala

1. ○bala m. the power acquired by religious austerities ŚāṅkhGṛ.iv, 5 ; 15 Mn. xi, 241 R. i

⋙tapobhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. interruption of religious austerities Kāvyâd. ii, 325

⋙tapobhṛt

1. ○bhṛt mfn. undergoing austerities, (m.) an ascetic Hariv.4849. [Page 437, Column 3]

⋙tapomaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in or composed of religious austerities, 3990 ; 14430 R. i, 31, 11 BhP. ii
2. • practising religious austerities Hcat

⋙tapomūrti

1. ○mūrti f. an incarnation of religious austerity R. i, 31, 11
2. • m.= ○paso-m○ BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP. iii

⋙tapomūla

1. ○mūla mfn. founded on religious austerity Mn. xi, 235
2. • m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428

⋙tapoyajña

1. ○yajña mfn. sacrificing by austerities Bhag. iv, 28

⋙tapoyukta

1. ○yukta mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. VarBṛS. lxxxv

⋙taporata

1. ○rata mfn. rejoicing in religious austerity, pious MBh. i, 36, 3

⋙taporati

1. ○rati mfn. id., i, 1838
2. • m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429
3. • = -ravi VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙taporavi

1. ○ravi m. 'sun of ascetics', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482

⋙taporāja

1. ○rāja m. the moon (as presiding over austerities) L

⋙taporāśi

1. ○rāśi m. an accumulation of religious austerities (Purushôttama) R. i, 31, 11

⋙taporthīya

1. ○'rthīya mfn. destined for austerities MBh. xi, 760

⋙tapoloka

1. ○loka m. one of the 7 worlds (also called tapar-l○, situated above the jana-l○) ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 5, 39 KāśīKh. xxii
2. • pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2

⋙tapovaṭa

1. ○vaṭa m. Brahmâvarta (in central India) L

⋙tapovat

1. ○vat mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. xii, 8548

⋙tapovana

1. ○vana n. a grove in which religious austerities are performed Nal. xii, 62 R. i Śak. Ragh
2. • (ifc. f. ā) Kathās. xxii

⋙tapovāsa

1. ○vāsa m. = ○paḥsthala Hariv. 5168

⋙tapovidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n

⋙tapovidhi

1. ○vidhi m. N. of two Jaina texts

⋙tapovṛddha

1. ○vṛddha mfn. rich in religious austerity MBh. (Nal. xii, 48)

⋙tapovrāta

1. ○vrāta m. a multitude of austerities W

⋙tapośana

1. ○'śana m. 'whose food is austerity', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manvantara Hariv. 482
2. • of a son of Manu Tāmasa, 428

≫tapta

1. taptá mfn. heated, inflamed, hot, made redhot, refined (gold &c.), fused, melted, molten RV. AV. &c
2. • distressed, afflicted, worn R. iii, 55, 15 Megh. Śak
3. • (in astrol.) opposed by VarYogay. ix, 16
4. • practised (as austerities) MBh. v, 7147 R. i, 57, 8
5. • one who has practised austerities ŚBr. ChUp
6. • 'inflamed with anger, incensed W
7. • n. hot water ŚBr. xiv, 1, 1, 29
8. • (ám), ind. in a hot manner, xi, 2, 7, 32

⋙taptakumbha

1. ○kumbha m. a heated or red-hot jar MārkP. xii, 34 f. ; xiv, 87
2. • N. of a hell ib. (cf. RTL. p. 232)

⋙taptakūpa

1. ○kūpa m. 'well of heated liquid', N. of a hell PadmaP. vi

⋙taptakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra m. n. a kind of religious austerity (drinking hot water, milk, and ghee for 3 days each, and inhaling hot air for 3 days) Mn. xi, 157 and 215 Yājñ. iii, 318

⋙taptajāmbūnadamaya

1. ○jāmbūnada-maya mf(ī)n. made of refined gold R. i, 15, 8

⋙taptatapas

1. ○tapas mfn. practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic W

⋙taptatapta

1. ○tapta mfn. made hot repeatedly Bhpr. v, 26, 3 and 45

⋙taptatāmra

1. ○tāmra n. red-hot or melted copper VarBṛS. vi, 13 BhP. vi, 9, 13

⋙taptapāṣāṇakuṇḍa

1. ○pāṣāṇa-kuṇḍa n. 'pit filled with red-hot stones', N. of a hell BrahmaP

⋙taptamudrā

1. ○mudrā f. (Vishṇu's) mark burnt (on the skin with red-hot iron)' W

⋙taptarahasa

1. ○rahasa n. Pāṇ. 5-4, 81

⋙taptarūpa

1. ○rūpa n. 'of refined shape', silver Npr

⋙taptarūpaka

1. ○rūpaka n. id. L

⋙taptalomaśa

1. ○lomaśa green vitriol Npr

⋙taptaloha

1. ○loha n. 'glowing iron', N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 11 (cf. RTL. p. 232)

⋙taptavāluka

1. ○vāluka mfn. having hot gravel BhP. iii, 30, 23
2. • m. N. of a hell PadmaP. v, 159, 3
3. • (ās), f. pl. hot gravel Kathās. lxxii, 105

⋙taptavrata

1. ○vrata (○ptá-), mfn. using, hot milk for the initiatory rite TS. vi, 2, 2, 7 ĀpŚr. xi, 2, 2

⋙taptasurākuṇḍa

1. ○surā-kuṇḍa m. 'jar or hole filled with burning spirituous liquor', N. of, a hell BrahmaP

⋙taptasūrmi

1. ○sūrmi f. 'red-hot iron statue, N. of a hell (in which the wicked are made to embrace red-hot images) BhP.v, 26, 7 (cf. 20 and Mn. xi, 104)
2. • -kuṇḍa n. id. BrahmaP

⋙taptahema

1. ○hema n. refined gold MBh. iii, 1722 R. i, iii VarBṛS. cvi, 3
2. • -maya mfn. consisting of refined gold W

⋙taptānna

1. taptânna n. hot food, hot rice W

⋙taptābharana

1. taptâbharana n. an ornament made of refined gold R. iii, 58, 19

⋙taptāyana

1. taptâyana mf(ī)n. dwelling-place of distressed people (the earth) VS.v, 9 (tiktây○ TS. i)

⋙taptodakasvāmin

1. taptôdaka-svāmin m. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

≫taptaka

1. taptaka n. a frying-pan Bhpr

≫taptavya

1. taptavya mfn. to be practised (austerity) MBh

≫tapti

1. tapti f. heat Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch

≫taptṛ

1. taptṛ m. a heater MBh. i, 8414

≫tapya

1. tapya mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. (-tva n. abstr.)
2. • performing austerity (= sattva-maya Sch
3. • said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10381

≫tapyati

1. tapyatí f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (vḷ. ○tú)

≫tapyatu

1. tapyatú mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9
2. • f. ○tí

tabalākṛti

1. tabalâkṛti f. N. of a creeper

tabha

1. tabha m.= st○, a he-goat L. Sch. [Page 438, Column 1]

tam

1. tam cl. 4. tā́myati (Pāṇ. 7-3, 74
2. • rarely Ā. R. ii, 63, 46 Gīt. v, 16
3. • pf. tatāma ŚBr. iv
4. • aor. Pass. atami Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś
5. • Ved. inf. támitos, with ā́ preceding, 'till exhaustion' TBr. i, 4, 4, 2 TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. Āp
6. • pf. Pass. p. -tāntá, q.v.) to gasp for breath (as one suffocating), choke, be suffocated, faint away, be exhausted, perish, be distressed or disturbed or perplexed RV. ii, 30, 7 (ná mā tamat aor. subj. 'may I not be exhausted') Kāṭh. TBr. &c
7. • to stop (as breath), become immovable or stiff Suśr. Mālatīm. Amar. Rājat. v, 344
8. • to desire (cf. 2. ○ma, ○mata) Dhātup. xxvi, 93: Caus. tamáyati (aor. Pass. atāmi Pāṇ. 6-4, 93 Kāś.) to suffocate, deprive of breath ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 19 and 8, 1, 15 KātyŚr. vi, 5, 18
9. • cf. á-tameru

≫tama

1. tama m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34, Kāś.) = tamas ('the ascending node' VarBṛ. [?] Jyot.) L. Sch
2. • (= ○māla) Xanthochymus pictorius L
3. • = ○makā L
4. • n. (= ○mas) darkness L
5. • the point of the foot L
6. • (ā), f. night L
7. • Xanthochymus pictorius L
8. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 47) night Śiś. ix, 23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45

⋙tamaprabha

1. ○prabha m. = ○maH-pr○ ŚivaP.: (ā), f. v. l. for ○maH-pr○ L

⋙tamarāja

1. ○rāja m. = tava-r○ L

⋙tamāhvaya

1. tamâhvaya m. the plant tālīśa-pattra Npr

≫tamaḥ

1. tamaḥ in comp. for ○mas

⋙tamaḥprabha

1. ○prabha m. N. of a hell L. (vḷ.)
2. • (ā), f. id. L

⋙tamaḥpraveśa

1. ○praveśa m. groping in the dark W
2. • mental perplexity W

⋙tamaḥsthita

1. ○sthita n. 'situated in darkness', N. of a hell W

⋙tamaḥspṛś

1. ○spṛś mfn. connected with darkness Kād

≫tamaka

1. tamaka m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś.) oppression (of the chest), a kind of asthma Suśr. i, 43 and 45 ; vi, 40 and 51
2. • cf. pra-
3. • (ā), f. Phyllanthus emblica Npr

≫tamata

1. tamata mfn. desirous of. Uṇ. iii, 109 Sch

≫tamana

1. tamana n. the becoming breathless ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 7, 7
2. • iv KātyŚr. iv, 1, 13
3. • cf. nāga-tamanī

≫tamam

1. tamam ind. so as to faint away Pāṇ. 6-4, 93

≫tamas

1. támas n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. (○maḥ, práṇīta, 'led into darkness, 'deprived of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c
2. • the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MārkP. xii, 10
3. • the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to Rāhu (also m. L.) R. VarBṛS. v, 44 VarBṛ. ii VarYogay. Sūryas
4. • mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sāṃkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of a-vidjā MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. &c
5. • one of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity
6. • sin L
7. • sorrow Kir. iii
8. • guṇa and RTL.
9. • p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sāṃkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii Śak. Rājat. v, 144
10. • N. of a son (of Śravas MBh. xiii, 2002
11. • of Daksha, i Sch
12. • of Pṛithu-śravas VP. iv, 12, 2)
13. • [cf. timira ; Lat. temere &c.]

⋙tamaskalpa

1. ○kalpa mfn. like darkness, gloomy W

⋙tamaskāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa m. (g. kaskâdi, not in Kāś.) great or spreading darkness Śiś

⋙tamastati

1. ○tati f. id. L

⋙tamasvat

1. ○vat (tam○), mf(atī)n. gloomy AV. xix, 47, 2 Naigh. i, 7
2. • (tī), f. night L. Sch
3. • turmeric T

⋙tamasvan

1. ○van (tám○), mf(arī)n. = -vat TS. ii, 4, 7, 2
2. • cf. ám○

⋙tamasvinī

1. ○vinī f. = -vatī MBh. iv, 732 Kād

≫tamasa

1. tamasá mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22
2. • m. darkness Uṇ. Sch. a well Uṇ. vṛ
3. • n. ifc. for ○mas, 'darkness', andha-, ○dhā-, ava-, vi-, saṃ-
4. • a city Uṇ. vṛ
5. • (ā), f. N. of a river (falling into the Ganges below Pratishṭhāna) MBh. iii, 14231 ; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if. ; iv, 40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16

≫tamasākṛta

1. tamasā-kṛta mfn. Pāṇ. 6-3, 3 Kāś

≫tamasāvana

1. tamasā-vana n. N. of a grove Divyâv. xxvii

≫tamaska

1. tamaska ifc. = ○mas, darkness ChUp. vii, 11, 2 SaṃhUp
2. • mental darkness BhP. vii, 1, 11
3. • the quality tamas (q.v.), NṛiSUP. (a-)
4. • cf. nis-, vi-, sa-

≫tamāla

1. tamāla m. 'dark-barked (but white-blossomed)' Xanthochymus Pictorius MBh. Hariv. 12837 R. Suśr. Mṛicch. &c
2. • a sort of black Khadira tree L
3. • Crataeva Roxburghī L
4. • tobacco, Sikshāp
5. • sectarial mark on the forehead (made with the juice of the Tamāla fruit) L
6. • a sword L
7. • m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the bark of the bamboo L
8. • n. = -patra L
9. • (ī), f. = tamakā Npr
10. • Crataeva Roxburghī L
11. • = tāmra-vallī L

⋙tamālapattra

1. ○pattra n. the leaf of Xanthochymus pictorius Mṛicch. Ragh. vi, 64
2. • the leaf of Laurus Cassia L
3. • Xanthochymus pictorius L
4. • 'a sectarial mark on the forehead', śrīkhaṇḍa-
5. • -candana-gandha m. 'smelling like Tamāla leaves and sandal wood', N. of a Buddha

≫tamālaka

1. tamālaka (m., n. L.) Xanthochymus pictorius R. ii, 91, 48 (ifc.)
2. • the bark of a bamboo L
3. • n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia L. [Page 438, Column 2]
4. • Marsilea quadrifolia L
5. • (ā, ī), f. = tamakā Npr
6. • (ikā), f. id. L
7. • = tāmra-vallī L
8. • = tāmra-lipta L
9. • N. of a woman Kād. v, 427 and 432 (vḷ. taral○) Vāsav. 573

≫tamālinī

1. tamālinī f. a place overgrown with Tamāla trees, g. puṣkarâdi
2. • = tāmra-lipta L
3. • = tamakā L

⋙tami

1. tami f. = ○mī (s.v. ○ma) L
2. • turmeric W

≫tamin

1. tamin mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 141

⋙tamiṣīcī

1. támiṣīcī īs irr. ayas, Ved. f. pl. (fr. tamiṣy-ac) oppressing, stunning, confusing RV. viii, 48, 11 AV. ii, 2, 5

≫tamisra

1. támisra m. = -pakṣa W
2. • n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gīt. xi, 12
3. • a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45
4. • anger L
5. • (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 114) a dark night RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Rāgh. &c
6. • cf. su-
7. • tāmisra

⋙tamisrapakṣa

1. ○pakṣa m. the dark half of the month, vi, 34 VarBṛS. ix, 36
2. • xxiv

≫tamīśvara

1. tamī7śvara m. the moon Dharmaśarm. x, 15

≫tamo

1. tamo in comp. for ○mas

⋙tamogā

1. ○gā́ mfn. roaming in the darkness (Śushṇa) RV. v, 32, 4

⋙tamoguṇa

1. ○guṇa m. the quality of darkness or ignorance ( támas) W

⋙tamoguṇin

1. ○"ṣguṇin mfn. having the quality of tamas predominant, ignorant, proud W

⋙tamoghna

1. ○ghna m. 'destroying darkness', the sun MBh. iii, 193 ; vii, 6296
2. • the moon L
3. • fire L
4. • Vishṇu L
5. • Śiva
6. • a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L

⋙tamojyotis

1. ○jyotis m. 'light in darkness', a fire-fly L

⋙tamonud

1. ○nud mfn. dispersing darkness, xiii, 7298
2. • m. light R. v, 32, 23
3. • the sun (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L
4. • the moon (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L
5. • fire L
6. • a lamp L

⋙tamonuda

1. ○nuda mf(ā)n. dispersing darkness Mn. i, 6 & 77 MBh. (sarva-, iii, 17114) &c
2. • m. the sun, 11892
3. • (acc. ○dam) 17099 and vi, 5765
4. • the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (acc. ○dam)

⋙tamontakṛt

1. ○'nta-kṛt m. 'darkness-finisher', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2560

⋙tamontya

1. ○'ntya m. one of the 10 ways in which an eclipse may happen VarBṛS. v, 43 and 52

⋙tamondhakāra

1. ○'ndhakāra N. of a mythical place Kāraṇḍ. xii
2. • -bhūmi, or ○rA bh○ f. id. ib

⋙tamopaha

1. ○'paha mfn. removing darkness Pāṇ. 3-2, 50
2. • removing ignorance Daś. Kir. v, 22
3. • m. the sun L
4. • the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (vḷ.)
5. • fire L
6. • a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L

⋙tamobhāga

1. ○bhāga mfn. one whose portion is darkness Nir. xii, 1

⋙tamobhid

1. ○bhid m. 'dispersing darkness', a fire-fly L

⋙tamobhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. 'become darkness', covered with darkness Mn. i, 5 Bhartṛ. i, 14
2. • ignorant Mn. xii, 115

⋙tamomaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. 'darkness-jewel', a kind of gem L
2. • a fire-fly, Vāsav. 442

⋙tamomaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or composed of or covered with darkness VarBṛS. v, 3 BhP. iii MārkP. &c

   • m. the mind enveloped with darkness (one of the 5 forms of avidyā in Sāṃkhya phil.), vlī, 15 

1. • ○yī-√kṛ, to cover with darkness Naish. viii, 65

⋙tamori

1. ○'ri m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun Rājat. ii, iv
2. • -vivara, 'sunhole', a window, vii, 775

⋙tamorūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. consisting of mental darkness or ignorance NṛisUp

⋙tamorūpin

1. ○"ṣrūpin mfn. id. ib. Sch

⋙tamoliptī

1. ○liptī f. = tāma-l○ L

⋙tamovat

1. ○vat mfn. = ○mas-v○ R. iv, 44, 115

⋙tamovāsas

   ○vāsas n. darkness as a cover Kād. viii, 162

⋙tamovikāra

1. ○vikāra m. 'modification of the Guṇa tamas', sickness L

⋙tamovṛta

1. ○vṛta mfn. obscured W
2. • overcome with any effect of the Guṇa tamas, as rage, fear, &c. W

⋙tamovṛdh

   ○vṛ́dh mfn. rejoicing in darkness RV. vii, 104, 1

⋙tamovairin

1. ○vairin m. 'darkness-enemy', fire Gal

⋙tamohan

1. ○hán mfn. striking down or dispersing darkness, i, 140, 1 ; iii, 39, 3
2. • m. fire Gal
3. • Vishṇu ib
4. • Śiva ib

⋙tamohara

1. ○hara m. 'removing darkness', the moon L

≫tamra

1. tamrá mf(ā́)n. oppressing, darkening, x, 73, 5

tama

1. tama an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives (káṇva-, &c.) Suśr. i, 20, 11
2. • mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14
3. • (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs and (in later language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning
4. • ind. in a high degree, much Naish. viii

tamaṅga

1. tamaṅga ○gaka m. a platform L

tamara

1. tamara n. tin L

tamas

1. támas ○sá, &c. col. 1

≫tamāla

1. tamāla &c.,

⋙tami

1. tami

⋙tamin

1. tamin &c. ib. & col. 2

tamuṣṭuhīya

1. tamuṣṭuhīya the, hymn RV. vi, 18 (beginning with tám u ṣṭuhi) ŚāṅkhŚr.x, 11, 29

tampā

1. tampā f. a cow (cf. ○mbā) L

tamb

1. tamb cl. l. ○bati, to go Vop

tambā

1. tambā (fr. tāmrā), f. = ○mpā L

tambīra

1. tambīra = ?, (in astrol.) the 14th Yoga. [Page 438, Column 3]

tamra

1. tamrá col. 2

tay

1. tay cl. 1. ○yate (pf. teye), to go towards (acc.) or out of (abl.) Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 75 and 108
2. • (= tāy) to protect Dhātup. xiv, 6

≫taya

1. taya m. g. vṛṣâdi
2. • cf. tāya

tara

1. tara an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. vṛtra-tára) of substantives Suśr. i, 20, 11
2. • (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs ( ati-tarā́m &c.) and (in later language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratnâv. iii, 9 Kathās.), intensifying their meaning
3. • ind. with na, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43

⋙taratamatas

1. ○tama-tas ind. more or less, 87, 19
2. • cf. tāratamya

tara

1. tára mfn. (√tṝ
2. • g. pacâdi) carrying across or beyond, saving (?, said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10380
3. • ifc. passing over or beyond W
4. • 'surpassing, conquering', śoka-tará, cf. rathaṃtará
5. • excelling, w
6. • m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12 ; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yājñ. (ifc.) MBh. xii
7. • (a- mfn. 'impassable') Bhaṭṭ. vii, 55 (cf. dus-)
8. • 'excelling, conquering', duṣ-ṭára, su-tára, dus-
9. • = -paṇya Mn. viii, 406
10. • a raft W
11. • a road L
12. • N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4
13. • fire W
14. • N. of a man Rājat. vii, 809
15. • (ī
16. • also īs L.) f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 48), a boat, ship (cf. ○ri) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv Śiś. iii, 76 (cf. nis-tarīka)
17. • a clothes-basket (also ○ri) L
18. • the hem of a garment (also ○ri) L
19. • = ○raṇi-peṭaka L
20. • a club L
21. • for starī (smoke) W

⋙tarapaṇya

1. ○paṇya n. ferry-money, freight Divyâv

⋙tarapaṇyika

1. ○"ṣpaṇyika m. one who receives ferry-money or freight Buddh. L

⋙taravaṭa

1. ○vaṭa Cassia auriculata L

⋙taravāri

1. ○vāri (m. L
2. • for tala-v○?) a one-edged sword Hcar. vi Kalyāṇam. Pañcad. ii, 77
3. • cf. tala-vāraṇa

⋙taravālikā

1. ○vālikā f. (for tala-v○?) = kar○ id. L. Sch

⋙tarasārika

1. ○sārika tala-s○

⋙tarasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. a landing-place L

⋙tarāndhu

1. tarândhu m. a large flat-bottomed boat L

⋙tarālu

1. tarâlu m. id. L

≫taraṃga

1. taraṃ-ga m. (fr. taram, ind, √tṝ) 'acrossgoer', a wave, billow R. iv, 41, 29ff. Jain. Suśr. Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Pañcat. Kathās. lxxii)
2. • a section of a literary work that contains in its N. a word like 'sea' or 'river' (e.g. of Kathās. and Rājat.)
3. • a jumping motion, gallop, waving about, moving to and fro Hariv. 4298 Gīt. xii, 2o
4. • cloth, clothes Uṇ. Sch
5. • cf. ut-, carma-

⋙taraṃgabhīru

1. ○bhīru m. '= ○gâpatrasta', N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. 495

⋙taraṃgamāliṇ

1. ○māliṇ m. 'wave-garlanded', the sea Prasannar. vii, 9/10

⋙taraṃgavatī

1. ○vatī f. 'having waves', a river Vcar. vi, 72
2. • N. of a female servant, Vāsav. 374

⋙taraṃgāpatrasta

1. taraṃgâpatrasta mfn. afraid of waves Pāṇ. 2-1, 38 Kāś

≫taraṃga

1. taraṃga Nom. ○gati, to move like a billow, wave about, move restlessly to and fro Kād. vi, 1644 (Pass. p. ○gyamāṇa) Gīt. ii, 8
2. • cf. ut-

≫taraṃgaka

1. taraṃgaka m. a wave, Bālabodh
2. • (ikā), f. N. of a female servant Viddh. ii, 0/1
3. • cf. nārī-

≫taraṃgaya

1. taraṃgaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to move to and fro Bālar. iii, 25 (= Viddh. iii, 27) Sāh. vi

≫taraṃgiṇī

1. taraṃgiṇī f. of ○gin

⋙taraṃgiṇīnātha

1. ○nātha m. 'river-lord', the sea Bālar. Vcar. xiii

⋙taraṃgiṇībhartṛ

1. ○bhartṛ m. id., 53

≫taraṃgita

1. taraṃgita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) having (folds, vali-) as waves Kathās. lxxxiv, 7
2. • wavy, waving, overflown (by tears), moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi, 3851 Mālatīm
3. • Śāntiś. Kathās. Prasannar. &c
4. • n. waving, moving to and fro Gīt.iii, 13

≫taraṃgin

1. taraṃgin mfn. wavy, waving, moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi R. ii, iv Kathās. Gīt. v, 19
2. • (iṇī), f. (g. puṣkarâdi) a river Bhartṛ. iii, 65
3. • N. of a river Kathās. lxxii, 336
4. • N. of several works Śaktir. Nirṇayas. ii, 7
5. • ifc. kṣīra- &c

≫taraṇa

1. taraṇa m. a raft, boat L
2. • 'final landing-place', heaven L
3. • n. crossing over, passing (ifc.) KātyŚr. i, 7, 13 R. Vikr. Rājat. Hit
4. • overcoming (as of misfortune, gen.) MBh. i, 6054
5. • carrying over W
6. • an oar (?) Kauś. 5 2
7. • (ī), f. = ○ṇi, a boat Hariv. 14078 (vḷ. ○riṇī)
8. • Hibiscus mutabilis L
9. • = ṇī-vallī L
10. • cf. ūrdhva-, dus-
11. • pra-tár○, su-

≫taraṇi

1. taráṇi mfn. moving forwards (as the sun &c.), quick, untired, energetic RV. AV. xiii, 2, 4 and 36
2. • carrying over, saving, helping, benevolent RV. TBr. ii, 7, 13, 2
3. • m. the sun KapS. iii, 13 BhP. v, viii, x Rājat. ŚārṅgP
4. • Calotropis gigantea L
5. • a ray of light L
6. • f. = ○ṇī, a boat Prab. Vop. Śatr
7. • Aloe perfoliata L. (also ○ṇī Sch.)
8. • cf. go-, saṃsāra-

⋙taraṇitanayā

1. ○tanayā f. 'sun-daughter', the river Yamunā Bhām. iv, 7 and 35

⋙taraṇitva

1. ○tvá n. zeal RV. i, 110, 4 and 6 (Nir.xi, 16)

⋙taraṇidhanya

1. ○dhanya m. Śiva

⋙taraṇipeṭaka

1. ○peṭaka m. a baling-vessel L

⋙taraṇiratna

1. ○ratna n. 'sun-jewel', a ruby L. [Page 439, Column 1]

≫taraṇīya

1. taraṇīya mfn. to be crossed (a river) R. ii

≫taraṇīvallī

1. taraṇī-vallī f. Rosa glandulifera L

≫taraṇḍa

1. taraṇḍa m. N. of a place L
2. • (m. n. L.) the float of a fishing line, float made of bamboos and floated upon jars or hollow gourds inverted L
3. • an oar W
4. • a raft, boat HPariś. ii, 220
5. • (ā, ī), f. id. L

⋙taraṇḍapādā

1. ○pādā f. 'oar-footed', a boat L

≫taraṇḍaka

1. taraṇḍaka vḷ. for ○rantuka, q.v

≫taraṇya

1. taraṇya Nom. (fr. ○ṇa) ○ṇyati, to go, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (not in Kāś.)

≫tarat

1. tárat pr. p. and Subj. √tṝ, q.v

⋙taratsama

1. ○sama m. conflagration of chaff (cf. taratsala) Gal
2. • m. or f. pl. = ○mandī Vas. xxviii, 11

⋙taratsamandī

1. ○samandī f. pl. the hymn RV. ix, 58 (beginning with tárat sá mandī́) Gaut

⋙taratsamandīya

1. ○samandīya n. (scil. sū7kta) id. Mn. xi, 254

≫taratha

1. taratha deva-

⋙tarad

1. tarad f. (Siddh.puṃl. 74) a raft L
2. • a kind of a duck L

⋙taraddveṣas

1. tarád-dveṣas mfn. conquering enemies (Indra) RV. i, 100, 3

≫taranta

1. tarantá m. the ocean L
2. • a hard shower Uṇ. k
3. • a frog ib
4. • N. of a man (with the patr. Vaidadaśvi) RV. v, 61, 10 TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 7 (author of a Sāman)
5. • (ī), f. a boat, ship Uṇ. iii, 128 Sch

≫tarantuka

1. tarantuka n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 5085 ; 6022 (vvḷl. arant"ṣ and taraṇḍaka) and 7078 ; ix, 3032

≫taras

1. táras n. rapid progress, velocity, strength, energy, efficacy RV. MBh. xii, 5172 R. v, 77, 18 Ragh. xi, 77
2. • a ferry RV.i, 190, 7
3. • (fig.) v, 54, 15 AV. x, 10, 24
4. • a symbolical N. of the stoma of the gods TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xi, xv
5. • a bank L
6. • = plava-ga L
7. • (sā), instr. ind. (g. svar-ādi, not in Kāś.) speedily, directly MBh. R. Ragh. BhP. Śiś. ix Kathās. Prab. iv, 24
8. • (○rás), mfn. quick, energetic SV. i, 4, 2, 4, 1

⋙tarasmat

1. ○mat for -vat, q.v

⋙tarasvat

1. ○vat (tár○), mfn. = -vín (Indra) TBr. ii, 8, 4, 1
2. • m. N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 87 (vḷ. ○s-mat)
3. • f. pl. 'the swift ones', the rivers Naigh. i, 13

⋙tarasvin

1. ○vín mfn. quick, violent, energetic, bold RV. viii, 97, 10 and 12 (Indra) VS. xix, 88 MBh. R. Śak. &c
2. • m. a courier, runner, hero W
3. • Śiva
4. • the wind L
5. • a falcon Gal
6. • Garuḍa L
7. • N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 2

≫tarasāna

1. tarasāna m. a boat Uṇ. ii, 86 Sch

≫tarāyaṇa

1. tarāyaṇa tār○

≫tari

1. tari f. = ○rī, a boat MBh. i, 4014 ; xii, 1682 Prab. vi, 7
2. • also ○rī s.v. ○ra

⋙tariratha

1. ○ratha m. 'boat-wheel', an oar L

≫tarika

1. tarika m.= ○kin Yājñ. ii, 263
2. • a raft, boat L
3. • (ā), f. id. L
4. • the skin on the milk VS.xxxix, 5/6 KātyŚr. xxvi, 7, 50/51

⋙tarikin

1. tarikin m. a ferry-man W

≫taritavya

1. taritavya n. impers. it is to be crossed or passed over AśvGṛ. i, 12, 6 MānGṛ. i, 13

≫taritā

1. taritā f. 'leader', the fore-finger L
2. • garlic (or 'hemp' ?) Kulârṇ
3. • a form of Durgā (cf. tvar○), Tantr

⋙taritādhāraṇayantra

1. ○dhāraṇa-yantra n. N. of a mystical diagram ib

⋙taritāpūjāyantra

1. ○pūjā-yantra n. another diagram ib

≫taritṛ

1. taritṛ mfn. one who crosses (a river) or who carries over Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś

≫taritra

1. taritra m. 'a helmsman' (Sch.) or n. 'an oar' MBh. v, 2436 (a- mfn. without a t○)

≫tarin

1. tarín mfn. AV. v, 27, 6 (for sá īm VS. xxvii, 15)
2. • (iṇī), f. vḷ. for ○raṇī, q.v

≫tarī

1. tarī f. ○ra

⋙tarīpa

1. ○pa dus-, nis-

≫tarītṛ

1. tarītṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś

≫tarītu

1. tarītu^ duṣ-ṭár○

⋙tarīyas

1. tárīyas mfn. (compar.) easily passing through (acc.) RV. v, 41, 12

≫tarīṣa

1. tarīṣa m. a raft, boat L
2. • the ocean L
3. • a fit or competent person Uṇ. vṛ
4. • a fine shape or form ('decorating' W.) L
5. • resolution L
6. • also taviiṣa

⋙tarīṣaṇi

1. tarīṣáṇi Ved. inf. √tṝ, q.v

≫taru

1. táru mfn. 'quick' or subst. 'speediness', (pl.) RV. v, 44, 5 (cf. ii, 39, 3)

≫tarutṛ

1. tárutṛ mfn. winning, i, 27, 9 ; 129, 2

≫tarutṛ

1. tarutṛ́ m. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 34) a conqueror RV. i ; vi, 66, 8
2. • viii
3. • an impeller (of carts), x, 178, 1 (Nir. x, 28)
4. • (trī), f. adj. a help MānGṛ. i, 22

≫tarutra

1. tárutra mfn. carrying across (as a horse) RV. i, 117, 9
2. • conquering, triumphant, 174, 1 ; ii, 11, 15f. ; iii, vi f
3. • granting victory, superior, iv, vi, viii, x

≫taruṣ

1. taruṣ one base of √tṝ (taruṣante &c.), q.v

≫taruṣa

1. táruṣa m. a conqueror, overcomer, vi, 15, 3 ; x, 115, 5
2. • (ī), f. victory SV. i, 4, 1, 4, 5

≫taruṣyat

1. taruṣyát mfn. (pr. p.) attacking RV. viii, 99, 5 (Naigh. iv, 2 Nir. v, 2)

⋙tarus

1. tárus n. battle RV. vi, 25, 4
2. • superiority, i, 122, 13 ; iii, 2, 3

≫tarūtṛ

1. tarūtṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34

≫tarūṣas

1. tárūṣas mfn. superior RV. i, 129, 10

≫tarṇi

1. tarṇi m.= ○raṇi, a boat L
2. • the sun L

≫tartarīka

1. tartarīka mfn. (fr. Intens.) being in the habit of crossing (a river) L
2. • n. a boat L

≫tartavya

1. tartavya mfn. = ○raṇīya MBh. vii, 4706. [Page 439, Column 2]

≫tarman

1. tarman n. 'passage', su-tárman ; m. n. the top of the sacrificial post (cf. Lat. terminus) L

≫tarya

1. tárya m. N. of a man RV. v, 44, 12

≫tarṣa

1. tarṣa m. = ○rīṣa, a raft Uṇ. iii, 62 Sch
2. • the ocean ib
3. • the sun Uṇ. vṛ

tarakṣa

1. tarakṣa m. = ○kṣu VarBṛS. xii, 6
2. • a wolf Npr

≫tarakṣu

1. tarákṣu m. a hyena VS. xxiv, 40 MaitrS. iii, 14, 21 GopBr. i, 2, 8 MBh. Hariv. 9373 R. Suśr

≫tarakṣuka

1. tarakṣuka m. id. L

taraṃga

1. taraṃ-ga &c. p. 438, col. 3

taraṭa

1. taraṭa N. of a medicinal plant Npr
2. • (ī), f. N. of a thorny plant (cf. tār○) L

taraṇa

1. taraṇa ○ráṇi, &c. p. 438, col. 3

taratsala

1. taratsala m. = ○rat-sama W

taradī

1. taradī vḷ. for ○raṭī

taranta

1. tarantá ○ntuka, col. 1

tarambuja

1. tarambuja n. (borrowed fr. ?) a water-melon (cf. kharbūja), Tantr

tarala

1. tarala mf(ā)n. (√tṝ?, cf. taraṃga) moving to and fro, trembling, tremulous MBh. &c
2. • glittering R. vi, 4, 33 Ragh. xiii, 76 Śak
3. • unsteady, vain Bhartṛ. Amar. Rājat. iii, 515
4. • libidinous L
5. • liquid W
6. • hollow L
7. • m. a wave BhP. xf
8. • the central gem of a necklace MBh. viii, 4913 Hariv
9. • a necklace L
10. • a ruby L
11. • iron L
12. • a level surface (tala) L
13. • the thorn-apple Npr
14. • N. of a poet Bālar. i, 13 ŚārṅgP
15. • pl. N. of a people MBh. viii, 237
16. • (ā), f. spirituous liquor L
17. • a bee L
18. • N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 709
19. • rice-gruel VarBṛS. lxxvi, 11 (○la n. ?)

⋙taralatā

1. ○tā f. = -tva Pañcat
2. • unsteady activity Kād

⋙taralatva

1. ○tva n. tremulousness, unsteadiness Kpr. x, 33/34

⋙taralanayanī

1. ○nayanī f. 'tremulouseyed', a metre of 4 X 12 short syllables

⋙taralalekhā

1. ○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat. viii, 1445

⋙taralalocanā

1. ○locanā f. a tremulous-eyed woman W. (cf. R. vi, 4, 34.)

≫taralaya

1. taralaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to tremble Hcar. v, 205 Amar. 87

≫taralāya

1. taralāya Nom. ○yate, to tremble Hcat. ii, 1, 709

≫taralāyita

1. taralāyita mfn. made tremulous, agitated W
2. • m. a large wave W
3. • n. fickleness W

≫taralikā

1. taralikā f. N. of a female servant Kād. ( tamāl○) Vāsav. 565

≫taralita

1. taralita mfn. shaking, dangling, undulating, tremulous Gīt. vii, xi ŚārṅgP
2. • n. impers. it has been trembled Gīt. xii, 15

⋙taralitahāra

1. ○hāra mf(ā)n. having a tremulous garland, vii, 14

taravī

1. taravī (in astrol.) ?, quadrature

taras

1. táras ○rás, col. 1

tarasa

1. tarasa m. n. sg. and pl. meat Nyāyam. Sch. on KātyŚr. ii, v

⋙tarasapuroḍāśa

1. ○puroḍāśa mfn. offering a cake of meat TāṇḍyaBr. xxy, 7

⋙tarasamaya

1. ○maya mfn. consisting of meat (a cake) KātyŚr. xxiv, 5, 20

tarasat

1. tarásat for trás○, √tras, q.v

tarasāna

1. tarasāna &c. col. 1

tarām

1. tarām 1. tara

tari

1. tari ○rika, ○rikin, &c. col. 1

taru

1. taru m. (g. vyāghrâdi not in Kāś., cf. nabhas-) a tree Nal. xii, 75 R. vi, 82, 115 Suśr. Ragh. &c
2. • N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha MatsyaP

⋙tarukūṇi

1. ○kūṇi m. a kind of bird L

⋙tarukoṭara

1. ○koṭara n. the hollow of a tree Hit

⋙tarukhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 38 Kāś. vḷ.) = -ṣaṇḍa Kād

⋙tarugahana

1. ○gahana n. the thicket of woods, SārṅgP

⋙tarucchāyā

1. ○cchāyā f. the shade of a tree Kathās. lxiii, 9 (ifc. f. ā)
2. • īc, 36

⋙taruja

1. ○ja mfn. produced by a tree (a flower, fruit &c.) W

⋙tarujīvana

1. ○jīvana n. (vital organ, i.e.) the √of a tree L

⋙tarutala

1. ○tala n. the level ground round the foot of a tree Kathās. Hit

⋙tarutā

1. ○tā f. the state of a tree MārkP. xxxi, 9 Kathās. lxxii, 235

⋙tarutūlikā

1. ○tūlikā f. the flying fox (suspending itself from branches like a tūlikā, q.v.) L

⋙tarudulikā

1. ○dulikā vḷ. for -tūl○ W

⋙tarunakha

1. ○nakha m. 'tree-nail', a thorn L

⋙tarupaṅkti

1. ○paṅkti f. a row of trees, avenue W

⋙tarubhuj

1. ○bhuj m. 'tree-eater', the parasitical plant Vanda Roxburghī L

⋙tarumaṇḍapa

1. ○maṇḍapa a bower Kathās. xx, 55

⋙tarumahiman

1. ○mahiman m. 'glory of tree-planting', N. of a section of the Vṛikshâyurveda (on the future rewards of those who plant trees) W

⋙tarumūla

1. ○mūla n. the √of a tree Kathās. ic, 2

⋙tarumṛga

1. ○mṛga m. 'tree-animal', an ape L

⋙tarurāga

1. ○rāga m. n. 'tree-charm', a bud L. [Page 439, Column 3]

⋙tarurāja

1. ○rāja m. 'tree-king', the palmyra-tree Hcat. ii, 1, 317

⋙tarurājan

1. ○rājan m. 'tree-king', the Pārijāta Hariv. 7153 f

⋙taruruhā

1. ○ruhā f. 'growing on trees', = -bhuj L

⋙tarurohiṇī

1. ○rohiṇī f. id. L

⋙taruvara

1. ○vara m. 'best of trees', = -rājan W

⋙taruvallī

1. ○vallī f. a creeper Kathās. liii, 59
2. • a kind of Oldenlandia (dyeing red) L

⋙taruviṭapa

1. ○viṭapa m. a branch W

⋙taruśāyin

1. ○śāyin m. 'sleeping on trees', a bird L

⋙taruśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha m. the best of trees W

⋙taruṣaṇḍa

1. ○ṣaṇḍa n. (cf. -khaṇḍa) a group of trees R. iv, 13, 13 Pañcat

⋙tarusāra

1. ○sāra m. 'tree-essence', camphor L
2. • -maya mfn. consisting of heart-wood Suśr. iv, 35

⋙tarusthā

1. ○sthā f. = -ruhā L

≫taruśa

1. taruśa mfn. abounding in trees, g. lomâdi

tarukṣa

1. tárukṣa m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a man RV. viii, 46, 32
2. • cf. talukṣa

taruṇa

1. táruṇa mf(ī [Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.] RV.)n. (√tṝ
2. • g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) 'progressive', young, tender, juvenile RV. AV. &c
3. • new, fresh, just risen (the sun, cf. bālâditya), just begun (heat or a disease) MBh. R. Kum. iii, 54 Suśr
4. • tender (a feeling) Bhartṛ
5. • m. a youth MBh. &c. (cf. tarṇa)
6. • Ricinus communis L
7. • large cumin seed L
8. • N. of a particular section in a Tantra work treating of various stages in a Tāntrika's life Kulârṇ. viii
9. • of a mythical being MBh. ii, 7, 22
10. • of a Ṛishi in the 11th Manv-antara Hariv.477
11. • m. n. the blossom of Trapa bispinosa L.'
12. • n. = ○ṇâsthi Suśr
13. • a sprout (ifc., kuśa-) KātyŚr. PārGṛ. ii, 1, 10
14. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a young woman, girl R. Suśr. &c
15. • a kind of pot-herb, i, 46, 4, 39
16. • Aloe perfoliata L
17. • Rosa glandulifera or alba Npr
18. • Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L
19. • [vip,. ?.]

⋙taruṇajvara

1. ○jvara m. 'slight fever', a fever that lasts a week W
2. • ○râri m. 'enemy of ○ra', N. of a drug

⋙taruṇatā

1. ○tā f. freshness, vigour Kād

⋙taruṇadadhi

1. ○dadhi n. coagulated milk five days old W

⋙taruṇapītikā

1. ○pītikā f. red arsenic Npr

⋙taruṇābhāsa

1. taruṇâbhāsa m. a kind of cucumber ib

⋙taruṇāsthi

1. taruṇâsthi n. 'soft-bone', cartilage Suśr

⋙taruṇendu

1. taruṇêndu m. the increasing moon Bhartṛ. iii, 84

≫taruṇaka

1. taruṇaka m. N. of a Nāga MBh. i, 2160
2. • n. a sprout, (○rū́ṇ○) AV. x, 4, 2
3. • darbha-
4. • cf. tarṇ○

≫taruṇaya

1. taruṇaya Nom. ○yati, to make young or fresh Mālatīm. v, 6

≫taruṇāya

1. taruṇāya Nom. ○yati, to bring forth W
2. • ○yate, to become or remain young or fresh Hariv. 4745 Suśr. iv, 26, 27 Pañcat. v, i, 14 Bhartṛ. iii, 9

≫taruṇiman

1. taruṇimán m. youth, juvenility MaitrS. i, 10, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 5 Śāntiś. Prasannar. ii, 11

≫taruṇī

1. taruṇī f. and ind. of ○ṇa

⋙taruṇīkaṭākṣakāma

1. ○kaṭâkṣa-kāma or m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L

⋙taruṇīkaṭākṣakṣamāla

1. ○kaṭâkṣa-kṣa-māla m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L

⋙taruṇīgaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. a number of young women W

⋙taruṇījana

1. ○jana m. a young woman W

⋙taruṇībhū

1. ○√bhū to become a youth Hcar. iv

⋙taruṇībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become a maiden Daś. vii, 156

⋙taruṇīratna

1. ○ratna n. = ○raNi-r○ Gal

tarutṛ

1. tárutṛ ○tṛ́, &c. col. 1

tarūṭa

1. tarūṭa m. the √of a lotus L

tarūṇaka

1. tarū́ṇaka ○ruN○

tarūtṛ

1. tarūtṛ tárūṣas, col. 1

tark

1. tark cl. 10. ○kayati (ep. also ○te), to N. conjecture, guess, suspect, infer, try to discover or ascertain, reason or speculate about MBh. &c
2. • to consider as (with double acc.), = ib
3. • to reflect, think of, recollect, have in one's mind, intend (with inf. MBh. iii Mṛicch. Megh.) MBh. Hariv. BhP. iii, 13, 20
4. • to ascertain R. iii, 25, 12, to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. ; [cf. torqueo, &c.]

≫tarka

1. tarka m. conjecture MBh. &c
2. • reasoning, speculation, inquiry KaṭhUp. ii, 9 PārGṛ. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c
3. • doubt W
4. • system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical system (esp. the Nyāya system, but applicable also to any of the six Darśana, q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caraṇ. Madhus
5. • the number 6 Sūryas. xii, 87
6. • logic, confutation (esp. that kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus
7. • wish, desire L
8. • supplying an ellipsis L
9. • cause, motive L
10. • n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7
11. • (ā), f. reasoning, inquiry ('= kāṅkṣā' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892
12. • cf. a-, ku-, dus-, rūpa-

⋙tarkakarkaśa

1. ○karkaśa m. N. of a family Dhūrtan. i

⋙tarkakarman

1. ○karman for ○rku-k○ BhP. x, 45, 36/37 (cf. -sādhya)

⋙tarkakārikā

1. ○kārikā f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work by Jīva-rāja Dīkshita

⋙tarkakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work

⋙tarkagrantha

1. ○grantha m. a treatise on reasoning, manual of logic Suśr. vi, 19, 15

⋙tarkacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f. N. of an elementary exposition of the Nyāya phil. [Page 440, Column 1]

⋙tarkajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. knowledge obtained by reasoning or philosophical inquiry Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12

⋙tarkajvālā

1. ○jvālā f. 'flame of speculation', N. of a Buddh. work

⋙tarkataraṃgiṇī

1. ○taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk. by Guṇa-ratna

⋙tarkadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on Tarkas

⋙tarkapañcānana

1. ○pañcânana m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil

⋙tarkaparibhāṣā

1. ○paribhāṣā f. = -bhāṣā
2. • -vṛtti f. N. of a Comm. by Vimmi-bhaṭṭa

⋙tarkaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Śrī-kaṇṭha
2. • = -bhāṣā-sāra-mañjarī

⋙tarkapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. N. of a Vaiśeshika manual by Koṇḍabhaṭṭa

⋙tarkabhāṣā

1. ○bhāṣā f. N. of a Nyāya manual by Keśava-bhaṭṭa
2. • -prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Go-vardhana
3. • -prakāśikā f. another Comm
4. • -bhāva-prahāśikā f. another Comm
5. • -sāra-mañjarī f. another Comm. by Mādhava (of Kāśī)

⋙tarkamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of a Comm. on -kārikā by its author

⋙tarkamudrā

1. ○mudrā f. a particular position of the hand BhP. iv, 6, 38

⋙tarkayukta

1. ○yukta mfn. conjectured, suspected R. (G) ii, 109, 16
2. • together with the philosophical systems MBh. ii, 11, 35

⋙tarkaratna

1. ○ratna n. N. of a Vaiśeshika disquisition by Koṇḍa-bhaṭṭa

⋙tarkarahasya

1. ○rahasya n. N. of wk
2. • -dīpikā f. another N. of Guṇâkara's Ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā

⋙tarkavāgīśa

1. ○vāg-īśa m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil

⋙tarkavid

   ○vid m. 'knowing logic', a philosopher Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12

⋙tarkavidyā

1. ○vidyā f. 'science of reasoning', a manual of logic, philosophical treatise MBh. xiii, 2195 Prab

⋙tarkaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. id. MBh. xii, 9678 f. Hariv. 1506 Prab

⋙tarkasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of a manual of the Vaiśeshika branch of the Nyāya phil. by Annam-bhaṭṭa
2. • -dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on that work by its author

⋙tarkasamaya

1. ○samaya m. N. of wk. Bādar. i, 1, 4/5

⋙tarkasādhya

1. ○sādhya n. N. of a Kalā (cf. ○rku-karman) Gal

⋙tarkāṭa

1. tarkâṭa m. 'inquiry-walker', a beggar L

⋙tarkānubhāṣā

1. tarkânubhāṣā f. = ○rka-bhāṣā-prakāśa

⋙tarkābhāsa

1. tarkâbhāsa m. apparent reasoning, or confutation W

⋙tarkāmṛta

1. tarkâmṛta n. 'logic-nectar', N. of an elementary Vaiśeshika manual by Jagad-īśa Tarkâlaṃkāra Bhaṭṭâcārya
2. • -caṣaka, N. of a Comm. on that manual by Gaṅgārāma Jaṭī
3. • -taraṃgiṇī f. another Comm. on the same by Mukunda Bhaṭṭa Gāḍegila

⋙tarkālaṃkāra

1. tarkâlaṃkāra m. N. of several philosophers

≫tarkaka

1. tarkaka m.= ○rkâṭa MBh. xii, 1537

≫tarkaṇa

1. tarkaṇa n. conjecturing Sāh
2. • reasoning W

≫tarkaṇīya

1. tarkaṇīya mfn. to be suspected MBh. v, 1093

≫tarkita

1. tarkita mfn. considered as R. iv, 11, 9
2. • investigated W
3. • a-
4. • n. conjecture Hariv. 9467

≫tarkin

1. tarkin mfn. skilled in speculation Mn. xii, 111

≫tarku

1. tarku (m. n. L. ; √3. kṛt Nir. ii, 1, but cf. niṣ-ṭarkyá, ?& torqueo &c. s.v. √tark) a spindle PārGṛ. i, 15/16

⋙tarkukarman

1. ○karman n. 'spindlework', N. of a Kalā (q.v.)

⋙tarkupāṭhī

1. ○pāṭhī vḷ. for -pīṭhī

⋙tarkupiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa m. a ball (of clay &c.) at the lower end of a spindle to assist in giving it a rotatory motion L

⋙tarkupīṭha

1. ○pīṭha m. id. L
2. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tarkulāsaka

1. ○lāsaka m. a concave shell or saucer serving to hold the lower end of a spindle when whirled round L

⋙tarkuśāna

1. ○śāna m. a small whetstone for sharpening spindles L

≫tarkuka

1. tarkuka m. = ○rkaka Rājat. iii, 254
2. • cf. para-, piṇḍa-

⋙tarkuṭa

1. tarkuṭa n. spinning L
2. • (ī), f. = ○rku L

≫tarkya

1. tarkya mfn. a-
2. • niṣ-ṭarkyá

tarkāri

1. tarkāri f. = ○rī Suśr. vi, 17, 49

≫tarkārī

1. tarkārī f. (g. gaurâdi) Sesbania aegyptiaca, i, vi
2. • Premna spinosa VarBṛS. xliv, 9/10
3. • a kind of gourd Npr

⋙tarkiṇa

1. tarkiṇa m. Cassia Tora L. (vḷ. ○kila)

tarkṣu

1. tarkṣu m. = tarákṣu L

tarkṣya

1. tarkṣya m. saltpetre L

tarj

1. tarj cl. 1. ○jati (ep. also Ā
2. • pf. tatarja Bhaṭṭ.) to threaten MBh. R
3. • to scold MBh. viii, 1543 Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 80: Caus. tarjayati (ep., also Ā.) to threaten R. iii (Pass. p. ○rjyamāna) Śak. Ragh
4. • to scold Hariv. 11166 Daś. BhP. &c
5. • to frighten MBh. R. Suśr. Rājat
6. • to deride MBh. v, 2485 Bhaṭṭ. vii, 36
7. • for √tark, Caus. MBh. iv, 567 ; [Germ. drohen &c.]

≫tarjaka

1. tarjaka mfn. one who threatens Pañcar. iv, 3

≫tarjana

1. tarjana n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c
2. • (ifc.) frightening MBh. iii, 12569
3. • derision W
4. • putting to shame, surpassing W
5. • anger W
6. • (ā), f. scolding Sāh
7. • (ī), f. 'threatening finger', the fore-finger Kathās. xvii, 88 KātyŚr. Sch
8. • = ○nikā Hcat. ii, 1

≫tarjanikā

1. tarjanikā f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953

≫tarjanīya

1. tarjanīya mfn. to be threatened or scolded

≫tarjita

1. tarjita mfn. threatened R. vi Ragh. xi, 78
2. • scolded, reviled Bhaṭṭ. Rājat. iii, 34: Sāh
3. • frightened Hariv. 3911 Suśr. Rājat.v, 398
4. • n. threat R. [Page 440, Column 2]

tarjika

1. tarjika m. pl. = tāj○ L

tarṇa

1. tarṇa m. (for ○ruṇa?) a calf L

≫tarṇaka

1. tarṇaka m. id. Kād. Hcar. ii, 11 (ifc.) Hcat. Rājat. v, 431
2. • any young animal Dhūrtan. i, 19

tarṇi

1. tarṇi ○rtarīka, p. 439, col. 1

tard

1. tard (= √tṛd), cl. 1. P. ○rdati, to injure, kill Dhātup. iii, 21

⋙tarda

1. tardá m. a kind of bird (cf. Lat. turdus) AV. vi, 50, 1 f

⋙tardāpati

1. tardā-pati m. lord of the female Tarda bird, 3 (voc.)

≫tardana

1. tardana n. opening, hole ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2 Sāy
2. • sewing with stitches AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4 Sch

≫tardū

   tardū f. (√tṝ Uṇ.) a wooden ladle L

≫tardma

1. tardma ifc. (nava-, śata-) for ○dman KātyŚr. xv, 5, 27

⋙tardmavat

1. ○vat mfn. 'furnished with (openings, i.e.) stitches', bound tight AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4

⋙tardmasamuta

1. ○samutá mfn. sewed with stitches ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2

≫tardman

1. tárdman n. (√tṛd) a hole, cleft AV. xiv, 1, 40 Kauś. 50 and 76 KātyŚr. vi, 1, 30 ; vii, 3, 20

tarpaka

1. tarpaka mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch

≫tarpaṇa

1. tárpaṇa mf(ī)n. id. Suśr. (cf. ghrāṇa-)
2. • (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18 ; 16, 3
3. • n. satiety MBh. xiv, 673
4. • satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. ṛṣi-, pitṛ-] by presenting to them libations of water
5. • a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad
6. • RTL. p. 394 and 409) PārGṛ. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yājñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c
7. • gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27
8. • refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pāṇ. 2-3, 14 Kāś. Hcat. (ifc. f. ā)
9. • fuel L
10. • (satiating, i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Suśr
11. • (ī), f. N. of a plant L

⋙tarpaṇavidhi

1. ○vidhi m. a ch. of Smṛity-artha-sāra

⋙tarpaṇecchu

1. tarpaṇêcchu m. 'desirous of a Tarpaṇa libation', Bhīshma L

≫tarpaṇīya

1. tarpaṇīya mfn. to be satisfied, Kaṭhup. i, 27

≫tarpayitavya

1. tarpayitavya mfn. id. Kāṭh. xxxii, 1

≫tarpita

1. tarpita mfn. satisfied MBh. v R. i, 53 (su-)

≫tarpin

1. tarpin mfn. satisfying W
2. • offering oblations (to the manes) W
3. • (iṇī), f. Hibiscus mutabilis L

tarpara

1. tarpara m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. kapilakâdi (Gaṇar. 446)

tarphitṛ

1. tarphitṛ mfn. (√tṛph) One who kills W
2. • cf. turphári &c

tarb

1. tarb cl. i. P. ○bati, to go Vop

tarbaṭa

1. tarbaṭa m. a year L
2. • for ○ra-vaṭa L

tarman

1. tarman tárya, p. 439, col. 2

tarvan

1. tarvan wrong pronunciation for tad-van Pat. on Pāṇ. Introd. Vārtt. 9

tarṣa

1. tarṣa m. (√triṣ) thirst', wish, desire for (in comp.) MBh. xii R. ii, 100, 3 BhP. v, 8, 12 (ati-, 'excessive desire')
2. • Desire (son of Arka the sun and Vāsanā), vi, 6, 13
3. • (ā), f. thirst, desire, xi, 9, 27

⋙tarṣacetas

1. ○cetas mfn. eagerly desirous of (arthe ifc.), viii, 8, 38

≫tarṣaṇa

1. tarṣaṇa n. thirst L
2. • desire, iii, 25, 7

≫tarṣam

1. tarṣam ind. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 57). dvy-aha-

≫tarṣita

1. tarṣita mfn. thirsty BhP. ix, 6, 27
2. • ifc. desirous of R. ii, 104, 1
3. • cf. ṭriṣ○

≫tarṣuka

1. tarṣuka mfn. thirsty Gal

≫tarṣula

1. tarṣula mfn. 'desiring', a-tarṣulam ind. without desire MBh. xii, 7762

≫tarṣyāvat

1. tarṣyā́-vat mfn. = tṛṣ○ RV. x, 28, 10

tarsa

1. tarsa n. Pāṇ. 8-3, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat

tarha

1. tarha śata-tarhá and -tárham

≫tarhaṇa

1. tárhaṇa mf(ī)n. (√tṛh) crushing RV. vii, 104, 4 AV. ii, 31, i
2. • cf. dasyu-tárh○

tarhi

1. tárhi ind. (fr. tád-hí
2. • tarvan Pāṇ. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in that case (correlative of yád [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], yadā́ [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], yárhi [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], yátra "ṣBr. ii BhP. v, yadi [Śak. vḷ. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.], ced Prab. ṣāh.
3. • often connected with an Impv. [Śak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. Pat. Kāś. ṣiddh. ṣāh.) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.)
4. • cf. etár○, kár○

tal

1. tal cl. 1. 10. talati, tālayati (fr. tarati, tāray○, √tṝ) to accomplish (a vow) L
2. • to establish, fix (derived fr. 1. talita) Dhātup. xxxii, 58

tala

1. tala (m. L.) n. (√stṛ) surface, level, flat roof(of a house) MBh. &c. (chiefly ifc. [f. ā R. v, 13], cf. nabhas-, mahī- &c.)
2. • the part underneath, lower part, base, bottom Mn. ii, 59 VarBṛS. Pañcat. &c. (cf. adhas-, taru- &c.) [Page 440, Column 3]
3. • (m. n.) the palm (of the hand, kara-, pāṇi-) R. ii, 104, 17 Śak. Ragh. vi, 18
4. • the sole (of the foot, aṅghri-, pāda-) MBh. i VarBṛS
5. • (without kara- &c.) the palm of the hand (anyo'nyasya, or parasparaṃ talaṃ or ○lān-√dā, to slap each other with the palms of the hands) MBh. Hariv. R. Suśr
6. • (n. L
7. • m.) the sole of the foot R. v, 13, 47
8. • (m.) the fore-arm L
9. • = tāla (a span L
10. • the handle of a sword L
11. • the palmyra tree Viddh. ii, 13)
12. • pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand MBh. viii
13. • m. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. ŚivaP. (cf. talâtala)
14. • Śiva MBh. xiii, 17, 130
15. • N. of a teacher, g. śaunakâdi
16. • n. = -hṛdaya L
17. • = talka L
18. • = talaka (q.v.) L
19. • = talla (q.v.) L
20. • the √or seed of events L
21. • = -tra ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 11 (tala) MBh. R
22. • (ā), f. id. L
23. • N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122
24. • cf. a-, jihvā-, ni-, nis-, pra-, mahā-, rasā-, vi-, su-

⋙talakoṭa

1. ○koṭa N. of a plant Suśr. vi, 51, 43 (vḷ.)

⋙talagata

1. ○gata mfn. 'being in one's palm', ○taṃ-√kṛ, to call together Vcar.xiv, 11

⋙talaghāta

1. ○ghāta m. a slap with the palm or paw Hariv. 16027

⋙talatas

1. ○tas ind. from the bottom

⋙talatāla

1. ○tāla m. clapping the hands MBh. iii f. Jain

⋙talatra

1. ○tra 'arm-guard', a leathern fence worn by archers on the left arm, iii, vi Hariv. 13373
2. • -vat mfn. furnished with that fence, 14465

⋙talatrāṇa

1. ○trāṇa = -tra MBh. iii, vii

⋙talaniṣpeṣa

1. ○niṣpeṣa m. striking (of the bow-string) against the tala (-tra), v, 48, 52

⋙talapuṣpapuṭa

1. ○puṣpa-puṭa n. a particular position in dancing

⋙talaprahāra

1. ○prahāra m. = -ghāta R. vi, 76, 37ff. Pañcat. iv
2. • N. of a hero (also ○raka, ○ri) Vīrac. ix, xvif., xx. -baddha, mfn. = baddha-tala, having fastened round one's arm the tala (-tra) MBh. vi, 621 Hariv.12529 and 13246

⋙talamīna

1. ○mīna m. vḷ. for nal○ L. Sch

⋙talamukha

1. ○mukha m. a particular position of the hands in dancing

⋙talayukta

1. ○yukta mfn. furnished with a handled W

⋙talayuddha

1. ○yuddha n. 'palm-fight', -śabda

⋙talaloka

1. ○loka m. 'the lower world', -pāla m. a guardian of that world BhP. ii, 6, 42

⋙talavara

1. ○vara m. = ○lârakṣa Jain

⋙talavāraṇa

1. ○vāraṇa n. = -tra Kir. xiv, 29
2. • = tara-vāri W

⋙talaśabda

1. ○śabda m. = -tāla Hariv. 15742 VarBṛS. xliii, 28 (vḷ. ○la-yuddha)

⋙talasampāta

1. ○sampāta m. = -tāla R. vi, 70, 44

⋙talasāraka

1. ○sāraka n. a horse's food-receptacle L

⋙talasāraṇa

1. ○sāraṇa n. id. Gal

⋙talasārika

1. ○sārika m. id. or = uraḥ-paṭṭikā (Sch.) Hcar. vii

⋙talastha

1. ○stha mfn. remaining beneath W

⋙talasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. id. W

⋙talahṛdaya

1. ○hṛdaya n. the centre of the sole of the foot L

⋙talāṅgulitravat

1. talâṅguli-tra-vat mfn. furnished with and tala (-tra) and aṅguli-tra R. ii, 87, 23

⋙talācī

1. talâcī f. 'spread on the ground', a mat L

⋙talātala

1. talâtala n. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 1 and 5
2. • v BrahmôttKh. xviii Vedântas. 121

⋙talātali

1. talā-tali ind. (to fight) with the palms of the hands Bālar. x, 19

⋙talārakṣa

1. talârakṣa m. a body-guard (= aṅga-r○?) Campak. 286

⋙talāsi

1. talâsi m. pl. strokes with the palms and with swords MBh. ii, 70, 17

⋙talāhvaya

1. talâhvaya m. Flacourtia cataphracta L

⋙talekṣaṇa

1. talêkṣaṇa m. 'looking downwards', a hog L

⋙talodara

1. talôdara vḷ. for til○

⋙talodā

1. talôdā f. 'whose water flows downwards', a river L

≫talaka

1. talaka m. a small cart with burning coals Hcar. vii
2. • a pot of clay HPariś. ii, 473
3. • N. of a prince BhP.xii, 1
4. • n. = taḍaga, a pond (also tala and talla) L
5. • a kind of salt Gal
6. • (ikā), f. = ○la-sāraka L

≫talita

1. talita mfn. 'bottomed', fixed, placed W

≫talin

1. talin mfn. = ○la-tra-vat MBh. v, 5367
2. • xiv

talabha

1. talabha n. Siddh.puṃl. 47

talava

1. talavá m. a musician VS. xxx, 20

⋙talavakāra

1. ○kāra m. pl. N. of a school of the SV
2. • -kalpa m. the ritual of the Talava-kāras ĀpŚr. i, 20, 13
3. • -brāhmaṇa n. another N. of JaimBr
4. • ○rôpaniṣad f. another N. of JaimUp. or KenUp

talāśā

1. talā́śā f. a kind of tree AV. vi, 15, 3 Kauś. 8

talita

1. talita mfn. fried Bhpr

talina

1. talina mf(ā)n. thin, fine (cf. ○luna) Vcar. xi, 80
2. • 'slender, meagre', in comp
3. • small, little L
4. • separate, having spaces L
5. • clear L
6. • ifc. (fr. ○la) covered with, xiv, 61
7. • m. N. of a man Pravar. i, (vḷ. nal○)
8. • n. a couch Dharmaśarm. v, vii

⋙talinodarī

1. talinôdarī f. a slender-waisted woman Vcar. x, 88

talima

1. talima n. (fr. ○la?) ground prepared for the site of a dwelling (kuṭṭima) Viddh
2. • a couch L
3. • an awning L
4. • a sword (cf. ○la-vāraṇa) L

talīdya

1. talīdyá n. a particular part of the body AV. vii, 76, 3. [Page 441, Column 1]

talukṣa

1. talukṣa m. N. of a man (cf. tárukṣa), g. 2. lohitâḍi (not in Kāś.)

taluna

1. taluna mfn. (= taruṇa Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat
2. • g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) young. L
3. • m. (g. utsâdi) a youth L
4. • ind L
5. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi
6. • proparox. Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.) a maiden L

talka

1. talka n. a forest (cf. tala) L

talpa

1. tálpa (n. L.) m. (√tṛp) a couch, bed, sofa AV. TS. vi TBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. ii, 166
2. • ○lpam ā-√vas, 'to defile any one's marriage-bed' ChUp. v, 10, 9
3. • ○lpam-adhi-√gam, 'to have sexual intercourse with' in comp. Mn. iii, 250)
4. • the seat of a carriage MBh. iii, 14917 ; vii, 1626
5. • an upper story, room on the top of a house, turret, i, 7577
6. • = guru- Gaut. xxiii, 12
7. • a raft, boat L
8. • a wife L

   • (ā), f. a couch AV. xiii, 1, 17

⋙talpakīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. 'bed insect', a bug BrahmaP

⋙talpaga

1. ○ga mfn. having sexual intercourse with Gaut. MBh. xiii, 4281, guru-

⋙talpagiri

1. ○giri m. N. of a mountain W

⋙talpaja

1. ○ja mfn. born (on a marriage-bed, i.e.) of a wife (by an appointed substitute) Mn. ix, 167 and 170

⋙talpaśīvan

1. ○śī́van mf(varī)n. resting or lying on a couch RV. vii, 55, 8

⋙talpaśadya

1. ○śádya n. resting on a couch TBr. i, 2, 6, 5 f

≫talpaka

1. talpaka m. (for kalp○, a barber?) Kām. xii

≫talpana

1. talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L

⋙talpala

1. talpala m. (g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar.446 Hemac.) id. Śiś. xviii, 6

≫talpīkṛta

1. talpī-kṛta mfn. made into a couch Rājat. iii

≫talpe

1. talpe loc. of ○pa

⋙talpeja

1. ○ja mf(ā)n. produced on a bed or couch TĀr. iv, 39, 1

⋙talpeśaya

1. ○śayá mf(ā́)n. = ○paśī́van AV. iv, 5, 3

≫talpya

1. tálpya mfn. belonging to a bed VS. xvi, 44
2. • worthy of a couch TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 4, 5 ; xxv, 1, 10
3. • = tālpa ŚBr. xiii, 1, 6, 2

talla

1. talla (Vām. ii, 1, 7) m. = talaka (q.v.) L
2. • n. '= ālavāla' or 'a pit' L. (also tala)
3. • (ī), f. a young woman L
4. • Varuṇa's wife L
5. • a boat W

tallakṣaṇa

1. tal-lakṣaṇa p. 435, col. 1

tallaja

1. tallaja m. ifc. an excellent specimen of. e.g. kumārī-, 'an excellent maiden' L. Sch
2. • cf. go-
3. • matallikā

tallikā

1. tallikā f. = tālī, a key W

talva

1. talva n. scent arising from the rubbing of fragrant substances W

tavaka

1. tavaka a grammatical base formed for tāvaka and ○kīna Pāṇ. 4-3, 3 Vop. vii, 22

tavakṣīra

1. tava-kṣīra m. (for tvak-kṣ○) manna of bamboo (commonly Tabāshīr) L
2. • (ī), f. a kind of Curcuma (○rī eka-pattrikā, 'one-leaved Tavakshīrī', Curcuma Zedoaria) Npr

tavapriya

1. tava-priya n. the bark cf Laurus Cassia Gal

tavara

1. tavara a particular high number L

tavarāja

1. tava-rāja = -kṣīra L

tavaśravīya

1. tavaśravīya n. N. of a Sāman (made of RV. x, 140, 1, beginning with ágne táva śrávo) SāmavBr. ii, i, 8

tavas

1. tavás mfn. (√tu) strong, energetic, courageous RV. (compar. ○vás-tara [cf. táviiyas], i, 30, 7 superl. ○vás-tama, 190, 5 ; ii, 33, 3)
2. • m. power, strength, courage RV. iii, 1, 1 and 30, 8 AV. xi, 1, 14
3. • cf. prá-, svá-

⋙tavasvat

1. ○vat (táv○), mfn. strong RV. ix, 97, 46

⋙tavastavāgā

1. ○tavā-gā́ mfn. or (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18

⋙tavasgo

1. ○gó m. (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18

≫tavasya

1. tavasyá n. strength, ii, 20, 8

≫taviṣa

1. taviṣá mfn. strong, energetic, courageous RV
2. • m. the ocean Uṇ. Sch
3. • heaven ib
4. • n. power, strength (also pl.) RV. i, 166, 1 and 9 ; iii, 12
5. • viii

≫taviṣī

1. táviṣī f. power, strength, violence, courage (also pl
2. • instr. ind. ○ṣībhis, 'powerfully, violently') RV
3. • the earth Uṇ. Sch
4. • a river ib
5. • a heavenly virgin ('N. of a daughter of Indra' L.) ib

⋙taviṣīmat

1. ○mat (táv○), mfn. strong, violent RV. v, 58, 1

⋙taviṣīvat

1. ○vat (táv○), mfn. id., iv, 20, 7 ; vii, 25, 4 ; x, 105, 3

≫taviṣīya

1. taviṣīya Nom. P. Ā. (2. sg. ○yáse, p. ○yát, ○yámāṇa) to be strong or violent or courageous, ii, 30, 8 ; v, 85, 4 ; viii, 6, 26

≫taviṣīyu

1. taviṣīyú mfn. spirited (a horse), 23, 11
2. • violent (the Maruts), 7, 2

≫taviṣya

1. taviṣya Nom. ○yáte (p. ○yámāna) = ○ṣīya, ix, 76, 3 and 86, 45 ; x, 11, 6 AV.xx, 34, 16 (MS. stav○). [Page 441, Column 2]

⋙taviṣyā

1. taviṣyā́ f. violence RV. ix, 70, 7

≫tavīyas

1. távīyas mfn. compar. of ○vás, stronger RV. (tavásas táviiyān, 'stronger than the strong')

≫tavīṣa

1. tavīṣa m. (= tāv○) the ocean (cf. tarīṣa) L
2. • heaven (vḷ. tarīṣa) L
3. • gold L
4. • (ī), f. = ○viṣī, N. of a daughter of Indra (vḷ. tarīṣī) L

≫tavya

1. távya mfn. strong RV. i, 54, 11
2. • (○vyá) TS. ii, 3, 13, 1

⋙tavyas

1. távyas mfn. = ○viiyas RV
2. • cf. á-

taślī

1. taślī f. in astron. = ? trigon

taṣṭa

1. taṣṭá mfn. (√takṣ) pared, hewn, made thin L
2. • fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23
3. • cf. sú-, stóma-
4. • vibhva-taṣṭá

≫taṣṭi

1. taṣṭi f. vḷ. for tvaṣṭi, q.v

≫taṣṭṛ

1. táṣṭṛ m. a carpenter, builder of chariots RV. i, 61, 4 ; 105, 18 ; 130, 4
2. • iii f. vii, x
3. • Viśva-karman (cf. tváṣṭṛ) L
4. • N. of one of the 12 Ādityas L

tas

1. tas cl. 4. ○syati, to fade away, perish Dhātup. xxvi, 103
2. • (cf. √taṃs) to cast upwards (or 'to throw down') ib. (Vop.)
3. • to throw Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Kāś. 2

⋙tas

1. tas mfn. 'throwing'
2. • sukha-

≫tasara

1. tásara (m. L.) n. (√taṃs?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 ('the cloth in the loom' TBr. Sch.)

≫tasarikā

1. tasarikā f. weaving Divyâv. vii, 64

tasīra

1. tasīra in astron. = tāś○, ?

taskara

1. táskara m. (for tat-k○ Nir. iii, 14 VPrāt. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. ā Hariv. 5180 Kām. iv, 53

   • cf. a-taskará 

1. • ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathās. ci, 140] Gaṇar. 114)
2. • Trigonella corniculata Suśr. iv, 37, 15
3. • Vanguiera spinosa L
4. • Ardisia humilis (?) L
5. • the ear (derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W
6. • pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. xi, 20
7. • (ī), f. a passionate woman L
8. • a kind of Mimosa Npr

⋙taskaratā

1. ○tā f. thievishness, thieving Ragh. i, 27

⋙taskaratva

1. ○tva n. id. Daś

⋙taskaravat

1. ○vat ind. like a thief W

⋙taskaravṛtti

1. ○vṛtti m. a purse-cutter Bhpr. vii, 59, 15

⋙taskarasnāyu

1. ○snāyu m. Leea hirta L

≫taskarāya

1. taskarāya Nom. ○yate, to behave like a thief Kathās. lvi, 13

tastuva

1. tastúva n. N. of an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 11

tasthāna

1. tasthāná mfn. (pf. p. Ā. √sthā) pliable, suiting ŚBr. iii, 9, 4, 14f. ; xii, 5, 1, 1 f. and 2, 2
2. • (AitBr. vi, 5, 2 tat-sth○
3. • vii,. 18, 8)
4. • cf. á-

≫tasthivas

1. tasthivás mf(○thúṣī)n. pf. p. P. √sthā, q.v

⋙tasthu

1. tasthu mfn. stationary BhP. vii, 7, 23

tasthī

1. tasthī tanthī

tasdī

1. tasdī in astron.= ?, hexagon

tasmāt

1. tásmāt ind. (abl. of 2. tá) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of yád, yasmāt) AV. ŚBr. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c

≫tasyāśitīya

1. tasyâśitīya mfn. beginning with tasyâśita (an Adhyāya) Car. i, 6

tākṣaka

1. tākṣaka mfn. relating or belonging to Takshakīyā, g. bilvakâdi

≫tākṣaṇya

1. tākṣaṇya m. (fr. tákṣan) a carpenter's son Pāṇ. 4-1, 153 Vārtt. 2

⋙tākṣaśila

1. tākṣaśila mf(ī)n. coming from Taksha-śilā, g. takṣaśilâdi

≫tākṣṇa

1. tākṣṇa mf(ī)n. fit for a carpenter (tákṣan) SāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14
2. • m. = ○kṣaṇya g. śivâdi Pāṇ. ; iv, 1, 153 Vārtt. 1

tācchabdya

1. tācchabdya n. the having that form of a word (tad śabda), 2, 60 Pat. Anup

≫tācchīlika

1. tācchīlika mfn. (an affix) denoting a particular disposition or custom (śīla) Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Paribh. 1

≫tācchīlya

1. tācchīlya n. the being accustomed to that, 2, 11 ; i, 3, 21 Vārtt. 5
2. • a- neg., iii, 2, 79 Kāś

tājak

1. tāják ind. (g. câdi) suddenly TS. Kāṭh. MaitrS. i f. ; iv, 8, 9 TāṇḍyaBr. xvii, 12

≫tājat

1. tāját ind. (Naigh. ii, 15) id. AV. viii, 8, 3 (○jádbháṅga m. = eraṇḍa Kauś. Sch.)

tājaka

1. tājaka n. N. of certain astronomical books translated or derived from translations from the Arabic and Persian (e.g. -kalpa-latā, -keśavii, -kaustubha, -cintāmaṇi, -tantra, -tilaka, -dīpaka, -paddhati, -bhāva, -bhūṣaṇa, -muktâvali, -yoga-sudhâkara, -ratna-mālā, -śāśtra, -sarvasva-sāra, -sāra, -sudhā-nidhi, ○kâlaṃkāra)

≫tājika

1. tājika m. a Persian, pl. the Persians (cf. tarj○ and tāyika) Kathās. xxxvii, 36 Romakas. (also ○jīka)
2. • n. = ○jaka (e.g. -jyotir-maṇi, -praśnâdhyāya, -śāstra, ○kâlarṃkāra). [Page 441, Column 3]

tāṭaṅka

1. tāṭaṅka (m. L.) n. a kind of ear ornament Prasannar. ii, 0/1

≫tāṭaṅkin

1. tāṭaṅkin mfn. decorated with ○ka, iii, 1

tāṭasthya

1. tāṭasthya n. (fr. taṭa-stha) standing aloof, indifference Sch. on KapS.i, 135 and Yogas. i, 33
2. • proximity W

tāḍa

1. tā́ḍa mfn. (√taḍ) 'beating', ghaṇṭā-
2. • m. a blow AV.xix, 32, 2
3. • whipping W
4. • sound, noise L
5. • a handful of grass &c. L
6. • a mountain L
7. • Lipeocercis serrata W
8. • (ī), f. a kind of ornament L
9. • = ○ḍi Rājat. iii, 326
10. • (am), ind. udara-, so as to beat the stomach or breast Prab. v, 28

⋙tāḍagha

1. ○gha m. a kind of artificer (blacksmith?) Pāṇ. 3-2, 55

⋙tāḍaghāta

1. ○ghāta mfn. beating or hammering ib. Kāś

⋙tāḍapattra

1. ○pattra n. = taṭaṅka L

⋙tāḍavakra

1. ○vakra N. of a district Inscr. (380 AḌ.)

⋙tāḍāvacara

1. tāḍâvacara n. a kind of musical instrument Lalit.vii, 73 and 298 ; viii, 12
2. • xiii

≫tāḍaka

1. tāḍaka m. a murderer Vcar. xviii, 57
2. • a kind of key Divyâv. xxxvii
3. • (ā), f. N. of a Yakshiṇī (changed into a Rākshasī by Agastya for having disturbed his devotions, afterwards killed by Rāma) R. i, 26, 26ff. (G 27, 25 ff.) Hariv. 218 Ragh. xi, 14ff. VāyuP. ii, 6, 72 f. (wife of Mārīca)
4. • the large dark-green pumpkin Npr
5. • (ikā), f. the middle part of the handle of a sword Gal

≫tāḍakāphala

1. tāḍakā-phala n. large cardamoms L

≫tāḍakāyana

1. tāḍakāyana m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh. xiii, 255

≫tāḍakeya

1. tāḍakeya m. metron. fr. ○kā Bālar. iii, 7/8 ; 17/18

≫tāḍaṅka

1. tāḍaṅka m. = tāṭaṅka Rājat. vii, 750

⋙tāḍaṅkīkṛ

1. tāḍaṅkī-√kṛ to make an ear-ornament out of Kād.v, 815

≫tāḍana

1. tāḍana mfn. beating, striking, hitting, hurting R. (G) i, 30, 17 BhP. viii, 11, 9
2. • n. striking, beating, thumping, whipping, chastising, hammering (of gold &c.) Yājñ. i, 155 MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the instrument, once Pañcat. with the object)
3. • (in astron.) touching, partial eclipse VarBṛS. xxiv, 34
4. • a kind of solemn act (performed with Kuṇḍas, Sārad, v, 3
5. • or with Mantras Sarvad.)
6. • (ī), f. a whip L

≫tāḍanīya

1. tāḍanīya mfn. to be beaten or whipped Pañcat. VarBṛS. xliv, 7

⋙tāḍayitṛ

1. tāḍayitṛ mfn. one who strikes any one (gen.) Yājñ. ii, 303

⋙tāḍi

1. tāḍi f. Corypha Taliera L

≫tāḍita

1. tāḍita mfn. struck, beaten, chastised R. v, 26, 12 VarBṛS. Kum. v, 24 Śak. ii, 6 Ragh. &c

≫tāḍī

1. tāḍī f. of ○da, q.v

⋙tāḍīdala

   ○dala n. a kind of ear-ornament Vcar. xii, 12

⋙tāḍīpuṭa

1. ○puṭa a palm-leaf Kād
2. • = tālī-p○, q.v

⋙tāḍula

1. tāḍula mfn. beating, Uṇ
2. • vṛ

≫tāḍya

1. tāḍya mfn. to be beaten or chastised Mn. viii, 299 Yājñ. ii, 161
2. • n. = tāmya Gal

tāḍāga

1. tāḍāga mfn. (water) being in or coming from ponds (tad○) Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1 and 22

tāṇḍa

1. tāṇḍa m. (cf. taṇḍa) N. of an old sage (supposed author of ○ṇḍi) L
2. • n. = ○ṇḍaka Lāṭy. vii, 10, 17/18

⋙tāṇḍaka

1. tāṇḍaka n. part of a Brāhmaṇa ib

≫tāṇḍava

1. tāṇḍava (m. n. g. ardharcâdi
2. • fr. taṇḍu?) dancing (esp. with violent gesticulation), frantic dance (of Śiva and his votaries) Mālatīm. Kathās. BhP. x MatsyaP. Rājat. &c. (cf. RTL. p. 84)
3. • (in prosody) a tribrach
4. • Saccharum procerum L

⋙tāṇḍavatālika

1. ○"ṣtālika m. 'dancing and clapping the hands (fr. tāla)', Śiva's door-keeper Nandin L

⋙tāṇḍavapriya

1. ○priya m. 'fond of the Tāṇḍava dance', Śiva L

≫tāṇḍavayitṛ

1. tāṇḍavayitṛ mf(trī)n. ifc. one who causes to dance with violent movements Viddh. ii, 3/4

≫tāṇḍavikā

1. tāṇḍavikā f. a dancing, mistress Naish. xxii

≫tāṇḍavita

1. tāṇḍavita mfn. 'moving round in a wild dance', fluttering Prab. ii, 5/6 ; v, 5/6 Prasannar. i, 3/4

≫tāṇḍi

1. tāṇḍi n. N. of a manual of the art of dancing (said to be composed by ○ṇḍa) L. Sch

⋙tāṇḍin

1. tāṇḍin m. N. of a writer on prosody Chandaþs
2. • pl. (Pravar. ii, 2, 2) N. of a school of the SV. (founded by a pupil of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś
3. • 2,. 66 Kāś.) Sch. on Bādar. iii, 3, 24-28 and (○nāmūp. = ChUp.)36

⋙taṇḍibrāhmaṇa

1. taṇḍi-brāhmaṇa n. = ○NDya-br○

≫tāṇḍya

1. tā́ṇḍya m. (fr. taṇḍa g. gargâdi) patr. of a teacher ŚBr. vi, 1, 2, 25 VBr. MBh. ii, xii
2. • n. = -brāhmaṇa

⋙tāṇḍyabrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa of the SV

⋙taṇḍyāyana

1. taṇḍyāyana m. patr. fr. ○ṇḍya Prasannar. iv, 6/7 ff
2. • (ī), f. of ○ṇḍya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāt

1. tā́t ind. (obs. abl. of 2. tá) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6 ; x, 95, 16
2. • obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. tá Pāṇ. ; vii, 1, 39 Kāś
3. • cf. adhás-tāt &c

tāta

1. tāta m. (cf. 1. tatá) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. Śak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c
2. • (tā́ta), voc. a term of affection addressed to a junior [ŚBr. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825 ; v, 5435 (C) [Page 442, Column 1]
3. • in the latter use also (ās), voc. pl. ib. (B) ; i, 6820 f. ; iv, 133
4. • [cf. ? ; Lat. tata &c.]

⋙tātagu

1. ○gu mfn. agreeable to a father L
2. • m. a paternal uncle L

⋙tātajanayitrī

1. ○janayitrī f. du. father and mother W

⋙tātatulya

1. ○tulya mfn. like a father, fatherly L
2. • m. a paternal uncle W

⋙tātārya

1. tātârya m. N. of a prince

≫tātala

1. tātala m. a fatherly relative L

⋙tāti

1. tāti a son L

≫tātya

1. tātyá mf(ā́)n. fatherly RV. i, 161, 12 ; vii, 37, 6

tātana

1. tātana m. a wagtail L

tātala

1. tātala mfn. hot L
2. • an iron club L
3. • disease L
4. • cooking, maturing L
5. • heat W

tātṛpi

1. tā́tṛpi mfn. (√tṛp, Intens.) satisfying or delighting much, iii, 40, 2

tātṛṣāna

1. tātṛṣāná pf. p. √tṛṣ, q.v

tātkarmya

1. tātkarmya n. (fr. tat-karman) sameness of occupation Sāh. ii, 9 a/b

≫tātkālika

1. tātkālika mf(ā, ī g. kāśy-ādi)n. lasting (that time tat-kāla i.e.) equally long Yājñ.i, 151 MBh. xii, 12785
2. • happening at that time Sūryas. vii, 12 Gol. vii, 27 (-tva n. abstr.) R. vii, 36, 45/46
3. • happening at the same time or immediately, simultaneous, instantly appearing Daśar. ii, 38 Pratāpar. Mn. vii, 163/164
4. • relating to or fit for a particular moment of time MBh. iii, 22, 20

≫tātkālya

1. tātkālya n. simultaneousness Anup. iii, 2

≫tāttvika

1. tāttvika mfn. conformable to or in accordance with reality (tat-tva), real, true Sch. on KapS. and Prab
2. • knowing the Tattvas or principles (esp. those taught in Jainism) Subh

⋙tāttvikatva

1. ○tva n. reality MBh. xii, 308, 1 Sch. Sāh. x, 38 a/b
2. • (a- neg.) Naish. Sch

≫tātparya

1. tātparya mf(ā)n. (fr. tat-para) aimed at Sāh
2. • n. devoting one's self to Pāṇ. 2-3, 40 Kāś
3. • reference to any object (loc.), aim, object, purpose, meaning, purport (esp. of speech or of a work) Bhāshāp. Vedântas. &c
4. • (eṇa), instr. ind. = -tas W

⋙tātparyatas

1. ○tas ind. with this intention Rājat. i, 369

⋙tātparyanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. ascertainment of meaning or purport Vedântas. 254

⋙tātparyapariśuddhi

1. ○pariśuddhi f. N. of wk. by Udayana

⋙tātparyabodhinī

1. ○bodhinī f. N. of a Comm. on the philosophical work Citra-dīpa

⋙tātparyavid

1. ○vid mfn. knowing the meaning Kathās. lxii, 212 (a-, neg.)

⋙tātparyārtha

1. tātparyârtha m. the meaning of a sentence W

≫tātparyaka

1. tātparyaka mfn. aiming at Jaim. i, 14 Sch

tātya

1. tātyá tāta

tātstomya

1. tātstomya n. the being formed in that (tad) Stoma Anup. iv, 9 ; vii, 3

≫tātsthya

1. tātsthya n. (fr. tat-stha) the residing or being contained in that Pāṇ. 3-1, 144 Kāś. Kām. ii, 15

≫tāthābhāvya

1. tāthābhāvya mfn. (fr. tathā-bhāva) a N. for the Svarita accent put after an Ava-graha between two Udātta syllables VPrāt. i, 120 MāṇḍŚ. vii, 10

≫tādarthika

1. tādarthika mfn. intended for that Kauś. 60

≫tādarthya

1. tādarthya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the being intended for that Jaim. vi, 1 f. Anup. iii, 8 Pāṇ. 2-3, 13 Vārtt. 1 Kāś
2. • the having that meaning, sameness of meaning, iv, 2, 60 Pat

   • 'reference to that', (ena), instr. ind. with this intention L

≫tādavasthya

1. tādavasthya n. the remaining in the same (avasthā) condition Sāh. vii, a/b

≫tādātmaka

1. tādātmaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. tad-ātman) denoting the unity of nature RāmatUp. i, 19

≫tādātmya

1. tādātmya n. sameness or identity of nature or character with (instr., loc., or in comp.) BhP. Sāh

≫tādāyani

1. tādāyani m. patr. fr. tád Pāṇ. 4-1, 93 Vārtt. 13 Pat

⋙tādītnā

1. tādī́tnā ind, (fr. tadi-tna fr. tadi, correlative of yádi) at that time RV. i, 32, 4

tādurī

1. tādurī f. (for tāturi fr. √tṝ, Intens. 'swimmer' Nir. ix, 7 Sch
2. • but cf. dardura) N. of a female frog AV. iv, 15, 14

tādṛkṣa

1. tādṛkṣa mfn. (for tad-d○ Siddh. Vop. xxvi, 83 f.) such a one, like that Kāraṇḍ. xi, 70 Vcar. xvi, 53 Rājat. iv, 242

≫tādṛg

1. tādṛg in comp. for ○dṛ́s

⋙tādṛgguṇa

1. ○guṇa mf(ā)n. of such qualities Mn. ix, 22

⋙tādṛgbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. such a condition MBh. v, 44, 22

⋙tādṛgrūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. of such a shape, such like Pañcat
2. • -vat mf(tī)n. of such beauty Nal. i, 13

⋙tādṛgvidha

1. ○vidha mfn. such like Kathās

≫tādṛś

1. tādṛ́ś mfn. (for tad-d○ Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91
2. • nom. m. and f. ○dṛ́ṅ [ŚBr
3. • Pāṇ. 7-1, 83] or ○dṛ́k) such like, such a one RV. v, 44, 6 (nom. n. ○dṛ́k) &c
4. • (○dṛk), ind. in such a manner Amar

≫tādṛśa

1. tādṛ́śa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91) = ○dṛ́ś ŚBr. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c
2. • yādṛśa t○ [Pañcat.) or śa-t○ [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever

≫tāddharmya

1. tāddharmya n. (fr. tad-dharman) sameness of law, analogy L. [Page 442, Column 2]

⋙tāddhita

1. tāddhita mfn. formed with a Tad-dhita affix Nir. ii, 5

≫tādrūpya

1. tādrūpya n. sameness of (rūpa) form, identity Pāṇ. 6-1, 85 Vārtt. 26 (a- neg.) Vām. ii, 2, 17
2. • truth Kaṇ. Sch

⋙tādvidhya

1. tādvidhya n. the being such like (tad-vidha) Bādar. iii, 3, 52/53

tāna

1. tāna m. (√3. tan) a fibre Suśr. i, 25
2. • a tone MBh. ii, 133 and 391 ; xiii, 3888 Kum. i, 8
3. • 'a monotonous tone (in reciting, eka-śruti) KātyŚr. i, 8, 18 Vait. Bhāshik. Nyāyam. VPrāt. Sch
4. • an object of sense (or = tātparya) L. (cf. eka-)
5. • [?.]

⋙tānakarman

1. ○karman n. tuning the voice previously to singing W
2. • running over the notes to catch the key W

⋙tānabhaṭṭa

1. ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of a man Uttarar. Sch

⋙tānasvara

1. ○svara mfn. uttered monotonously, Pratijñās

≫tānava

1. tānava n. (fr. tanú g. pṛthv-ādi) thinness, meagreness, smallness Amar. Rājat. iv, 25

⋙tānavakṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. ifc. diminishing, Bharṭr
2. • excelling Bālar. i

≫tānavya

1. tānavya m. patr. fr. tanú g. 2. lohitâdi (not in Kāś.)

⋙tānavyāyanī

1. tānavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib

≫tānuka

1. tānuka stri-tānuka-roga

≫tānūnapāta

1. tānūnapāta mf(ī)n. relating or addressed to Tanū-napāt Lāṭy. vi, 4, 13 Anup. iv, 6 Nidānas

≫tānūnaptra

1. tānūnaptrá n. a ceremony in which Tanū-napāt (-náptṛ) is invoked and the oblation touched by the sacrificer and the priests as a form of adjuration TS. iii, 1, 2, 2 Kapishṭh. xxxviii, 2 (-tva, n. abstr.) AitBr. i, 24 (also -tva) ŚBr. iii
2. • used in that ceremony KātyŚr. viii ŚāṅkhŚr. v Lāṭy. v ĀpŚr

⋙tānūnaptrapātra

1. ○pātra n. a vessel used in that ceremony Vait

≫tānūnaptrin

1. tānūnaptrin m. a coadjutor in the Tānūnaptra ceremony ĀpŚr. xi
2. • sá- id. MaitrS. iii, 7, 10 AitBr. i, 24 ŚBr. iii, 4, 2, 9 KātyŚr. viii, 1, 26

tānūra

1. tānūra m. = tālūra L

tānta

1. tânta m. 'end of ta', a mystical N. of the letter th RāmatUp. i, 78

⋙tāntānta

1. tântânta m. 'end of tânta', a mystical N. of the letter d ib

tānta

1. tāntá mfn. (√tam) breathing with difficulty, fainted away, languishing, drooping TBr. ii, 3, 8, 1 ŚBr. iv, 2, 2, 11
2. • languid (the eye) Amar
3. • wearied, fatigued, distressed W
4. • faded W

≫tānti

1. tānti f. suffocation ĀpŚr. xii, 11, 8/9

tāntava

1. tāntava mf(ī)n. made of threads (tántu) BhP. x, 64, 4
2. • (a- neg.) Lāṭy. ii, 8, 24
3. • (ifc.) Mn. ii, 42
4. • m. a son Kum. xvii, 13
5. • n. a woven cloth Gaut. Mn. Gṛihyās. Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 7 Suśr
6. • weaving W
7. • a web W

≫tāntavya

1. tāntavya m. patr. fr. tántu g. 2. lohitâdi

≫tāntavyāyanī

1. tāntavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib

≫tāntuvāyya

1. tāntuvāyya m. the son of a weaver (tantuvāya) Pāṇ. 4-1, 152 Kāś

≫tāntra

1. tāntra mf(ī)n. having wires (tántra), stringed (a musical instrument) W
2. • regulated by a general rule ĀpŚr. xiv, 12, 5 f
3. • relating to the Tantras W
4. • n. the music of a stringed instrument R. i, 3

≫tāntrika

1. tāntrika mf(ā Suśr. i, 3
2. • ī)n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. (○kī saṃjñā, 'a technical N.)
3. • taught in the Tantras. mystical Hār. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Suśr. &c
4. • m. one completely versed in any science or system Bhāshāp
5. • a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2 SŚaṃkar

≫tānva

1. tā́nva mf(ā)n. woven, spun RV. ix, 14, 4 and 78, 1
2. • (fr. tanu) one's own son, iii, 31, 2

≫tānvaṅga

1. tānvaṅga m. patr. fr. tanv- Rājat. vii, 898

tānva

1. tā́nva m. patr. fr. tanva (author of RV. x, 93), 93, 15
2. • n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

tāpa

1. tāpa m. (√2. tap
2. • g. uñchâdi) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 84)
3. • heating Nyāyam. x, 1, 22
4. • testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. (○pana, GarP.)
5. • pain (mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c
6. • fever W
7. • (ī), f. the Taptī river ('also the Yamunā river' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18 ; x, 79, 20
8. • cf. paścāt-

⋙tāpakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. the range of heat (caused by the sun) Sūryapr

⋙tāpada

1. ○da mfn. ifc. causing pain VarBṛS. v, 69

⋙tāpabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt mfn. a- neg., not containing heat Naish. iv, 78

⋙tāpasveda

1. ○sveda m. sweat caused by heat Suśr. iv, 32

⋙tāpaharī

1. ○harī f. 'removing heat', a sort of soup of pulse and grain (first fried with ghee and turmeric and afterwards boiled with salt and sugar) Bhpr. v, 11, 13 f

⋙tāpeśvaratīrtha

1. tāpêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. ccxxi

≫tāpaka

1. tāpaka mfn. heating, inflaming, refining Sarvad. xv, 14 and 16
2. • causing pain RV. iii, 35, 3 Sāy
3. • m. fever L
4. • a cooking stove Hcar. vii

   • (ikā), f. a frying-pan ib

⋙tāpatya

1. tāpatya mfn. relating to Tapatī MBh. i, 387 [Page 442, Column 3]
2. • m. metron. fr. Tapatī (N. of Kuru, 6505
3. • of Arjuna, 6509 ; 6514ff. ; 6632ff.)

≫tāpana

1. tāpana mf(ī)n. ifc. illuminating BhP. ii, 9, 8
2. • burning, causing pain, distressing MBh. Hariv. 9427 R. (cf. indra-, candra-)
3. • m. the sun MBh. v, 1739
4. • the hot season Npr
5. • the sun-stone L
6. • one of Kāma's arrows L
7. • n. burning Suśr. i, 41, 3
8. • pain, torment MBh. xiii, 1098
9. • (in dram.) helplessness, perplexity Sāh. v, 91
10. • N. of a hell Yājñ. iii, 224
11. • gold Npr
12. • (ā), f. austerity HPariś. i, 68
13. • (ī), f. N. of several Upanishads
14. • of a river L

≫tāpanīya

1. tāpanīya mf(ā)n. golden MBh. i, vii Hariv. R
2. • m. pl. N. of a school of the VS. (to which several Upanishads belong) Caraṇ. (vḷ. ○pāyana)

⋙tāpanīyopaniṣad

1. tāpanīyôpaniṣad f. N. of several Upanishads

≫tāpayitṛ

1. tāpayitṛ mfn. causing pain Vcar. ix, 22

≫tāpayiṣṇu

1. tāpayiṣṇú mfn. id. RV. x, 34, 7

≫tāpaścita

1. tāpaścitá n. (fr. tapaś-cit), N. of a Sattra ĀśvŚr. xii, 5 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii KātyŚr. Lāṭy
2. • mfn. used in that Sattra (an Agni) ŚBr.x, 2, 5, 3 KātyŚr

≫tāpasa

1. tāpasá mfn. (g. chattrâdi Pāṇ. 5-2, 103) a practiser of religious, austerities (tápas) ŚBr. xiv Mn.vi, 27 &c
2. • relating to religious austerity or to an ascetic R. (G) ii, 52, 5
3. • m. an ascetic Mn. Nal. &c
4. • the moon Gal
5. • Ardea nivea L
6. • = ○sêkṣu Suśr. i, 45, 9, 2 and 6
7. • = -pattra L
8. • patr. of Agni, Gharma, and Manyu RAnukr
9. • of a Hotṛi TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15
10. • n. = -ja L
11. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) a female ascetic MBh. i, 3006 Śak. iv, 4/5 Vikr. Dhūrtas
12. • Curcuma Zedoaria Npr
13. • Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī ib

⋙tāpasaja

1. ○ja n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia ib

⋙tāpasataru

1. ○taru m. 'tree of ascetics', Terminalia Catappa or Putramjīva Roxburghī L

⋙tāpasadruma

1. ○druma m.id. L
2. • -saṃnibhā, f. N. of a shrub L

⋙tāpasapattra

1. ○pattra m. Artemisia indica Npr
2. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tāpasapriya

1. ○priya m. 'dear to ascetics', Buchanania latifolia L
2. • (ā), f. a kind of sugar-cane Npr
3. • a grape L

⋙tāpasavṛkṣa

   ○vṛkṣa m. = -taru Suśr. i, 38 ; iv, 18

⋙tāpasādhyuṣita

1. tāpasâdhyuṣita mfn. inhabited by ascetics

⋙tāpasāraṇya

1. tāpasâraṇya n. a wood of ascetics

⋙tāpasekṣu

1. tāpasêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane Bhpr. v, 22, 8

⋙tāpasehṭa

   tāpasêhṭa m. = ○sa-priya, 6, 82

≫tāpasāyani

1. tāpasāyani m. patr. fr. ○sa Pāṇ. 4-1, 158 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙tāpasya

1. tāpasya n. ascetism Mn. i, 114 MBh. R

⋙tāpāyana

1. tāpāyana m. pl., vḷ. for ○panīya, q.v

≫tāpika

1. tāpika jala-

⋙tāpiccha

1. tāpiccha m. the Tamāla plant Mālatīm. v Gīt. xi, 11

⋙tāpiñcha

1. tāpiñcha m. id. Kathās. civ, 90

⋙tāpiñja

1. tāpiñja m. id. L
2. • = ○pyaka L

≫tāpita

1. tāpita mfn. heated, inflamed VarBṛS. liv, 115
2. • pained, tormented, distressed BhP. viii, 5, 13 Gīt. Rājat. iii f. Bhaṭṭ
3. • roused, converted Divyâv. xxvii

≫tāpin

1. tāpin mfn. ifc. causing pain
2. • exciting Kir. ii, 42
3. • oppressed by heat, suffering from disease (moral or physical) W
4. • glowing W
5. • (inī), f. = ○panī
6. • a mystical N. of the letter v RāmatUp. i, 79

≫tāpī

1. tāpī f. of ○pa, q.v

⋙tāpīja

1. ○ja mfn. found near the Taptī river Suśr. iv, 13, 15
2. • (m.?) a kind of gem Npr
3. • (n.?) = -samudbhava ib

⋙tāpītaṭa

1. ○taṭa m. 'bank of the Taptī', N. of a place Romakas
2. • -deśa m. id., Ratnak

⋙tāpīmāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. 'glory of the Tapti', N. of part of SkandaP

⋙tāpīsamudbhava

1. ○samudbhava (n.?) pyrites or another mineral substance Npr

⋙tāpyutthasaṃjñaka

1. tāpy-utthasaṃjñaka n. id. ib

≫tāpya

1. tāpya (fr. √tap) regret Divyâv. xviii
2. • m. n. (fr. ○pī) = ○pī-samudbhava Car.vi, 18 and 24 Bhpr. v, 26, 160

⋙tāpyaka

1. tāpyaka n. = ○pī-samudbhava L

tābuva

1. tābúva n. an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 10

tāma

1. tāma m. (√tam) = bhīṣaṇa L
2. • = doṣa L
3. • anxiety, distress W
4. • (ī), f. = tamī, night L. Sch
5. • also ○mi

⋙tāmarasa

1. ○rasa n. a day-lotus MBh. iii, 11580 Hariv. 5771 R. iii Ragh. (ifc. f. ā, ix, 36) &c
2. • gold L
3. • copper (cf. tāmra) L
4. • a metre of 4 x 12 syllables
5. • m. Ardea nivea L
6. • (ī), f. a lotus pond MBh. iv, 220
7. • ○sêkṣaṇā f. a lotus eyed woman Bhām. ii, 153

⋙tāmalipta

1. ○lipta m. pl. (= ○mral○) N. of a people and its country AV. Pariś. lvi, 4
2. • n. N. of a city of that people L
3. • (ī), f. id. VarBṛS. x, 14 HPariś. ii, 315 Pañcad. iii, 1 and 37

⋙tāmaliptaka

1. ○"ṣliptaka n. = ○ptī VarBṛS. xiv, 7 (vḷ. ○ptika)

≫tāmam

1. tāmam ind.= tam○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 93

≫tāmara

1. tāmara n. water L
2. • ghee L

≫tāmala

1. tāmala mf(ī)n. made of the bark of the Tamāla plant Āp. i, 2, 37

⋙tāmalakī

1. tāmalakī f. Flacourtia cataphracta Suśr. vi, 39, 197 and 203 ; 51, 25

≫tāmasa

1. tāmasa mf(ī)n. (fr. támas) dark L
2. • appertaining to or affected by the quality tamas (q.v.), ignorant, various Mn. xii Bhag. &c. (○sī tanū, the form assumed by the deity for the destruction of the world' [Page 443, Column 1]
3. • ○sī śakti, 'the faculty of tamas')
4. • relating to Manu Tāmasa BhP. viii, 1, 28
5. • m. a malignant person L
6. • a snake L
7. • an owl L
8. • N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562
9. • of the 4th Manu Mn. i, 62 Hariv. BhP. v, viii
10. • of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch
11. • of a man Pravar. i, 1 (J)
12. • n. 'darkness', andha-
13. • (ī), f. night L
14. • sleep L
15. • Durgā L
16. • N. of a river MBh. vi, 339

⋙tāmasakīlaka

1. ○kīlaka m. pl. (in astron.) N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. iii, 7
2. • xi, 22

⋙tāmasaguṇa

1. ○guṇa m. the quality of tamas (q.v.) W

⋙tāmasatapaḥśīla

1. ○tapaḥ-śīla m. N. of a Daitya Gal

⋙tāmasalīnā

1. ○līnā f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the forms of dissatisfaction Tattvas

⋙tāmasika

1. tāmasika mfn. relating to the quality tamas (q.v.) VarBṛ. ii, 7/8

≫tāmāleya

1. tāmāleya mfn. fr. tamāla g. sakhy-ādi

≫tāmi

1. tāmi or f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88

⋙tāmī

1. tāmī f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88

≫tāmisra

1. tāmisra (fr. tam○ and támisrā g. jyotsnâdi) mfn. (with pakṣa) or m. the dark half of the month Lāṭy.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813
2. • m. 'nightwalker', a Rākshasa Ragh. xv, 2
3. • (in Sāṃkhya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidyā) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) MārkP. iii l
4. • N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Yājñ. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v MārkP
5. • cf. andha-

tāmu

1. tāmu m. a praiser Naigh.iii (vḷ. st○)

tāmbala

1. tāmbala mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10
2. • m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch

tāmbūla

1. tāmbūla (= Prākṛit ○bôla fr. tāmragula) m. = ○bala W
2. • n. betel, (esp.) its pungent and aromatic leaf (chewed with the areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a carminative and antacid tonic) Hariv. 8454 and 8457 Suśr. VarBṛS. &c
3. • the areca-nut L
4. • (ī), f. Piper Betel Ragh. iv, 42 Kād. &c

⋙tāmbūlakaraṅka

1. ○karaṅka m. a betel-box (Pān-dān) Vcar. ix, 82
2. • -vāha m. a servant carrying his master's betel-box Hcar. Vcar. ix
3. • -vāhinī f. a female servant carrying her master's betel-box Kād

⋙tāmbūlaja

1. ○ja mfn. 'coming from Piper Betel', with pattra, betel-leaf. Suśr. iv, 24, 19

⋙tāmbūlada

1. ○da m. = -karaṅka-vāha L

⋙tāmbūladāyaka

1. ○dāyaka m. id. Kām. xii, 46

⋙tāmbūladāyinī

1. ○dāyinī f. = -karaṅka-vāhinī Kād. v, 432

⋙tāmbūladhara

1. ○dhara m. = -da Rājat. viii, 1738

⋙tāmbūlapattra

1. ○pattra m. Dioscorea globosa L
2. • n. betel-leaf Suśr. i, 46

⋙tāmbūlapeṭikā

1. ○peṭikā f. = -karaṅka W

⋙tāmbūlabhakṣaṇa

1. ○bhakṣaṇa n. the eating of betel-leaf W

⋙tāmbūlarāga

1. ○rāga m. Ervum lens L

⋙tāmbūlavallikā

1. ○vallikā f. the betel-plant L

⋙tāmbūlavallī

1. ○vallī f. id. Bhartṛ

⋙tāmbūlavāhaka

1. ○vāhaka m. = -da Pañcat. iii, 67/68

⋙tāmbūlavāhinī

1. ○vāhinī f. = -karaṅka-v○ Hcar. viii

⋙tāmbūlavīṭikā

1. ○vīṭikā f. an areca-nut wrapped in a betel-leaf. Kād. v

⋙tāmbūlākta

1. tāmbūlâkta mfn. smeared with the juice of chewed betel Sāh.iii, 60/61

⋙tāmbūlādhikāra

1. tāmbūlâdhikāra m. the office of carrying the betel-box for persons of rank Pañcat. i, 10, 2/3

≫tāmbūlika

1. tāmbūlika m. a seller of betel R. (G) ii, 90, 23 Kād. iii, 825 Sāh. iii, 40/41

⋙tāmbūlikasarpa

1. ○sarpa m. a kind of snake Uttamac. 188

⋙tāmbūlin

1. tāmbūlin mfn. having betel W
2. • m. = ○lika, DharmaP
3. • = ○la-da W

tāmya

1. tāmya n. = kloman L

tāmra

1. tāmrá mf(ā)n. (√tam Uṇ.) of a coppery red colour VS. xvi (Naigh. iii, 7) MBh. &c. (tāmrā tvac, the 4th of the 7 membranes with which an embryo is covered Suśr. iii, 4, 2)
2. • mf(ī)n. made of copper R. iii, 21, 17 Suśr. Mn.vi, 53/54 BhavP
3. • m. a kind of leprosy with large red spots, Karmavip
4. • N. of a son of Naraka Bhauma BhP. x, 59, 12
5. • = -dviipa MBh. ii, 1172 Romakas
6. • n. = -tā L
7. • copper Kauś. Mn. &c
8. • a coppery receptacle MBh. ii, 61, 29
9. • = -dru W. (cf. R. ii, 83, 17)
10. • (ā), f. Rubia Munjista Npr
11. • a red kind of Abrus ib
12. • a kind of pepper L
13. • N. of a daughter of Daksha (one of the wives of Kaśyapa and mother of various birds) MBh. i, 2620 Hariv. R. iii BhP. vi, 6, 25 ff. VP
14. • N. of a river MBh. iii, 12909 ; vi, 335
15. • (ī), f. a kind of clepsydra (cf. ○mra-pātra) L

⋙tāmrakaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. 'red-thorned', a kind of Acacia Npr

⋙tāmrakarṇī

1. ○karṇī f. 'red-eared', N. of the female of the quarter-elephant Añjana or Śesha L

⋙tāmrakāra

1. ○kāra m. a copper-smith L

⋙tāmrakili

1. ○kili m. a small worm of a red colour L

⋙tāmrakuṭṭa

1. ○kuṭṭa m. = -kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 25
2. • (ī), f. a female copper-smith Parāś., Paddh

⋙tāmrakuṭṭaka

1. ○kuṭṭaka m. = ○ṭṭa L
2. • = -kūṭa W

⋙tāmrakuṇḍa

1. ○kuṇḍa n. a copper bason Uṇ. i, 114/115. =

⋙tāmrakūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. or n. N. of a shrub (tobacco W.) Kulârṇ

⋙tāmrakṛmi

1. ○kṛmi m. cochineal L

⋙tāmrakrami

1. ○krami m. id. L

⋙tāmragarbha

1. ○garbha n. sulphate of copper L

⋙tāmraguhā

1. ○guhā f. N. of a mythical cave Kāraṇḍ. xi

⋙tāmracakṣus

1. ○cakṣus m. 'red-eyed', a kind of pigeon Npr

⋙tāmracūḍa

1. ○cūḍa mfn. red-crested (a cock) MBh. iii, ix [Page 443, Column 2]
2. • m. a cock Suśr. iv, vi VarBṛS. lxxxviii, 44 Daś
3. • Blumea lacera L
4. • = ○daka PSarv. Mantram. xix
5. • N. of a Pari-vrājaka Pañcat. ii, 1, 0/1
6. • (ā), f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2636
7. • -bhairava m. a form of Bhairava

⋙tāmracūḍaka

1. ○"ṣcūḍaka m. a particular position of the hand

⋙tāmraja

1. ○ja mf(ā)n. made of copper VarYogay. vi, 4
2. • ○jâkṣa m. 'copper-eyed', N. of a son of Kṛishṇa by Satya-bhāmā Hariv. 9184

⋙tāmratanu

1. ○tanu mfn. having a ruddy body W

⋙tāmratapta

1. ○tapta m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP. x, 61, 18

⋙tāmratā

1. ○tā f. a coppery red Kād. vi, 1175

⋙tāmratuṇḍa

1. ○tuṇḍa m. 'copper mouthed', a kind of monkey Npr

⋙tāmratrapuja

1. ○trapu-ja = ○mrârdha ib

⋙tāmratva

1. ○tva n. 'copper-colour', redness R. v, 85, 2

⋙tāmradugdhā

1. ○dugdhā

⋙tāmradugdhī

1. ○dugdhī f. N. of a small shrub L

⋙tāmradru

1. ○dru red sandal-wood Npr

⋙tāmradvīpa

1. ○dvīpa m. 'copper-island', Ceylon Divyâv. xxxvi

⋙tāmradvīpaka

1. ○"ṣdvīpaka mfn. ceylonic ib

⋙tāmradhātu

1. ○dhātu m. red chalk Npr
2. • (dhātu tāmra, 'red metal', copper R. iii, 21, 17)

⋙tāmradhūmra

1. ○dhūmrá mf(ā)n. dark-red AV. x, 2, 11

⋙tāmradhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. 'red-bannered', N. of a man JaimBh

⋙tāmranetra

1. ○netra mfn. red-eyed

⋙tāmrapakṣa

1. ○pakṣa m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP. v, 32, 2 (vv. ll. -varṇa and pra-pakska)
2. • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Kṛishṇa Hariv. 9184 (vḷ. -parṇī)

⋙tāmrapaṭṭa

1. ○paṭṭa m. a copper plate Yājñ. i, 318 (used for inscribing land-grants &c.) Divyâv. xxxv

⋙tāmrapattra

1. ○pattra n. a copper plate W
2. • m. 'red-leaved', N. of a pot-herb L

⋙tāmrapattraka

1. ○"ṣpattraka m. 'red-leaved', Bauhinia tomentosa Npr
2. • Capparis aphylla ib

⋙tāmraparṇa

1. ○parṇa n. N. of part of Bhārata Varsha (= -dviipa) Gol. iii, 41
2. • (○mra-varṇa) VP. ii, 3, 6
3. • (ī), f. Rubia Munjista Npr
4. • a kind of pond L
5. • N. of a river (rising in Malaya
6. • celebrated for its pearls
7. • RTL. p. 324) MBh. iii, 8340 ; vi, 252 Hariv. VarBṛS. (once metrically ○rṇi, lxxxi, 2) Ragh. iv, 50 BhP. iv f. &c
8. • (g. varaṇâdī) N. of a town in Ceylon W
9. • ○rṇī-taṭāka, N. of a locality Śaṃkar. lxiii

⋙tāmraparṇi

1. ○parṇi for ○rṇī, q.v

⋙tāmraparṇīya

1. ○parṇīya m. an inhabitant of Ceylon, esp. a Buddhist

⋙tāmrapallava

1. ○pallava m. 'red-budded', Jonesia Aśoka L

⋙tāmrapākin

1. ○pākin m. Thespesia populneoides L

⋙tāmrapātra

1. ○pātra n. = -kuṇḍa MBh. xiii, 6026 f. Suśr. vi, 12, 38
2. • (used as a kind of clepsydra) Sūryas. xiii, 23
3. • -maya mfn. formed with copper vessels Hcat. i, 7, 133

⋙tāmrapādī

   ○pādī f. 'red-footed', Cissus pedata L

⋙tāmrapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa mfn. decorated with red flowers Hariv. 12003
2. • m. Kaempferia rotunda L
3. • = ○ṣpaka L
4. • (ī), f. Bignonia suaveolens L
5. • Grislea tomentosa L
6. • Ipomcea Turpethum L

⋙tāmrapuṣpaka

1. ○"ṣpuṣpaka m. Bauhinia variegata Npr
2. • (ikā), f. Bignonia suaveolens ib
3. • Grislea tomentosa L
4. • Ipomcea Turpethum Npr

⋙tāmraphala

1. ○phala m. 'red-fruited', Alangium hexapetalum L

⋙tāmraphalaka

1. ○phalaka n. = -paṭṭa W

⋙tāmrabīja

1. ○bīja m. 'red-seeded', Dolichos uniflorus L

⋙tāmramaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. coppery. Suśr. iv, 29 VarBṛSḷx, 5 Pañcat. BhP. MārkP

⋙tāmramāraṇa

1. ○māraṇa n. the decomposition of copper and its application as a remedy W

⋙tāmramukha

1. ○mukha mfn. copper-faced W
2. • fair-complexioned W
3. • m. a European W

⋙tāmramūlā

1. ○mūlā f. 'red-rooted', Rubia Munjista Npr
2. • Alhagi Maurorum ib
3. • Mimosa pudica ib

⋙tāmramṛga

1. ○mṛga m. the red deer W

⋙tāmramṛṣṭānulepin

1. ○mṛṣṭânulepin mfn. smeared with coppery red unguents R. ii, 83, 17

⋙tāmrarajas

1. ○rajas n. copper filings Car. vi, 25

⋙tāmraratha

1. ○ratha mfn. having a dark red carriage TĀr. i, 12, 4

⋙tāmrarasā

1. ○rasā f. N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122

⋙tāmrarasāyanī

1. ○rasâyanī f. = -dugdha L

⋙tāmralipta

1. ○lipta m. pl. N. of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (vv. ll. tāma-l○ &c.) MBh. ii, 1874 Romakas
2. • a prince of the Tāmra-liptas MBh. i, 6993 ; ii, 1098
3. • (ā), f. their capital Kathās. xiii, 54
4. • (ī), f. id. (= tāma-l○) Kathās
5. • ○pta-rṣi m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs

⋙tāmraliptaka

1. ○"ṣliptaka m. pl. the Tāmra-lipta people MBh. vi f. Hariv. 12838
2. • (ikā), f. = ○ptī Kathās. xviii

⋙tāmravarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. copper-coloured, darkred TĀr.i, 12, 4 MBh. i
2. • = ○rṇaka L
3. • = -parṇa, q.v
4. • -pakṣa
5. • (ā), f. the China rose L
6. • (ī), f. the blossom of sesamum W

⋙tāmravarṇaka

1. ○"ṣvarṇaka m. a kind of grass L

⋙tāmravallī

1. ○vallī f. Rubia Munjista Bhpr. vii, 83, 92/93
2. • = sūkṣma-v○ L

⋙tāmravṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m.= -bīja L
2. • = -dru L

⋙tāmravṛnta

1. ○vṛnta m. = -bīja L
2. • (ā), f. another kind of Dolichos L

⋙tāmraśāṭīya

1. ○śāṭīya m. pl. 'red-clothed', N. of a Buddh. school

⋙tāmraśāsana

1. ○śāsana n. an edict (or grant &c.) inscribed on copper Daś. ii, 48

⋙tāmraśikhin

1. ○śikhin m. 'red-crested', a cock L

⋙tāmrasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. N. of an ocean Romakas

⋙tāmrasāra

1. ○sāra n. = -dru L

⋙tāmrasāraka

1. ○"ṣsāraka n. id. L
2. • m. a redblossoming Khadira L

⋙tāmrasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a king Siṃhâs

⋙tāmrākṣa

1. tāmrâkṣa mf(ī)n. = ○mra-netra MBh. viii Nal. xxvi, 17 (ifc.) R. BhP
2. • a crow MBh. viii, 1908 [Page 443, Column 3]
3. • the Indian cuckoo L
4. • N. of a serpent Divyâv. viii

⋙tāmrākhya

1. tāmrâkhya mfn. called red (a kind of pearl) VarBṛS. lxxxi, 3

⋙tāmrāṭavī

1. tāmrâṭavī f. 'copperwood', N. of a mountain Divyâv. viii

⋙tāmrābha

1. tāmrâbha n. = ○mra-dru L

⋙tāmrāyasa

1. tāmrâyasa n. 'copper-iron', a kind of weight, ŚulbPariś. vii, 27

⋙tāmrāruṇa

1. tāmrâruṇa m. a coppery red dawn Buddh. L
2. • n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8132
3. • (ā), f. N. of a river, xiii, 7647

⋙tāmrārdha

1. tāmrârdha n. 'half-copper, bellmetal L

⋙tāmrāvatī

1. tāmrā-vatī f. 'containing copper', N. of a river, iii, 14231

⋙tāmrāśman

1. tāmrâśman m. a red stone, ruby W

⋙tāmrāśva

1. tāmrâśva mfn. having red horses TĀr. i, 12, 4

⋙tāmropajīvin

1. tāmrôpajīvin m. = ○mra-kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 27

⋙tāmroṣṭha

1. tāmroṣṭha (oṣ○), m. du. red lips Kum. i, 45 MārkP. xxiii, 41
2. • mfn. having red lips MBh. i, 6073 (su-)
3. • m. N. of a Yaksha, iii, 298

≫tāmraka

1. tāmraka m. N. of a Gandharva Gal
2. • n. copper Yājñ. i, 296 VarBṛS. civ, 15
3. • (ikā), f. (= ○mrī) a kind of clepsydra L
4. • Abrus precatorius L

⋙tāmrāku

1. tāmrāku m. N. of an Upa-dviipa (cf. ○mra-dviipa) L

≫tāmrāyaṇa

1. tāmrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. ○mra, N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP. i, 61, 25
2. • pl. N. of a family Pravar.i, 3

⋙tāmrika

1. tāmrika mfn. coppery Mn.viii, 136 Yājñ. i, 364
2. • = ○mra-kāra L
3. • (ā), ○mraka

≫tāmriman

1. tāmriman m. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi

≫tāmrīkṛ

1. tāmrī-√kṛ to dye dark-red MBh. vii, 8458

≫tāmrya

1. tāmrya n. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi

tāy

1. tāy (derived fr. ○yate Pass. √tan, q.v.), cl. 1. ○yate (aor. atāyi, or ○yiṣṭa Pāṇ. 3-1, 61), to spread, proceed in a continuous stream or line Dhātup. xiv, 18
2. • (= √trai) to protect ib
3. • cf. vi-, saṃ-

⋙tāya

1. tāya m. g. vṛṣâdi (not in Kāś.)

≫tāyana

1. tāyana n. proceeding well, successful progress Pāṇ. 1-3, 38

⋙tāyādara

1. tāyādará mfn. ? AV. vi, 72, 2

≫tāyin

1. tāyin m. (for trāy○) a protector (said of Mahāviira Jain
2. • of Buddha Buddh.)

tāyika

1. tāyika m. pl. = tājika L

tāyu

1. tāyú m. = st○, a thief RV. i, iv-vii

tāra

1. tārá mfn. (√tṝ) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 ŚiraUp
2. • (Vishṇu) MBh. xiii, 6986
3. • high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note TāṇḍyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. -tara and superl. -tama) TPrāt
4. • Śikshā MBh. vii Mṛicch. &c
5. • mfn. (ft. stṛ́?) shining, radiant Megh. Amar. Kathās. lxxiii Sāh
6. • clean, clear L
7. • good, excellent, well flavoured L. Sch
8. • m. 'crossing', dus-, su-
9. • 'saving', a mystical monosyllable (as om) RāmatUp. ŚikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr
10. • Andropogon bicolor L
11. • N. of Maṇi-rāma (author of a Comm. on Bhām.)
12. • of a Daitya (slain by Vishṇu) Hariv
13. • of one of Rāma's monkey generals (son of Bṛihas-pati, husband of Tārā) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi
14. • pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 33
15. • m. [n. and (ā), f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl, clear pearl Suśr. v, 3, 19 Gīt. xi, 25
16. • (m. n. L.) = ○râbhra L
17. • m. n. a star L
18. • the pupil of the eye L
19. • n. descent to a river, bank (cf. tīra, tīrthá) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt. 1
20. • silver BhP. iv, 6, 27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43
21. • (ā), f. (g. bhidâdi) a fixed star, asterism (cf. stṛ́) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā Mṛicch. iii, 10)
22. • the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBṛS. lviii, 11 &c
23. • a kind of meteor, vli, 86 and 94
24. • (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas
25. • (in music) N. of a Rāga of six notes
26. • a kind of perfume L
27. • a form of Dākshāyaṇi (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha MatsyaP. xiii, 46
28. • protectress of the Gṛitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8
29. • cf RTL. p. 187)
30. • N. of a Buddh. goddess, Vāsav, 433
31. • of Bṛihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340 ff. BhP. &c
32. • of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh
33. • of a Śakti Jain
34. • of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 710
35. • of a female monkey (daughter of Susheṇa, wife of Bālin and mother of Aṅgada) MBh. iii, 16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi

⋙tārakṣiti

1. ○kṣiti f. N. of a country VarBṛS. xiv, 21

⋙tāraja

1. ○ja mfn. made of silver Hcat. i, 5
2. • n. = -mākṣika Npr

⋙tārataṇḍula

1. ○taṇḍula m. 'silvergrain', a kind of Sorghum L

⋙tāratama

1. ○tama mfn. very loud TāṇḍyaBr. VPrāt. i

⋙tāratāra

1. ○tāra n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 Siddhis Sāṃkhyak. 51/52

⋙tāradīrgha

1. ○dīrgha mfn. loud and lasting long (a tone) Kathās. ci, 57

⋙tāranātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of a Tibetan (living in the beginning of the 17th century
2. • author of a history of Buddhism)

⋙tāranāda

1. ○nāda m. a loud or shrill sound

⋙tārapaṭṭaka

1. ○paṭṭaka m. a kind of sword Gal

⋙tārapatana

1. ○patana n. the falling of a meteor W

⋙tārapāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a lexicographer

⋙tārapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. jasmine L. [Page 444, Column 1]

⋙tāramākṣika

1. ○mākṣika n. a kind of mineral substance Bhpr. i f

⋙tāramūla

1. ○mūla n. N. of a locality Rājat. vii f

⋙tāravimalā

1. ○vimalā f. 'silver-clean', a kind of mineral substance L

⋙tāraśuddhikara

1. ○śuddhi-kara ḻ.,

⋙tārakṛt

1. ○kṛt ṅal., n. 'silver-refiner', lead

⋙tārasāra

1. ○sāra m. 'essence of (saving i.e.) mystical syllables', N. of an Up

⋙tārasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. the place in the gamut for the treble notes W

⋙tārasvara

1. ○svara mfn. sounding loud Pañcat. i Kathās. vi, 58

⋙tārahemābha

1. ○hemâbha n. 'shining like silver and gold', N. of a metal Gal

⋙tārābha

1. tārâbha m. 'resembling silver', quicksilver Npr

⋙tārābhra

1. tārâbhra m. camphor L

⋙tārāri

1. tārâri m. 'silver-enemy', a pyritic ore of iron L. 1

⋙tārāvalī

1. tārâvalī f. 'row of tones', N. of a composition

≫tāraka

1. tāraka mf(ikā [Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6] R. ī)n. causing or enabling to pass or go over, carrying over, rescuing, liberating, saving MBh. xii (Śiva) JābālUp. ŚivaP. &c. (a particular prayer, brahman)
2. • belonging to the stars VS. xxiv, 10 (○ká)
3. • m. a helmsman L
4. • N. of a Daitya (conquered by Indra with the assistance of Skanda) MBh. vi ff. (pl. the children of that Daitya, viii, 1553), xiii Hariv. Kum. &c
5. • of an enemy of Vishṇu L
6. • of a friend of Sīmanta BrahmôttKh. xxx
7. • m. n. a float, raft L
8. • n. a star MBh. v, 5390 Gīt.vii, 24
9. • the pupil of the eye L
10. • the eye L
11. • a metre of 4 X 13 syllables
12. • (tā́rakā), f. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6) a star AV. TBr. i, 5, 2, 5 Yājñ. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
13. • a meteor, falling star AV. v, 17, 4
14. • the pupil of the eye MBh. i, 2932 R. iii Mṛicch. &c
15. • the eye L
16. • coloquintida L
17. • = laghu-vṛndāvana Npr
18. • (= ○rā) N. of Bṛihas-pati's wife VP. iv, 6, 9
19. • (ikā), f. the juice of palms Kulârṇ

⋙tārakajaya

1. ○jaya m. 'conquest of Tāraka', N. of PadmaP. i, 41

⋙tārakajit

1. ○jit m. 'Tārakaconqueror', Skanda L

⋙tārakatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KāśīKh. xxxiii f

⋙tārakatva

1. ○tvá n. the condition of a star TBr. i, 5, 2, 5
2. • the being saving RāmatUp. ii, 2, 6

⋙tārakadvādaśī

1. ○dvādaśī f. a particular 12th day BhavP. ii

⋙tārakamantra

1. ○mantra m. 'saving text', N. of a Mantra RTL. p. 297

⋙tārakaripu

1. ○ripu m. = -jit Mcar. ii, 35

⋙tārakavadha

1. ○vadha m. 'Tāraka-slaughter', N. of ŚivaP. ii, 18

⋙tārakavairin

1. ○vairin m. = -jit Gal

⋙tārakasūdana

1. ○sūdana m. id. Prasannar. iv, 16

⋙tārakāntaka

1. tārakântaka m. id. Kathās.i

⋙tārakāri

1. tārakâri m.id. L

⋙tārakopaniṣad

1. tārakôpaniṣad f. 'saving Up.', N. of an Up

≫tārakā

1. tārakā f. of ○ka, q.v

⋙tārakākṣa

1. ○"ṣkṣa (○kâk○), mfn. 'star-eyed' MBh. ix, 2586
2. • m. N. of a Daitya (son of Tāraka) MBh. vii f. MatsyaP. cxxviii
3. • cxxxvii
4. • ○râkṣa

⋙tārakādi

1. ○"ṣdi (○kâd○), a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 5-2, 36 Gaṇar. 388-391)

⋙tārakāmaya

1. ○maya mfn. on account of (Bṛihas-pati's wife) Tārakā (or Tārā
2. • said of the war waged by gods and demons for her rescue) MBh. i f
3. • vi f. Hariv. R. vf. BhP. ix, 14, 7
4. • m. 'full of stars', Śiva MBh. xii, 10424

⋙tārakāmāna

1. ○māna n. sidereal measure, sidereal time VarBṛS. īc, 2

⋙tārakārāja

1. ○rāja m. 'star-king', the moon Kād. v, 106 Hcar. v, 381
2. • viii

⋙tārakeśvara

1. tārakêśvara m. id., iv

≫tārakāyana

1. tārakāyana m. pl. the descendants of Tāraka Hariv. 1466
2. • N. of a family Pravar. iv, 1

≫tārakiṇī

1. tārakiṇī f. 'starry', night L

≫tārakita

1. tārakita mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 36) star-spangled (i.e. filled) with (in comp.) Daś. Kād. Naish. iv, 49

≫tāraṇa

1. tāraṇa mf(ī)n. causing or enabling to cross, helping over a difficulty, liberating, saving MBh. xiii, 1232 (Siva) and 6986 (Vishṇn) Hariv.7022 and 7941 Kathās. lxvii, 1
2. • m. a float, raft L
3. • n. crossing, safe passage
4. • conquering (difficulties) MBh. iv, xiv R. &c
5. • carrying across, liberating, saving MBh. i, iii, ix
6. • N. of a Sāman
7. • the 3rd year of the 4th Jupiter cycle VarBṛS. viii, 3 Sūryas. Jyot
8. • pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 3, 6

⋙tāraṇi

1. tāraṇi f. = tar○, a boat L

≫tāraṇeya

1. tāraṇeya m. patr. of Yāja and Upa-yāja ('born of a virgin' Sch.) MBh. i, 6363

⋙tārayantī

1. tārayantī f. (p. Caus. √tṝ) one of the 8 Siddhis (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Tattvas

⋙tārayitṛ

1. tārayitṛ mfn. a promoter Nir. x, 28

≫tārā

1. tārā f. of ○ra, q.v

⋙tārākavaca

1. ○kavaca n. N. of a ch. of Tantras. iii

⋙tārākāruṇya

1. ○kāruṇya n. 'the compassion of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 20

⋙tārākṣa

1. ○"ṣkṣa (○râk○), m. 'star-eyed', N. of a Daitya (= ○rakâkṣa) MBh. viii, 1395
2. • of a king of the Nishadhas (uncle of Dhūmrâksha), SambhMāh. ii
3. • of a mountain (also ○rakâkṣa) Divyâv. viii

⋙tārāgaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. a multitude of stars Hariv. 2661
2. • a caparison (of a horse or elephant) ornamented with stars Hcat. i, 8, 215 and 9, 2

⋙tārāguru

1. ○guru m. pl. N. of particular authors of Mantras (with Śāktas) Śaktir. v

⋙tārāgraha

1. ○graha in. 'star-planet', one of the 5 lesser planets exclusive of the sun and moon VarBṛS. lxix, 1

⋙tārācakra

1. ○cakra n. N. of a mystical circle Rudray. ii, 3, 3

⋙tārācandra

1. ○candra m. N. of a commentator
2. • of a king Inscr

⋙tārācchāya

1. ○cchāya mfn. reflecting the stars W

⋙tārātīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W

⋙tārādharma

1. ○dharma m. N. of a prince of -pura Kathās

⋙tārādhipa

1. ○"ṣdhipa (○râdh○), m. = ○rakā-rāja MBh. i, iii, xiii R. Kum. Bhartṛ. [Page 444, Column 2]

⋙tārādhipati

1. ○"ṣdhipati (○râdh○), m. id. W

⋙tārādhīśa

1. ○"ṣdhī7śa (○râdh○), ○râpīḍa

⋙tārāpajjhaṭikā

1. ○pajjhaṭikā f. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara Tantras. iii

⋙tārāpati

1. ○pati m. = ○râdhipa MBh. Hariv. 10052 R. Ragh. AmṛitUp
2. • 'husband of Tārā', Bṛihas-pati
3. • Śiva
4. • the monkey Bālin MBh. iii, 16130
5. • N. of a prince Kshitîś. ii, 18

⋙tārāpatha

1. ○patha m. 'star-path', the sky Bālar. viii, 82

⋙tārāpaharaṇa

1. ○"ṣpaharaṇa (○râp○), n. N. of BrahmaP. iv, 81

⋙tārāpīḍa

1. ○"ṣpīḍa (○râp○), m. 'star-crowned', the moon L
2. • N. of several princes Kād. LiṅgaP. (i, 66, 4i) &c. [○râdhêśa, KūrmaP. i, 21, 59] Rājat. iv

⋙tārāpura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town Kathās. lvi, 41

⋙tārāpramāṇa

1. ○pramāṇa n. = ○rakā-māna VarBṛS. īc, 2

⋙tārābhūṣā

1. ○bhūṣā f. 'star-decorated', night L

⋙tārāmaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. 'star-circle', the zodiac W
2. • 'eye-circle', the pupil of the eye W
3. • m. a particular kind of Śiva-temple L

⋙tārāmantra

1. ○mantra m. N. of R. iv, 12
2. • of Mantram. iv

⋙tārāmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or representing stars, Śāntiś. iv, 14 Sāh. x, 58/59

⋙tārāmṛga

1. ○mṛga m. 'star-antelope', the Nakshatra Mṛiga-śīrsha MBh. iii, 16020 R. iii

⋙tārāramaṇa

1. ○ramaṇa m. = tārâdhipa Kād. viii 3

⋙tārārūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. star-shaped W

⋙tārāvatī

1. ○vatī f. a form of Durgā Śaktir. v
2. • N. of a daughter of Kakutstha (wife of king Candra-śekhara) KālP
3. • of the wife of Dharmadhvaja Vet. -2

⋙tārāvalī

1. ○"ṣvalī (○râv○), f. a multitude of stars Kathās. lxxiii, 340
2. • N. of a figure (in rhetoric), Pratāpar
3. • of a daughter of the Yaksha prince Maṇibhadra Daś. ix, 43
4. • of other mythical women Kathās. lxix, lxxxv

   • cxxiii, 82

⋙tārāvarṣa

1. ○varṣa n. 'star-rain', falling stars ṢaḍvBr. vi, 9

⋙tārāvaloka

1. ○"ṣvaloka (○râv○), m. N. of a prince Kathās. cxiii

⋙tārāvākya

1. ○vākya n. 'speech of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 13

⋙tārāvilāpa

1. ○vilāpa m. 'lamentation of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 17f

⋙tārāvilāsa

1. ○vilāsa m. N. of wk

⋙tārendra

1. tārêndra m. 'star-prince', N. of an author

≫tārāyaṇa

1. tārāyaṇa m. Ficus religiosa Lalit.xxiv, 165 and 226 ; xxv, 1 and 71
2. • pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2 (vḷ. tar○)

⋙tārika

1. tārika m. a ferry-man Vishṇ.v, 131
2. • (n.?) freight Mn. viii, 407
3. • (ā), f. ○raka

≫tāriṇī

1. tāriṇī in comp

⋙tāriṇīkalpa

1. ○kalpa m. N. of a text Tantras. ii

⋙tāriṇītantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra Śaktir. ii
2. • iv

≫tārita

1. tārita mfn. conveyed across MBh. v, 3921

≫tāritṛ

1. tāritṛ mfn. (fut. p. Caus. √tṝ) being about to save Hcat. i, 7, 779

≫tārin

1. tārin mfn. enabling to cross over, saving (said of Durgā) MBh. vi, 797
2. • (iṇī), f. a form of Durgā Tantras. ii
3. • (= ○rā) N. of a Buddh. goddess L

≫tāreya

1. tāreya m. 'son of Tārā', the monkey Aṅgada R. v, 1, 9 and 2, 4 ; vi, 6, 21 ; 26, 75 and 87

≫tārya

1. tārya mfn. = taraṇīya MBh. xii R. iii, 30, 40
2. • to be conquered or defeated BhP. i, 15, 14 (a- neg.)
3. • n. impers. it is to be crossed Pāṇ. 4-4, 91
4. • n. freight Mn. viii, 405

tāraṭī

1. tāraṭī f. = tar○ L

tāratamya

1. tāratamya n. (fr. 1. tara and 2. tama) gradation, proportion, difference Mṛicch. x, 5/6 Sāh. i, 2/3, 31 Udbh. Kulad
2. • (ena), instr. ind. in different degrees BhP. v, vii
3. • cf. tara-tama-tas

tāradī

1. tāradī vḷ. for ○raṭī

tārala

1. tārala mfn. = tar○, unsteady, libidinous L

⋙tāralya

1. tāralya n. unsteadiness Kād. vi, 470

tārava

1. tārava mf(ī)n. belonging to a tree (taru) Bālar. vi, 40

tārāj

1. tā-rāj f. a kind of Vi-rāj RPrāt. xvii, 4f Sch

tārika

1. tārika ○rita, &c. above

tārukṣāyaṇi

1. tārukṣāyaṇi m. patr. fr. tárukṣa Pravar. iv, 8 (Kāty
2. • ○rkSyAy○, VRJ.)

≫tārukṣya

1. tārukṣya m. (g. 2. lohitâdi) id. AitĀr. iii, 1, 6, 1

⋙tārukṣyāyaṇī

1. tārukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāruṇa

1. tāruṇa mfn. fr. tar○ g. utsâdi

≫tāruṇya

1. tāruṇya n. youth, youthfulness MBh. xii &c

tārka

1. tārka m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. i

tārkava

1. tārkava mfn. fr. tarku Pāṇ. 4 Kāś

tārkika

1. tārkika mfn. (fr. tarka) related or belonging to logic W
2. • m. a dialectician, logician, philosopher Gāthāsaṃgr. Vedântas. &c

⋙tārkikakārikā

1. ○kārikā f. N. of wk

⋙tārkikacūḍāmaṇi

1. ○cūḍāmaṇi m. 'crest-jewel of philosophers', a honorific N. given to Raghu-nātha and others

⋙tārkikatva

1. ○tva n. scepticism, philosophy Prasannar. i, 17/18

⋙tārkikarakṣā

1. ○rakṣā 'philosopher's guard', N. of a work Sarvad. v, 130

⋙tārkikaśiromaṇi

1. ○śiromaṇi m. = -cūḍām○

tārkṣa

1. tārkṣa m. (for ○kṣya?) a kind of bird Suśr. iii, 4, 74 [Page 444, Column 3]
2. • for ○kṣya (N. of a Garuḍa, of Kaśyapa, and of a tree)
3. • (ī), f. a kind of creeper L

⋙tārkṣaja

1. ○ja

⋙tārkṣaputra

1. ○putra

⋙tārkṣasuta

1. ○suta ○kṣya-

⋙tārkṣaka

1. tārkṣaka (ifc.) the fruit of ○kṣya-prasava Car. i, 27, 128

≫tārkṣāka

1. tārkṣāka m. patr. fr. tṛkṣ○ g. śivâdi

≫tārkṣya

1. tā́rkṣya m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet áriṣṭa-nemi [RV. i, 89, 6 ; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kauś. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol. ĀśvŚr. x, 7] and identified with Garuḍa [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother ḻ. or father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and 21
2. • also -putra]
3. • mentioned with Arishṭa-nemi, V8. xv, 18
4. • with Arishṭa-nemi, Garuḍa, Aruṇa and Āruṇi as offspring of Kaśyapa by Vinatā MBh. i, 2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175
5. • called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13
6. • a Muni with the N. Arishṭa-nemi MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665 ; xii, 10615
7. • pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Cāraṇas R. i, 16, 9)
8. • N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Tārkshya Arishṭanemi) ĀśvŚr. ix SāṅkhŚr. xi f. Lāṭy. i
9. • a horse Naigh. i, 14
10. • a cart L
11. • a bird MBh. vi, 71 Suśr. iv, 28, 5
12. • a snake L

   • = -prasava, vi, 51, 19 (○kṣa ed.) 

1. • a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66
2. • gold L
3. • = netrâñca keśa Npr
4. • Śiva
5. • N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Āp. and Āśv.)
6. • pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871
7. • n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9, 45

⋙tārkṣyaja

1. ○ja n. a sort of collyrium, vi, 12, 16 (○kṣa-ja) Bhpr. v, 1, 204

⋙tārkṣyadhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. 'Garuḍa-symboled', Vishṇu L

⋙tārkṣyanāyaka

1. ○nāyaka m. 'bird-leader', Garuḍa L

⋙tārkṣyanāśaka

1. ○nāśaka m. 'bird-destroyer', a kind of falcon Npr

⋙tārkṣyaputra

1. ○putra m. = -suta Suparṇ. xxx, 4 BhP. iii, 2, 24
2. • N. of Suparṇa (author of certain hymns) RAnukr

⋙tārkṣyaprasava

1. ○prasava m. Vatica robusta L

⋙tārkṣyaratna

1. ○ratna n. a kind of dark jewel Kathās
2. • -maya mfn. consisting of that jewel, cxxiii, 131

⋙tārkṣyalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa m. 'Garuḍa-marked', Kṛishṇa (= Vishṇu) MBh. xii, 43, 8

⋙tārkṣyaśaila

1. ○śaila n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9

⋙tārkṣyasāman

1. ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy. i, 6, 19

⋙tārkṣyasuta

1. ○suta m. 'son of Kaśyapa', Garuḍa BhP

≫tārkṣyāyaṇa

1. tārkṣyāyaṇa m. = ○ṇi pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 6
2. • (ī), f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

⋙tārkṣyāyaṇabhakta

1. ○bhakta mfn. inhabited by the Tārkshyāyaṇas, g. aiṣukāry-ādi

⋙tārkṣyāyaṇi

1. tārkṣyāyaṇi patr., ○rukSAy○

tārcha

1. tārcha N. of an amulet Kauś. 48

tārṇa

1. tārṇa mfn. made of grass (tṛ́ṇa) MBh. i, v Suśr. i, 26, 8
2. • levied from grass (a tax), g. śuṇḍikâdi
3. • m. and (ī), f. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. śivâdi

≫tārṇaka

1. tārṇaka mfn. fr. tṛṇakīyā g. bilvakâdi

≫tārṇakarṇa

1. tārṇakarṇa m. patr. fr. tṛṇa-k○ g. śivâdi

≫tārṇakarṇīputra

1. tārṇakarṇī-putra m. the son of a female descendant of Tṛiṇa-karṇa Pāṇ. 6-1, 13 Vārtt. 3 Pat

≫tārṇabindavīya

1. tārṇabindavīya mfn. fr. tṛṇa-bindu, iv, 2, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙tārṇāyana

1. tārṇāyana m. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. 1. naḍâdi

⋙tārṇi

1. tārṇi pl. id. Pravar. vi, 3 (vḷ. ○ṇeya)

tārtīya

1. tārtīya mfn. belonging to the 3rd (tṛt○) ĀśvŚr. x, 2 BhP. iii, 6, 29
2. • the 3rd, viii, 19, 34
3. • n. a 3rd part KātyŚr. iv, 7, Paddh

≫tārtīyaka

1. tārtīyaka mfn. belonging to the 3rd, mentioned in the 3rd kāṇḍa Siddh.puṃl. 17 Sch. (vḷ. jātīy○)

≫tārtīyasavana

1. tārtīyasavana mfn. belonging to the 3rd Savana, Śikshā

⋙tārtīyasavanika

1. tārtīyasavanika mf(ī)n. id. ĀpŚr. xiv, 19 ŚāṅkhŚr. v, 3, 7

⋙tārtīyāhnika

1. tārtīyâhnika mfn. belonging to the 3rd day (ahan), xv, 8, 3

≫tārtīyīka

1. tārtīyīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 7 Pat.) the 3rd Mālatīm. i, 2

⋙tārtīyīkatā

1. ○tā f. the being the 3rd Naish.iii, 136

tārpya

1. tārpyá n. a garment made of a particular vegetable substance (tṛpā Sāy. on ŚBr.) AV. xviii, 4, 31 (○pyá) TS. ii TBr. i, iii ŚBr.v, 3, 5, 20 TāṇḍyaBr. xxi KātyŚr. xv ŚāṅkhŚr

tārya

1. tārya col. 2

tārṣṭāgha

1. tārṣṭâgha m. (fr. tṛṣt○?) N. of a tree Kauś. 25 (= sarṣapa Sch.)
2. • mf(ī́)n. coming from that tree AV. v, 29, 15 Śāntik. 21

tāla

1. tāla m. (Siddhnapuṃs. 25 Sch.) the palmyra tree or fan-palm (Borassus flabelliformis, producing a sort of spirituous liquor
2. • considered as a measure of height R. iv ; vi, 2, 6 Lalit. iii, xxii
3. • forming a banner MBh. iv, vi, xvi Hariv
4. • to pierce seven fan-palms with one shot is held to be a great feat R. i, 1, 64 AgP. viii, 2) Mn. viii, 246 MBh. &c
5. • (fr. tāḍa) slapping the hands together or against one's arm, xiii, 1397 R. &c
6. • the flapping of an elephant's ears Ragh. ix, 71 Kathās. xii ; xxi, 1 Prab. i, v
7. • musical time or measure MBh. &c. (cf. -jña & -śīla)
8. • a dance Sāh. vi, 277
9. • a cymbal Pañcat. BhP. viii, 15, 21
10. • (in prosody) a trochee
11. • a span measured by the thumb and middle finger Hcat. i, 3, 855 and 6, 171 [Page 445, Column 1]
12. • (= tala) the palm (of the hand) L
13. • a lock, bolt W
14. • (= tala) the hilt of a sword L
15. • a goldsmith Gal
16. • Śiva MBh. xiii, 1243
17. • pl. N. of a people (cf. -vana and apara-) VarBṛS. xiv, 22
18. • m. n. orpiment L
19. • N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 2 and 10 ŚivaP
20. • n. the nut of the fan-palm MBh. iii, 8718 Hariv. 3711 (cf. kākatālīya)
21. • the throne of Durgā (cf. manas-) L. (vḷ.)
22. • mf(ī Pāṇ. 4-3, 152) n. made of palmyra wood Mn.xi, 96/97
23. • (ā), f. (g. kuṇḍâdi), māsa-
24. • (ī), f. (g. kuṇḍâdī) N. of a tree (Corypha Taliera, Corypha umbraculifera, Flacourtia cataphracta, Curculigo orchioides L.) Hariv. 6407 R. Suśr. &c
25. • toddy W
26. • a fragrant earth L
27. • = tallikā L
28. • a metre of 4 x 3 long syllables
29. • cf. ucca-, ut-, eka-, kara-, kāṃsya-, kāma-, krośa-

⋙tālaketu

1. ○ketu m. 'palm-bannered', Bhīshma MBh. v f
2. • Bala-Rāma VP. iv, 1, 37
3. • N. of an adversary of Kṛishṇa MBh. iii, 492 Hariv. 9141
4. • 'having the tāla hell as a banner', N. of a Dānava (younger brother of Patāla-ketu) MārkP. xxii, 6

⋙tālakṣīra

1. ○kṣīra n. = tava-kṣ○ Npr

⋙tālakṣīraka

1. ○kṣīraka n. id. L

⋙tālagarbha

1. ○garbha palm-juice, toddy VarBṛS. l, 24

⋙tālacara

1. ○cara m. pl. N. of a people MBh. v, 4751

⋙tālaja

1. ○ja mfn. coming from the fan-palm Suśr. i, 46, 3, 41
2. • n. = -garbha L

⋙tālajaṅgha

1. ○jaṅgha mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 114 Kāś.) having legs as long as a palm-tree R. v, 12, 35 Hariv. 9553 Tantr
2. • belonging to the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe MBh. xiii, 7223
3. • m. a prince of that tribe, iii, 17014
4. • a Rakshas VarYogay. iii, 21
5. • N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 84, 12
6. • of a Daitya Hariv. 12940
7. • of a chief of the Bhūtas Kathās. cviii, 90
8. • of the ancestor of the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe (descendant of Śaryāti MBh. xiii, 1946
9. • son of Jaya-dhvaja VP. iv, 11, 5 BhP. ix, 23, 27)
10. • pl. N. of a warrior-tribe MBh. Hariv. R. BhP

⋙tālajaṭā

1. ○jaṭā f. the fibres of the palm-tree under the outer bark W

⋙tālajña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing the measure (in music) Yājñ. iii, 115

⋙tāladruma

1. ○druma m. the palmyra-tree

⋙tāladhāraka

1. ○dhāraka m. 'keeping the measure', a dancer L

⋙tāladhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. '= -ketu', Bala-Rāma MBh. ix
2. • N. of a mountain Śatr. i
3. • (ā), f. of a town PadmaP. vi
4. • (ī), f. of a river Śatr. i, 54

⋙tālanavamī

1. ○navamī f. the 9th day of the light half of month Bhādra (sacred to Durgā), GarP

⋙tālapattra

1. ○pattra n. 'a palm-leaf', and 'a kind of ear-ornament' Kād. ii, 28
2. • Trigonella foenum graecum Npr
3. • (ī), f. another plant (Salvinia cucullata L
4. • Anethum graveolens Npr
5. • = ○la-mūlī ib.) Suśr. i, 11, 3 and 36, 29

⋙tālaparṇa

1. ○parṇa n. = ○lâkhyā L
2. • (ī), f. id. L
3. • Anethum graveolens L

⋙tālapuṣpaka

1. ○puṣpaka n. N. of a plant L

⋙tālapralamba

1. ○pralamba m. = -jaṭā L

⋙tālaphala

1. ○phala n. the fruit of the fan-palm Suśr. i
2. • iv Gīt. ix, 3

⋙tālabaddha

1. ○baddha mfn. measured, rhythmical W

⋙tālabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. loss of the measure (in music) Pañcar. i, 12, 9 f

⋙tālabhaṭa

1. ○bhaṭa m. N. of a warrior Kathās. xiii, 24

⋙tālabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. (= -dhvaja) Bala-Rāma L

⋙tālamaya

1. ○maya mfn. made of the palm W

⋙tālamardaka

1. ○mardaka

⋙tālamardala

1. ○mardala m. a cymbal L

⋙tālamātra

1. ○mātra mfn. as big as a palm MBh. i, iv f
2. • (am), ind. as high as a palm R. iii, 50, 19

⋙tālamūlikā

   ○mūlikā f. Curculigo orchioides Suśr. iv, 7, 16

⋙tālamūlī

1. ○mūlī f. id. Npr

⋙tālayantra

1. ○yantra n. a particular surgical instrument, small pair of pincers, Susr. i, 7, 1 f. and 7
2. • a lock, lock and key W

⋙tālarecanaka

1. ○recanaka m. 'distinguishing the measure (in dancing)', a dancer L. (vḷ. -vec○)

⋙tālalakṣman

1. ○lakṣman m. = -bhṛ́t L

⋙tālavana

1. ○vana n. a grove of palmyra-trees MBh. vi, 5441 Hariv. 3704 BhP. v (in a hell)
2. • m. pl. N. of a people MBh. ii ; 1175

⋙tālavalī

1. ○valī f. a kind of musical composition

⋙tālavādya

1. ○vādya n. clapping the hands together Kathās. xxv, 136

⋙tālavṛnta

1. ○vṛnta n. a palm-leaf used as a fan, fan (in general) MBh. R. Suśr. &c
2. • m. a kind of Soma plant, iv, 29, 4
3. • -nivāsin m. N. of a scholiast
4. • ○ntī-√bhū, to become a fan Bālar. iii, 13

⋙tālavṛntaka

1. ○vṛntaka n
2. • a fan L

⋙tālavecanaka

1. ○vecanaka -rec○

⋙tālaśabda

1. ○śabda m. the noise caused by the falling of a palm-fruit Hariv. 3715
2. • = -vādya, 4111 f

⋙tālaśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. accustomed to beat time in music Gaut. xv, 18

⋙tālaśuddha

1. ○śuddha mfn. = -baddha W

⋙tālasvana

1. ○svana m.= -vādya Hariv. 3715

⋙tālākhyā

1. tālâkhyā f. a kind of perfume L

⋙tālaṅka

1. tālaṅka m. = ○la-lakṣman L
2. • Śiva L
3. • a man marked with auspicious marks L
4. • a palm-leaf (used for writing) W
5. • a book L
6. • a saw L
7. • a kind of vegetable L

⋙tālāṅga

1. tālâṅga m. Cyprinus Rohita L

⋙tālādi

1. tālâdi a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-3, 152 Gaṇar. 261264 including rajakâdi, palāśâdi and bilvâdi)

⋙tālādhyāya

1. tālâdhyāya m. 'time-chapter', N. of Saṃgita-darpaṇa vi (treating of musical instruments)

⋙tālāpacara

1. tālâpacara m. = ○la-dhāraka R. ii, 3, 17

⋙tālāvacara

1. tālâvacara m. (cf. tādâv○) id., vii, 91, 15

⋙tālāvacaraṇa

1. tālâvacaraṇa m. id. Rājat. iii, 335

⋙tālodghāṭinī

1. tālôdghāṭinī f. a spell used for opening locks HPariś. ii, 173 and 182. [Page 445, Column 2]

⋙tālopaniṣad

1. tālôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

≫tālaka

1. tālaka (Siddh.puṃl. 29) m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 13
2. • N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 45 (vḷ. ○lika)
3. • n. orpiment Bhpr.v, 26, 48 and 221
4. • a fragrant earth L
5. • a lock, bolt L
6. • a kind of ornament Buddh. L
7. • (ī), f. = ○la-garbha L
8. • (ikā), f. the palm of the hand Hariv. 9920
9. • = ○la-vādya Pañcat. ii, 5, 6
10. • a sign with the hand (?) Bālar. iii, 75

   • Curculigo orchioides L 

1. • = tāmra-vallī L

⋙tālakābha

1. tālakâbha mfn. 'orpiment-like', green L

⋙tālakeśvara

1. tālakêśvara m. N. of a medicinal unguent Bhpr

≫tālaṅkīkṛ

1. tālaṅkī-√kṛ tāḍaṅk○

≫tāli

1. tāli f. = tāḍi L
2. • Flacourtia cataphracta L. Sch

≫tālika

1. tālika m. the palm of the hand L. (vḷ. for ○kā s.v. ○laka)
2. • a cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript L
3. • vḷ. for ○laka, q.v

≫tālita

1. tālita n. = tulita-paṭa (dyed or coloured cloth W.) L
2. • a string L
3. • a musical instrument L

⋙tālitanagara

1. ○nagara n. N. of a town. 1

⋙tālin

1. tālin mfn. furnished with cymbals (Śiva), Bh. xiii, 1172

≫tālī

1. tālī f. of ○la, q.v

⋙tālīpaṭṭa

1. ○paṭṭa a kind of ear-ornament Kād. v, 294

⋙tālīpattra

1. ○pattra n. a leaf of the Tālī plant VarBṛS. xxvii, 3
2. • = ○lī7śa-p○ L

⋙tālīpuṭa

1. ○puṭa (= tāḍī-p○) = -paṭṭa Kād. iii, 973

⋙tālīrasaja

1. ○rasa-ja m. sugar made of palm-juice Gal

⋙tālīśa

1. tālī7śa m. Flacourtia cataphracta (the leaves of which are used in med.) R. iv, 44, 55 Suśr. i, iv ff
2. • n. = -pattra L

⋙tālīśapattra

1. tālī7śa-pattra n. the leaf of Flacourtia cataphracta W. = ○lI-p○ and ○lī7śa L
2. • Pinus Webbiana L

⋙tālīśaka

1. tālī7śaka m. Flacourtia cataphracta L

≫tālīyaka

1. tālīyaka a cymbal R. v, 13, 54

tālavya

1. tālavya ○lu below

tālākaṭa

1. tālākaṭa = ○lik○ MBh. ii, 1169

≫tālikaṭa

1. tālikaṭa m. pl. N. of a people and its country VarBṛS. xiv, 11

tālāna

1. tālāna m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 4, 1

tālin

1. tālin mfn. (√tal) placing upon Śiś. vi, 66

tālin

1. tālin m. pl. the pupils of Tala, g. śaunakâdi

tāliśa

1. tāliśa m. a mountain Uṇ. k

tālī

1. tālī ind. (= dhūlī or colour [varṇa, Śākaṭ.] or uttamârtha or vistāra Bhoj. Gaṇar. 96 Sch.) with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi

tālīśa

1. tālī7śa 1. ○lī

tālu

1. tā́lu n. rarely m. [MBh. xiv, 568 Hariv. 14273 BhP. ī] the palate VS. xxv, 1 Kauś. RPrāt. Suśr. &c

⋙tālukaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka 'palate-thorn', N. of a disease of the palate with children Npr

⋙tālugalapraśoṣa

1. ○galapraśoṣa m. morbid dryness of palate and throat Suśr. ii, 11, 22

⋙tāluja

1. ○ja mfn. palatal, iv, 22, 57

⋙tālujihva

1. ○jihva m. a crocodile L
2. • the uvula W

⋙tālujihvikā

1. ○jihvikā f. 'uvula', N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 716

⋙tālunāśa

1. ○nāśa m. 'destroying the palate (by thorny food)', a camel Gal

⋙tālupāka

1. ○pāka m. an abscess in the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 56

⋙tālupāta

1. ○pāta m. 'falling in of the palate', N. of a disease with children Npr

⋙tālupīḍaka

1. ○pīḍaka another disease of the palate with children ib

⋙tālupuppuṭa

1. ○puppuṭa m. an indolent swelling of the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 55

⋙tālumūla

1. ○mūla n. the √of the palate, ii, 16, 39

⋙tāluvidradhī

1. ○vidradhī f. = -puppuṭa Car. vi, 17

⋙tāluviśoṣaṇa

1. ○viśoṣaṇa n. the drying of the palate (through much talking) MBh. viii, 4760

⋙tāluśoṣa

1. ○śoṣa m. morbid dryness of the palate Suśr. ii, 16

⋙tālusthāna

1. ○sthāna mfn. palatal (a letter) RPrāt. SāṅkhŚr

≫tālavya

1. tālavya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 6) relating to the palate Suśr. iii, 8, 15
2. • palatal (the letters i, e and ai [called kaṇṭha-t○, 'belonging to throat and palate' Śiksh.], c, ch, j, jh, ñ, y, ś) Śiksh. RPrāt. VPrāt

≫tāluka

1. tāluka n. (g. yāvâdi) = ○lu Hcat. i, 9, 414 (ifc. f. ā)
2. • a disease of the palate Npr
3. • (ā), f. = ○lu W
4. • (e), f. du. the two arteries of the palate TUp. i, 6, 1

⋙tālūṣaka

1. tālūṣaka = ○lu Yājñ. iii, 87

tālukṣya

1. tālukṣya m. patr. fr. talukṣa

≫tālukṣyāyaṇī

1. tālukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāluna

1. tāluna mfn. fr. tal○ g. utsâdi

tālura

1. tālura m. = ○lūra W

≫tālūra

1. tālūra m. a whirlpool Hāl. 37

tāluvi

1. tāluvi nāluhi. [Page 445, Column 3]

tālūṣaka

1. tālūṣaka ○lu

tālpa

1. tālpa mfn. (= tálpya) born in a marriage-bed (tálpa) Kauś. 17

tāvaka

1. tāvaká mf(ī)n. (fr. táva [gen. of 1. tvá] Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) thy, thine RV. i, 94, 11 MBh. iii, 14621 R. iii, 13, 15 Kum.v, 4 BhP. Kathās. &c

≫tāvakīna

1. tāvakīna mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) id. Bhām.i, 4

tāvac

1. tāvac in comp. for ○vat

⋙tāvacchata

1. ○chata (śata), mf(ī)n. containing so many hundreds Mn. i, 69 MBh. iii, 188, 23 Hariv. 511 ; 11309

⋙tāvacchas

1. ○chás (śas), ind. (Vop.) so manifoldly TS. i, 5, 9, 2

≫tāvajjyok

1. tā́vaj-jyok ind. so long ŚBr. xi, 5, 1, 2

≫tāvat

1. tā́vat mf(atī)n. (fr. 2. ta Pāṇ. 5-2, 39 ; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of yā́vat
2. • rarely of ya or yathôkta Nal.&c.) RV. &c. (yāvatā kṣaṇena tāvatā, 'after so long time, in that time', as soon as Rājat. v, 110)
3. • just a little Kir. ii, 48
4. • (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with yāvat)
5. • ind. (correlative of yā́vat) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. &c. (tā́vat-tāvat ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 6)
6. • so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 ŚBr. i Mn. &c
7. • meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat being often connected with a neg., e.g. tāvac chobhate mūrkho yāvat kiṃ-cin na bhāṣate, 'so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing' Hit
8. • śocayiṣyāmy ātmānaṃ tāvad yāvan me prâptam brāhmaṇyam, 'so long I will emaciate myself, as long as i.e. until I have obtained the state of a Brāhman' R. i, 64, 19) ŚBr. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of purā [R. i, 28, 21], of yāvatā na, of yāvat preceded by purā [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative 2727 Kathās. ḥit.)
9. • at once, now, just, first (followed by anantaram ḥit., aparam Pañcat., api ib., idānīm ḥit., uta "ṣak., ca ḍaś. Prab., tatas [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], tad-anu ṃegh., tu ḍaś.vii Vedântas., paścāt ṛ. ī, punar Pañcat., vā
10. • very often connected with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. or fut. MBh. &c
11. • the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [itas tāvat, 'just come hither'
12. • mā tāvat, 'by no means, God forbid!'] Śak. Mālav. Vikr. Prab
13. • sometimes arhasi with the inf. is used instead R. i f.)
14. • (with na or a-) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by yāvat, 'while' Kathās. xxvi, 23
15. • tāvan na-ap4i na, 'not only not-but also not' Kād.)
16. • very well, all right Hcar
17. • indeed, truly (e.g. dṛḍhas tāvad bandhaḥ, 'the knot is tight I must admit' Hit
18. • gatā tāvat, 'she is indeed gone' Kathās. xviii, 241) R. &c
19. • already (opposed to 'how much more' or 'how much less') R. iv f. Śak
20. • really (= eva, sometimes connected with this particle, e.g. vikrayas tāvad eva saḥ, 'it is really a sale') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c

   • (tā), instr. ind. to that extent RPrāt. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii 

1. • in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Daś. Kathās. x, 24 Bharaṭ
2. • (ti), loc, ind. so far ŚBr. viii, 6, 2, 8
3. • so long, in that time TS. ii, 4 ; [Lat. tantus.]

⋙tāvatkālam

1. ○kālam ind. for so long Kauś. 141 MBh. iii Hit

⋙tāvatkṛtvas

1. ○kṛtvas ind. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 Kāś.) so many times ŚBr. ix, 1, 1, 41 (tā́vat-kṛ́t○) Mn. v, 38
2. • with √kṛ, (in math.) to square

⋙tāvattāt

1. ○tāt (tā́v○), just so much MaitrS. iii

⋙tāvatpriya

1. ○priya (tā́v○), mfn. dear to that extent, i

⋙tāvatphala

1. ○phala mfn. having such results Śak. vi, 10

⋙tāvatsūtra

1. ○sūtra n. sg. so many threads Yājñ

≫tāvatika

1. tāvatika mfn. bought for or worth so much Pāṇ. 5-1, 23

⋙tāvatitha

1. tāvatitha mfn. (2, 53 and 77) the so manieth KātyŚr. iii, 1, 9

⋙tāvatka

1. tāvatka mfn. = ○tika Pāṇ

≫tāvad

1. tāvad in comp. for ○vat

⋙tāvadguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. having so many qualities Mn. i, 20

⋙tāvadguṇita

1. ○guṇita mfn. (in math.) squared

⋙tāvaddvayasa

1. ○dvayasa mfn. so large, so long Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1

⋙tāvaddhā

1. ○dhā ind. in that number, in such a number Bālar. ix, 49

⋙tāvadvarṣa

1. ○varṣa mfn. so many years old Lāṭy. ix, 12, 12

⋙tāvadvīryavat

1. ○vīrya-vat (tā́v○), mfn. having so great force or efficacy ŚBr. i, 2, 3, 7

⋙tāvadvyakta

1. ○vyakta (in alg.) a known number annexed to an unknown quantity

≫tāvan

1. tāvan in comp. for ○vat

⋙tāvanmātra

1. ○mātrá mf(ī́)n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1) so much, so many ŚBr. v Hariv. 1204 BhP. iv
2. • (e), loc. ind. in that distance, v, 24, 4

⋙tāvanmāna

1. ○māna (tā́v○), mfn. of that measure TS. ii, 3, 11, 5

⋙tāvanta

1. tāvanta n. so much Divyâv. i, 5 ; xxii, 50

tāvara

1. tāvara n. a bow-string L

tāviṣa

1. tāviṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L
2. • heaven L
3. • gold L
4. • (ī), f. = tav○ L. [Page 446, Column 1]

≫tāvīṣa

1. tāvīṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L
2. • heaven L
3. • gold L
4. • (ī), f. N. of a daughter of Indra (or 'of the moon', candra- for cêndra-?) L

tāvura

1. tāvura m. the sign Taurus

⋙tāvuri

1. tāvuri m. id. (borrowed fr. ?) VarBṛ.i

⋙tāvuru

1. tāvuru m.id

tāsīra

1. tāsīra = tas○ Hāyan

tāsūna

1. tāsūna mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10 (vḷ.)
2. • m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch

tāskarya

1. tāskarya n. = taskara-tā Mn. ix

tāspandra

1. tāspandra m. N. of a Ṛishi ĀrshBr
2. • n. N. of two Sāmans ib

≫tāspindra

1. tāspindra n. N. of two Sāmans ib

ti

1. ti for íti (after kā́) ŚBr. xi, 6, 1, 3 ff

tik

1. tik cl. 1. tekate, to go Dhātup. iv, 31: cl. 5. tiknoti (also tignoti fr. √tig), id. (cf. √stigh), xxvii, 19
2. • to assail ib
3. • to wound ib
4. • to challenge L

tika

1. tika m. N. of a man, g. 1. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 154

⋙tikakitava

1. ○kitava m. pl. the descendants of Tika and Kitava, ii, 4, 68
2. • ○vâdi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. (ib. Gaṇar. 32-34)

⋙tikādi

1. tikâdi another Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-1, 154 Gaṇar. 229-231)

≫tikīya

1. tikīya mfn. fr. ○ka g. utkarâdi

tikta

1. tikta ○ktaka, below

tig

1. tig cl. 5. ○gnoti, √tik

tigita

1. tigitá ○gmá, col. 2

tigh

1. tigh cl. 5. ○ghnoti, to hurt, kill (= √tik) Vop. (Dhātup. xxvii, 26)

tiṅ

1. tiṅ a collective. N. for the personal terminations Pāṇ

⋙tiṅanta

1. ○anta n. 'ending with tiṅ', an inflected verbal base

⋙tiṅsubantacaya

1. ○sub-anta-caya m. 'collection of verbs and nouns (sub-anta)', a phrase Gal

tij

1. tij cl. 1. téjate (○ti Dhātup. xxiii, 2
2. • p. téjamāna
3. • Ved. inf. téjase) to be or become sharp RV. i, 55, 1 ; iii, 2, 10 and 8, 11 (tétijāna, 'sharp' VS. v, 43)
4. • to sharpen, x, 138, 5: Caus. tejayati id. Dhātup. xxxii, 109
5. • to stir up, excite R. iii, 31, 36 Ragh. ix, 38: Desid. títikṣate (Pāṇ. 3-1, 5
6. • 1. pl. ○kṣmahe MBh. v, 3427
7. • fut. ○kṣiṣyate ŚBr. iii
8. • ep. also P., e.g. p. ○kṣat BhP. iii) 'to desire to become sharp or firm', to bear with firmness, suffer with courage or patience, endure RV. ii, 13, 3 ; iii, 30, 1 AV. viii &c.: Intens. tétikte (Pāṇ. 7-4, 65
9. • p. ○tijāna, above) to sharpen RV. iv, 2 3, 7
10. • [cf. ? ; Lat. dis-tinguo, &c.]

≫tikta

1. tikta mfn. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste, rasa), pungent MBh. xii, xiv Suśr. &c
2. • fragrant Megh. Śiś. v, 33
3. • m. a bitter taste, pungency W
4. • fragrance W
5. • Wrightia antidysenterica L
6. • Capparis trifoliata L
7. • Agathotes Chirayta Npr
8. • = pari- ib
9. • Terminalia Catappa ib
10. • a sort of cucumber ib. (cf. anārya-, kirāta-, cira-, mahā-)
11. • n. N. of a medicinal plant L
12. • a kind of salt Npr
13. • (ā), f. N. of a plant (= -rohiṇī L
14. • Clypea hernandifolia L
15. • a water-melon L
16. • Artemisia sternutatoria Bhpr
17. • = yava- L
18. • cf. kāka-) Suśr. iv, 5, 12

⋙tiktakandakā

1. ○kandakā

⋙tiktakandikā

1. ○kandikā f. Curcuma Zedoaria L

⋙tiktagandhā

1. ○gandhā f. 'having a pungent smell', mustard Npr

⋙tiktaguñjā

1. ○guñjā f. Pongamia glabra L

⋙tiktaghṛta

1. ○ghṛta n. ghee prepared with bitter herbs, vi, 11, 2 (cf. ○ktaha)

⋙tiktataṇḍulā

1. ○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L

⋙tiktatuṇḍī

1. ○tuṇḍī f. = katu-t○ L

⋙tiktatumbī

1. ○tumbī f. a bitter gourd (kaṭu-t○) L

⋙tiktadugdhā

1. ○dugdhā f. 'having a bitter milky sap', Odina pinnata L
2. • = kṣīriṇi L
3. • = svarṇakṣīrī L

⋙tiktadhātu

1. ○dhātu m. 'bitter elementary substance (of the body)', bile L

⋙tiktapattra

1. ○pattra m. 'bitter-leaved', Momordica mixta L

⋙tiktaparvan

1. ○parvan f. Cocculus cordifolius L
2. • Hingcha repens L
3. • Panicum Dactylon L
4. • liquorice W

⋙tiktapuṣpā

1. ○puṣpā f. 'bitter-flowered', Clypea hernandifolia L
2. • 'fragrant-flowered', Bignonia suaveolens Npr

⋙tiktaphala

1. ○phala m. 'bitter-fruited', = -marica L
2. • (ā), f. a water-melon L
3. • = yavatiktā L
4. • = vārtākī L

⋙tiktabījā

1. ○bījā f. 'bitter-seeded', = -tumbī L

⋙tiktabhadraka

   ○bhadraka m. Trichosanthes dioeca L

⋙tiktamarica

1. ○marica m. Strychnos potatorum L

⋙tiktayavā

1. ○yavā f. Andrographis paniculata L

⋙tiktarohiṇikā

1. ○rohiṇikā f. = ○ṇī L

⋙tiktarohiṇī

1. ○rohiṇī f. Helleborus niger, iv, 5, 10 and 16, 15

⋙tiktavallī

1. ○vallī f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L

⋙tiktaśāka

1. ○śāka n. a bitter (or a fragrant) pot-herb Rājat. v, 49
2. • m. Capparis trifoliata L
3. • Acacia Catechu L
4. • = pattra-sundara L

⋙tiktasāra

1. ○sāra m. Acacia Catechu L
2. • n. a kind of fragrant grass L

⋙tiktākhyā

1. tiktâkhyā f. = ○kta-tuṇḍī L

⋙tiktāṅgā

1. tiktâṅgā f. a kind of creeper L. [Page 446, Column 2]

⋙tiktāmṛtā

1. tiktâmṛtā f. Menispermum glabrum Npr

⋙tiktāyana

1. tiktấyana mf(ī)n. 'possessing the radiance of fire', taptấy○

⋙tiktāsya

1. tiktâsya mfn. having a bitter (taste in the) mouth, ŚārṅgS. vii, 116 (tā f. abstr.)

≫tiktaka

1. tiktaka mfn. bitter, (n.) anything having a bitter flavour R. ii Suśr. (with sarpis = ○kta-ghṛta, iv, 9, 9)
2. • m. Terminalia Catappa Bhpr
3. • Trichosanthes dioeca L
4. • Agathotes Chirayta L
5. • a sort of Khadira L
6. • (ā), f. Cardiospermum halicacabum Npr
7. • = karañja-vallī ib
8. • = ○kta-tumbī L
9. • (ikā), f. id. L

⋙tiktāya

1. tiktāya Nom. ○yate, to have a bitter flavour Naish. iii, 94

≫tigita

1. tigitá mfn. sharp RV. i, 143, 5 ; ii, 30, 9

≫tigma

1. tigmá mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c
2. • pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c
3. • violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib
4. • m. Indra's thunderbolt W
5. • = ○gmâtman VP. iv, 21, 3
6. • pl. N. of the Śūdras in Krauñca-dviipa, ii, 4, 53 (vḷ. tiṣya)
7. • n. pungency L

⋙tigmakara

1. ○kara m. = -dīdhiti L
2. • the number '12' Līl

⋙tigmaketu

1. ○ketu m. N. of a son of Vatsara by Svarviithi BhP. iv, 13, 12

⋙tigmaga

1. ○ga mfn. going or flying swiftly R. iii, 34, 16

⋙tigmagati

1. ○gati mfn. of (violent i.e.) cruel practices BhP. iv, 10, 28

⋙tigmagu

1. ○gu mfn. hot-rayed, x, 56, 7

⋙tigmajambha

1. ○jambha (○má-), mfn. having sharp teeth (Agni) RV. i, iv, viii

⋙tigmatā

1. ○tā (○má-), f. sharpness ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5

⋙tigmatejana

1. ○tejana mfn. sharp-edged (an arrow) MBh. vi, 3187

⋙tigmatejas

1. ○tejas (○má-), mfn. id. Hariv. 10703 R. iv, 7, 21
2. • of a violent character VS. i, xii AV.xix, 9, 10 MBh
3. • m. the sun Kathās. xxix, 121

⋙tigmadīdhiti

1. ○dīdhiti m. 'hot-rayed', the sun VarBṛ. xi, 17 Kād

⋙tigmadyuti

1. ○dyuti m. id. Śiś.xx, 28

⋙tigmadhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. = -tejana MBh. vii, 47, 15 (vḷ. tiryag-dh○)

⋙tigmanemi

1. ○nemi mfn. having a sharp-edged felly BhP. x, 57, 21

⋙tigmabhās

1. ○bhās m. = -dyuti Śiś. xx, 45

⋙tigmabhṛṣṭi

1. ○bhṛṣṭi (○má-), mfn. sharp-pointed (Agni) RV. iv, 5, 3

⋙tigmamanyu

1. ○manyu mfn. of a violent wrath (Śiva) MBh. xiii, 1161

⋙tigmamayūkhamālin

1. ○mayūkha-mālin m. 'garlanded with hot rays', the sun VarYogay. iv, 7

⋙tigmamūrdhan

1. ○mūrdhan (○má-), mfn. = -tejana RV. vi, 46, 11

⋙tigmayātana

1. ○yātana mfn. causing acute pain or agony (a hell) BhP. vi, 1, 7

⋙tigmaraśmi

1. ○raśmi m. = -dīdhiti VarBṛ. VarYogay. iv, 11 Śiś. ix, 11

⋙tigmaruc

1. ○ruc mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Siddh.) shining brightly, hot W
2. • m. = ○ci W

⋙tigmaruci

1. ○ruci m. = -dīdhiti Gaṇit. i, 5, 15 Sarasv

⋙tigmarocis

1. ○rocis m. id. Prasannar.iv, 46

⋙tigmavat

1. ○vat (○má-), mfn. containing the word tigmá ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5

⋙tigmavīrya

1. ○vīrya mf(ā)n. violent MBh. i, iii

⋙tigmavega

1. ○vega mf(ā)n. id. MBh

⋙tigmaśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga (○má-), mfn. sharp-horned RV. vi f. ix f. AV. xiii TBr. iii

⋙tigmaśocis

1. ○śocis (○má-), mfn. sharp-rayed (Agni) RV. i, 79, 10

⋙tigmaheti

1. ○heti (○má-), mfn. having sharp weapons (Agni), iv, 4, 4 ; vi, 74, 4
2. • forming a sharp weapon (Agni's horn) AV. viii, 3, 25

⋙tigmāṃśu

1. tigmâṃśu m. = ○ma-dīdhiti MBh. Sūryas. Kathās. Gīt
2. • fire MBh. i, 8421
3. • Śiva

⋙tigmātman

1. tigmâtman m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. l, 85

⋙tigmānīka

1. tigmấnīka mfn. = ○má-bhṛṣṭi RV. i, 95, 2

⋙tigmāyudha

1. tigmấyudha mfn. having or casting sharp weapons, ii, v-vii, ix

⋙tigmeṣu

1. tigmếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows, x, 84, 1

≫tijila

1. tijila m. the moon Uṇ. Sch
2. • a Rakshas Uṇ.vṛ

≫titikṣa

1. titikṣa m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man, g. kaṇvâdi
2. • (ā), f. endurance, forbearance, patience MBh. Pāṇ. 1-2, 20 Suśr. &c
3. • Patience (daughter of Daksha
4. • wife of Dharma
5. • mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff

⋙titikṣita

1. titikṣita mfn. endured W
2. • patient L

≫titikṣu

1. titikṣú mfn. bearing, enduring patiently, forbearing, patient AV. xii, 1, 48 ŚBr. xiv MBh. BhP
2. • m. N. of a son of Mahā-manas, ix, 23 Hariv

tiṭibha

1. tiṭibha a particular high number Buddh. L

⋙tiṭilambha

1. tiṭilambha n. id. Lalit. xii, 158f

tiṇisa

1. tiṇisa m. = tiniśa KātyŚr. Sch

tiṇṭī

1. tiṇṭī f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

titau

1. tita (m. L
2. • n. Nir. iv, 9) a sieve, cribble RV. x, 71, 2 Kauś. 26
3. • n. a parasol Uṇ. Sch

titaniṣu

1. titaniṣu mfn. (√tan Desid.) desirous of developing (one's property) Nir. vi, 19

titikṣa

1. titikṣa &c. above

titibha

1. titibha m. cochineal L

titiri

1. titiri for titt○, a partridge L

titila

1. titila n. sesamum cake L
2. • one of the 7 Karaṇas (in astron.) L
3. • a bowl or bucket L

titīrṣā

1. titīrṣā f. (√tṛ Desid.) desire of crossing (ifc.) BhP. ix, 13, 19
2. • desire of final emancipation W

⋙titīrṣu

1. titīrṣu mfn. desirous of crossing (with acc. or ifc.) MBh. i, 4647 Hariv. 5182 R. Ragh. i, 2 &c. [Page 446, Column 3]
2. • desirous of final emancipation W

titīla

1. titīla m. a bat Buddh. L

tittiḍa

1. tittiḍa and ○ḍīka, tint○

tittira

1. tittirá m. (onomat. fr. the cry titti) a partridge MaitrS. iii, 14, 17 MBh. v, 267 ff. VP. iii, 5, 12 (cf. BhP. vi, 9, 1 ff.)
2. • pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 2084

⋙tittiraja

1. ○ja mfn. coming from the Tittiras (horses), 3975

⋙tittiravallara

1. ○vallara m. a kind of sword Gal

⋙tittirāṅga

1. tittirâṅga n. a kind of steel W

≫tittiri

1. tittíri m. a partridge VS. xxiv TS. ii (○ttirí) Kāṭh. xii, 10 ŚBr. Nir. Mn. &c
2. • a kind of step (in dancing)
3. • the school of the Taittirīyas Uṇ. k
4. • N. of a pupil of Yāska (first teacher of the Taittiriya school of the black YV.) ĀtrAnukr. Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 MBh. ii, 107
5. • of a Nāga, i, 1560 ; v, 3629
6. • f. a female partridge Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Kāś
7. • [cf. ku-
8. • ?.]

⋙tittiritva

1. ○tva n. the condition of a partridge MārkP. xv

≫tittirika

1. tittirika m. a partridge MBh. ix, 2587

≫tittirīphala

1. tittirī-phala n. Croton Tiglium L

titha

1. titha m. fire Uṇ. ii, 12 Sch
2. • love ib
3. • time L
4. • autumn Uṇ. vṛ

tithi

1. tithi mf. (Siddhṣtry. 25) a lunar day (30th part of a whole lunation of rather more than 27 solar days
2. • 15 Tithis, during the moon's increase, constitute the light half of the month and the other 15 the dark half
3. • the auspicious Tithis are Nandā, Bhadrā, Vijayā, Pūrṇā VarBṛS. ic, 2) Gobh. i f. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn. &c
4. • the number 15 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas
5. • cf. janma-, dus-, mahā-

⋙tithikṣaya

1. ○kṣaya m. = try-aha-sparśa W
2. • the day of new moon W
3. • pl. = -pralaya W

⋙tithitattva

1. ○tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. vii (commented on by Kāśi-rāma)

⋙tithidāna

1. ○dāna n. N. of BhavP. ii, 154

⋙tithidevatā

1. ○devatā f. the deity of a lunar day MānGṛ. i, 10 ; ii, 2

⋙tithidvaita

1. ○dvaita n. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙tithidvaidhaprakaraṇa

1. ○dvaidha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Śūla-pāṇi

⋙tithiniyama

1. ○niyama m. N. of a ch. of Tantras. i

⋙tithinirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. 'disquisition on Tithis', N. of a work by Ananta-bhaṭṭa
2. • -saṃkṣepa, -saṃgraha, -sāra m. other works on astron

⋙tithipati

1. ○pati m. the regent of a lunar day VarBṛS. ic, 1 f

⋙tithipattrī

1. ○pattrī f. an almanack W

⋙tithipālana

1. ○pālana n. observance of the rites appointed for the several lunar days W

⋙tithiprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of -sāraṇikā
2. • of Śrī-pati's Jyotisha-ratna-mālā

⋙tithipraṇī

1. ○praṇī f. 'Tithi-leader', the moon L

⋙tithipralaya

1. ○pralaya m. pl. difference between solar and lunar days in any particular period Āryabh. iii, 6

⋙tithivārayoga

1. ○vāra-yoga m. pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙tithiviveka

1. ○viveka m. N. of wk. Smṛitit

⋙tithisāraṇikā

1. ○sāraṇikā f. N. of wk. by Daśa-bala

⋙tithīśa

1. tithī7śa m. = ○thi-pati

≫tithī

1. tithī f. a lunar day MBh. xiii, 4238

≫tithy

1. tithy in comp for ○thi

⋙tithyantanirṇaya

1. ○anta-nirṇaya m. N. of a ch. of the Smṛity-artha-sāra

⋙tithyardha

1. ○ardha m. n. half of a Tithi, i.e. a Karaṇa (in astron.)

tināśaka

1. tināśaka = ○niśa L

tinikā

1. tinikā f. Holcus Sorghum Npr

tiniśa

1. tiniśa m. Dalbergia Ujjeinensis R. iii, 17, 7 ; 21, 15 ; 79, 37 Suśr.i, iv, vi
2. • cf. timiśa

tintiḍa

1. tintiḍa m. (also titt○ L.) = ○dikā L
2. • N. of a Daitya L
3. • = kāla-dāsa L
4. • m. and (ī), f. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L
5. • (ī), f. = ○ḍikā VarBṛS. lv, 21
6. • = ḍimba L

≫tintiḍikā

1. tintiḍikā f. the tamarind tree Car. i, 27

≫tintiḍī

1. tintiḍī f. of ○da, q.v

⋙tintiḍīdyūta

1. ○dyūta n. a kind of game (odd and even played with tamarind seeds) L

⋙tintiḍīphala

1. ○phala n. the sour skin of a Garcinia fruit L

≫tintiḍīka

1. tintiḍīka m. (titl○ Pāṇ. 4-3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat
2. • tittirīka Suśr. vi, 39, 272) the tamarind tree (also ā f. L. Sch.), (n.) its fruit Suśr. i, iv
3. • n. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L

≫tintilikā

1. tintilikā

⋙tintilī

1. tintilī f. = ○tiḍikā L. Sch

≫tintilīka

1. tintilīka n. the tamarind fruit Car. i, 26 (○tinīka vḷ.)
2. • (ā), f. = ○likā ĀpGṛ. vi, 5 Sch

tindinī

1. tindinī f. = ○du, q.v

tindiśa

1. tindiśa m. N. of a plant L

tindu

1. tindu m. Diospyros embryopteris L. (also ○dinī Gal.)
2. • Strychnos nux vomica (also ○duka) Npr

⋙tindubilva

1. ○bilva n. N. of a place Gīt. iii, 10 Sch

≫tinduka

1. tinduka m. Diospyros embryopteris, (n.) its fruit (yielding a kind of resin used as pitch for caulking vessels &c.) MBh. R. Suśr. VarBṛS. &c
2. • m. = ○du, q.v
3. • n. a kind of weight (= karṣa
4. • = suvarṇa Car. vii, 12) ŚārṅgS. i, 21 Ashṭâṅg
5. • (ī), f. = ○ki Suśr. iv, 2, 42 and 21, 8 VarBṛSḷxxix Kāś. [Page 447, Column 1]

≫tinduki

1. tinduki f. Diospyros embryopteris L

⋙tindukinī

1. tindukinī f. the senna plant L

⋙tindula

1. tindula m. = ○duki L

tip

1. tip cl. 1. P. tepati (Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār.) to sprinkle Dhātup. x, 1

tipya

1. tipya N. of a man Rājat. viii, 15, 5

tim

1. tim (= √stim), cl. 4. P. ○myati, to become quiet Hit
2. • to become wet (also tīmy○ fr. √tīm) Dhātup.: Intens. tetimyate Pāṇ. 7-4 Kāś

≫timita

1. timita mfn. (= stim○) quiet, steady, fixed R. ii f. v
2. • wet L

⋙tema

1. tema m. = st○, the becoming wet L

≫temana

1. temana n. moisture L
2. • moistening L
3. • a sauce L
4. • (ī), f. a sort of fire-place L

tima

1. tima m. = ○mi, a kind of whale L. Sch
2. • (ī), f. a fish L

≫timi

1. timi m. a kind of whale or fabulous fish of an enormous size MBh. Hariv. 4915 R. VarBṛS. &c
2. • a fish Kathās. v, lx
3. • the sign Pisces VarBṛ. Sch
4. • the figure of a fish produced by drawing two lines (one intersecting the other at right angles) Sūryas. iii, 3 f
5. • the ocean L
6. • N. of a son of Dūrva (father of Bṛihad-ratha) BhP. ix, 22, 41
7. • f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the seamonsters), vi, 6, 25 f

⋙timikośa

1. ○kośa m. 'ṭTimi-receptacle', the ocean L

⋙timighātin

1. ○ghātin m. 'fish-killer', a fisherman Kathās. lx, 186

⋙timiṃgira

1. ○ṃ-gira m. 'Timi-swallower', N. of a Nāga Kāraṇḍ. i

⋙timiṃgīla

1. ○ṃ-gīla m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt. 7) 'id.', a large fabulous fish MBh. BhP. viii Vcar. vi
2. • N. of a prince MBh. ii, 1172
3. • -gila m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt.7 Pat.) 'Timiṃgila-swallower', a large fabulous fish Bālar. vii, 53
4. • ○lâśana m. pl. 'eating Timiṃgilas', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 16

⋙timija

1. ○ja mfn. coming from the Timi (sort of pearl), lxxxi, 23

⋙timitimiṃgila

1. ○timiṃ-gila m. a large fabulous fish MBh. iii, 12081 Divyâv. xxxv, 346

⋙timidhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. 'Timi bannered', N. of the Asura Sambara (R. ṅ ii, 8, 12) or of one of his sons (R. ii, 44, 11)

⋙timimālin

1. ○mālin m. 'Timiṃgilas-garlanded', the ocean W

timira

1. timira mf(ā)n. (fr. tamar [Old Germ. demar] = támas) dark, gloomy MBh. vi, 2379 R. vi, 16, 104
2. • = -nayana VarBṛ. xx, 1 Sch
3. • m. a sort of aquatic plant (cf. -vana) VarBṛS. lv, 11
4. • n. darkness (also pl.) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā R. v, 10, 2 Kathās. xviii)
5. • darkness of the eyes, partial blindness (a class of morbid affections of the coats [paṭala] of the eye) Suśr. i, iii, v f. Ashṭâṅg.vi, 13 Rājat. iv, 314
6. • iron-rust Npr
7. • N. of a town R. iv, 40, 26
8. • (ā), f. another town Kathās. xvii, 33
9. • cf. vi-, sa-

⋙timiracchid

1. ○cchid m. 'darkness-splitter', the sun Kir.vi, 36

⋙timiratā

1. ○tā f. darkness of the eyes, partial blindness Hāsy. (vḷ. ○râkula-tā)

⋙timiranayana

1. ○nayana mfn. suffering from partial blindness VarBṛ. xx, 1

⋙timiranāśana

1. ○nāśana m. 'darkness-destroyer', the sun Hcat. i, 11

⋙timiranud

1. ○nud m. 'darkness-dispeller', sun, moon VarBṛS. iv, 45

⋙timirapaṭala

1. ○paṭala n. the veil of darkness Prab. vi

⋙timirapratiṣedha

1. ○pratiṣedha m. N. of Ashṭâṅg. vi, 13

⋙timiramaya

1. ○maya mfn. consisting of darkness Kād
2. • m. Rāhu VarBṛS. v, 48

⋙timiraripu

1. ○ripu m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun L

⋙timiravana

1. ○vana n. a multitude of timira plants, g. kṣubhnâdi Pāṇ. 8-4, 6 Pat

⋙timirākula

1. timirâkula mfn. affected with partial blindness Hāsy. ii, 21
2. • -tā f. ○ra-tā

⋙timirāpagata

1. timirâpagata m. N. of a Samādhi Buddh. L

⋙timirāpaha

1. timirâpaha mfn. dispelling darkness (fire) MBh. iii, 14113 ff

⋙timirāri

1. timirâri m. = ○ra-ripu L. Sch
2. • -ripu m. 'enemy of the sun', an owl Subh

⋙timirodghāṭa

1. timirôdghāṭa m. 'removal of darkness', N. of a Śaiva treatise in verse

≫timiraya

1. timiraya Nom. P. ○yati, to obscure BhP. iii, 15, 10 Hit

⋙timirāya

1. timirāya Nom.Ā. ○yate, to appear dark Mahān. iv, 27

⋙timirin

1. timirin m. the cochineal Npr

timiri

1. timiri m. a kind of fish L

timirgha

1. timirgha m. N. of a Nāga priest TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15, 3

timilā

1. timilā f. N. of a musical instrument Hcat. i, 6, 322

timiśa

1. timiśa m. N. of a tree R. ii, 94, 8
2. • B iii, 15, 16
3. • cf. tiniśa

⋙timiṣa

1. timiṣa m. N. of a plant (Beninkasa cerifera L
2. • water-melon L.) Hcat. i, 9, 134 (MatsyaP.)
3. • cf. rāja-
4. • dīrgha-timiṣā

timīra

1. timīra m. N. of a tree (cf. ○mira) R. iii, 21, 19 ; v, 74, 3

timmaya

1. timmaya m. N. of a man

tiraḥ

1. tiraḥ in comp. for ○rás

⋙tiraḥkṛ

1. ○√kṛ ○rás-√kṛ. [Page 447, Column 2]

⋙tiraḥprātiveśya

1. ○prātiveśya m. a near neighbour Divyâv. xviii, 117
2. • (also tiraskṛta-pr○, 134)

≫tiraya

1. tiraya Nom. P. (fr. ○rás) ○yati, to conceal, hide, prevent from appearing Mālatīm. ix, 30 Śiś. vi, 64 Ratnâv. &c
2. • to hinder, stop, restrain Mālatīm. i, 35 Ratnâv. &c
3. • to pervade Bālar. ii, 57

≫tiraśc

1. tiraśc weak base of ○ryáñc, q.v

≫tiraśca

1. tiraścá n. the cross-board of a bedstead AV. xv, 3, 5 (vḷ. ○ścyá)

⋙tiraścatā

1. ○tā (○ścá-), ind. transversely RV. iv, 18, 2 ; ix, 14, 6 Suparṇ. xxiii, 1

⋙tiraścathā

1. ○thā (○scá-), ind. aside, secretly ŚBr. iii, 7, 3, 7

≫tiraści

1. tiraści loc. of ○ryáñc, q.v

⋙tiraścirāji

1. ○rāji (tír○), mfn. striped across (a serpent) AV. iii, 27, 2
2. • vi f. x, xii

≫tiraścikā

1. tiraścikā f. = ○ryag-diś (?) ĀśvŚr. i, 2, 1

≫tiraścī

1. tiraścī́ m. N. of a Ṛishi (descendant of Aṅgiras, author of a Sāman) RV. viii, 95, 4 (gen. ○ścyā́s) TāṇḍyaBr. xii, 6, 12 and ĀrshBr. (nom. ○scī)

≫tiraścīna

1. tiraścī́na mf(ā)n. transverse, horizontal, across RV. x, 129, 5 AV. xix, 16, 2 (?) TS. &c. (cf. ā.)

⋙tiraścīnanidhana

1. ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv, 3, 21 Lāṭy. vi

⋙tiraścīnapṛsni

1. ○pṛsni (○ścī́na-), mfn. spotted across VS. xxiv, 4

⋙tiraścīnavaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa m. a bee-hive ChUp. iii, 1, 1

⋙tiraścīnavāya

1. ○vāya m. the cross-strap (of a couch) AitBr. viii, 12 ; 17

⋙tiraścya

1. tiraścya n. vḷ. for ○ścá, q.v

≫tiras

1. tirás ind. (g. svar-ādi
2. • √tṝ) through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36
3. • across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5
4. • so as to pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. (○rás cittáni, 'without the knowledge', vii, 59, 8
5. • ○ró váśam, 'against the will', x, 171, 4)
6. • apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39 ŚBr. i, iii
7. • obliquely, transversely MārkP. xvii, 3
8. • apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii ŚBr. ; [Zd. taro1 ; Lat. trans ; Goth. thairh ; Germ. durch ; Hib. tar, tair.]

⋙tiraskara

1. ○kara mf(ī)n. excelling (with gen.) BhP. i, 10, 27

⋙tiraskaraṇi

1. ○karaṇi f. (for ○riṇi = ○riṇī?) a curtain R. ii, 15, 20 (vḷ. ○rin)

⋙tiraskarin

1. ○karin m. ○raṇi
2. • (iṇī), f. id. Mālav. ii, 1 and 11 Kum. i, 4 Hcar. and c
3. • a magical veil rendering the wearer invisible Śak. vi Vikr

⋙tiraskāra

1. ○kāra m. placing aside, concealment W
2. • abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26
3. • iv
4. • disdain Pāṇ. 2-3, 17 Kāś. Kathās.xxxii, 55 SārṅgP
5. • a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49

⋙tiraskārin

1. ○kārin mfn. ifc. excelling Ratnâv. i, 25
2. • (iṇī), f. = -kar○ L. Sch

⋙tiraskuḍya

1. ○kuḍya mfn. reaching through a wall Buddh. L

⋙tiraskṛ

1. ○√kṛ -karoti (also ○rah k○ Pāṇ. 1-4, 72 ; viii, 3, 42
2. • ind. p. -kṛtya [also ○raḥ kṛtvā ib.] KātyŚr. vi Mn. iv, 49) to set aside, remove, cover, conceal ŚBr. &c
3. • to excel Ragh. iii, 8 Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ. &c
4. • to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully, despise BhP. Hit

⋙tiraskṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. concealed R. ii Amar. Bhaṭṭ
2. • eclipsed W
3. • excelled Pañcat
4. • censured, reviled, despised ib. (a- neg.)
5. • -prātiveśya m. = tiraḥ-pr○, q.v
6. • -sambhāṣa mfn. a- neg. speaking together without abusing each other MBh. iii, 233, 27

⋙tiraskṛti

1. ○kṛti f. reproach, disrespect (ifc.) Daśar. i, 41

⋙tiraskriyā

1. ○kriyā f. id. Pañcat
2. • concealment, shelter R. vi, 116, 27

⋙tiraspaṭa

1. ○paṭa m. = -kariṇī Caurap. 49

⋙tirasprākāra

1. ○prākāra mfn. = -kuḍya Buddh. L

≫tirasya

1. tirasya Nom. P. ○syati, to disappear, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

⋙tirīcīna

1. tirīcīna mfn. = ○razc○ ĀpŚr.ī, 18, 9

≫tiro

1. tiro in comp. for ○rás

⋙tiroahniya

1. ○ahniya (○ró-), mfn. = ○hnya TS. vii, 3, 13, 1

⋙tiroahnya

1. ○ahnya (○ró-), mfn. (= ○ró4-h○) 'more than one day old', prepared the day before yesterday RV. i, iii, viii,

⋙tirogata

1. ○gata mfn. disappeared W

⋙tirojanam

1. ○janám ind. apart from men AV. vii, 38, 5. -1

⋙tirodhā

1. ○√dhā -dadhāti (pf. -dadhe), to set aside, remove, conquer RV. vii, ix AV. viii, xii MBh. i, 728 BhP. Sāh. iii, 175 (also Pass, -dhīyate Sch.): Ā. -dhatte (pf. -dadhe) to hide one's self from (abl.), disappear KenUp. Ragh. x f. BhP. &c. -2

⋙tirodhā

1. ○dhā́ f. concealment, secrecy AV. viii, 10, 28

⋙tirodhātavya

1. ○dhātavya mfn. to be covered or closed (the ear) Mn. ii, 100 Sch

⋙tirodhāna

1. ○dhāna n. concealing L
2. • a covering (sheath, veil, cloak, &c.) W
3. • disappearance Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. BhP. iii, 20, 44

⋙tirobhavitṛ

1. ○bhavitṛ mf(trī)n. disappearing, 27, 23

⋙tirobhāva

1. ○bhāva m. disappearance ChUp.vii, 26, 1 Sāṃkhyak. and KapS. Sch. Sāh

⋙tirobhū

1. ○√bhū -bhavati, to be set aside, disappear, vanish, hide one's self AV. viii, 1, 7 ŚBr. Ragh. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate id. KapS. i, 121 Sch.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to disappear, dispel R. i, 44, 9 Intens. (Subj. -bobhavat) to try to disappear with (instr.) or conceal anything (instr.) ŚBr. ii, 2, 3, 16

⋙tirovarṣa

1. ○varṣa mfn. protected from rain MBh. iv, 171

⋙tirohita

1. ○hita (○ró-), mfn. removed or with drawn from sight, concealed, hidden (a meaning) RV. iii, 9, 5 ŚBr. i AitBr. viii, 27 Mn. &c
2. • run away L
3. • -tā f. disappearance, becoming invisible Kathās. xxi, 145
4. • -tva n. id. RV. i, 113, 4 Sāy. [Page 447, Column 3]

⋙tirohnya

1. ○'hnya (○ró4-), mfn. = -ahnya ŚBr.xi TāṇḍyaBr. i, 6 KātyŚr. xii, 6, 10
2. • xxiv Lāṭy. ii
3. • cf. tair○

≫tirya

1. tirya for ○yag in comp

⋙tiryaga

1. ○ga mfn. = ○ryag- VarBṛS
2. • m. 'air-goer', a Siddha MBh. xiii, 5755

≫tiryak

1. tiryák ind., ○yáñc
2. • in comp. also for ○yáñc

⋙tiryakkāram

1. ○kāram ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done Pāṇ. 3-4, 60
2. • cf. tīraya

⋙tiryakkṛtya

1. ○kṛtya ind. id. ib

⋙tiryakkṣipta

1. ○kṣipta mfn. placed obliquely L
2. • said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is forced outwards) Suśr. ii, 15, 2 f

⋙tiryaktā

1. ○tā f. animal nature Rājat. iii, 448

⋙tiryaktva

1. ○tva n. id. Mn. xii, 40 and 68 Yājñ. iii MārkP. Rājat
2. • = -pramāṇa KātyŚr. viii, 6, 7 Sch

⋙tiryakpātana

1. ○pātana n. a kind of process applied esp. to mercury

⋙tiryakpātin

1. ○pātin mfn. falling obliquely on (loc.) Śiś. x, 40

⋙tiryakpratimukhāgata

1. ○pratimukhâgata mfn. come from the side or in front of. Mn. viii, 291

⋙tiryakpramāṇa

1. ○pramāṇa n. measurement across, breadth KātyŚr. i f. Sch. (purastat-, 'breadth in front'
2. • paścāt-, 'breadth behind.')

⋙tiryakprekṣaṇa

1. ○prêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○kṣin BhP. v, 26, 36
2. • n. an oblique, glance W

⋙tiryakprekṣin

1. ○prêkṣin mfn. looking obliquely MBh. ii, v

⋙tiryakphalā

1. ○phalā f. Oldenlandia herbacea L

⋙tiryaksūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a cross-line W

⋙tiryaksrotas

1. ○srotas mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19 Sch
2. • m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MārkP. vlī NarasP. iii, 25

≫tiryag

1. tiryag in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc

⋙tiryaganūka

1. ○anūka n. the breadth of the back part of the altar KātyŚr. xvii, 11, 1 Sch

⋙tiryagantara

1. ○antara n. = ○yak-pramāṇa L

⋙tiryagapaccheda

1. ○apaccheda m. separation made transversely, ii, 4, 37 Sch

⋙tiryagapāṅga

1. ○apâṅga mfn. having the outer corners of the eyes turned aside, Vṛishabh. i, 11/12

⋙tiryagayana

1. ○ayana n. 'horizontal course', the sun's annual revolution (opposed to its diurnal revolution in which it rises and sets vertically), tairyagayanika

⋙tiryagāgata

1. ○āgata mfn. lying across (at birth
2. • said of a particular position of the child) Suśr. iv, 15, 6

⋙tiryagāyata

1. ○āyata mfn. stretched out obliquely (a snake). MBh. i

⋙tiryagīkṣa

1. ○īkṣa mfn. = ○yak-prêkṣin, xii, 6575

⋙tiryagīśa

1. ○īśa m. 'lord of the animals', Kṛishṇa, vii, 6471

⋙tiryagga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going obliquely or horizontally Suśr. i, 14, 1 ; ii, 1 ; iii, 9
2. • going towards the north or south R. (G) ii, 12, 6

⋙tiryaggata

1. ○gata mfn. going horizontally (an animal), ii, 35, 17
2. • n. an animal, vii, 110, 19

⋙tiryaggati

1. ○gati f. the state of an animal in transmigration MBh. iii, 1166
2. • -matin n. an animal, xiv, 1138

⋙tiryaggama

1. ○gama mfn. going obliquely, vii, 1162

⋙tiryaggamana

1. ○gamana n. motion sideways VPrāt. i Sch

⋙tiryaggāmin

1. ○gāmin m. '= -gama', a crawfish L

⋙tiryagguṇana

1. ○guṇana n. oblique multiplication

⋙tiryaggrīvam

1. ○grīvam ind. so as to have the neck turned aside Bhām.ī, 130

⋙tiryagghātin

1. ○ghātin mfn. striking obliquely (an elephant) L

⋙tiryagja

1. ○ja mfn. born or begotten by an animal Mn. x, 72

⋙tiryagjana

1. ○jana m. an animal BhP. ii, 7, 46

⋙tiryagjāti

1. ○jāti mfn. belonging to the race of animals W
2. • m. an animal Kād
3. • f. the brute kind W

⋙tiryagjyā

1. ○jyā f. an oblique chord W

⋙tiryagḍīna

1. ○ḍīna n. flying horizontally MBh. viii, 41, 26

⋙tiryagdiś

1. ○diś f. any horizontal region (opposed to nadir and zenith) Hemac

⋙tiryagdhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. 'having oblique edges', tigma-dh○

⋙tiryagnāsa

1. ○nāsa mf(ā)n. wry-nosed R. v, 17, 32

⋙tiryagbila

1. ○bila (○ryág-), mfn. having its opening on the side AV. x, 8, 9

⋙tiryagbhedā

1. ○bhedā f. 'broken sideways', an oblong brick, Śulbas

⋙tiryagyavodara

1. ○yavôdara n. a barleycorn W

⋙tiryagyāta

1. ○yāta mfn. = -gama MBh. vii, 26, 36

⋙tiryagyāna

1. ○yāna m. = -gāmin L

⋙tiryagyona

1. ○yona m. (= tairy○) an animal ('bird' Sch.) Mn.vii, 149

⋙tiryagyoni

1. ○yoni f. the womb of an animal, animal creation, organic nature (including plants) Mn. iv, 200 MBh. xiii R. vii, &c
2. • mfn. born of or as an animal W

⋙tiryaggamana

1. ○gamana n. sexual intercourse with an animal, Prāyaśc
2. • ○nyanvaya m. the animal race W
3. • mfn. of the animal race W

⋙tiryagvātasevā

1. ○vāta-sevā f. 'attending the side-wind', urining or evacuation by stool Gaut. ii, 27

⋙tiryagviddha

1. ○viddha mfn. pierced obliquely (a vein in bleeding by an unskilful operator) Suśr. iii, 8, 17

⋙tiryagvisaṃsarpin

1. ○visaṃsarpin mfn. expanding sideways Ragh.vi, 15

≫tiryaṅ

1. tiryaṅ in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc

⋙tiryaṅnāsa

1. ○nāsa ○yag-n○

⋙tiryaṅniraya

1. ○niraya m. animal nature as a (hell or) punishment for evil deeds MBh. iii, 12626

⋙tiryaṅmānī

1. ○mānī f. = ○yak-pramāṇa, Śulbas. i, 38 ; iii, 174

≫tiryañc

1. tiryáñc mfn. (fr. tirás + añ Pāṇ. 6-3, 94
2. • nom. m. ○ryáṅ n. ○ryák f. ○ráiścī, also ○ryañcī Vop. iv, 12) going or lying crosswise or transversely or obliquely, oblique, transverse (opposed to anv-áñc), horizontal (opposed to ūrdhvá) AV. VS. TS. &c
3. • going across ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 2 f
4. • moving tortuously W
5. • curved, crooked W
6. • meandering W
7. • lying in the middle or between (a tone), xi, 4, 2, 5 ff. VPrāt. i, 149
8. • m. n. 'going horizontally', an animal (amphibious animal, bird, &c.) Mn.v, 40
9. • xii, 57 Yājñ. MBh. &c. [Page 448, Column 1]
10. • the organic world (including plants) Jain
11. • n. = ○ryak-pramāṇa, Śulbas
12. • f. the female of any animal W
13. • (ryák), ind. across, obliquely', transversely, horizontally, sideways ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. VPrāt. Mn. &c
14. • (○raścā́), instr. ind., id. RV. i, 61, 12 ; ii, 10, 4 ; x, 70, 4
15. • (○raścí), loc. ind., id. ŚBr. ii, 3, 2, 12 KātyŚr. xvii, 8, 14 and 12, 1

⋙tiryadryañc

1. tiryadryañc mfn. = tiryáñc Gal

tirigicchi

1. tirigicchi m. N. of a plant L

≫tirijihvika

1. tiri-jihvika N. of a plant Npr

≫tiriṇīkaṇṭa

1. tiriṇī-kaṇṭa id. ib

tiriṭa

1. tiriṭa m.= ○ṭi W

≫tiriṭi

1. tiriṭi m. the joint of the sugar-cane L

tirindira

1. tiríndira m. N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46 ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 11, 20

tirima

1. tirima m. a kind of rice L

≫tiriya

1. tiriya m. id. L
2. • 2. tiryá

tirīṭa

1. tirīṭa m. Symplocos racemosa Bhpr. iv
2. • n. a kind of head-dress, tiara, diadem (cf. kir○) L
3. • gold Uṇ. Sch

⋙tirīṭaka

1. tirīṭaka m. Symplocos racemosa Car. vii, 9, 1
2. • a kind of bird R. iii, 78, 23

⋙tirīṭin

1. tirīṭín mfn. furnished with a head-dress AV. viii, 6, 7

tiroahniya

1. tiró-ahniya &c. p. 447, col. 2

tirpirika

1. tirpirika for tilvirīka, q.v

tirya

1. tiryá mfn. for tilyá? prepared from sesamum seeds (? tíla) AV. iv, 7, 3
2. • cf. tiriya

tiryak

1. tiryák ○ryáñc, p. 447, col. 3

til

1. til cl. 1. telati, to go Dhātup

til

1. til (derived fr. tíla), cl. 6. 10. ○lati, telayati, to be unctuous ib
2. • to anoint ib

≫tila

1. tíla m. Sesamum indicum (its blossom is compared to the nose Gīt. x, 14 Siṃhâs
2. • cf. -puṣpa), sesamum seed (much used in cookery
3. • supposed to have originated from Vishṇu's sweat-drops Hcat. i, 6, 137 & 142) AV. (○lá, xviii, 4, 32) VS. ŚBr. &c
4. • a mole Kālid
5. • a small particle MBh. &c
6. • the right lung ŚārṅgS. v, 42
7. • pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv. (cf. kṛṣṇa-, carma-, ṣaṇḍha-)

⋙tilakaṭa

1. ○kaṭa m. the farina of sesamum Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 1

⋙tilakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa m. a sesamum seed Bhartṛ. (vḷ. -khali)

⋙tilakalka

1. ○kalka m. dough made of ground sesamum Suśr. i MārkP. xxxv, 10
2. • -ja, sesamum oilcake Npr
3. • cf. tail○

⋙tilakārṣika

1. ○kārṣika mfn. cultivating sesamum Kathās. lxi, 7 and 9

⋙tilakālaka

1. ○kālaka m. a mole Suśr. i f. iv Pāṇ. 3-2, 52 Pat. ; 53 Kāś
2. • N. of a disease of the penis Suśr. ii, 14, 16 ; iv, 21, 16
3. • mfn. having a mole L. Sch

⋙tilakiṭṭa

1. ○kiṭṭa n. = -kalka-ja Bhpr. v, 11, 180
2. • cf. tail○

⋙tilakhali

1. ○khali m. id. ib

⋙tilakhalī

1. ○khalī f. id. Npr

⋙tilagañji

1. ○gañji or n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32

⋙tilagañjin

1. ○gañjin n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32

⋙tilagrāma

1. ○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat. viii, 2933

⋙tilacaturthī

1. ○caturthī f. the 4th day of the dark half of Māgha Vratapr. iv

⋙tilacitrapattraka

1. ○citra-pattraka m. N. of a bulbous plant L

⋙tilacūrṇa

1. ○cūrṇa n. ground sesamum Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6

⋙tilataṇḍulaka

1. ○taṇḍulaka n. 'agreeable as rice mixed with sesamum', an embrace L

⋙tilatejāhvā

1. ○tejâhvā f. N. of a plant Suśr. iv, 2, 92

⋙tilataila

1. ○taila n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 4 Pat.) sesamum-oil Suśr. i ; iv, 31, 2

⋙tiladeśvaratīrtha

1. ○dêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh.cccxxx
2. • cf. tilakêś○

⋙tiladroṇamaya

1. ○droṇa-maya mfn. consisting of a Droṇa of sesamum, Hjat. i, 8, 378

⋙tiladvādaśī

1. ○dvādaśī f. the 12th day of a particular month (kept as a festival) Rājat. v, 394 BhavP. ii, 78

⋙tiladhenu

1. ○dhenu f. a sesamum cow (presented to Brāhmans) MBh. xiii, 64, 35 and 71, 40
2. • -dāna n. 'presenting a tila-dhenu', N. of LiṅgaP. ii, 33 and VarP. ic

⋙tiladhenukā

1. ○dhenukā f. = ○nu MBh. iii, 84, 87

⋙tilaṃtuda

1. ○ṃ-tuda m. a sesamum-grinder Pāṇ. 3-2, 28 Vārtt

⋙tilaparṇa

1. ○parṇa m. the resin of Pinus longifolia L
2. • n. a sesamum leaf W
3. • sandal-wood Bhpr.v, 2, 16
4. • (ī), f. the resin of Pinus longifolia L
5. • Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 39, 8 and 46, 4, 29
6. • olibanum L

⋙tilaparṇaka

1. ○"ṣparṇaka n. sandalwood L. Sch
2. • (ikā), f. a kind of pot-herb Car. i, 27, 86
3. • Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 46, 4, 11

⋙tilaparṇika

1. ○"ṣparṇika n. sandal-wood, v, 7, 12
2. • the resin of Pinus longifolia Gal
3. • (ā), f. ○rṇaka
4. • cf. tail○

⋙tilapiccaṭa

1. ○piccaṭa n. = -kalka-ja W

⋙tilapiñja

1. ○piñja m. = -peja Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6
2. • white sesamum Npr
3. • (ī́), f. N. of a plant AV.ī, 8, 3

⋙tilapīḍa

1. ○pīḍa m. = -ṃ-tuda MBh. xii
2. • cf. tail○,

⋙tilapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. 'sesamum-flower', the nose Kuval. 224

⋙tilapuṣpaka

1. ○puṣpaka m. Terminalia Bellerica Npr

⋙tilapeja

1. ○peja m. barren sesamum Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6

⋙tilabhāra

1. ○bhāra m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360

⋙tilabhāvinī

1. ○bhāvinī f. jasmine Npr

⋙tilabhṛṣṭa

1. ○bhṛṣṭa -sṛṣṭa

⋙tilamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 149) consisting or made of sesamum-seeds Hcat. i, 6, 182 and 7, 37

⋙tilamayūra

1. ○mayūra m. a kind of peacock L

⋙tilamāṣa

1. ○mā́ṣa (○lá-), m. pl. sesamum and beans ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 22. [Page 448, Column 2]

⋙tilamiśra

   ○miśra (○lá-), mf(ā)n. mixed with sesamum AV. xviii, 3, 69 (and 4, 26) Kauś

⋙tilamiśla

1. ○miśla mfn. id. MānGṛ. i, 21

⋙tilarasa

1. ○rasa m. = -taila L

⋙tilavatsa

1. ○vatsa (○lá-), mf(ā)n. having sesamum-seeds for children AV. xviii, 4, 33 f

⋙tilavratin

1. ○vratin mfn. fasting by eating only sesamum-seeds Pāṇ. 5-1, 94 Vārtt. 3 Pat
2. • cf. ○lôdara

⋙tilaśas

1. ○śas ind. in pieces as small as sesamum-seeds, Mbh. &c

⋙tilaśikhin

1. ○śikhin m. = -mayūra Gal

⋙tilasambaddha

1. ○sambaddha mfn. = -miśra Mn. iv, 75

⋙tilasṛṣṭa

1. ○sṛṣṭa food prepared with sesamum MBh. xiii, 104, 70 (○labhṛṣṭa, 'fried sesamum-seeds', C.)

⋙tilasnāyin

1. ○snāyin mfn. washing one's self with sesamum Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙tilasneha

1. ○snehá m. = -taila L

⋙tilahoma

1. ○homa m. sesamum-oblation

⋙tilahomin

1. ○"ṣhomin mfn. offering sesamum-oblations Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙tilāṃśa

1. tilâṃśa m. a piece (of land) as small as a sesamum-seed Rājat. i, 38

⋙tilāṅkitadala

1. tilâṅkita-dala m. a kind of bulb L

⋙tilānna

1. tilânna n. rice with sesamum-seeds L

⋙tilāpatyā

1. tilâpatyā f. Nigella indica L

⋙tilāmbu

1. tilâmbu n. water with sesamum BhP.vii, 8, 44

⋙tilottamā

1. tilôttamā f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. &c
2. • of a woman Rājat. vii, 120
3. • a form of Dākshāyaṇī MatsyaP. xiii, 53
4. • ○mīya Nom. P. to represent the Apsaras Tilôttamā Bhām. ii, 96

⋙tilodaka

1. tilôdaka n. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 96 Kāś.) = ○lâmbu Gobh. iv Mn. MBh. MārkP

⋙tilodakin

1. tilôdakin mfn. drinking ○ka Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙tilodana

1. tilôdana = ○lâud○ R. ii, 69, 10

⋙tilodara

1. tilôdara mf(ā, ī)n. having the stomach filled with sesamum (cf. ○la-vratin) Pāṇ. 4-1, 55 Kāś

⋙tilaudana

1. tilâudana n. a sesamum-dish ŚBr. xiv, 9, 4, 16 Kauś. 138

≫tilaka

1. tilaka m. (g. sthūlâdi) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c
2. • a freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBṛS. l, 9
3. • lī, 10 Kathās
4. • a kind of skin-eruption L
5. • (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka
6. • a kind of horse L
7. • N. of a prince of Kampanā Rājat. viii, 577 ff
8. • m. (n. Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yājñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. ā, iii) &c
9. • the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathās. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. iii, 375)
10. • n. id. L
11. • the right lung L
12. • black sochal salt L
13. • alliteration Rājat
14. • a metre of 4 x 6 syllables
15. • = tri-ślokī L
16. • a kind of observance Kālanirṇ. Introd. 12
17. • (ā), f. a kind of necklace L
18. • cf. eṇa-, kha-, vasanta-
19. • ūrdhva-tilakin

⋙tilakamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of wk

⋙tilakarāja

1. ○rāja n. N. of a man Rājat. vii, 1319

⋙tilakalatā

1. ○latā f. N. of a woman Vāsant

⋙tilakavatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a river Vām. v, 2, 75

⋙tilakavrata

1. ○vrata n. the Tilaka observance BhavP. ii, 8 Vratapr. i

⋙tilakasiṃha

1. ○siṃha n. N. of a man Rājat. viii

⋙tilakācārya

1. tilakâcārya m. N. of a pupil of Śivaprabha (author of Pratyekabuddha-catushṭaya and of comments on Āvaśyaka, Śrāvaka- and Sādhu-pratikramaṇa)

⋙tilakāvala

1. tilakāvala mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 118) furnished with marks ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 18, 18

⋙tilakāśraya

1. tilakâśraya m. 'Tilaka-receptacle', the forehead L

⋙tilakeśvaratīrtha

1. tilakêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxiii

⋙tilakottara

1. tilakôttara m. N. of a Vidyādhara Bālar. iv, 7

≫tilakaka

1. tilakaka n. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 469

≫tilakaya

1. tilakaya Nom. P. to mark with spots HPariś. viii, 210
2. • to mark Bālar. i, 1 ; vi, 37
3. • to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii, 13

⋙tilakāyita

1. tilakāyita n. impers. it has been acted as an ornament to (gen.) Nalac. i, 20

≫tilakita

1. tilakita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) marked Bālar. vi, 55 and 58
2. • adorned Kathās. xciii, 17 Rājat. ii, 40

≫tilakin

1. tilakin mfn. marked with the Tilaka

≫tilpiñja

1. tilpíñja m. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 7) = ○lapeja AV. xii, 2, 54
2. • Kauś. 80

≫tilya

1. tilya mfn. suited for sesamum cultivation, grown with sesamum Pāṇ. 5-1, 7 and 2, 4
2. • n. a sesamum field ib

tiliṅga

1. tiliṅga N. of a country Romakas. Ratnak

tilitsa

1. tilitsa m. a kind of snake L

tilpiñja

1. tilpíñja tilya, above

tilpilika

1. tilpilika for tilvilīka, q.v

till

1. till cl. 1. P. to go Dhātup. xv, 27

tilva

1. tilva m. = tilvaka L

≫tilvaka

1. tílvaka m. Symplocos racemosa ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. xxi, 3, 20 Gobh. &c
2. • Terminalia Catappa Npr

tilvarīka

1. tilvarīka tilvilīka

tilvila

1. tílvila mf(ā)n. fertile RV. v, 62, 7 ĀśvGṛ. ii, 8, 16 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 3, 1
2. • cf. ibhya-

≫tilvilāya

1. tilvilāya Nom. ○yáte, to be fertile RV. vii, 78, 5

⋙tilvilīka

1. tilvilīka or m.g. kapilakâdi

⋙tilvilvīrīka

1. tilvilvīrīka m.g. kapilakâdi

tivya

1. tivya m. N. of a Brāhman Rājat

tiṣṭhad

1. tiṣṭhad = ○ṣṭhat, pr. p. √sthā, q.v. [Page 448, Column 3]

⋙tiṣṭhadgu

1. ○gu ind. (Pāṇ. 2-1, 17), when the cows (go) stand to be milked', after sunset Bhaṭṭ. iv, 14

⋙tiṣṭhaddhoma

1. ○dhoma mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the oblation (homa) is offered standing KātyŚr. i, 2, 6

tiṣya

1. tiṣyá m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kṛiśānu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of the new order RV. v, 54, 13 ; x, 64, 8 TS. (○ṣyá) &c
2. • the month Pausha L
3. • Terminalia tomentosa L
4. • = ○ṣyā L
5. • (Pāṇ. 4-3, 34
6. • i, 2, 63 Kāś.) 'born under the asterism Terminalia', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf. upa-)
7. • n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019
8. • mfn. auspicious, fortunate W
9. • (ā), f. Emblic Myrobalan L

⋙tiṣyaketu

   ○ketu m. Śiva

⋙tiṣyagupta

1. ○gupta m. N. of the founder of schism 2. of the Jain community

⋙tiṣyapunarvasavīya

1. ○"ṣpunarvasavīya mfn. relating to the asterisms Terminalia and Punar-vasu Pāṇ. 4-2, 6 Kāś

⋙tiṣyapunarvasu

1. ○punarvasu m. du. the asterisms Terminalia and Pusha, i, 2, 63 and (n. sg.) Kāś

⋙tiṣyapuṣpā

1. ○puṣpā f. = tiṣyā L

⋙tiṣyaphalā

1. ○phalā f. id. L

⋙tiṣyarakṣitā

1. ○rakṣitā f. N. of Aśoka's 2nd wife Buddh. (Divyâv. xxvii)

⋙tiṣyāpūrṇamāsa

   tiṣyā-pūrṇamāsá m. the day of conjunction of the asterism Terminalia with full moon TS

≫tiṣyaka

1. tiṣyaka m. the month Pausha L

tisṛ

1. tisṛ f. pl. of trí, q.v
2. • ifc. priya-

⋙tisṛdhanva

1. ○dhanvá n. a bow with 3 arrows TS. TBr. ŚBr

≫tisṛkā

1. tisṛkā f. N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-2, 99 Vārtt. 1

⋙tisraskāram

1. tisras-kāram ind. so as to change into 3 (Ṛic verses) ĀśvŚr. v, 15, 5

⋙tisrā

1. tisrā f. Andropogon Npr

tihan

1. tihan m. sickness Uṇ. Vr
2. • = sadbhāva ib
3. • rice ib
4. • a bow ib

tīk

1. tīk cl. 1. Ā. to go Dhātup. iv, 32

tīkṣṇa

1. tīkṣṇá mf(ā́)n. (√tij) sharp, hot, pungent, fiery, acid RV. x, 87, 9 AV. &c
2. • harsh, rough, rude Mn. vii, 140 MBh. R. VarBṛS
3. • sharp, keen Śiś. ii, 109 Pāṇ. 5-2, 76 Kāś
4. • zealous, vehement L
5. • self-abandoning L
6. • (with gati, 'a planet's course', or nakṣatra 'asterism') inauspicious VarBṛS. vii, 8 and 10
7. • īc, 7 (asterisms Mūla, Ārdrā, Jyeshṭhā, Ā-śleshā)
8. • m. nitre L
9. • = -taṇḍulā Npr
10. • black pepper ib
11. • black mustard ib
12. • = -gandhaka ib
13. • = -sārā ib
14. • majoram ib
15. • white Kuśa or Darbha grass ib
16. • the resin of Boswellia thurifera ib
17. • an ascetic L
18. • (g. aśvâdi) N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1742 f
19. • of a Nāga Buddh. L
20. • n. pl. sharp language R. ii, 35, 33 MārkP. xxxiv, 46
21. • sg. steel (cf. -varman) Npr
22. • iron L
23. • any weapon L. Sch
24. • sea-salt L
25. • nitre L
26. • Galmei Npr
27. • poison L
28. • Bignonia suaveolens L
29. • Piper Chaba L
30. • Asa foetida Npr
31. • battle L
32. • pestilence L
33. • death L. Sch
34. • heat, pungency W
35. • haste W
36. • (ā), f. N. of several plants (Mucuna pruritus, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, black mustard, atyamla-parṇī, mahā-jyotiṣmatī, vacā, sarpakaṅkālikā) Npr
37. • a mystical N. of the letter p, Rāmat. i, 77
38. • cf. a-, su-

⋙tīkṣṇakaṇṭa

1. ○kaṇṭa m. Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙tīkṣṇakaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. 'sharp-thorn', Capparis aphylla Suśr. i, 8, 2
2. • thorn-apple L
3. • Terminalia Catappa L
4. • Acacia arabica Npr
5. • Euphorbia tortilis ib
6. • = varvūra L
7. • (ā), f. a kind of Opuntia L

⋙tīkṣṇakanda

1. ○kanda m. 'pungent √', the onion L

⋙tīkṣṇakara

1. ○kara m. 'hot-rayed', the sun Kathās. civ, 203

⋙tīkṣṇakarman

1. ○karman n. a clever work L
2. • m. 'sharp in action', a sword L
3. • ○rma-kṛt mfn. acting in a clever manner L

⋙tīkṣṇakalka

1. ○kalka m. coriander L

⋙tīkṣṇakāntā

1. ○kāntā f. 'fond of cruelty', a form of Caṇḍikā KālP

⋙tīkṣṇagandha

1. ○gandha m. 'having a pungent smell', = ○dhaka L
2. • majoram L
3. • the resin of Boswellia thurifera L
4. • (ā), f. N. of several plants (= ○dhaka, = -kaṇṭakā, Sinapis ramosa, jīvantī, vacā, śveta-vacā L.) Suśr. vi, 23, 2
5. • small cardamoms L

⋙tīkṣṇagandhaka

1. ○gandhaka m. Moringa pterygosperma L

⋙tīkṣṇataṇḍulā

1. ○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L

⋙tīkṣṇatara

1. ○tara (○ṇá-), mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4
2. • (speech) Mālav. iii, 2
3. • more hot (rays) Ṛitus. i, 18

⋙tīkṣṇatā

1. ○tā f. sharpness R. iii, 19, 7 BhP.vi, 5

⋙tīkṣṇatuṇḍa

1. ○tuṇḍa mf(ā)n. sharp-beaked Suśr. vi, 30, 8

⋙tīkṣṇataila

1. ○taila n. 'pungent oil', the resin of Ṣorea robusta L
2. • the milky juice of Euphorbia lactea L
3. • spirituous liquor L

⋙tīkṣṇatva

1. ○tva n. heat Sūryas. vi, 13

⋙tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra

1. ○daṃṣṭrá mfn. having sharp teeth or tusks TĀr. x, 1, 6 MBh
2. • (sa-) VarBṛS
3. • m. a tiger L
4. • N. of a man Kathās.cix, 55

⋙tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭraka

1. ○daṃṣṭraka m. a leopard Npr

⋙tīkṣṇadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mfn. directing sharp punishment Mudr. i, 22/23

⋙tīkṣṇadhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. sharp-edged MBh. R
2. • m. a sword MBh. xii, 6203

⋙tīkṣṇadhāraka

1. ○dhāraka m. a kind of weapon Gal

⋙tīkṣṇanāsika

1. ○nāsika mfn. pointed-nosed ib

⋙tīkṣṇapattra

1. ○pattra m. 'pungent-leaved', coriander L
2. • Terminalia Catappa Npr
3. • a kind of sugar-cane ib

⋙tīkṣṇapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. 'pungent flower', cloves L
2. • (ā), f. Pandanus odoratissimus L. [Page 449, Column 1]
3. • the clove tree Npr

⋙tīkṣṇapriya

1. ○priya m. = -śūka Npr

⋙tīkṣṇaphala

1. ○phala m. 'pungentfruited', coriander L
2. • black mustard Npr

   • = tejah-phala L

⋙tīkṣṇabuddhi

1. ○buddhi mfn. sharp-witted

⋙tīkṣṇamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. the betel plant Npr

⋙tīkṣṇamārga

1. ○mārga m. a sword Śiś. xviii, 20

⋙tīkṣṇamūla

1. ○mūla m. 'pungent-rooted', = -gandhaka L
2. • Alpinia Galanga L

⋙tīkṣṇaraśmi

1. ○raśmi mfn. hotrayed (the sun) Hariv. 3839

⋙tīkṣṇarasa

1. ○rasa m. 'pungent liquid', poison
2. • saltpetre L
3. • -dāyin m. a poisoner Mudr. ii, 7/8

⋙tīkṣṇarūpin

1. ○rūpin mfn. looking cross Gaut. xxvi, 12

⋙tīkṣṇalavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa mfn. pungent Suśr. i

⋙tīkṣṇaloha

1. ○loha n. 'sharp iron', steel Bhpr. v, 175

⋙tīkṣṇavaktra

1. ○vaktra mfn. sharp-pointed (arrow) MBh. vii, 123, 30

⋙tīkṣṇavarman

1. ○varman mfn. steel-cuirassed (?), xii, 4428

⋙tīkṣṇavipāka

1. ○vipāka mfn. pungent during digestion, i, 716

⋙tīkṣṇaviṣa

1. ○viṣa m. virulent poison, xiii, 268
2. • mfn. having virulent poison W

⋙tīkṣṇavṛṣaṇa

1. ○vṛṣaṇa m. 'strong-testicled', N. of a bull Pañcat. ii, 6, 0/1

⋙tīkṣṇavega

1. ○vega m. 'possessing great velocity', N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 11

⋙tīkṣṇaśastra

1. ○śastra n. iron or steel L

⋙tīkṣṇaśigru

1. ○śigru m. = -gandhaka Gal

⋙tīkṣṇaśūka

1. ○śūka m. 'sharp-awned', barley L

⋙tīkṣṇaśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga (○ṇá-), mfn. sharp-horned AV. xix, 50, 2
2. • (f. ○gī́) iv, 37, 6 and viii, 7, 9

⋙tīkṣṇasāra

1. ○sāra m. Bassia latifolia Npr
2. • = ○rā L
3. • n. iron Npr
4. • (ā), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L

⋙tīkṣṇasrotas

1. ○srotas mfn. having a violent current R. iv

⋙tīkṣṇahṛdayatva

1. ○hṛdaya-tva n. hard-heartedness MBh. i, 787

⋙tīkṣṇāṃśu

1. tīkṣṇâṃśu mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi R. Suśr
2. • m. the sun VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas
3. • fire MBh. i
4. • -tanaya m. 'sun-son', Saturn VarBṛ. xi, 6
5. • -deha-prabhava m. id., ii, 12 Sch

⋙tīkṣṇāgni

1. tīkṣṇâgni m. 'acrid gastric juice', dyspepsia W

⋙tīkṣṇāgra

1. tīkṣṇâgra mfn. = ○ṇa-vaktra R. iii
2. • (á-) ŚBr. v
3. • (su-) MBh. i
4. • m. Zingiber Zerumbet

⋙tīkṣṇāyasa

1. tīkṣṇâyasa n. = ○ṇa-loha L

⋙tīkṣṇārcis

1. tīkṣṇârcis mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi

⋙tīkṣṇeṣu

1. tīkṣṇếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows AV. iii, 19, 7 ; v, 18, 9 VS. xvi, 36

⋙tīkṣṇopāya

1. tīkṣṇôpāya m. forcible means L

≫tīkṣṇaka

1. tīkṣṇaka m. Bignonia suaveolens Npr
2. • black mustard ib
3. • = ○ṇa-taṇḍulā ib

⋙tīkṣṇīyas

1. tī́kṣṇīyas mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4
2. • cf. téhṣṇiṣṭham

tīm

1. tīm cl. 4. ○myati, √tim: Caus. tīmayati, to wet Divyâv. xix

⋙tīmana

1. tīmana n. basil L

tīra

1. tīra m. tin (cf. tīvra) L
2. • n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. ?) Pañcad. ii, 76
3. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tīrikā

1. tīrikā f. id., ii, 76

tīra

1. tīra n. (√tṝ Siddh.puṃl. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā MBh. R. Ragh
2. • ifc., for derivatives Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 and 104 Vārtt. 2
3. • ifc. ind., for accent vi,. 2, 121)
4. • the brim of a vessel ŚBr. vi, xiv

⋙tīragraha

1. ○graha m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360

⋙tīraja

1. ○ja mfn. = -bhāj, v BhP
2. • m. a tree near a shore R. ii

⋙tīrabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. growing near a shore Kād. vi, 681

⋙tīrabhukti

1. ○bhukti m. Tirhut (province in the east of central Hindūstan) L

⋙tīrabhuktīya

1. ○"ṣbhuktīya mfn. coming from Tirhut Śak. i, 19/20 Sch

⋙tīraruha

1. ○ruha mfn. = -bhāj R. ii, 95, 4
2. • m. a tree near a shore, 104, 4 and 19 (G)

⋙tīrastha

1. ○stha mfn. = -bhāj W

⋙tīrāṭa

1. tīrâṭa m. Symplocos racemosa W

⋙tīrāntara

1. tīrântara n. the opposite bank W

≫tīraṇa

1. tīraṇa m. Pongamia glabra Npr

≫tīraya

1. tīraya Nom. P. ○yati, to finish Dhātup. xxxv, 58

⋙tīrita

1. tīrita mfn. finished, settled Mn. ix, 233

≫tīrṇa

1. tīrṇa mfn. one who has crossed MBh. R. (with acc., v, 15, 23)
2. • one who has gone over (acc.) Ragh. xiv, 6 Megh. 19
3. • one who has got through (grammar, vyākaraṇaṃ) Bādar. iii, 2, 32 Sch
4. • one who has escaped (with abl.) Hariv. 4066
5. • crossed R. vi Śak. vii, 33 Prab. v &c. (á neg., 'endless' RV. viii, 79, 6)
6. • spread W
7. • surpassed W
8. • fulfilled (a promise) R
9. • (ā), f. a metre of 4 x 4 long syllables

⋙tīrṇapadī

1. ○padī f. Curculigo orchioides L

⋙tīrṇapratijña

1. ○pratijña mfn. one who has fulfilled his promise Hariv. 7256 R. ii, 21, 46
2. • vi

⋙tīrtvā

1. tīrtvā́ ind. p., √tṝ

≫tīrtha

1. tīrthá n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c
2. • the path to the altar between the, Cātvāla and Utkara ṢaḍvBr. iii, 1 ĀśvŚr. iv, ix ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. KātyŚr
3. • a channel, iv, 8, Paddh
4. • the usual or right way or manner TS. ŚBr. xiv, (á-, xi) KātyŚr. MBh. iv, 1411
5. • the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c
6. • advice, instruction, counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mālav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii, 3
7. • certain lines or parts of the hand sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yājñ. &c
8. • an object of veneration, sacred object BhP
9. • a worthy person Āp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c
10. • a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MānGṛ. i, 7
11. • N. of certain counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii Śiś. xiv [Page 449, Column 2]
12. • one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by Śaṃkarâcārya (its members add the word tīrtha to their names)
13. • a brāhman Uṇ. vṛ
14. • = darśana L
15. • = yoga L
16. • the vulva L
17. • a woman's courses L
18. • fire Uṇ. vṛ
19. • = nidāna ib

⋙tīrthakamaṇḍalu

1. ○kamaṇḍalu m. a pot with TṭTīrthá-water BhP. ix, 10, 43

⋙tīrthakara

1. ○kara mfn. creating a passage (through life) MBh. xiii, 7023 (Vishṇu)
2. • m. Śiva
3. • a head of a sect Sarvad. iv, vi, ix
4. • = -kṛt Jain

⋙tīrthakāka

1. ○kāka m. 'crow at a Tīrthá', an unsteady pupil Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt. Pat

⋙tīrthakāśikā

1. ○kāśikā f. N. of wk. by Gaṅgā-dhara

⋙tīrthakīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. one whose fame is a TṭTīrthá (i.e. carries through life) BhP. iii, 1, 45 and 5, 15

⋙tīrthakṛt

1. ○kṛt m. 'Tīrthá-maker', a Jain Arhat Jain. VarBṛ. xv, 4

⋙tīrthagopāla

1. ○gopāla n. N. of a Tīrthá, ŚambhMāh. xvi

⋙tīrthaṃkara

1. ○ṃkara m. = -kṛt Jain

⋙tīrthacaryā

1. ○caryā f. a visit to any TṭTīrthá, pilgrimage BhP. ix, 16, 1

⋙tīrthacintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk. by Vācaspati-miśra Smṛitit. i, xxv

⋙tīrthatama

1. ○tama n. Superl. a Tīrthá more sacred than (abl.) MBh. iii, 7018
2. • an object of the highest sanctity BhP. v

⋙tīrthadeva

1. ○deva m. Śiva
2. • -maya mf(ī)n. containing Tīrthas and gods Hcat. i, 7, 580

⋙tīrthadhvāṅkṣa

1. ○dhvāṅkṣa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt

⋙tīrthanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙tīrthapati

1. ○pati m. N. of the head of an ocean-worshipping sect Śaṃkar. xxxv

⋙tīrthapad

1. ○pad nom. pād mfn. having sanctifying feet (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, ix

⋙tīrthapada

1. ○pada mfn. id., iii, vi

⋙tīrthapāda

1. ○pāda mfn. id., i, iv, viii, xii

⋙tīrthapādīya

1. ○"ṣpādīya m. an adherent of Kṛishṇa, iv

⋙tīrthapūjā

1. ○pūjā f. washing Kṛishṇa's statue in holy water W

⋙tīrthabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. sanctified MBh. xiii BhP. i, 13

⋙tīrthamahāhrada

1. ○mahā-hrada m. N. of a TṭTīrthá MBh. xiii, 7654

⋙tīrthamahiman

1. ○mahiman m. N. of a ch. of Śūdradh

⋙tīrthamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙tīrthayātrā

1. ○yātrā f. = -caryā MBh. BhP. Pañcat. &c
2. • N. of ŚivaP. ii, 20
3. • -tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. xxx
4. • -parvan n. N. of MBh. iii, chs. 80-156
5. • -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙tīrthayātrin

1. ○"ṣyātrin mfn. engaged in ○trā W

⋙tīrtharājī

1. ○rājī f. 'line of Tīrthas', Benares L

⋙tīrthavat

1. ○vat mfn. having water-descents, abounding in Tīrthas MBh. xiii R
2. • (tī), f. N. of a river BhP. v

⋙tīrthavāka

1. ○vāka m. the hair of the head L

⋙tīrthavāyasa

1. ○vāyasa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Kāś

⋙tīrthavāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling at a TṭTīrthá

⋙tīrthavidhi

1. ○vidhi m. the rites observed at a Tīrthá

⋙tīrthaśilā

1. ○śilā f. the stone steps leading to a bathing-place, Śṛiṅgār. 1

⋙tīrthaśravas

1. ○śravas mfn. = -kīrti BhP. ii, viii

⋙tīrthaśrāddhaprayoga

1. ○śrāddhaprayoga m. N. of a ch. of Śiva-rāma's Śrāddhacintāmaṇi

⋙tīrthasad

1. ○sad mfn. dwelling at Tīrthas (Rudra) MānGṛ. i, 13

⋙tīrthaseni

1. ○seni f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2625

⋙tīrthasevā

1. ○sevā f. = -caryā Cāṇ. Subh
2. • worship of the 24 saints HYog. ii, 16

⋙tīrthasevin

1. ○sevin m. 'visiting Tīrthas', Ardea nivea L

⋙tīrthasaukhya

1. ○saukhya n. N. of wk. or of part of a work

⋙tīrthāsevana

1. tīrthâsevana n. = ○tha-caryā Rājat. vi, 309

⋙tīrtheśvara

1. tīrthêśvara m. = ○tha-kṛt Kalyāṇam. 2

⋙tīrthodāka

1. tīrthôdâka n. Tīrthá-water R. i, 48, 24

≫tīrthaka

1. tīrthaka mfn. = ○tha-bhūta BhP. i, 19, 32
2. • m. = ○thika Buddh
3. • N. of a Nāga ib
4. • n. (ifc.) a Tīrtha Hariv

⋙tīrthika

1. tīrthika m. an adherent or head of any other than one's own creed Buddh. Jain

≫tīrthī

1. tīrthī in comp. for ○tha

⋙tīrthīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa mfn. sanctifying BhP. v

⋙tīrthīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to sanctify, i, x

⋙tīrthīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. sanctified, iii

⋙tīrthībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. id. Mn. xi, 197 Kull

≫tīrthya

1. tī́rthya mfn. relating to a sacred Tīrtha VS. xvi, 42
2. • m. = ○thika Buddh
3. • cf. sa-
4. • tairthya

tīv

1. tīv cl. 1. ○vati, to be fat Dhātup. xv

tīvara

1. tīvara m. a hunter (offspring of a Rājaputrī by a Kshatriya) BrahmaP. i
2. • a fisher (for dhīv○) L
3. • the ocean L
4. • (ī), f. a hunter's wife, i

tīvra

1. tīvrá mf(ā)n. (fr. tiv-ra, √tu) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c
2. • m. sharpness, pungency Pāṇ. 2-2, 8 Vārtt. 3. Pat
3. • for ○vara (?), g. rājanyâdi
4. • Śiva
5. • n. pungency W
6. • a shore (for 2. tīra ?) Uṇ. k
7. • tin (cf. 1. tīra) ib
8. • steel L
9. • iron L
10. • (am), ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W
11. • (ā), f. Helleborus niger L
12. • black mustard L
13. • basil L
14. • gaṇḍa-dūrvā L
15. • taradī L
16. • mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
17. • (in music) N. of a Śruti
18. • of a Mūrchanā
19. • of the river Padmavatī (in the east of Bengal) L

⋙tīvrakaṇṭha

1. ○kaṇṭha or m. a pungent kind of Arum L

⋙tīvrakanda

1. ○kanda m. a pungent kind of Arum L

⋙tīvragati

1. ○gati mfn. moving rapidly W
2. • being in a bad condition Daś. i, 130
3. • f. rapid gait, 67

⋙tīvragandhā

1. ○gandhā f. cumin-seed or Ptychotis Ajowan L

⋙tīvrajvālā

1. ○jvālā f. Grislea tomentosa L

⋙tīvratā

1. ○tā f. violence, heat Rājat. i, 41 (a- neg.)

⋙tīvradāru

1. ○dāru m. N. of a tree, g. rajatâdi

⋙tīvradyuti

1. ○dyuti m. 'hotrayed', the sun Prasannar. vii, 82

⋙tīvrapauruṣa

1. ○pauruṣa n. daring heroism. [Page 449, Column 3]

⋙tīvramada

1. ○mada mfn. excessively intoxicating Car. i, 27

⋙tīvramārga

1. ○mārga m. = īkṣṇa-m○ Gal

⋙tīvraruja

1. ○ruja mfn. causing excessive pain Suśr. ii, 15, 3 (-tva, abstr.)

⋙tīvraroṣasamāviṣṭa

1. ○roṣa-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with fierce anger MBh. iii, 2397

⋙tīvravipāka

1. ○vipāka v. l. for tīkṣṇa-v○

⋙tīvravedanā

1. ○vedanā f. excessive pain L

⋙tīvraśokasamāviṣṭa

1. ○śoka-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with excessive sorrow, 2958

⋙tīvraśokārta

1. ○śokârta mfn. afflicted with poignant grief

⋙tīvrasava

1. ○sava m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv

⋙tīvrasut

1. ○sút mfn. being a pungent juice (Soma) RV. vi, 43, 2 ŚāṅkhŚr
2. • m. = -sava KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Maś. Vait

⋙tīvrasoma

1. ○somá m. a variety of the Ukthya libation TS. vii
2. • = -sava TāṇḍyaBr. xviii

⋙tīvrātitīvra

1. tīvrâtitīvra mfn. excessively severe (penance) Bhartṛ. iii, 88

⋙tīvrānanda

1. tīvrânanda m. Śiva

⋙tīvrānta

1. tīvrânta mfn. having a strong effect (Soma) AitBr. ii, 20

≫tīvraya

1. tīvraya ○yati, to strengthen TāṇḍyaBr. xviii

≫tīvrī

1. tīvrī́ in comp. for ○vrá

⋙tīvrīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to make sharp, strengthen ŚBr. i, 7, 1, 18 and 6, 4, 6 ; iii, 8, 3, 30

⋙tīvrībhū

1. ○√bhū to become stronger, increase Rājat. vi, 99

tīsaṭa

1. tīsaṭa m. N. of a med. author

tu

1. tu cl. 2. (tauti Dhātup
2. • fut. 2nd totā or tavitā Vop.) to have authority, be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. tūtāva, Naigh. iv, 1 Pāṇ. 6-1, 7 Kāś.)
3. • to go Dhātup
4. • to injure ib.: Caus. (aor. tūtot, 2. sg. ○tos) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5 ; vi, 26, 4
5. • cf. ut-, saṃ-
6. • tavás, &c., tīvrá ; [Zd. tav, 'to be able' ; Lat. tumor, tueri, totus.]

tu

1. tú (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse
2. • metrically also tū́ RV. ; Pāṇ. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. dum used (esp. with the Imper.) RV
3. • but (also with evá or vaí following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. ŚBr. &c
4. • and Mn. ii, 22
5. • or, i, 68
6. • xi, 202
7. • often incorrectly written for nu MBh. (i, 6151 B and C)
8. • sometimes used as a mere expletive

⋙cana tu

1. ca-na tu though-still not

⋙na

1. na or not-but

⋙na caapi tu

1. na ca-api tu not-but

⋙kāmaṃ

1. kāmaṃ or though - still

⋙kāmaṃ catu

1. kāmaṃ ca-tu or though - still

⋙kiṃ tu

1. kiṃ tu or though - still

⋙paraṃ tu

1. paraṃ tu though - still

⋙kāmaṃ

1. kāmaṃ or it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙bhūyas

1. bhūyas or it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙varamna tu

1. varam-na tu it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙kiṃ tu

1. kiṃ tu still, nevertheless

⋙naparaṃ tu

1. na-paraṃ tu not-however

⋙tutu

1. tu-tu certainly-but Hit. i, 2, 33

tuḥkhāra

1. tuḥkhāra = tukh○ Rājat. iv, 211

tuk

1. tuk m. (fr. túc) a boy L

tuka

1. tuka m. N. of an astronomer

tukākṣīrī

1. tukā-kṣīrī = tugā- Car. vi, 16

tukka

1. tukka m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

tukkhāra

1. tukkhāra m. a Tukhāra horse Vcar. ix, 116 ; xviii, 93

tukṣa

1. tukṣa g. pakṣâdi

tukhāra

1. tukhāra (often spelt tuṣāra, also tuḥkh○ and tukkh○), m. pl. N. of a people (northwest of Madhya-deśa) AV. Pariś. li MBh. R. &c

tugā

1. tugā f. (derived fr. -kṣīrī) Tabāshīr (bamboo manna) Suśr. vi, 52, 20 and 57, 8
2. • (○gâkhyā) 45, 30

⋙tugākṣīrī

1. ○kṣīrī f. (fr. tvak-kṣ○) id., i, 12, 13 ; 38, 32
2. • vi (once metrically ○ri)
3. • cf. tukā-kṣ○

tugra

1. túgra m. N. of Bhujyu's father (saved by the Aśvins) RV. i ; vi, 62
2. • of an enemy of Indra, 20 and 26
3. • x

⋙tugriya

   tugriya Ved. = ○rya Pāṇ. 4-4, 115

≫tugrya

1. túgrya m. (fr. ○ra, 115) patr. of Bhujyu RV. viii
2. • (ās), f. pl. (scil. víśas) Tugra's race ['the waters' Naigh. i, 12] RV. i, 33, 15

⋙tugryāvṛdh

1. tugryāvṛ́dh mfn. favouring the Tugrya (Indra, Soma), viii

tugvan

1. túgvan n. a ford, viii, 19, 37

tuṅga

1. tuṅga mf(ā)n. prominent, erect, lofty, high MBh. &c
2. • chief. W
3. • strong W
4. • m. an elevation, height, mountain R. iv, 44, 20 (cf. bhṛgu-) Hit. ii (v. l.)
5. • top, peak W
6. • (fig.) a throne BhP. iii, 3, 1
7. • a planet's apsis VarBṛ. i, vii, x f. ; xxi, 1 Laghuj. ix, 20
8. • Rottleria tinctoria MBh. R. Suśr
9. • the cocoa-nut L
10. • = -mukha L
11. • Mercury L
12. • N. of a man Rājat. vi f
13. • n. the lotus stamina L
14. • (ā), f. Mimosa Suma L
15. • Tabāshīr L
16. • a metre of 4 x 8 syllables
17. • N. of a river in Mysore
18. • (ī), f. a kind of Ocimum L
19. • turmeric L
20. • night L
21. • Gaurī Gal

⋙tuṅgakūṭa

1. ○kūṭa N. of a Tīrtha VarP. cxl

⋙tuṅgatva

1. ○tva n. 'height' and 'passionateness' Śiś. ii, 48

⋙tuṅgadhanvan

1. ○dhanvan m. N. of a king of Suhma Daś. xi, 5

⋙tuṅganātha

1. ○nātha m. = bhṛgu-tuṅga MBh. i, 215, 2, Nīl

⋙tuṅganābha

1. ○nābha m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 14

⋙tuṅganāsa

1. ○nāsa m. long-nosed Pāṇ. 1-3, 2 Pat. [Page 450, Column 1]

⋙tuṅganāsikā

1. ○nāsikā or f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś

⋙tuṅganāsikī

1. ○nāsikī f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś

⋙tuṅgaprastha

1. ○prastha m. N. of a mountain MārkP. lvii, 13

⋙tuṅgabala

1. ○bala m. N. of a warrior Hit. i, 8, 0/1

⋙tuṅgabīja

1. ○bīja n. quicksilver Sūryas. xiii, 17

⋙tuṅgabha

1. ○bha n. a planet's apsis VarBṛ. vii, 1 and 6

⋙tuṅgabhadra

1. ○bhadra m. a restive elephant L
2. • (ā), f. the Tumbudra river in Mysore (formed by the junction of the Tuṅgā and Bhadrā) BhP. v BṛNārP. vi, 32 Rasik. xi, 14 and 34
3. • ○drā-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙tuṅgamukha

1. ○mukha m. 'long-snouted', 'a rhinoceros L

⋙tuṅgaveṇā

1. ○veṇā f. N. of a river in the Deccan MBh. iii, vi

⋙tuṅgaśekhara

1. ○śekhara m. 'high-peaked', a mountain L

⋙tuṅgaśaila

1. ○śaila m. N. of a mountain with a temple of Śiva
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙tuṅgeśvara

1. tuṅgêśvara m. N. of a temple of Śiva Rājat. ii, 14
2. • ○râpaṇa m. N. of a market-place, vi, 190

≫tuṅgaka

1. tuṅgaka m. Rottleria tinctoria L
2. • n. N. of a sacred forest (also ○kâraṇya) MBh

⋙tuṅgin

1. tuṅgin mfn. being in the apsis (a planet) Jyot
2. • (inī), f. N. of a plant

≫tuṅgiman

1. tuṅgiman m. height Pañcat. ii, 6, 6 Vcar. xviii

≫tuṅgī

1. tuṅgī f. of ○ga

⋙tuṅgīnāsa

1. ○nāsa m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr

⋙tuṅgīpati

1. ○pati m. 'night-lord', the moon L

⋙tuṅgīśa

1. tuṅgī7śa m. id. L
2. • the sun L
3. • Śiva, Kṛishṇa L

tuc

1. túc (only dat. ○cé), offspring, children RV. vi, 48, 9 ; viii, 18, 18 and 27, 14
2. • cf. túj, toká

tuccha

1. tuccha mfn. empty, vain, small, little, trifling BhP. NṛisUp. Prab
2. • n. anything trifling ŚārṅgP. xxxi, 15
3. • chaff Uṇ. k
4. • (ā), f. the 14th lunar day Sūryapr

⋙tucchatva

1. ○tva n. emptiness, vanity Kap. i, 134

⋙tucchadaya

1. ○daya mfn. unmerciful Naish. viii, 24

⋙tucchadru

1. ○dru m. Ricinus communis L

⋙tucchadhānya

1. ○dhānya

⋙tucchadhānyaka

1. ○dhānyaka n. chaff L

⋙tucchaprāya

1. ○prāya mfn. unimportant Prasannar

≫tucchaka

1. tucchaka mfn. empty, vain L

≫tucchaya

1. tucchaya Nom. P. to make empty Mṛicch. x

≫tucchīkṛta

1. tucchī-kṛta mfn. despised BhP

⋙tucchya

1. tucchyá mfn. empty, vain RV. v, 42
2. • n. emptiness, x, 129

tuj

1. túj f. (only acc. ○jam dat. ○jé) = túc, iii-v. 1

⋙tuji

1. tují (only dat. ○jáye), propagation, v, 46, 7

tuj

1. tuj cl. 6. (3. du. Ā. ○jete
2. • p. P. ○ját
3. • inf. jáse and túje
4. • Pass. p. ○jyámāna), and tuñj (3. pl. P. ○jánti Ā. ○játe
5. • p. ○jāná, túñjāna, and túñjamāna), to strike, hit, push RV
6. • to press out ('túñjati, to give' Naigh. Nir.) RV. i, ix
7. • Ā. to flow forth, iii, 1, 16
8. • to instigate, incite, i, iii
9. • Pass. to be vexed, i, 11, 5: cl. 1. tojati, to hurt Dhātup. vii, 70: Caus. (p. tujáyat
10. • aor. Pot. tutujyā́t, p. tū́tujāna, q.v.) to promote RV. i, 143, 6
11. • to move quickly. vii, 104, 7
12. • tuñjayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 82
13. • tuñj○ or tojayati, to hurt, xxxii, 30
14. • to be strong ib
15. • to give or take ib

   • to abide ib 

1. • cf. ā-tují. 3

⋙tuj

1. túj mfn. urging RV
2. • f. (only instr. ○jā) shock, impulse, assault RV

≫tuja

1. tuja a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20 (v. l. tuñja)

≫tuji

1. túji N. of a man protected by Indra RV. vi, x

≫tujya

1. tújya mfn. to be pushed or impelled, iii, 62, 1
2. • x

≫tuñja

1. tuñjá m. shock, assault, i, 7, 7 Nir
2. • cf. tuja

tuñjīna

1. tuñjīna m. N. of several kings of Kaśmīr Rājat. ii, 11 ; iii, 97 and 386 ; v, 277

tuṭ

1. tuṭ cl. 6. ○ṭati, to quarrel Dhātup

tuṭi

1. tuṭi (m. f. Siddhṣtrīpuṃs. 2, v. l. truṭi) small cardamoms VarBṛS. lxxviii, 1 Sch

tuṭituṭa

1. tuṭituṭa m. Śiva Hariv. 14882

tuṭuma

1. tuṭuma m. a mouse or rat L

tuḍ

1. tuḍ cl. 1. 6. tuḍati, toḍ○, to strike Dhātup
2. • to split ib
3. • to bring near (v. l.) ib.: Caus. ib

tuḍiga

1. tuḍiga m. N. of a prince Chandaþs. vii, 16 and 31, Halāy

tuḍī

1. tuḍī f. N. of a Rāgiṇī

tuḍḍ

1. tuḍḍ cl. 1. P. to disregard Dhātup

tuṇ

1. tuṇ cl. 6. P. to curve, xxviii, 42

tuṇi

1. tuṇi ○ṇika m. Cedrela Toona L

tuṇḍ

1. tuṇḍ cl. 1. Ā. to hurt, viii, 23

tuṇḍa

1. tuṇḍa n. a beak, snout (of a hog &c.), trunk (of an elephant) TĀr. x MBh. &c
2. • the mouth (used contemptuously) Bādar. ii, 2, 28 Śaṃk
3. • the point (of an arrow &c.), ayas-, dhūs-
4. • the chief, leader Dhūrtan. i, 4
5. • m. Cucumis utilissimus L
6. • Beninkasa cerifera L
7. • Śiva Hariv. 14882
8. • N. of a Rakshas MBh. iii, 16372
9. • (ī), f. a kind of gourd Cāṇ
10. • cf. asthi-, kaṅka-, kāka-, kṛṣṇa-, vāyasa-, sūkṣma-
11. • kaṭu- and tikta-tuṇḍī

⋙tuṇḍadeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a race or of a class of men, g. aiṣukāryādi [Page 450, Column 2]
2. • -bhakta mfn. inhabited by ○va ib

≫tuṇḍakerikā

1. tuṇḍakerikā ḻ.,

⋙tuṇḍakerī

1. tuṇḍakerī Bhpr. v, f. = ○Dik○

≫tuṇḍi

1. tuṇḍi m. a beak, snout Uṇ. k
2. • f. (also tundi W.) emphysema of the navel (in infants) Suśr. iii, 10, 37
3. • a prominent navel L

⋙tuṇḍicela

1. ○cela n. a kind of costly garment Divyâv. xvii, 400

≫tuṇḍika

1. túṇḍika mfn. furnished with a snout AV. viii, 6, 5
2. • (ā), f. the navel (cf. tund○) L
3. • = ○kerī L

≫tuṇḍikera

1. tuṇḍikera pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 691 ; viii, 138
2. • (tauṇḍ○ Hariv.)
3. • (ī), f. = ○keśī Suśr. ii, 2, 4 ; vi, 48, 25
4. • a large boil on the palate, i f. ; iv, 22, 55 and (metrically ○ri) 62
5. • the cotton plant L

≫tuṇḍikerin

1. tuṇḍikerin m. N. of a venomous insect, v, 8, 3

≫tuṇḍikeśī

   tuṇḍikeśī f. Momordica monadelpha L

≫tuṇḍibha

1. tuṇḍibha mfn. (Uṇ. iv, 117 Sch.) having a prominent navel L
2. • tund○

⋙tuṇḍila

1. tuṇḍila mfn. id. L
2. • talkative Uṇ. i, 55 Sch
3. • tund○

≫tuṇḍela

1. tuṇḍéla m. N. of a goblin AV. viii, 6, 17

tutāta

1. tutāta m. N. of Kumārila Prab. ii, 3 Sch
2. • cf. tautātika

tuturvaṇi

1. tuturváṇi mfn. (√1. tur) striving to bring near or obtain RV. i, 168, 1

tuttha

1. tuttha n. (m. L.) blue vitriol (used as an eye-ointment) Suśr
2. • fire L
3. • n. a collyrium L
4. • a rock Uṇ. k
5. • (ā), f. the indigo plant L
6. • small cardamoms L

⋙tutthāñjana

1. tutthâñjana n. blue vitriol as an ointment L

≫tutthaka

1. tutthaka n. blue vitriol Suśr. i, 38, 34
2. • vi

≫tutthaya

1. tutthaya Nom. P. to cover Śiś. v, 11

tutha

1. tuthá m. VS. Kāṭh. TS. MaitrS. Kapishṭh. ŚBr. (= bráhman) TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

tud

1. tud cl. 6. P. ○dáti (p. f. ○datī or ○dantī Pāṇ. 6-1, 173 Kāś
2. • pf. tutóda
3. • fut. 2nd totsyati or tottā, vii, 2, 10 Kār
4. • aor. atautsīt) to push, strike, goad, bruise, sting, vex RV. &c
5. • Pass. to pain (said of a wound) Car. vi, 13: Caus., todita
6. • [cf. tóttra &c
7. • ? &c. ; Lat. tundo.]

⋙tudādi

1. ○ādi the roots of cl. 6 (beginning with tud) Pāṇ. 3-1, 77. 2

⋙tud

1. tud mfn. ifc. 'pricking', vraṇa-

≫tuda

1. tuda mfn. ifc. 'striking', aruṃ-, tilaṃ-, vidhuṃ-
2. • m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
3. • cf. ut-

≫tunna

1. tunná mfn. struck, goaded, hurt, cut RV. ix, 67, 19f. AV. &c
2. • m. = ○nnaka L

⋙tunnavāya

1. ○vāya m. a tailor Mn. iv, 214 Yājñ. i, 163 R

⋙tunnasevanī

1. ○sevanī f. the suture of a wound Suśr
2. • a suture of the skull Bhpr. ii, 279

⋙tunnaka

1. tunnaka m. Cedrela Toona, v, 5, 44

tuna

1. túna v. l. for tána SV. i, 5, 1, 1, 5

tund

1. tund cl. 1. ○dati, to be active Dhātup. ii, 32 (v. l.)
2. • cf. ni-√tud

tunda

1. tunda n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 117) a protuberant belly Siṃhâs. xxiii, 1
2. • the belly L
3. • mfn. having a protuberant belly, g. arśa-ādi
4. • m. the navel L
5. • (ī), f. id. W

⋙tundakūpikā

1. ○kūpikā

⋙tundakūpī

1. ○kūpī f. 'belly-cavity', the navel L

⋙tundaparimārja

1. ○parimārja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) stroking one's belly HPariś. viii, 281

⋙tundaparimārjaka

1. ○parimārjaka mfn. = mṛja Gal. =

⋙tundaparimṛja

1. ○parimṛja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5) 'stomach-stroker', lazy, Anargh. vii, 110

⋙tundavat

1. ○vat mfn. corpulent Pāṇ. 5-2, 117 Kāś

⋙tundādi

1. tundâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 5-2, 117

≫tundi

1. tundi (v, 2, 139) m. N. of a Gandharva L
2. • f. tuṇḍi

⋙tundikara

1. ○kara m. the navel L

≫tundika

1. tundika mfn. = ○da-vat, 117
2. • (ā), f. the navel L

⋙tundita

1. tundita mfn. = ○dika L

⋙tundin

1. tundin mfn. id., 117

⋙tundibha

1. tundibha mfn. id., 139
2. • v. l. for tuṇḍ○

≫tundila

1. tundila mfn. (117) id. ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 19, 3 (v. l. tuṇḍ○) MānGṛ. ii, 10 Hcar. (also a- neg.)
2. • = tuṇḍibha L
3. • m. Gaṇêśa Gal
4. • -phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L

⋙tundilita

1. tundilita mfn. become corpulent Naish. iv, 56

⋙tundilīkaraṇa

1. tundilī-karaṇa n. the act of causing to swell, increasing Bhām. iv, 9

tunna

1. tunná ○nnaka, √tud

tunyu

1. tunyu m. N. of a tree Kauś

tup

1. tup tuph, cl. 1. 6. topati, tup○, toph○, tuph○, to hurt Dhātup
2. • [cf. tubh, tump
3. • ?, ? ; Lat. stupeo ; Germ. stumpf.]

tubara

1. tubara mfn. astringent (also tūb○ L.) Suśr. i, 45
2. • m. n. an astringent taste W
3. • m. = -yāvanāla L
4. • tūb○
5. • (ī), f. Cajanus indicus L
6. • alum or alum earth (also tumb○ L
7. • tūb○ L. Sch.) Npr
8. • a bitch (also tumb○ and tumburī) L
9. • tumburu

⋙tubarayāvanāla

1. ○yāvanāla m. a sort of grain L

⋙tubaraka

1. tubaraka m. id. Suśr. i, 46, 1, 18
2. • N. of a tree, 45, 7, 11 ; iv, 9, 4 ; 13, 18 ; 31, 5
3. • (ikā), f. Cajanus indicus L. Sch. [Page 450, Column 3]
4. • alum or alum earth (also tūb○ Sch.) L

⋙tubarīśimba

1. tubarī-śimba m. Cassia Tora L

tubh

1. tubh cl. 1. 4. tobhate, tubhyati, to hurt, kill Dhātup.: cl. 9. (impf. atubhnāt) id. Bhaṭṭ. xvii, 79 and 90
2. • [cf. stubh ; Goth. thiubs.]

tumala

1. tumala for ○mula MBh. Ragh

tumiñja

1. túmiñja m. N. of a man TS. i, 7, 2

tumura

1. tumura = ○mula L. Sch

≫tumula

1. tumula mf(ā)n. tumultuous, noisy Lāṭy. ii, 3, 3 MBh. &c
2. • n. (Lat.) tumultus, tumult, clatter, confusion MBh. (once m. vii, 154, 21) &c
3. • m. Terminalia Bellerica L

tump

1. tump tumph, cl. 1. 6. ○pati, ○phati, to hurt Dhātup. xi ; xxviii, 26 f
2. • cf. pra-stump

tumb

1. tumb cl. 1. ○bati, to distress, xi, 38: cl. 10. ○bayati, 'id., or 'to be invisible', xxxii, 114

tumba

1. tumba m. the gourd Lagenaria vulgaris Hariv. 3479 R. i Suśr. iii
2. • (ī), f. id. Hariv. 802 Suśr. i, iv Śāntiś. Rājat
3. • Asteracantha longifolia L
4. • (ā), f. a milk-pail L

⋙tumbavana

1. ○vana N. of a place VarBṛS. xiv, 15

⋙tumbavīṇa

1. ○vīṇa m. 'having the Tumba for a lute', Śiva MBh. xiii, 1213

⋙tumbaka

1. tumbaka m

⋙tumbi

1. tumbi

⋙tumbikā

1. tumbikā

⋙tumbinī

1. tumbinī f. the Tumba gourd L

≫tumbī

1. tumbī f. of ○ba

⋙tumbīpuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. the flower of the TṭTumbī gourd L

⋙tumbīvīṇā

1. ○vīṇā f. a kind of lute Hariv. 3618
2. • -priya m. 'fond of that lute', Śiva MBh. xii, 10371

≫tumbuka

1. tumbuka m. = ○baka (n., its fruit)

⋙tumbukin

1. tumbukin mfn. (in music) puffing the cheeks in singing
2. • m. a kind of drum

tumbara

1. tumbara = ○raka Kauś. 76
2. • n. its fruit Madanav
3. • m. pl. N. of a people Hariv. 311 (v. l. ○bura)
4. • sg. for ○buru (Gandharva) Pañcad. i, 63
5. • (ī), f. a sort of grain Madanav. cvii, 46
6. • = tub○ (q.v.)

⋙tumbaraka

1. tumbaraka m. N. of a tree, lxix, 72

tumbaru

1. tumbaru for ○buru MBh. i BhP

tumbuma

1. tumbuma m. pl. N. of a race MBh

tumbura

1. tumbura ○bara
2. • (ī), ○ru, tubarī

≫tumburu

1. tumburu m. N. of a pupil of Kalāpin Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś. (Kār.)
2. • of a Gandharva MBh. &c. ('attendant of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī' Jain.)
3. • n. coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (also ○rī and tubarī L.) Suśr. iv ; vi, 42, 67 and (metrically ○rū) 118 Pāṇ. 6-1, 143 Kāś

tumra

1. túmra mfn. big, strong RV. iii f. ; vi, 22, 5 ; x, 27 and 89
2. • [cf. tūtumá ; Lat. tumidus.]

tur

1. tur (cf. tṝ, tvar), cl. 6. to hurry, press forwards, vi, 18, 4 (p. ○rát) TS. ii (Ā. ○ráte): cl. 4 (Imper. tūrya) to overpower RV. viii, 99, 5
2. • Ā. to run Dhātup
3. • to hurt ib.: cl. 3. tutorti, to run ib.: Caus. turayate (p. ○ráyat) to run, press forwards RV. SV.: Desid. tū́tūrṣati, to strive to press forwards RV. x, 100, 12
4. • Intens. p. tárturāṇa, rushing, pressing each other (waves), ix, 95, 3

≫tur

1. túr mfn. running a race, conquering, i, 112, 4 ; iv, 38, 7
2. • (túram acc. or ind. 'quickly') promoting, a promoter, v, 82, 1
3. • cf. ap-, āji-, pṛtsu-, pra-, mithas-, rajas-, ratha-, &c

⋙turaspeya

1. turas-péya n. the racer's or conqueror's drinking, x, 96, 8

≫tura

1. turá mfn. quick, willing, prompt RV. AV. vi, 102, 3
2. • strong, powerful, excelling, rich, abundant RV. AV. vii, 50, 2 TS. ii Kauś. 91
3. • m. N. of a preceptor and priest with the patr. Kāvasheya ŚBr. ix f. xiv AitBr. TāṇḍyaBr. BhP
4. • (túram), ind., 2. túr

⋙turaga

1. ○ga m. 'going quickly', a horse MBh. i Pañcat. Śak. &c
2. • (hence) the number 7 Chandaþs. vii, 1 Sch
3. • the mind, thought L
4. • (ī), f. a mare Śatr. xiv
5. • = ○ga-gandhā L
6. • -kāntā f. 'horse-loved', a mare, ○tā-mukha m. 'mare's mouth', submarine fire (vaḍabā-mukha) Śiś. iii, 33
7. • -kriyā-vat mfn. occupied with horses Dhūrtas. i, 12

   • -gandhā f. Physalis flexuosa L 

1. • -dānava or -daitya, 'horsetitan', Keśin Hariv. 4281 ff
2. • -nīla-tāla m. N. of a gesture PSarv
3. • -paricāraka m. = -rahṣa Kād. v, 804
4. • -priya m. 'liked by horses', barley L
5. • -brahmacaryaka n. 'sexual restraint of horses, compulsory celibacy L
6. • -mukha m. 'horse-faced', a Kiṃnara, iii, 1474
7. • -medha m. a horse-sacrifice R. vi BhP. ix
8. • -rakṣa m. 'horse-guardian', a groom VarBṛS. xv
9. • -ratha m. a cart drawn by horses Hcat. i, 5, 836
10. • -līlaka m. N. of a time (in music)
11. • -vāhyālī f. a riding-school Kād. iii, 499 (v. l. ○raMg○)
12. • ○gânana m. pl. 'horse-faced', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 25
13. • ○gâroha m. a horseman, xv, 26
14. • _ ○gôpacāraka m. = ○ga-rakṣa, x, 3. [Page 451, Column 1]

⋙turagātu

1. ○gātu (○rá-), mfn. going quickly RV. i, 164, 30

⋙turagin

1. ○"ṣgin m. a horseman L

⋙turaṃga

1. ○ṃ-ga m. 'going quickly', a horse Suśr. Pañcat. Śak. &c
2. • (hence) the number 7 Sūryas. Śrut
3. • the mind, thought L
4. • (ī), f. a mare W
5. • N. of a shrub L
6. • = ○raga-gandhā L
7. • -gandhā f. id. Suśr. vi, 41 and 48
8. • -dveṣaṇī f. a she-buffalo L
9. • -nātha m. N. of the head of a sect Śaṃkar. xliii
10. • -priya m. = ○rag○ L
11. • -mukha m. = ○rag○ Kād. iii, 1635
12. • -medha m. = ○rag○ Ragh. xiii, 61
13. • -yāyin mfn. going on horseback
14. • -līla m. = ○ag○
15. • -vaktra, -vadana m. = -mukha L
16. • -sādin m. a horseman Ragh. vii, 34
17. • -skandha m. a troop of horses Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś
18. • -sthāna n. a horsestable Suśr. iv, 1, 5
19. • ○gâri m. 'horse-enemy', a buffalo W
20. • Nerium odorum L
21. • ○gâhvā f. the jujube Gal
22. • ○gī-bhūya ind. p. having become a horse Kād. vi, 1539

⋙turaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama m. a horse MBh. R. Ragh. &c
2. • (ī), f. a mare MBh. iv, 254
3. • -ratha m. = ○raga-r○ Hcat. i, 5, 838
4. • -śālā f. a horsestable VarBṛS. vl, 5

⋙turaṃgin

1. ○ṃ-gin m. a horseman W
2. • a groom W
3. • (iṇī), f. a kind of gait (in dancing)

⋙turayā

1. ○yā́ mfn. going quickly RV. iv, 23, 10

⋙turaśravas

1. ○śravas m. N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. ix. 1

⋙turāyaṇa

1. turâyaṇa n. 'Tura's way', N. of a sacrifice or vow (modification of the full-moon sacrifice) ŚāṅkhBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Pāṇ. MBh. xiii
2. • cursory reading Gal

⋙turāṣāh

1. turā-ṣā́h nom. ṣāṭ, (Pāṇ. 3-2, 63) overpowering the mighty or overpowering quickly RV. and VS. xx (Indra) Hariv. 14114 (Vishṇu
2. • voc. -ṣāṭ)
3. • m. (acc. -sāham
4. • Pāṇ. 8-3, 56) Indra Ragh. xv, 40 Kum. ii, 1 BhP. viii, 11, 26

≫turaṇa

1. turáṇa mf(ā)n. swift RV. i, 121, 5

≫turaṇya

1. turaṇya (g. kaṇḍv-ādi) Nom. ○yáti (p. ○yát) to be quick or swift, 1 ; iv, 40, 3
2. • to accelerate, 4 ; x, 61, 11. 2

⋙turaṇya

1. turaṇya m. 'swift', one of the moon's horses VāyuP. i, 52, 53

⋙turaṇyasad

1. ○sád mfn. dwelling among, i.e. belonging to the quick RV. iv, 40, 2

⋙turaṇyu

1. turaṇyú mfn. swift, zealous, i, 134, 5
2. • vii f

≫turāyaṇa

1. turāyaṇa m. (fr. ○rá) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (Kāty.)

⋙turi

1. turí f. (only dat. ○ryaí) = ○ryā́ RV. x, 106, 4
2. • 'swift', a weaver's brush (also tuli and ○lī) L

⋙turī

1. turī f. id. Bādar. ii, 1, 19 and 3, 7 Śaṃk. Tarkas. 55
2. • a shuttle Naish. i, 12
3. • (for tūlī) a painter's brush (also tuli L. Sch.) W
4. • N. of a wife of Vasudeva Hariv. 9203 [= caturthī = śūdrā Sch.]

⋙turīpa

1. turī́pa n. (fr. ○rí and áp) seminal fluid RV. i, iii ; vii, 2, 9 VS. xxvii
2. • mfn. spermatic (Tvashṭṛi), xxi, 20 ; xxii, 20. 1

⋙turīya

1. turīya Nom. ○yáti, to go Naigh. ii, 14

⋙turyā

1. turyā́ f. superior power TS.ī, 2, 12

tura

1. turá mfn. hurt RV. viii, 79, 2
2. • cf. ā-

turaka

1. turaka m. pl. the Turks Romakas

⋙turakin

1. turakin mfn. Turkish Kshitîś. vii, 161

⋙turakva

1. turakva = ○ka

⋙turaṣka

1. turaṣka (= ○ruṣka) id. Romakas. Ratnak

turaspeya

1. turas-péya 2. túr

≫turāyaṇa

1. turāyaṇa

⋙turāṣāh

1. turā-ṣā́h

⋙turi

1. turí

⋙turī

1. turī

⋙turīpa

1. turī́pa ib

turīya

1. turī́ya (for ktur○ [Zd. khtuiria] fr. catúr), mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) Ved. 4th RV. &c
2. • consisting of 4 parts ŚBr. ix
3. • n. the 4th state of spirit (pure impersonal Spirit or Brahma) Up. (MaitrUp. NṛisUp. ii, 2, 1 &c. RTL. 35) Vedântas
4. • mfn. being in that state of soul NṛisUp
5. • túr○, a 4th, constituting the 4th part, (n.) a 4th part AV. Kāṭh. &c. (with yantra, 'a quadrant' Śaṃkar. xxvii)

⋙turīyakavaca

1. ○kavaca n. N. of a spell

⋙turīyabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. a 4th part BhP. v, 16, 30 (v. l.)

⋙turīyabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. a sharer of a 4th AitBr. ii, 25 Mn. iv, 202

⋙turīyamāna

1. ○māna n. -bhāga

⋙turīyavarṇa

1. ○varṇa m. '4th caste man', a Śūdra L

⋙turīyātīta

1. turīyâtīta N. of an Up

⋙turīyādiṭya

1. túrīyâdiṭya for ○yam āditya RV. viii, 52, 7 VS. viii, 3

⋙turīyārdha

1. turīyârdha m. n. 'half the 4th', an 8th part MBh. i, 3862

≫turīyaka

1. turīyaka mfn. a 4th (part) Yājñ. ii, 124

≫turya

1. turya mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut
2. • forming a 4th part BhP
3. • n. the 4th state of soul ( ○rīya), vii, 9, 32 Haṭhapr. iv, 45 RāmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch
4. • mfn. being in that state of soul BhP. vi f

⋙turyabhikṣā

1. ○bhikṣā f. the 4th part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3

⋙turyayantra

1. ○yantra n. a quadrant W

⋙turyavah

1. ○váh m. (in strong cases) vāh nom. vāṭ f. ○ryauhī́, an ox or cow 4 years old VS. TS. iv, 3, 3, 2 MaitrS. iii, 11, 11 and 13, 17

⋙turyāśra

1. turyâśra mfn. fourcornered Hcat. i, 3, 909/910

⋙turyauhī

1. turyauhī́ ○rya-váh

turuṣka

1. turuṣka m. pl. (= ○raṣka) the Turks Kathās. Rājat. Prab. &c
2. • sg. a Turk Kathās. xxxvii
3. • a Turkish prince W

   • Turkestan W 

1. • (m. n. L.) olibanum Jain. Suśr. VarBṛS

⋙turuṣkakarpūra

1. ○karpūra mfn. consisting of olibanum and camphor Hcat. i, 7, 165. [Page 451, Column 2]

⋙turuṣkagaṇḍa

1. ○gaṇḍa m. (in music) N. of a Rāga

⋙turuṣkadatta

   ○datta m. N. of a man Inscr. (A. D. 1105)

turphari

1. turphári and ○phárītu mfn. = (kṣipra-) hantṛ (Nir. xiii, 5) RV. x, 106, 6 and 8

turya

1. turya ○yā́, col. 1

turv

1. turv (cf. √1. tur), cl. 1. P. (2. sg. tūrvasi du. Impv. ○vatam

   • p. tū́rvat) to overpower, excel RV. (inf. turváṇe, vi, viii, x) 

1. • to cause to overpower, help to victory, save, vi, viii
2. • cf. pra-

≫turva

1. turvá m. = ○váśa, x, 62, 10

⋙turvaṇi

1. turváṇi mfn. overpowering, victorious, i, iv f. x

⋙turvaṇe

1. turváṇe Ved. inf
2. • √turv

⋙turvaśa

1. turváśa m. N. of a hero and ancestor of the Āryan race (named with Yadu
2. • du. turváśā yádū, 'Turva and Yadu', iv, 30, 17
3. • pl. Turvá's race) RV

⋙turvasu

1. turvasu m. (later form of ○śa) N. of a son of Yayāti by Devayānī and brother of Yadu MBh. i Hariv. 1604 and 16l7 BhP. &c

⋙turvīti

1. turvī́ti m. N. of a man RV. i ; ii, 13, 12 ; iv, 19, 6

tul

1. tul cl. 10. tolayati, or tul○ (only tul○ also fig
2. • Ā. MBh.) to lift up, raise Hariv. R. Bhaṭṭ. (fut. Pass. tolayiṣyate)
3. • to determine the weight of anything by lifting it up, weigh, compare by weighing and examining, ponder, examine with distrust MBh. &c
4. • to make equal in weight, equal, compare (with instr., e.g. na brāhmaṇais tulaye bhūtam anyat, 'I do not compare any other being with Brāhmans' BhP. v
5. • or with an adv. terminating in -vat) R. VarBṛS. &c
6. • to counterbalance, outweigh, match, possess in the same degree, resemble, reach Megh. ŚārṅgP
7. • (pf. p. tulita) Bhartṛ. iii & Ragh. xiii, 75 ; [Lat. te-tul-i &c
8. • ? &c. ; Goth. thulan.]

⋙tula

1. tula m. (for ○lā) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBṛ. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55)

≫tulaka

1. tulaka m. 'ponderer', a king's counsellor Divyâv. xvii

⋙tulana

1. tulana n. lifting Mṛicch. ix, 20
2. • weighing, rating, iii, 20
3. • N. of a high number Buddh. L
4. • (ā), f. rating ib
5. • equalness with (instr. or in comp.) Prasannar. ii, 16

≫tulā

1. tulā́ f. a balance, weight VS. xxx ŚBr. xi Mn. &c. (○layā dhṛ or ○lāṃ with Caus. of adhiruh, 'to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare'
2. • ○lāṃ with Caus. of adhi-ruh, 'to risk' Pañcat. i, 16, 9
3. • ○lām adhi- or ā- or sam-ā-ruh, 'to be in a balance', be equal with instr.
4. • the balance as an ordeal Yājñ. ii Mṛicch. ix, 43)
5. • equal measure, equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. (○lām i or gam or ā-yā or ā-lamb or dhā, 'to resemble any one or anything' instr. or in comp.
6. • ○lāṃ na bhṛ, 'to have no equal' Prasannar. i, 37
7. • ○lāṃ with Pass. of nī, 'to become equal to' gen.)
8. • = ○la Pañcat. i, 14, 14 VarBṛ. &c
9. • N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBṛS. Suśr. Ashṭâṅg. ŚārṅgS. i, 31
10. • a kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBṛS. liii, 30

⋙tulākoṭi

1. ○koṭi m. (f. L.) the end of the beam ŚārṅgP. (-yaṣṭi Pañcat. i, 3, 20)
2. • a foot-ornament of women (also ○ṭī f. L. Sch.) Kād. Vcar. Prab. iii, 9
3. • N. of a weight L
4. • ten millions L

⋙tulākoṣa

1. ○koṣa m. weighing on a balance VarBṛS. xxvi, 10

⋙tulāguḍa

1. ○guḍa m. a kind of ball (used as a missile) MBh. iii, 1718

⋙tulādāna

1. ○dāna n. = -puruṣa-d○ W

⋙tulādhaṭa

1. ○dhaṭa m. a balance cup W
2. • an oar L

⋙tulādhara

1. ○dhara m. 'scale-holder', = ○la VarBṛ. Laghuj. i

⋙tulādhāna

1. ○"ṣdhāná (○lâdh○), n. 'putting on a balance', weighing ŚBr. xi

⋙tulādhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. bearing a balance Yājñ. ii, 102/103
2. • m. = -pragraha L
3. • the beam W
4. • a merchant L
5. • the bearer of an ordeal balance Vishṇ. x, 8 f
6. • = ○la L
7. • N. of a merchant MBh. xii, 9277 ff

⋙tulādhāraṇa

1. ○dhāraṇa n. = ○lâdhāná Yājñ. ii, 100

⋙tulādhiroha

1. ○"ṣdhiroha (○lâdh○), m. risk Prasannar. vii, 33/34

⋙tulādhirohaṇa

1. ○"ṣdhirohaṇa (○lâdh○), mfn. resembling Ragh. xix, 8

⋙tulāpaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk. by Kamalâkara

⋙tulāparīkṣā

1. ○parī7kṣā f. a balance ordeal W

⋙tulāpuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. & -dāna n. gift of gold &c. equal to a man's weight AV. Pariś. x Yājñ. iii (named as a penance) BhavP. ii MatsyaP. cclxxiii LiṅgaP. ii, 28 Hcat. i, 4 f
2. • Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa, i, 5, 108

⋙tulāpragraha

1. ○pragraha

⋙tulāpragrāha

1. ○pragrāha m. the string of a balance Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś

⋙tulābīja

1. ○bīja n. the Guñjā berry (used as a weight) L

⋙tulābhavānī

1. ○bhavānī f. N. of a town Śaṃkar. xix

⋙tulābhāra

1. ○bhāra m. = -puruṣadāna Hcat. i, 5, 619

⋙tulābhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. = -dhara
2. • a balance bearer Bādar

⋙tulāyaṣṭi

1. ○yaṣṭi f. 'the beam', -koṭi

⋙tulāvat

1. ○vat mfn. furnished with a balance VarBṛ

⋙tulāvarārdha

1. ○"ṣvarârdha

⋙tulāvarārdhya

1. ○"ṣvarârdhya mfn. at least as much in weight SāmavBr. ii, 7, 9

⋙tulāsūtra

1. ○sūtra n. = -pragraha Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś

⋙tulita

1. tulita mfn. lifted up Ragh. weighed VarBṛS
2. • equalled, compared, lxxx, 12

≫tulima

1. tulima mfn. what may be weighed Nār. xi, 3. [Page 451, Column 3]

≫tulya

1. tulya mf(ā)n. (in comp. accent Pāṇ. 6-2, 2) equal to, of the same kind or class or number or value, similar, comparable, like (with instr. or gen. [ī., 3, 72] or ifc
2. • e.g. tena [Mn. iv, 86] or etasya [KaṭhUp. i, 22] or etat- 24, 'equal to him') KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Pāṇ. &c
3. • fit for (instr.) Sūryas. xiv, 6
4. • even VarBṛ. iv, 21
5. • n. N. of a dance
6. • (am), ind. equally, in like manner Pāṇ. MBh. R. Hariv
7. • contemporaneously Dharmaśarm. xvii, 14

⋙tulyakakṣa

1. ○kakṣa mfn. equal to (in comp.) Veṇis. iii, 25

⋙tulyakarmaka

1. ○karmaka mfn. having the same object (in Gramm.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 48 Kāś

⋙tulyakāla

1. ○kāla mfn. contemporary with (instr.) ĀśvGṛ. i, 3, 9 MBh. iii, 134, 24
2. • -tva n. contemporariness Pāṇ. 4-3, 105 Vārtt. 1

⋙tulyakālīya

1. ○"ṣkālīya mfn. = ○la BhP. x

⋙tulyakulya

1. ○"ṣkulya m. 'of the same family', a relative Bhartṛ. iii, 24

⋙tulyaguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. possessing the same qualities, equally good Āp. Suśr

⋙tulyajātīya

1. ○"ṣjātīya mfn. similar Pāṇ. 1 and 6, 1, 68 Vārtt. 1 Pat. ; iii, 3, 35 Kāś

⋙tulyatarka

1. ○tarka m. (in dram.) a guess coming near the truth Sāh. vi, 172 and 180

⋙tulyatā

1. ○tā f. = -tva MBh. R
2. • equality of place', conjunction (in astr.) Sūryas

⋙tulyatejas

1. ○tejas mfn. equal in splendour

⋙tulyatva

1. ○tva n. equality, resemblance with (instr. or in comp.) Sūryas. Prab. ii, 18
2. • (a- neg.) Jaim. ii f

⋙tulyadarśana

1. ○darśana mfn. regarding with equal or indifferent eyes BhP. i, 5, 24

⋙tulyanaktaṃdina

1. ○naktaṃ-dina mfn. having equal days and nights Hemac
2. • not distinguishing between day and night Kathās. ci, 289

⋙tulyanāman

1. ○nāman mfn. of the same name MBh. i, 101, 7

⋙tulyanindāstuti

1. ○nindā-stuti mfn. indifferent with regard to blame or praise Bhag. xii, 19

⋙tulyapāna

1. ○pāna n. compotation L

⋙tulyabala

1. ○bala mfn. of equal strength

⋙tulyabhāvanā

1. ○bhāvanā f. (in math.) combination of like sets

⋙tulyamūlya

1. ○mūlya mfn. of equal value

⋙tulyayogitā

1. ○yogi-tā f. 'combination of equal qualities (of unequal objects)', N. of a simile Sāh. x, 48 f. Kuval

⋙tulyayogopamā

1. ○yogôpamā f. id. Kāvyâd. ii, 48

⋙tulyarūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. of equal form, analogous W

⋙tulyalakṣman

1. ○lakṣman mfn. having the same characteristic Sāh. x, 89

⋙tulyavaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa mfn. of equal race with (gen.) Cāṇ. (Hit.)

⋙tulyavayas

1. ○vayas mfn. of the same age PārGṛ. iii, 8, 17

⋙tulyavikrama

1. ○vikrama mfn. of equal prowess

⋙tulyavīrya

1. ○vīrya mfn. of equal strength

⋙tulyavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti mfn. following the same occupation

⋙tulyaśas

1. ○śas ind. in equal parts Suśr. vi, 12

⋙tulyaśikha

1. ○śikha m. pl. 'equal-braided', N. of certain mythical beings L

⋙tulyaśuddhi

1. ○śuddhi f. equal substraction, Bīj

⋙tulyaśodhana

1. ○śodhana n. removal of like magnitudes (on both sides of an equation)

⋙tulyaśruti

1. ○śruti f. standing in the same nominal case Jaim. ii, 1, 10 (-tva, abstr.)

⋙tulyākṛti

1. tulyâkṛti mfn. = ○ya-rūpa

⋙tulyātulya

1. tulyâtulya mfn. like and unlike

⋙tulyānumāna

1. tulyânumāna n. like inference, analogy

⋙tulyāntaram

1. tulyântaram ind. in equal intervals Mṛicch. iii, 18

⋙tulyārtha

1. tulyârtha mfn. equally rich Pañcat. i, 8, 33
2. • of the same meaning Pāṇ. 1-3, 42 Kāś

⋙tulyāvastha

1. tulyâvastha mfn. being in the same condition with (gen.) Ragh. xii, 80

⋙tulyodyoga

1. tulyôdyoga mfn. equal in labours

tulakuci

1. tulakuci m. N. of a prince (son of Sahalin) Divyâv. xxvi, 391

tulabha

1. tulabha ○bhīya, v.I. for ul○

tulasāriṇī

1. tula-sāriṇī f. a quiver L

tulasi

1. tulasi metrically for ○sī BhP. iii, 15, 49

⋙tulasikā

1. tulasikā f. = ○sī, 19 ; v, 3, 6 and 7, 10

≫tulasī

1. tulasī f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishṇavas
2. • commonly Tulsī) BhP. VāyuP. and PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasī, ii, 19.)

⋙tulasīdveṣā

1. ○dveṣā f. a kind of basil L

⋙tulasīpattra

1. ○pattra n. 'Tulasī leaf', a very small gift W

⋙tulasīvivāha

1. ○vivāha m. the marriage of Vishṇu's image with the Tulasī (festival on the 12th day in the 1st half of month Kārttika) W

⋙tulasīvṛndāvana

1. ○vṛndāvana n. a square pedestal (before a Hindū house-door) planted with Tulasī

tuli

1. tuli ○lī, turí and ○rī

tulikā

1. tulikā f. a wagtail L

tulinī

1. tulinī ○li-phalā, tūl○

tulima

1. tulima tulya, cols. 2, 3

tulvala

1. tulvala taulvali

tuvi

1. tuvi f. for tumbī (gourd) L

tuvi

1. tuví (√tu) = bahu Naigh. iii, 1
2. • only in comp

⋙tuvikūrmi

1. ○kūrmí mfn. powerful in working (Indra) RV. iii, vi, viii

⋙tuvikūrmin

1. ○kūrmin mfn. id., 66, 12

⋙tuvikratu

1. ○kratu mfn. id., 68, 2 (voc.)

⋙tuvikṣa

1. ○kṣá mfn. ? (Indra's bow), 77, 11 [= bahu- or mahā-vikṣepa Nir. vi, 33]. [Page 452, Column 1]

⋙tuvikṣatra

1. ○kṣatrá mf(ā́)n. ruling powerfully (Aditi) VS. xxi, 5 AV. vii, 6, 2

⋙tuvigra

1. ○grá mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9

⋙tuvigrābha

1. ○grābhá mfn. seizing powerfully (Indra), vi, 22, 5

⋙tuvigri

1. ○grí mfn. = -grá (Indra), ii, 21, 2

⋙tuvigrīva

1. ○grī́va mfn. powerful-necked, i, v, viii

⋙tuvijāta

1. ○jātá mfn. of powerful nature (Indra, Varuṇa, &c.), i-vii, x

⋙tuvideṣṇa

1. ○deṣṇa (○ví-), mfn. giving much (Indra), viii, 81, 2

⋙tuvidyumna

1. ○dyumná mfn. very glorious, powerful (Indra, Agni, the Maruts), i, iii-vi, viii f

⋙tuvinṛmṇa

1. ○nṛmṇá mfn. very valiant (Indra), i, iv, vi, viii, x

⋙tuviprati

1. ○pratí mfn. resisting powerfully (Indra), i, 30, 9

⋙tuvibādha

1. ○bādhá mfn. oppressing many (Indra), 32, 6

⋙tuvibrahman

1. ○brahman (○ví-). mfn. very devoted, v, 25, 5

⋙tuvimagha

1. ○maghá mfn. = -deṣṇa, 33, 6

⋙tuvimanyu

1. ○manyu mfn. very zealous (the Maruts), vii, 58, 2

⋙tuvimātra

1. ○mātrá mfn. very efficacious (Indra), viii, 81, 2

⋙tuvimrakṣa

1. ○mrakṣá mfn. injuring greatly, vi

⋙tuvirādhas

1. ○rā́dhas mfn. = -deṣṇa, iv f. vii

⋙tuvivāja

1. ○vāja (○ví-), mf(ā)n. abounding in food, i, vi

⋙tuviśagma

1. ○śagma mfn. able to do much (Indra), 44, 2

⋙tuviśuṣma

1. ○śúṣma mfn. high-spirited (Indra, IndraVaruṇa), ii, vi, viii

⋙tuviśravas

1. ○śravas (○ví-), mfn. highly renowned (Agni), iii, v

⋙tuviṣvaṇas

1. ○ṣvaṇás mfn. loudsounding, iv f

⋙tuviṣvaṇi

1. ○ṣváṇi mfn. id., i f. v f. viii

⋙tuviṣvan

1. ○ṣván mfn. id., 166, 1
2. • i ; v, 16, 3 ; ix, 98, 9

≫tuviṣ

1. tuviṣ for ○vis = tavás

⋙tuviṣṭama

1. ○ṭama (○víṣ-), mfn. Superl. strongest, i, v AV. vi, 33, 3

⋙tuviṣmat

1. ○mat (túv○), mfn. powerful RV. TS. ii, 3, 14, 4 TBr. iii, 1

≫tuvī

1. tuvī = ○ví

⋙tuvīmagha

1. ○magha (○vií-), = ○vi-m○ RV

⋙tuvīrava

1. ○ráva mfn. making a terrible noise (in battle), x, 99, 6

⋙tuvīravas

1. ○rávas nom. ○vān (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 83 and 4, 48 Kār.), = ○vi-ṣvaṇás RV. x, 64, 4 and 16

≫tuvyojas

1. tuvy-ójas mfn. very powerful, iv, 22, 8

tuś

1. tuś cl. 1. tośate, to drip, trickle, ix

tuś

1. tuś (= tuṣ), cl. 1. tośate (p. tóśamāna) to be satisfied or pleased with (instr.) AV. iii, 17, 5
2. • to appease RV. viii, 15, 11 and 50, 5

tuṣ

1. tuṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (metrically also ○te
2. • fut. tokṣyati, toṣṭā, and inf. toṣṭum [MBh. iv, 1562] Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār. ṣiddh.
3. • aor. atuṣat Bhaṭṭ. xv, 8
4. • pf. tutoṣa) to become calm, be satisfied or pleased with any one (gen., dat., instr., loc., or acc. with prati) or anything (instr.) ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 17, 5 MBh. &c
5. • to satisfy, please, appease, gratify, i, 4198: Caus. toṣayati (or metrically ○te), id. RV. x, 27, 16 (p. f. tuṣáyantī) MBh. &c
6. • Desid. tutukṣati W.: Intens. totuṣyate, totoṣṭi W
7. • cf. tūṣṇī́m

⋙tuṣṭa

1. tuṣṭa mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c
2. • m. N. of a prince VāyuP. ii, 34, 122

≫tuṣṭi

1. tuṣṭi f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sāṃkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39 Sāṃkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas
2. • 'Satisfaction' personified ḥariv. 9498 as daughter of Daksha and mother of Saṃtosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MārkP. l
3. • or as daughter of Paurṇamāsa VāyuP. i, 28, 8 LiṅgaP
4. • as a deity sprung from the Kalās of Prakṛiti' BrahmaP. ii, 1
5. • as a Mātṛikā, Bhavadev
6. • as a Śakti Hcat. i, 5, 197)
7. • N. of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15
8. • the plant vṛddhi L

⋙tuṣṭikara

1. ○kara mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234

⋙tuṣṭijanana

1. ○janana mfn. id

⋙tuṣṭida

1. ○da mfn. id

⋙tuṣṭimat

1. ○mat mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nīl
2. • m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23

≫tuṣya

1. tuṣya mfn. = ○ṣṭi-mat (Śiva) Hariv. 14882

tuṣa

1. túṣa m. the chaff of grain or corn or rice &c. AV. ŚBr. AitBr. &c
2. • Terminalia Bellerica L
3. • cf. a-, ut-, nis-

⋙tuṣakhaṇḍana

1. ○khaṇḍana n. 'chaffgrinding', useless effort Hit. iv, 5, 3 (v. l.)

⋙tuṣagraha

1. ○graha m. 'husk-seizer', fire L

⋙tuṣaja

1. ○ja mfn. produced from chaff Pāṇ. 6-2, 82

⋙tuṣajaka

1. ○"ṣjaka m. N. of a Śūdra, viii, 2, 83. Kāś

⋙tuṣadhānya

1. ○dhānya n. husk-corn VarBṛS

⋙tuṣapakva

1. ○pakva (túṣ○), mf(ā)n. dried by chaff fire MaitrS. iii, 2, 4 Kapishṭh. TS. v ŚBr. vii KātyŚr

⋙tuṣasāra

1. ○sāra m. = -graha L

⋙tuṣāgni

1. tuṣâgni m. chaff fire MBh

⋙tuṣānala

1. tuṣânala m. id. Dhūrtas. i, 18
2. • a capital punishment consisting in twisting dry straw round a criminal's limbs and setting it on fire W

⋙tuṣāmbu

1. tuṣâmbu n. sour rice- or barley-gruel Suśr. i, 45

⋙tuṣottha

1. tuṣôttha m. id. L

⋙tuṣodaka

1. tuṣôdaka n. id. i, iv

tuṣāra

1. tuṣāra mf(ā)n. cold, frigid Ragh. Naish

   • m. sg. and pl. frost, cold, snow, mist, dew, thin rain MBh. &c 

1. • = -kaṇa Śiś. vi, 24
2. • camphor Bhpr
3. • pl. for tukh○

⋙tuṣārakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa m. a dewdrop, icicle, flake of snow Kathās. xix, 50

⋙tuṣārakara

1. ○kara m. 'cold-rayed', the moon Vcar. Prasannar. vii, 60 Dhūrtan
2. • a-, 'the sun' Śiś. ix, 7

⋙tuṣārakiraṇa

1. ○kiraṇa m. = -kara Kād. Amar

⋙tuṣāragiri

1. ○giri m. 'snow-mountain', the Himâlaya MBh. xiii, 836

⋙tuṣāragaura

1. ○gaura m. camphor Ṛitus. i, 6. [Page 452, Column 2]

⋙tuṣāragharaṭṭikā

1. ○gharaṭṭikā f. = -kara Alaṃkārav

⋙tuṣāratviṣ

1. ○tviṣ m. id. ib

⋙tuṣāradyuti

1. ○dyuti m. id. Naish

⋙tuṣārapatana

1. ○patana n. snow-fall R

⋙tuṣāramūrti

1. ○mūrti m. = -kara Śiś. i

⋙tuṣāraraśmi

1. ○raśmi m. id. Prab. vi, 31

⋙tuṣārartu

1. ○rtu (ṛt○), m. 'cold season', winter Naish. xxii

⋙tuṣāravarṣa

1. ○varṣa m. = -patana Rājat

⋙tuṣāravarṣin

1. ○varṣin mfn. causing snow-fall Ragh. xiv, 84

⋙tuṣāraśikharin

1. ○śikharin m. = -giri Hcar. Rājat

⋙tuṣāraśaila

1. ○śaila m. id. Vcar. xiii

⋙tuṣārasruti

1. ○sruti f. = -patana Kum. i, 5

⋙tuṣārāṃśu

1. tuṣārâṃśu m. = ○ra-kara SŚaṃkar. i, 28

⋙tuṣārādri

1. tuṣārâdri m. = ○ra-giri Megh. 104 Bhartṛ. ii, 29 Kathās

tuṣita

1. tuṣita m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1, 8 VāyuP. ii, 6 ; 36 in number L.)
2. • sg. Vishṇu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishṇ. īc, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38
3. • (ā), f. N. of the wife of Veda-śiras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21

⋙tuṣitakāyika

1. ○kāyika mfn. belonging to the body of the Tushitas Lalit. v, 6

tuṣṭa

1. tuṣṭa ○ṣṭi, ○ṣya, √tuṣ

tus

1. tus cl. 1. tosati, to sound Dhātup

tusta

1. tusta m. n. dust (= tūs○) L. Sch

tuh

1. tuh cl. 1. tohati, to pain Dhātup

tuhara

1. tuhara ○hāra m. N. of two attendants of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573

tuhi

1. tuhi a cuckoo's cry Subh. 1688

tuhina

1. tuhina n. (Siddhnapuṃs. 41) frost, cold, mist, dew, snow Pañcat. ii, 58 Ṛitus. Kathās. Rājat. Prab
2. • moonlight Uṇ. k
3. • camphor Npr
4. • (ā), f. the tree śuka-nāsa ib

⋙tuhinakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa m. = tuṣārak○ Amar

⋙tuhinakara

1. ○kara m. = tuṣāra-k○ Kād
2. • -sutā f. 'moon-daughter', the river Narmadā Viddh. iv, 18

⋙tuhinakiraṇa

1. ○kiraṇa m. = -kara VarBṛ
2. • -putra m. 'moonson', Mercury VarBṛS. civ

⋙tuhinakṣitibhṛt

1. ○kṣiti-bhṛt m. = tuṣāra-giri Alaṃkārav

⋙tuhinakṣmābhṛt

   ○kṣmā-bhṛt m. id. Kathās. cxxiv

⋙tuhinagiri

1. ○giri m. id. Kād. Pañcat. (v. l.)
2. • -maya mfn. formed by the Himâlaya Prasannar. iii, 30

⋙tuhinagu

1. ○gu m. = -kara VarBṛ

⋙tuhinadyuti

1. ○dyuti m. id. Śiś. ix, 30

⋙tuhinadīdhiti

1. ○dīdhiti m. id. Vcar

⋙tuhinamayūkha

1. ○mayūkha m. id. VP. iii, 7

⋙tuhinaraśmi

1. ○raśmi m. id. VarBṛ

⋙tuhinaśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. a piece of ice, ice Rājat. iii

⋙tuhinaśaila

1. ○śaila m. = -giri Hcar. viii

⋙tuhināṃśu

1. tuhinâṃśu m. = ○na-kara VarBṛS. VarBṛ
2. • camphor W
3. • -taila n. camphor-oil L

⋙tuhinācala

1. tuhinâcala m. = ○na-giri Kathās. Dev

⋙tuhinādri

1. tuhinâdri m. id. Ragh. viii, 53 Kathās. lxxiii, 82

≫tuhinaya

1. tuhinaya Nom. P. to cover with ice Śiś. vi, 55

tuhuṇḍa

1. tuhuṇḍa m. N. of a Dānava MBh. i, 2533 and 2655
2. • (son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra) 6983 Hariv

tūkha

1. tūkha m. N. of a man Kāṭh. Anukr

tūḍ

1. tūḍ (= tuḍ), cl. 1. ○ḍati, to split Dhātup. ix, 67
2. • to slight, disrespect, 72

tūṇ

1. tūṇ (cf. kūṇ, cūṇ), cl. 10. ○ṇayati, to contract, xxxii, 99
2. • xxxv, 42
3. • ○te (fr. tūṇa) to fill (also tūlay○ Vop.), xxxiii, 16

tūṇa

1. tūṇa m. (g. śoṇâdi
2. • g. gaurâdi, v. l.) 'bearer' (√tul), a quiver MBh. &c. (often du.)
3. • (ī), f. id. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
4. • a disease of the anus and the bladder Suśr
5. • the Indigo plant Npr

⋙tūṇadhāra

1. ○dhāra v. l. for ○NI-dh○

⋙tūṇamukha

1. ○mukha n. the cavity of a quiver Ragh. vii, 54

⋙tūṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. furnished with a quiver MBh. iii, 703 ; 8486 ; 10963 Hariv

≫tūṇaka

1. tūṇaka ifc. = ○ṇa Chandom. 77
2. • n. a metre of 4 X 15 syllables

⋙tūṇi

1. tūṇi m. = ○ṇa R. ii, 31, 30
2. • f. id. R. (B) iii, 8, 19
3. • m. N. of Yugaṃ-dhara's father Hariv. 9207 VP. iv, 14, 1 (kuṇi BhP. LiṅgaP. KūrmaP. i, 24, 42)

⋙tūṇika

1. tūṇika m. = tuṇ○ Npr

⋙tūṇin

1. tūṇin mfn. = ○ṇa-vat Hariv. R
2. • m. = ○ṇika L

≫tūṇī

1. tūṇī f. and ind. fr. ○ṇa

⋙tūṇīkānta

1. ○kānta m. = ○ṇika Gal

⋙tūṇīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to use as a quiver Ragh. ix, 63

⋙tūṇīdhāra

1. ○dhāra m. a quiver-bearer Pāṇ. 6-2, 75 Kāś

⋙tūṇīśaya

1. ○śaya mfn. lying in the quiver MBh. (ifc.) R. vi

≫tūṇīka

1. tūṇīka m. = ○ṇika L

⋙tūṇīra

1. tūṇīra m. = ○ṇa MBh. R. Mālav. v, 10
2. • -vat mfn. = ○Na-v○ Hariv
3. • ○rāyamāṇa mfn. representing a quiver Daś. v, 112

tūṇava

1. tū́ṇava m. a flute TS. vi Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. v, 8, 2 Nir. xiii, 9
2. • ifc. Pāṇ. 2-2, 34 Vārtt. 1

⋙tūṇavadhma

1. ○dhmá m. a flute-player VS. xxx, 19 f

tūta

1. tūta m. the mulberry-tree Bhpr. V

tūtaka

1. tūtaka n. = tuttha, blue vitriol L

tūtujāna

1. tū́tujāna mfn. (√2. tuj) hastening, eager RV. i, vi f
2. • (○ná) viii and x

⋙tūtuji

1. tū́tuji mfn. id., iv, vi f. x
2. • ○jí m. a promoter of (gen.), 22, 3
3. • cf. á-. [Page 452, Column 3]

tūtuma

1. tūtumá mfn. strong, 50, 6
2. • cf. túmra

tūda

1. tūda m. the cotton tree L
2. • = tūta (?) Npr
3. • Thespesia populneoides L
4. • (ī), f. N. of a district Pāṇ. 4-3, 94

tūpara

1. tūpará mf(ā́ TS. vii, 5, 1, 2)n. Ved. hornless, (m.) a hornless goat AV. xi, 9, 22 VS. &c
2. • blunt (yūpa) TBr. i, 3, 7, 2 ĀpŚr. xviii, 1

≫tūbara

1. tūbara m. a hornless bull L
2. • a beardless man (tub○ Uṇ. k.) L
3. • = ○raka L
4. • Andropogon bicolor Gal
5. • mfn. and (ī), f. tub○,

⋙tūbaraka

1. tūbaraka m. a eunuch MBh. v, vii f
2. • (ikā) f. tub○

≫tūya

1. tū́ya mfn. (√1. tu) strong RV. x, 28, 3
2. • (am), ind. quick, iii-viii, x
3. • n. water Naigh. i, 12

tūr

1. tūr in comp. for 2. túr
2. • mfn. (√tvar) hastening Pāṇ. 6-4, 20
3. • f. instr. ○rā, ○rbhis, hastily MBh. ii, 72, 10 BhP. ii, 7, 37

⋙tūrghna

1. tū́r-ghna n. 'racer's death', N. of the northern part of Kurukshetra TĀr. v, 1

⋙tūrṇāśa

1. tū́r-ṇāśa n. id. RV. viii, 32, 4

≫tūrṇa

1. tūrṇa mfn. (√turv Pāṇ. 6-4, 21 Kāś
2. • √tvar, 20 ; vii, 2, 28) = ○rtá KātyŚr. x, 1, 9
3. • (am), ind. quickly, speedily, viii, xxv PraśnUp. Nir. MBh. &c

⋙tūrṇaga

1. ○ga mfn. running quickly BhP. x, 53, 6

⋙tūrṇataram

1. ○taram ind. more quickly R. iii, 28

⋙tūrṇodita

1. tūrṇôdita mfn. spoken quickly L

⋙tūrṇaka

1. tūrṇaka m. 'quickly ripening', a sort of rice Car. i, 27, 4

≫tūrṇi

1. tū́rṇi mfn. quick, expeditious, clever, zealous RV. TS. ii ŚBr. i
2. • m. the mind Uṇ. vṛ
3. • a Śloka ib
4. • dirt Uṇ. k
5. • f. speed L

⋙tūrṇyartha

1. tū́rṇy-artha mf(ā)n. pursuing an object RV. iii, 52, 5 ; v, 43

≫tūrta

1. tūrtá mfn. quick, expeditious ŚBr. vi, 3
2. • cf. á-

≫tūrti

1. tūrti viśvá-. 1

⋙tūrya

1. tūrya ap-, mitra- &c

≫tūryantī

1. tūryantī f. N. of a plant ĀpGṛ. xiv, 14

tūra

1. tūra m. = 2. ○rya L
2. • cf. ardha-
3. • (ī), f. a thorn-apple Bhpr. v, 3, 86

≫tūrya

1. tūrya n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pāṇ. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā KaṭhUp. Hariv.)
2. • cf. sa-

⋙tūryakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa

⋙tūryagaṇḍa

1. ○gaṇḍa m. a sort of tabor L

⋙tūryamaya

1. ○maya mfn. musical Kathās. xxiii, 84

⋙tūryaugha

1. tūryâugha m. a band of instruments

tūrya

1. tūrya mfn. = tur○, 4th Rājat. ii, 91
2. • m. N. of a family W

⋙tūryāṃśa

1. tūryâṃśa m. a 4th part L

tūrvayāṇa

1. tū́rvayāṇa mfn. (√turv) overpowering RV. i, 174, 3 ; x, 61, 2
2. • m. N. of a man, i, 53, 10 ; vi, 18, 13

⋙tūrvi

1. tū́rvi mfn. superior, ix, 42, 3

tūl

1. tūl cl. 1. 10. ○lati, ○layati, = niṣkṛṣ Dhātup
2. • also tūṇ
3. • cf. anu-tūlaya

tūla

1. tū́la n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kāṭh. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp. (īṣīkā-) Kauś. Āp. Pāṇ. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.)
2. • a pencil Divyâv. v. xxxvi
3. • = tūta L
4. • air L
5. • m. the thorn-apple Npr
6. • n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c
7. • (ā), f. id. L
8. • a lamp wick L
9. • (ī), f. id. L
10. • cotton Sāṃkhyak. 17, Gauḍap
11. • = ○li Uṇ. Sch
12. • = -paṭī Subh. RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch
13. • the Indigo plant L
14. • cf. ápa-, indra-, udak-, prāk-, bhasma-, śaṇa-, sa-, haṃsa-,

⋙tūlakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa n. 'a cotton flock', Nom. ○ṇāyate, to appear worthless Dhanaṃj. 7

⋙tūlakārmuka

1. ○kārmuka n. 'cotton-bow', a bowlike instrument used for cleaning cotton L

⋙tūlacāpa

1. ○cāpa m. id. L

⋙tūladāham

1. ○dāham ind. (with √dah, to consume by fire) like cotton Mcar. vi, 5

⋙tūlanālā

1. ○nālā

⋙tūlanālikā

1. ○nālikā

⋙tūlanālī

1. ○nālī f. 'cotton-tube', a cotton rock L

⋙tūlapaṭikā

1. ○paṭikā f. = ○ṭī Buddh. L

⋙tūlapaṭī

1. ○paṭī f. a cotton quilt RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch

⋙tūlapicu

1. ○picu m. cotton Divyâv. xvii, xxvii

⋙tūlapīṭhī

1. ○pīṭhī f. a spindle Gal

⋙tūlapūrṇa

1. ○pūrṇa mfn. filled with cotton, (a- neg.) MBh. xi, 23, 19

⋙tūlaphala

1. ○phala m. Calotropis gigantea L

⋙tūlamūla

1. ○mūla N. of a district on the Candra-bhāgā Rājat. iv

⋙tūlalāsikā

1. ○lāsikā f. = -pīṭhī Gal

⋙tūlavatī

1. ○vatī f. a cotton cover Bhpr. vii, 10, 63

⋙tūlavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. the cotton tree L

⋙tūlaśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. a cotton seed L

⋙tūlaśodhana

1. ○śodhana n

⋙tūlaśodhinī

1. ○śodhinī f. = -kārmuka Gal

⋙tūlasecana

1. ○secana n. 'cotton-moistening', spinning L

≫tūlaka

1. tūlaka n. cotton Bhāshāp
2. • (ikā), f. a panicle (used as probing-rod) L
3. • = ○li, Jñātādh. (in Prākṛit) Kum. i, 32 Dharmaśarm. Vcar
4. • cf. akṣara-
5. • a wick L
6. • = ○la-paṭī Pāṇ. 3-3, 116 Kāś. Kathās
7. • (su-) RāmatUp. i, 86
8. • an ingot mould L. Sch

⋙tūli

1. tūli f. a painter's brush (cf. turī) Uṇ. Sch
2. • -phalā f. the cotton tree (also tul○) L

⋙tūlika

1. tūlika m. a cotton trader Kathās. lxi

⋙tūlinī

1. tūlinī f. the cotton tree (also tul○ L.) Bhpr
2. • a kind of bulb L

tūṣ

1. tūṣ cl. 1. ○ṣati, = √tuṣ Dhātup

tūṣa

1. tūṣa m. n. the border of a garment Kāṭh. TBr. [Page 453, Column 1]
2. • cf. kṛṣṇá-, dāma-

⋙tūṣādhāna

1. tūṣâdhā́na n. the place where the border is added TS. vi

tūṣṇīṃ

1. tūṣṇīṃ for ○ṇīm

⋙tūṣṇīṃviprakramaṇa

1. ○viprakramaṇa n. slipping away silently (without having voted) Buddh. L

⋙tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa

1. ○śaṃsa m. a verse which requires silent recitation AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙tūṣṇīṃśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. taciturn Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙tūṣṇīṃsāra

1. ○sāra mfn. chiefly silent AitBr. ii, 31, 1

⋙tūṣṇīṃsthāna

1. ○sthāna n. silence Kathās. lxxiv

⋙tūṣṇīṃhoma

1. ○homá m. an oblation offered silently TS. vi

⋙tūṣṇīṃgaṅga

1. ○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Pat
2. • cf. uṣṇī-g○

⋙tūṣṇīṃjapa

1. ○japa m. a prayer muttered silently ŚāṅkhŚr. ix, 25, 2 Sch

⋙tūṣṇīṃdaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. secret punishment Mcar. iv, 7/8

⋙tūṣṇīṃbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being silent, silence MBh. xii, 3840 Sāh

⋙tūṣṇīṃbhāvam

1. ○bhāvam ind. silently Pāṇ. 3-4, 63

⋙tūṣṇīṃbhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become silent MBh. i, 7951 R. i, 70, 18

⋙tūṣṇīṃbhūya

1. ○bhūya ind. p. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 63) silently Pañcat. iii, 14, 0/1

≫tūṣṇīka

1. tūṣṇīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat.) silent R. (G) ii, 117, 3 Kathās. īc, 60 Mālatīm. i, 19 Sch
2. • (am), ind. silently MānŚr. i, 7, 5 MBh. v R. v
3. • (ām), ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) id., Bhāgav. (Uṇ. iv, 35 Sch.)

⋙tūṣṇīm

1. tūṣṇī́m ind. (g. svar-ādi) silently, quietly RV. ii, 43, 3 TS. &c. (for ○ṇīṃ babhūva, 'became silent' Divyâv.)

tūsta

1. tūsta n. (Pāṇ. 3-1, 21
2. • ifc. g. cūrṇâdi) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kāś. Purushôtt. (Uṇ. iii, 86 Sch.)
3. • sin L
4. • an atom L
5. • a braid of hair L

tṛ

1. tṛ́ (= stṛ́), nom. pl. tā́ras, the stars RV. viii, 55, 2
2. • cf. tārā

tṛṃhaṇa

1. tṛṃhaṇa n. (√tṛh) crushing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Kāś
2. • cf. tárh○

⋙tṛṃhaṇīya

1. tṛṃhaṇīya to be crushed ib

tṛkṣ

1. tṛkṣ cl. 1. ○kṣati, to go Dhātup

tṛkṣa

   tṛkṣa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

tṛkṣas

1. tṛkṣas for tvákṣ Naigh. ii, 9

tṛkṣāka

1. tṛkṣāka N. of a man, g. śivâdi

tṛkṣi

1. tṛkṣí m. N. of a man with the patr. Trāsadasyava RV. vi, 46, 8 ; viii, 22, 7

tṛkha

1. tṛkha n. nutmeg L

tṛca

1. tṛcá m. n. (fr. trí and ṛ́c Pāṇ. 6-1, 37 Vārtt. 1) a strophe consisting of 3 verses AV. xix TS. i AitBr. ŚBr. and KātyŚr. (tricá) Nir. RPrāt
2. • cf. try-ṛca

⋙tṛcakḷpta

1. ○kḷpta mfn. arranged in strophes of 3 verses each ŚāṅkhŚr. AitBr. iii, 43 Sāy

⋙tṛcabhāgā

1. ○bhāgā f. (scil. ṛc) verse 1. of the 1st, v. 2. of the 2nd, and v. 3. of the 3rd paryāya of a Tṛica Lāṭy. vi

≫tṛcin

1. tṛcin mfn. containing a Tṛica AitBr. iii, 43

tṛḍha

1. tṛḍhá mfn. (√tṛh) crushed RV. i, vi

tṛṇ

1. tṛṇ cl. 8. ○ṇoti, ○ṇute, or tarṇ○, ○ṇute, to eat Dhātup. 1

⋙tṛta

1. tṛta mfn. eaten, g. tanoty-ādi

tṛṇa

1. tṛ́ṇa n. (m., g. ardharcâdi
2. • ifc. f. ā) grass, herb, any gramineous plant, blade of grass, straw (often symbol of minuteness and worthlessness) RV. &c. (ifc. accent, g. ghoṣâdi)
3. • m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi and naḍâdi ; [Goth. thaurnus.]

⋙tṛṇakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (v. l.)
2. • pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙tṛṇakāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa n. a heap of grass Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś

⋙tṛṇakuṅkuma

1. ○kuṅkuma n. Kaśmir crocus L

⋙tṛṇakuñcaka

1. ○kuñcaka n. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', N. of a gem Buddh. L

⋙tṛṇakuṭi

1. ○kuṭi f. a hut of grass or straw SāmavBr. iii, 9, 1 Sāy

⋙tṛṇakuṭī

1. ○kuṭī f. id. L

⋙tṛṇaknṭīra

1. ○knṭīra id. Siṃhâs

⋙tṛṇakuṭīraka

1. ○kuṭīraka id. Pañcat. i, 4, 7/8

⋙tṛṇakūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. n. = -kāṇḍa VarBṛS

⋙tṛṇakūrcikā

1. ○kūrcikā f. a whisk L

⋙tṛṇakūrma

1. ○kūrma m. the Tumbī gourd L

⋙tṛṇaketakī

1. ○ketakī f. a kind of Tabāshīr Npr

⋙tṛṇaketu

1. ○ketu

⋙tṛṇaketuka

1. ○ketuka m. a bamboo L

⋙tṛṇagaḍa

1. ○gaḍa m. a sort of sea crab L

⋙tṛṇagaṇanā

1. ○gaṇanā f. 'valuing at a straw', thinking anything (loc.) to be of no importance Vcar. vi, 2

⋙tṛṇagaṇāya

1. ○gaṇāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a heap of grass, have no value whatever Prasaṅg. iv, 4

⋙tṛṇagandhā

1. ○gandhā f. Batatas paniculata Npr

⋙tṛṇagodhā

1. ○godhā f. a lizard, chamaeleon L

⋙tṛṇagaura

1. ○gaura n. = kuṅkuma L

⋙tṛṇagranthi

1. ○granthi f. N. of a plant L

⋙tṛṇagrāhin

1. ○grāhin m. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', sapphire or another gem L

⋙tṛṇacara

1. ○cara m. N. of a gem Npr

⋙tṛṇajambhan

1. ○jambhan mfn. graminivorous or having teeth like grass Pāṇ. 5-4, 125

⋙tṛṇajalāyukā

1. ○jalāyukā́ f. a caterpillar ŚBr. xiv

⋙tṛṇajalūkā

1. ○jalūkā f. id. BhP. iv, 29, 76

⋙tṛṇajantu

1. ○jantu m. a blade of grass MBh. xii, 261, 21

⋙tṛṇajāti

1. ○jāti f. pl. the different kinds of grass Mn. i, 48

⋙tṛṇajyotis

1. ○jyotis n. N. of a shining grass Kir. xv, 47 Sch. - 1

⋙tṛṇatā

1. ○tā f

⋙tṛṇatva

1. ○tva n. the state of grass L

⋙tṛṇatvaca

1. ○tvaca m. a kind of grass Gal

⋙tṛṇadruma

1. ○druma m. a palm-tree L. [Page 453, Column 2]

⋙tṛṇadhānya

1. ○dhānya n. wild rice L

⋙tṛṇadhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. = -ketu Bhpr

⋙tṛṇanimbā

1. ○nimbā f. the Nepalese Nimba L

⋙tṛṇapa

1. ○pa m. 'grass-swallower', N. of a Gandharva MBh. i Hariv. 14157

⋙tṛṇapañcamūla

1. ○pañca-mūla n. an aggregate of 5 roots of gramineous plants (rice, sugar-cane, Darbha, Scirpus Kysoor, Saccharum Sara) Suśr. vi, 48, 23

⋙tṛṇapattrikā

1. ○pattrikā

⋙tṛṇapattrī

1. ○pattrī f. a kind of reed L

⋙tṛṇapadī

1. ○padī f. (a woman) having legs as thin as blades of grass, g. kumbhapady-ādi

⋙tṛṇaparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. = -pattrī Gal

⋙tṛṇapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. N. of a Ṛishi SV. Anukr

⋙tṛṇapīḍa

1. ○pīḍa n. 'pressing as close as grass', hand to hand fighting MBh. ii, 909

⋙tṛṇapuruṣaka

1. ○puruṣaka m. a straw-man Kād

⋙tṛṇapulaka

1. ○pulaka

⋙tṛṇapulī

1. ○pulī -pūl○

⋙tṛṇapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. = -kuṅkuma L
2. • (ī), f. N. of a plant L

⋙tṛṇapūla

1. ○pūla a tuft of grass L
2. • (ī), f. id. Kād. v, 986 (v. l. pul○)

⋙tṛṇapūlaka

1. ○pūlaka id. Hcar. vii (v. l. pul○)

⋙tṛṇapūlika

1. ○pūlika N. of a human abortion Car. iv, 4, 1

⋙tṛṇaprāya

1. ○prāya mfn. = -vat (a district) R. iii, 15, 41
2. • worth a straw, worthless W

⋙tṛṇabalvajā

1. ○balva-jā f. Eleusine indica L

⋙tṛṇabindu

1. ○bindu m. N. of an ancient sage and prince MBh. iii f. ix Ragh. VP. BhP. VāyuP. i, 23, 190 DeviibhP
2. • -śaras n. N. of a lake MBh. iii
3. • cf. tārṇabindaviiya

⋙tṛṇabīja

1. ○bīja

⋙tṛṇabījaka

1. ○bījaka

⋙tṛṇabījottama

1. ○bījôttama m. Panicum frumentaceum L

⋙tṛṇabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. graminivorous Kathās. lx

⋙tṛṇabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become as thin as a blade of grass R. iv, 9, 95
2. • deprived of all power MBh. vii, 8303

⋙tṛṇamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. = -kuñcaka Subh. 896

⋙tṛṇamaya

1. ○maya mfn. made of grass ŚārṅgP. (Siṃhâs.)

⋙tṛṇamuṣṭi

1. ○muṣṭi f. a handful of grass

⋙tṛṇarāj

1. ○rāj m. 'king of grasses', the vine-palm R. vi

⋙tṛṇarāja

1. ○rāja m. (cf. Bhpr. iv, 35) id. MBh. iv Hariv. (also ○jan, 3722)
2. • the cocoa-nut tree L
3. • a bamboo Npr
4. • sugar-cane ib

⋙tṛṇarājan

1. ○rājan m. ○ja

⋙tṛṇalava

1. ○lava m. a blade of grass Bhartṛ

⋙tṛṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. abounding in grass MBh. xii Bhartṛ

⋙tṛṇavistara

1. ○vistara m. = -kāṇḍa

⋙tṛṇavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. the fanpalm Npr
2. • the date tree ib
3. • the cocoa-nut tree ib
4. • the areca-nut tree ib
5. • Pandanus odoratissimus ib

⋙tṛṇaśīta

1. ○śīta n. N. of a fragrant grass L
2. • (ā), f. Commelina salicifolia L

⋙tṛṇaśūnya

1. ○śūnya m. Jasminum Sambac Suśr.i, iv
2. • (śūlya) v, 7, 19
3. • mf. n. the fruit of Pandanus odoratissimus L

⋙tṛṇaśūlya

1. ○śūlya -śūnya

⋙tṛṇaśoṇita

1. ○śoṇita n. 'grass-blood', = -kuṅkuma L

⋙tṛṇaśoṣaka

1. ○śoṣaka m. N. of a serpent, v, 4, 34

⋙tṛṇaśauṇḍikā

1. ○śauṇḍikā f. a kind of Achyranthes Npr

⋙tṛṇaṣaṭpada

1. ○ṣaṭ-pada m. 'grass-infesting six-footed', a wasp L

⋙tṛṇasaṃvāha

1. ○saṃvāha mfn. grass-moving (wind) Āp

⋙tṛṇasāra

1. ○sāra mfn. 'as weak as grass'
2. • (ā), f. Musa sapientum L
3. • ○rī-kṛta mfn. rendered weak as grass Kathās

⋙tṛṇasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. 'reed-lion', axe Pāṇ. 6-2, 72 Kāś

⋙tṛṇasomāṅgiras

1. ○somâṅgiras m. N. of one of Yama's 7 sacrificial priests MBh. xiii, 7112

⋙tṛṇaskanda

1. ○skandá m. N. of a man RV. i, 172, 3

⋙tṛṇastāraka

1. ○stāraka m. 'covering with grass', leaving unremembered Buddh. L

⋙tṛṇaharmya

1. ○harmya m. a bower of grass or straw on the top of a house L

⋙tṛṇāgni

1. tṛṇâgni m. a grass fire (quickly extinguished) Mn. iii, 168 Pañcat
2. • burning a criminal wrapped up in straw W

⋙tṛṇāṅkura

1. tṛṇâṅkura m. young grass Bhartṛ

⋙tṛṇāñcana

1. tṛṇâñcana ṅal.,

⋙tṛṇāñjana

1. tṛṇâñjana ḻ., m. = ○ṇa-godhā

⋙tṛṇāṭavī

1. tṛṇâṭavī f. a forest abounding in grass L

⋙tṛṇāḍhya

1. tṛṇâḍhya m. N. of a grass L

⋙tṛṇāda

1. tṛṇâda mfn. = ○ṇa-bhuj Subh

⋙tṛṇādhipa

1. tṛṇâdhipa m. 'grass-king', N. of a grass L

⋙tṛṇānna

1. tṛṇânna n. = ○ṇa-dhānya Npr

⋙tṛṇāmla

1. tṛṇâmla n. N. of a grass L

⋙tṛṇāri

1. tṛṇâri m. a kind of Mollugo Npr

⋙tṛṇāvarta

1. tṛṇâvarta m. N. of a Daitya BhP. x BrahmaP. iv, 11

⋙tṛṇāśa

1. tṛṇâśa mfn. = ○ṇâda Subh

⋙tṛṇāśana

1. tṛṇâśana

⋙tṛṇāśin

1. tṛṇâśin mfn. id. Kathās. lx

⋙tṛṇāsṛj

1. tṛṇâsṛj n. = ○ṇa-śoṇita L

⋙tṛṇekṣu

1. tṛṇêkṣu m. N. of a grass L

⋙tṛṇendra

1. tṛṇêndra m. = ○ṇa-rāj MBh. xiii

⋙tṛṇaidha

1. tṛṇâidha m. a fire for which grass is used instead of fuel ĀpŚr. ix, 9, 12

⋙tṛṇottama

1. tṛṇôttama m. 'best of grasses', a kind of Crocus L

⋙tṛṇottha

1. tṛṇôttha m. = ○ṇa-kuṅkuma L

⋙tṛṇodaka

1. tṛṇôdaká n. sg. grass and water ŚBr. xiv ChUp. MBh. (v. l.)
2. • -bhūmi n. sg. grass, water, and a seat Gaut. v, 35

⋙tṛṇodbhava

1. tṛṇôdbhava m. = ○ṇa-dhānya L
2. • = ○ṇôttha Npr

⋙tṛṇolapa

1. tṛṇôlapa n. sg. (g. gavâśvâdi) grass and shrubs MBh. v Kād

⋙tṛṇolkā

1. tṛṇôlkā f. a torch of hay MBh. v Hit. i

⋙tṛṇaukas

1. tṛṇâukas n. = ○ṇa-kuṭi L

⋙tṛṇauṣadha

1. tṛṇâuṣadha n. the fragrant bark of Feronia elephantum L

≫tṛṇaka

1. tṛṇaka n. a worthless blade of grass MBh. i
2. • m. N. of a man, ii, 328

⋙tṛṇakīyā

1. tṛṇakīyā f. a grassy place, g. bilvakâdi

⋙tṛṇaya

1. tṛṇaya Nom. ○ti, to esteem as lightly as straw Naish. ix, 70

⋙tṛṇasa

1. tṛṇasa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) grassy Vop

⋙tṛṇīkṛ

1. tṛṇī-√kṛ to make straw of, make light of MBh. i, 7062 ; v, vii Naish. iii, 54 Kathās. xviii, 85 Sāh

⋙tṛṇīya

1. tṛṇīya g. utkarâdi

⋙tṛṇyā

1. tṛṇyā f. = ○ṇa-kāṇḍa g. pāśâdi
2. • cf. a-

tṛṇatā

1. tṛṇatā f. = tṛ-ṇ○ L

tṛṇāṅku

1. tṛṇāṅku m. N. of a sage R. iv. [Page 453, Column 3]

tṛṇāmalla

1. tṛṇāmalla N. of a temple Rasik. xi, 15
2. • cf. tri-m○

⋙tṛṇāvallī

1. tṛṇāvallī f. id., 30

tṛṇṇa

1. tṛṇṇa áti-, ava-, ā́-, ví-, sáṃ-

tṛta

1. tṛta. and 2 √tṛṇ and tritá

≫tṛtīya

1. tṛtī́ya mf(ā)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 55
2. • also vii, 3, 115 ; i, 1, 36 Vārtt.) the 3rd RV. &c
3. • m. the 3rd consonant of a Varga (g, j, ḍ, d, b) RPrāt. VPrāt. APrāt. Pāṇ. Vārtt. and Kāś
4. • (in music) N. of a measure
5. • (ā), f. (scil. tithi) = ○yikā Jyot. &c
6. • (scil. vibhakti) the terminations of the 3rd case, the 3rd case (instrumental) Pāṇ. APrāt. iii, 19
7. • (am), ind. for the 3rd time, thirdly RV. x, 45, i ŚBr. ix, xi TāṇḍyaBr. &c
8. • (ena), instr. ind. at the 3rd time PārGṛ. ii, 3, 5
9. • (tṛ́tīya) mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 48) forming the 3rd part, (n.) a 3rd part TS. TBr. ŚBr. iii f. KātyŚr. Mn. vi, 33 MBh. ; [Zend. thritya, Lat. tertius ; Goth. thridja.]

⋙tṛtīyakaraṇī

1. ○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times smaller than another, Śulb. i, 47

⋙tṛtīyatā

1. ○tā f. the condition of the 3rd consonant of a Varga RPrāt. xi, 13

⋙tṛtīyatva

1. ○tva n. the condition of being the 3rd TPrāt. Sch

⋙tṛtīyadivasa

1. ○divasa m. '3rd day', the day after to-morrow Hit. iii, 8, 1/2

⋙tṛtīyaprakṛti

1. ○prakṛti f. '3rd nature', a eunuch L. Sch
2. • the neuter gender ib

⋙tṛtīyabhikṣā

1. ○bhikṣā f. a 3rd part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3

⋙tṛtīyasavana

1. ○savaná n. the 3rd Soma preparation (in the evening) TS. ii ŚBr. i-iii AitBr. vi KātyŚr. Nir. vii
2. • ○nīya mfn. belonging to ○ná ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙tṛtīyasvara

1. ○svara n. '3rd tune', N. of a Sāman

⋙tṛtīyāṃśa

1. tṛtīyâṃśa m. a 3rd part VarBṛS
2. • mfn. receiving a 3rd as one's share (○yin Sch. on KātyŚr. x, 2, 25 and Nyāyam. iii) Mn. viii, 210

≫tṛtīyaka

1. tṛ́tīyaka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 81) recurring every 3rd day, tertian (fever) AV. i, v, xix Suśr
2. • occurring for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77 Kāś
3. • the 3rd, Srut. Sāh. vi, 226 and 239
4. • (ikā), f. the 3rd day in a half month

⋙tṛtīyakajvara

1. ○jvara m. tertian ague

≫tṛtīyā

1. tṛtīyā f. and ind

⋙tṛtīyākṛ

1. ○√kṛ to plough for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-4, 58

⋙tṛtīyāsamāsa

1. ○samāsa m. a Tat-purusha compound the former member of which would stand in the instrumental case if separated from the latter, i, 1, 30 ; vi, 1, 89 Vārtt. 6

⋙tṛtīyika

1. tṛtīyika mfn. v, 1, 48
2. • (ā), f. ○yaka

⋙tṛtīyin

1. tṛtīyin mfn. holding the 3rd rank ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. viii, 210
2. • ○yâṃśa

tṛtsu

1. tṛ́tsu m. sg. and pl. N. of a race RV

tṛd

1. tṛd cl. 7. (impf. atṛṇat pf. tatarda, p. Ā. tatṛdāná
2. • aor. atardīt Bhaṭṭ
3. • fut. tardiṣyati, tartsy○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 57) to cleave, pierce RV. Hariv. Bhaṭṭ
4. • to split open, let out, set free RV
5. • to destroy Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38: Desid. titardiṣati, ○rtsati Pāṇ. 7-2, 57
6. • √.tard

≫tṛdila

1. tṛdilá mfn. porous RV. x, 94, 11
2. • cf. á-

tṛp

1. tṛp cl. 4. tṛ́pyati [AV. TS. &c
2. • metrically also ○te], cl. 5. [Subj. 2. sg. tṛpṇávas Impv. ○ṇuhi, ○ṇutám RV. ( also á-tṛpṇuvat)
3. • ○noti Dhātup. and g. kṣubhnâdi], cl. 6. [2. sg. tṛmpási, Impv. ○pá, ○patu, &c. RV. ŚBr
4. • Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat
5. • tṛpati Dhātup
6. • pf. p. Ā. tātṛpāṇá RV. x, 95, 16
7. • P. tatarpa
8. • 3. pl. tātṛpur AV. xi, 7, 13
9. • aor. atṛpat (iii, 13, 6) or atrāpsīt Pāṇ. 3-1, 44 Vārtt
10. • atarpīt, atārpsīt Vop
11. • fut. 1st tarpiṣyati (but Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), tarpsy○, trapsy○
12. • Cond. atrapsyat AitUp. iii, 3
13. • fut. 2nd tarpitā, ○ptā, traptā Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 59 and vii, 2, 45] to satisfy one's self, become satiated or satisfied, be pleased with (gen., instr., or rarely loc., e.g. nâgnis tṛpyati kāṣṭhānām, 'fire is not satisfied with wood' MBh. xiii
14. • átṛpyan brāhmaṇā́ dhánaiḥ, 'the Brahmans were pleased with wealth' ŚBr. xiii) RV. &c
15. • to enjoy (with abl.) Mn. iv, 251
16. • to satisfy, please Bhaṭṭ. i f.: cl. 1. tarpati, to kindle Dhātup.: Caus. tarpayati, rarely ○te (impf. atarpayat RV. &c
17. • p. tarpáyat ib
18. • aor. atītṛpat ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 12 BhP
19. • átītṛpāma VS
20. • inf. tárpayitavaí ŚBr. i, 7, 3, 28 ĀpŚr. iv, 16, 17) to satiate, satisfy, refresh, gladden RV. &c
21. • Ā. to become satiated or satisfied VS. AV. vi
22. • to kindle Dhātup.: Desid. (Subj. títṛpsāt) to wish to enjoy RV. x, 87, 19: Caus. Desid. (Pot. titarpayiṣet) to wish to satiate or refresh or satisfy ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 2, 7 Gobh. i, 9, 2: Intens. tarītṛpyate, tarītarpti, ○trapti W
23. • [√.tṛph
24. • ?.]

≫tṛp

1. tṛp asu- and paśu-tṛ́p
2. • śiśnôdara-

≫tṛpa

1. tṛpa mfn. a-tṛpá
2. • asu-
3. • (ā), f. N. of a plant ŚBr. v, 3, 5, 20 Sāy

⋙tṛpat

1. tṛpát ind. with pleasure, to one's satisfaction RV. ii f. x
2. • m. the moon Uṇ. k
3. • a parasol Uṇ. ii, 85 Sch

⋙tṛpala

1. tṛpála mfn. ṣV. or [am], ind. [RV. ix, 97, 8] = ○prá or ○prám
2. • (ā), f. a creeper Uṇ. i, 106 Sch
3. • = phalā Uṇ. vṛ. [Page 454, Column 1]
4. • tṛpála-prabharman mfn. (Soma) = tṛpra-prahārin [Nir. v, 12] RV. x, 89, 5

⋙tṛpāya

1. tṛpāya Nom. ○yate (fr. ○pát), g. bhṛśâdi

⋙tṛpita

1. tṛpita mfn. Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙tṛpu

1. tṛpú m. a thief (cf. asu- and paśu-tṛ́p) Naigh. iii, 24 (v. l. tripú)

≫tṛpta

1. tṛptá mfn. satiated, satisfied with (gen., instr., or in comp.) AV. ŚBr. &c
2. • (am), ind. so as to exhibit satiety AitBr. i, 25, 15
3. • n. N. of a metre RPrāt. xvii, 5

⋙tṛptatā

1. ○tā f. satiety Kathās. lxii
2. • satisfaction, cxix
3. • a-, insatiability Śiś. ix, 64

⋙tṛptāṃśu

1. tṛptấṃśu mfn. having well-nourished shoots RV. i, 168

⋙tṛptātman

1. tṛptâtman mfn. having a contented mind

≫tṛpti

1. tṛ́pti f. satisfaction, contentment RV. viii, 82, 6 (○ptí) and ix, 113, 10 AV. &c
2. • disgust Suśr. i, 24, 2
3. • m. N. of a Gandharva Gal

⋙tṛptikara

1. ○kara mfn. giving satisfaction, 46, 9, 7

⋙tṛptikāraka

1. ○kāraka mfn. id

⋙tṛptikṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. = a-secana L

⋙tṛptighna

1. ○ghna mfn. removing disgust

⋙tṛptida

1. ○da mfn. = -kara

⋙tṛptidīpa

1. ○dīpa m. N. of Bhpañcad. vii

⋙tṛptimat

1. ○mat mfn. satisfied, finding satisfaction in (loc.) ChUp. vii, 10, 2 Rudray. ii, i, 4

⋙tṛptiyoga

1. ○yoga m. satisfaction Śiś. ii, 31

≫tṛptīkṛ

1. tṛptī-√kṛ to satisfy, gladden Naish. viii

≫tṛpyat

1. tṛpyat mfn. a- not becoming satiate Kathās

≫tṛpra

1. tṛprá mf(ā)n. KātyŚr. xxv, 11, 30
2. • (ám), ind. ŚBr. x, 4, 1, 18 ; xii, 5
3. • m. = puroḍāśa (Uṇ. Sch. and Sāy
4. • = ghṛta Uṇ. k.) RV. viii, 2, 5
5. • cf. trapiṣṭha

⋙tṛpradaṃśin

1. ○daṃśín mfn. biting hastily (?) AV. vii, 56, 3

≫tṛprāya

1. tṛprāya Nom. ○yate g. sukhâdi

⋙tṛprālu

1. tṛprālu mfn. ○praṃ na sahate Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 6

≫tṛprin

1. tṛprin mfn. g. sukhâdi

tṛph

1. tṛph cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy (cf. √tṛp) Dhātup
2. • to kill (cf. tarphitṛ) W

tṛphalā

1. tṛphalā tri-ph○

tṛphū

1. tṛphū f. = sarpa-jāti Uṇ. k

tṛbhi

1. tṛ́bhi m. a ray TĀr. i, 11, 3

tṛmp

1. tṛmp cl. 6. ○pati, √tṛp

≫tṛmpaṇa

1. tṛmpaṇa n. the act of pleasing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 7 f. Pat

⋙tṛmpaṇīya

1. tṛmpaṇīya mfn. to be pleased ib

tṛmph

1. tṛmph (= √tṛp), cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy, vii, 1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat

tṛvṛt

1. tṛvṛt tri-v○

tṛṣ

1. tṛṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (p. tṛ́ṣyat Ā. ○ṣāṇá pf. tātṛṣāṇá RV. [tat○, vi, 15, 5]
2. • 3. pl. tātṛṣúr, x, 15, 9
3. • aor. Subj. tṛṣat AV. ii, 29, 4
4. • ind. p. ○ṣṭvā́, xix, 34, 6
5. • ○ṣitvā and tarṣitvā Pāṇ. 1-2, 25) to be thirsty, thirst, thirst for RV. &c.: Caus. (aor. 1. pl. atītṛṣāma) to cause to thirst, iv, 34, 11 ; [Goth. thars, thaursus
6. • ?] 2

⋙tṛṣ

1. tṛṣ mfn. 'longing for', artha-

   • f. (Siddhṣtry. 23) thirst MBh. xiv Suśr. VarBṛ. &c 

1. • strong desire L
2. • Desire as daughter of Love L

≫tṛṣā

1. tṛṣā f. thirst Nal. ix, 27 Suśr. Vet. &c
2. • strong desire Hit. i, 6, 34
3. • Desire as daughter of Love L
4. • Methonica superba L

⋙tṛṣābhū

1. ○bhū f. 'thirstorigin', the bladder L

⋙tṛṣāroga

1. ○roga m. 'morbid thirst' N. of a disease MBh. xii, 11268

⋙tṛṣārta

1. ○rta (○ṣâr○), mfn. suffering from thirst, Sinhâs. vi, 7 Hit. iii, 4, 0/1
2. • affected by desire, i, 6, 34

⋙tṛṣāha

1. ○ha n. 'thirst-destroying', water L
2. • a kind of anise L

≫tṛṣita

1. tṛṣitá mfn. (fr. 2. tṛṣ g. tārakâdi) thirsty, thirsting, desirous RV. i, 16, 5 MBh. &c. (with inf. Hariv. 5033)
2. • n. thirst W
3. • cf. á-

⋙tṛṣitottarā

1. tṛṣitôttarā f. the plant aśana-parṇī L

≫tṛṣu

1. tṛṣú mfn. greedy, eagerly desirous RV. iv, 4, 1 ; 7, 11
2. • ind. greedily, rapidly, i, 58 ; iv, 7, 11 ; vii, 3, 4 ; x, 79 ; 91 ; 113 ; 115

⋙tṛṣucyavas

1. ○cyávas mfn. moving greedily, vi, 66, 10

⋙tṛṣucyut

1. ○cyút mfn. id., i, 140, 3

≫tṛṣṭa

1. tṛṣṭá mf(ā́)n. 'dry', rough, harsh, rugged, hoarse [Lat. tussis fr. turs-ti-s], iii, 9, 3 ; x, 85 and 87 AV. v, 18 f. ; vii, 113, 2

⋙tṛṣṭajambha

1. ○jambha mfn. having rough teeth, vi, 50, 3

⋙tṛṣṭadaṃśman

1. ○daṃśman (ṭá-), mfn. biting roughly, xii, 1, 46

⋙tṛṣṭadhūma

1. ○dhūma (○ṭá-), mfn. having pungent breath (a snake), xix, 47 and 50

⋙tṛṣṭavandana

1. ○vandana mf(ā)n. having a rough eruption, vii, 113, 1

⋙tṛṣṭāmā

1. tṛṣṭấmā f. N. of a river RV. x, 75, 6

≫tṛṣṭikā

1. tṛṣṭikā́ f. a rough woman AV. vii, 113, 1 f

≫tṛṣṇaka

1. tṛṣṇaka mfn. desirous, eager for L

≫tṛṣṇaj

1. tṛṣṇáj mfn. (Nir. Pāṇ.) thirsty RV. i, v, vii

≫tṛṣṇā

1. tṛ́ṣṇā f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. ŚBr. &c
2. • desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c
3. • Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mṛityu VP. i, 7, 31
4. • or Māra Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedanā and generating Upâdāna (Buddh.)
5. • cf. ati-

⋙tṛṣṇākṣaya

1. ○kṣaya m. cessation of desire, tranquillity of mind L

⋙tṛṣṇāghna

1. ○ghna mfn. quenching thirst Suśr. i, 45

⋙tṛṣṇāmāra

1. ○mārá m. dying of thirst AV. iv, 17, 6 f. [Page 454, Column 2]

⋙tṛṣṇāri

1. ○"ṣri (○ṇâr○), m. the plant parpaṭa L

⋙tṛṣṇāvarūtrī

1. ○varūtrī f. for tvaṣṭā- g. vanaspaty-ādi

≫tṛṣyāvat

1. tṛṣyā́-vat mfn. = tarṣ○ RV. vii, 103, 3

tṛṣama

1. tṛṣama tri-ṣ○

tṛh

1. tṛh cl. 7. (Impv. tṛṇéḍhu
2. • Subj. pl. tṛṇáhān
3. • aor. atṛham AV
4. • atarhīt Bhaṭṭ
5. • atṛkṣat, Durgād
6. • pf. tatarha AV
7. • pr. p. nom. m. tṛṃhát RV. x, 102, 4
8. • f. du. ○hatī́ ŚBr. xii, 2, 2, 2
9. • ind. p. tṛḍhvā́ Pass. pl. tṛhyánte, p. ○hyámāṇa AV
10. • cl. 6. tṛhati, tṛṃh○ Dhātup.) to crush, bruise RV. AV. TS. i, 5, 7, 6 ŚBr. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. titṛkṣati, titṛṃhiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 10 Siddh
11. • cf. vi-
12. • tárhaṇa, tṛṃhaṇa, tṛḍhá

tṝ

1. tṝ cl. 1. P. (rarely Ā.) tárati (Subj. tárat impf. átarat, p. tárat inf. tarádhyai, ○rīṣáni RV.), cl. 5. tarute (x, 76, 2
2. • Pot. 1. pl. turyāma, v f.), cl. 3. titarti (BhP
3. • p. nom. pl. títratas RV. ii, 31, 2
4. • Pot. tuturyā́t, v f. viii), with prepositions Ved. chiefly cl. 6. P. Ā. (tiráte Subj. tirāti impf. átirat, p. tirát inf. tíram, tíre RV
5. • -aor. átārīt, i, vii
6. • 1. pl. ○riṣma i, vii, ○rima viii, 13, 21
7. • táruṣante v, ○ta i, ○ṣema vii [Pāṇ. 3-1, 85 Kāś.]
8. • Ā. and Pass. -tāri RV
9. • P. atārṣīt BhP
10. • ○ṣam MBh. Daś
11. • pf. tatāra RV. &c
12. • 3. pl. titirur, i f
13. • teritha, ○ratur Pāṇ. 6-4, 122
14. • p. titirvás gen. tatarúṣas RV
15. • fut. tariṣyati, ○rIS○, taritā, ○rītā [cf. pra-tár○] Pāṇ. 7-2, 38
16. • tárutā RV. i
17. • Prec. tīryāt, tariṣīṣṭa Vop
18. • inf. tartum MBh. R
19. • ○rIt○ iv f. ○rit○ MBh. i Hariv. R. v
20. • ind. p. tīrtvā́ AV
21. • -tū́rya, vi-) to pass across or over, cross over (a river), sail across RV. &c
22. • to float, swim VarBṛS. lxxx, 14 Bhaṭṭ. xii Cāṇ
23. • to get through, attain an end or aim, live through (a definite period), study to the end RV. &c
24. • to fulfil, accomplish, perform R. i f
25. • to surpass, overcome, subdue, escape RV. &c
26. • to acquire, gain, viii, 100, 8 MBh. xii R
27. • Ā. to contend, compete RV. i, 132, 5
28. • to carry through or over, save, vii, 18, 6 MBh. i, iii: Caus. tārayati (p. ○ráyat) to carry or lead over or across Kauś. MBh. &c
29. • to cause to arrive at AV. xviii PraśnUp. vi, 8
30. • to rescue, save, liberate from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. titīrṣati (also titariṣati, ○rIS○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 41
31. • p. Ā. titīrṣamāṇa MBh. xiii, 2598) to wish to cross or reach by crossing KaṭhUp. MBh. BhP. iv: Intens. tartarīti (2. du. ○rīthas
32. • p. gen. tárilratas [Pāṇ. 7-4, 65]
33. • also vi-
34. • tātarti, 92 Sch.) to reach the end by passing or running or living through RV
35. • [cf. tára, tirás, tīrṇá ; Lat. termo, trans ; Goth. thairh.]

tekṣṇiṣṭham

1. tékṣṇiṣṭham ind. (fr. tīkṣṇá) in a most pungent manner TBr. i, 5 f. TĀr. ii

tega

1. tegá or stegá m. pl. VS. xxv, 1

tej

1. tej ○jati, to protect Dhātup. vii, 56

teja

1. teja m. (√tij) sharpness Vop. viii, 132
2. • m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1226
3. • (ā), f. the 13th night of the Karma-māsa Sūryapr

⋙tejapattra

1. ○pattra

⋙tejapāla

1. ○pāla ○jaH-p○

⋙tejavatī

1. ○vatī ○jo-v○

⋙tejavalkala

1. ○valkala m. Zanthoxylon Rhetsa Bhpr. v, 1, 169/170

⋙tejasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. N. of a man (son of Raṇa-dara)
2. • ○jaH-s○.

≫tejaḥ

1. tejaḥ = ○jas

⋙tejaḥpattra

1. ○pattra n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia (also ○ja-p○ L.) W

⋙tejaḥpāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a man (also ○ja-p○)

⋙tejaḥprabha

1. ○prabha n. 'gleaming with lustre', N. of a mythic missile R. i, 29, 18

⋙tejaḥphala

1. ○phala m. N. of a tree L

⋙tejaḥsambhava

1. ○sambhava m. (= agni-s○) lymph L

⋙tejaḥsiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. N. of an astronomer Hāyan

⋙tejaḥsena

1. ○sena m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 400 f

⋙tejāhvā

1. tejâhvā f. Scindapsus officinalis Suśr. iv, 2, 92

≫tejana

1. téjana n. sharpening, whetting Dhātup
2. • inflammation Suśr. iv, 24
3. • rendering bright W
4. • the shaft of an arrow AV. Kāṭh. AitBr. &c
5. • a reed, bamboo RV. i, 110, 5
6. • = ○naka L
7. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a whetstone, touchstone L
8. • a number of reeds or straw &c. twisted or matted together, tuft, mat Kāṭh. xxii f. AitBr. ŚBr. PārGṛ. Kauś
9. • Sanseviera Roxburghiana (also ○jinī Npr.) L
10. • = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170
11. • also ○jo-'hvā
12. • cf. taij○

⋙tejanaka

1. téjanaka m. Saccharum Sara L

⋙tejanin

1. téjanin mfn. = vikaṭa Lāṭy. ix, 2, 27 Sch

⋙tejanīdanta

1. téjanī-danta m. a prominent tooth (?), 27

⋙tejita

1. tejita mfn. sharpened, whetted (arrows) MBh. v f
2. • excited, stimulated Hariv. 5208 ; 9644

⋙tejinī

1. tejinī f. ○janī and ○jo-vatī

≫tejas

1. téjas n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare, splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c
2. • clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c
3. • the bright appearance of the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Suśr. i, 15 [Page 454, Column 3]
4. • the heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26
5. • the bile L
6. • fiery energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c
7. • semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. Śak
8. • marrow L
9. • the brain W
10. • gold L
11. • (opposed to kṣamā) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBṛ. Sāh. iii, 50 and 54 Daśar. ii, 3
12. • (in Sāṃkhya phil.) = rajas (passion)
13. • spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c
14. • a venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii Śak. vii, 15
15. • fresh butter L
16. • a mystical N. of the letter ? RāmatUp. i, 23
17. • (ase), dat. inf. √tij, q.v
18. • cf. a-, agni-, ugra- &c

⋙tejaska

1. ○ka ifc. = ○jas RV. i, 116, 8 Sāy

⋙tejaskara

1. ○kara mfn. granting vital power

⋙tejaskāma

1. ○kāma (téj○), mfn. longing for manly strength or vital power Mn. iv, 44
2. • desiring influence or authority or dignity TS. ii AitBr. i TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. ĀśvGṛ

⋙tejaskāya

1. ○kāya mfn. having light as one's body Āp

⋙tejastimira

1. ○timira n. du. light and darkness

⋙tejastejas

1. ○tejas m. whose essence is light W

⋙tejastva

1. ○tva n. the general notion of tejas Sarvad. x, 42
2. • the nature or essence of light BhP. iii

⋙tejaspada

1. ○pada n. a mark of dignity, i, 15, 14

⋙tejasvat

1. ○vat (téj○), mfn. sharp-edged W
2. • splendid, bright, glorious, beautiful AV. xviii TS. ii f. TBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp
3. • energetic, spirited W
4. • (tī), f. N. of a princess Kathās. xviii
5. • ○jo-v○.

⋙tejasvin

1. ○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Kāś.) sharp (the eye) Bhartṛ
2. • brilliant, splendid, bright, powerful, energetic TS. ii f. TBr. &c
3. • violent VarBṛS. ci, 2
4. • inspiring respect, dignified, noble Mn. &c
5. • = -kara TUp. ii, 1
6. • m. N. of a son of Indra MBh. i, 7304
7. • (inī), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
8. • mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
9. • ○svi-tā f. energy MBh. iii
10. • majesty, dignity Hcar. v, 435
11. • ○svi-tva n. brilliancy MBh. v, 181, 7 Pratāpar
12. • ○svini-tamā or ○svínī-t○, Superl. of f. of ○svín Kāṭh. xxiii, 10 TS. vi
13. • ○svi-praśaṃsā f. N. of ŚārṅgP. xvii

≫tejasa

1. tejasa n. ifc. = ○jas, power MBh. iii, 8681

≫tejasāmadhīśa

1. tejasām-adhī7śa m. 'lord of luminaries', the sun Hcar. v, 415

⋙tejasya

1. tejasyá mfn. splendid TS. ii, 3

≫tejiṣṭha

1. téjiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (Superl. of tigmá) very sharp RV. i, 53, 8
2. • very hot, i f. vi
3. • very bright, ix f. ŚBr. i BhP
4. • (am), ind. with the utmost heat TāṇḍyaBr

⋙tejīyas

1. téjīyas mfn. (Compar.) sharper (the mind) RV. iii, 19, 3
2. • more clever BhP. x, 33, 30 (BrahmaP.)
3. • higher in rank, dignified BhP. iii f. x

≫tejeyu

1. tejeyu N. of a son of Raudrâśva MBh. i, 3701

≫tejo

1. tejo = ○jas

⋙tejoja

   ○ja n. blood Gal

⋙tejojala

1. ○jala n. 'lightwater', the lens of the eye Suśr. vi, 1, 16

⋙tejonāthatīrtha

1. ○nāthatīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxxiv

⋙tejonidhi

1. ○nidhi mfn. 'treasury of glory', abounding in glory W

⋙tejobalasamāyukta

1. ○bala-samāyukta mfn. endowed with spirit and strength Nal. xix

⋙tejobindūpaniṣad

1. ○bindū7paniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙tejobīja

1. ○bīja n. marrow Npr

⋙tejobhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. destruction of dignity, disgrace

⋙tejobhibhavana

1. ○'bhibhavana m. N. of a village R. (B) ii, 68, 17

⋙tejobhīru

1. ○bhīru f. 'afraid of light', shadow L

⋙tejomaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. a disk or halo of light PraśnUp. iv, 2

⋙tejomantha

1. ○mantha m. (= agni-m○) Premna spinosa L

⋙tejomaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. consisting of splendour or light, shining, brilliant, clear (the eye) ŚBr. xiv ChUp. ŚvetUp. Mn. &c

⋙tejomūrti

1. ○mūrti mfn. consisting totally of light, iii, 93

⋙tejomṛtamaya

1. ○'mṛta-maya mfn. consisting of splendour or nectar Hcat. i, 6, 253

⋙tejorāśi

1. ○rāśi m. 'mass of splendour', all splendour (mount Meru) MBh. i
2. • (○jaso ?○ iii, 9900)
3. • Śiva

⋙tejorūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. consisting wholly of splendour (Brahmā) BrahmaP

⋙tejovat

1. ○vat mfn. sharp, pungent W
2. • bright VarBṛS. lxxxi, 6
3. • energetic W
4. • (tī), f. Scindapsus officinalis (○ja-v○ Bhpr. v, 1, 170) Suśr. iv, 2 ; 8 ; 15
5. • vi
6. • Piper Chaba L
7. • mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
8. • N. of a √(also ○jinī) Npr
9. • of a princess Kathās. xvii, 34

⋙tejovid

1. ○víd mfn. possessing splendour or light TS. iii, 3, 1, 1

⋙tejovṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. = -mantha L

⋙tejovṛtta

1. ○vṛtta n. dignified behaviour Mn. ix, 303

⋙tejovṛddhi

1. ○vṛddhi f. increase of glory

⋙tejohrāsa

1. ○hrāsa m. = -bhaṅga

⋙tejohvā

1. ○'hvā f. (cf. ○jâh○) = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170
2. • Cardiospermum Halicacabum (also ○janī L.) Suśr. iv, 9, 60

tejaura

1. tejaura N. of a place Rasik. xi

tedanī

1. tedanī́ f. blood or clotted blood VS. xxv, 2 AV. (?) ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. (○nī)

tena

1. tena m. a note or cadence introductory to a song

tena

1. téna ind. (instr. of 2. tá) in that direction, there (correl. to yena, 'in which direction, where') SaddhP. iv Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś
2. • in that manner, thus (correl. to yena, 'in what manner'), PārGṛ. ii, 2 Mn. iv, 178 Vop. v, 7 [Page 455, Column 1]
3. • on that account, for that reason, therefore (correl. to yena ṃn. ṃBh., yád [ŚBr. iv, 1, 5, 7 Mn. i, iii R. ī], yasmāt ṃBh. ṛ., yatas [Sāh. i, 2 Hit.])
4. • tena hi, therefore, now then Śak. Vikr. i, 3/4

tep

1. tep cl. 1. ○pate, to distil, ooze, drop Dhātup. x, 2
2. • to tremble, Kavikalpadr

tema

1. tema ○mana, √tim

tera

   tera ○raṇa m. balsamine L 

1. • cf. tair○

tela

1. tela m. N. of a high number Buddh. L

telu

1. telu g. rājanyâdi

tev

1. tev cl. 1. ○vate, to sport Dhātup. xiv

≫tevana

1. tevana n. sport L
2. • a pleasure-garden L

taikāyana

1. taikāyana m. patr. fr. Tika, g. naḍâdi

⋙taikāyani

1. taikāyani m. id. Pāṇ. 4-1, 154

⋙taikāyanīya

1. taikāyanīya m. a descendant or pupil of ○ni, 90 Kāś

taikṣṇāyana

1. taikṣṇāyana m. .patr. fr. Tīkshṇa, g. aśvâdi

⋙taikṣṇya

   taikṣṇya n. sharpness (of a knife) Suśr. i, 5 

1. • pungency (of drugs), i, iii f. R
2. • fierceness, severity Mn. iv, 163 MBh. R. Sāh
3. • pain, Priyad. i, 4/5

⋙taigmya

1. taigmya n. (fr. tigmá) sharpness, pungency W

⋙taijana

1. taijana mfn. coming from the plant tejanī Kāṭh. xxi, 10 (ĀpŚr. xvii, 14)

⋙taijanitvac

1. taijani-tvac a kind of lute Lāṭy. iv

⋙taijasa

1. taijasá mf(ī)n. originating from or consisting of light (téjas), bright, brilliant ŚBr. xiv MāṇḍUp. MBh. &c
2. • consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic ĀśvGṛ. Gaut. Mn. KātyŚr. Sch
3. • said of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Suśr. i, 14
4. • passionate Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. Vedântas. Suśr. BhP
5. • n. metal L
6. • vigour W
7. • N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 7035 ; ix, 2723
8. • (ī), f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr
9. • long pepper Gal
10. • ○sâvartanī, ○tinī f. a crucible L

taitala

1. taitala ○lāyani, ○li, ○til○

taitikṣa

1. taitikṣa mfn. (fr. titikṣā) patient, g. chattrâdi
2. • relating to ○kṣya g. kaṇvâdi

⋙taitikṣava

1. taitikṣava m. patr. fr. titikṣu Hariv. 1681

⋙taitikṣya

1. taitikṣya m. patr. fr. titikṣa g. gargâdi

taitila

1. taitila m. N. of a man (v. l. ○tala), g. tikâdi
2. • a rhinoceros L
3. • a god Daś. xii, 129
4. • kaliṅga, 129 Sch
5. • n. (m. Sch.) a pillow KshurUp
6. • n. N. of the 4th Karaṇa (in astr.) VarBṛS. iiic, 4 and 6
7. • -kadrū Pāṇ. 6-2, 42

⋙taitilāyani

1. taitilāyani m. patr. fr. taitila g. tikâdi (v. l. ○tal○)

⋙taitili

1. taitili m. N. of a man Pravar. v, 4 (Kāty.)
2. • (○tali [in Prākṛit teyali Jñātādh. xiv Āv. viii, 182] Jain.)

⋙taitilin

1. taitilin m. N. of a man (= ○la) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1

taittiḍīka

1. taittiḍīka mf(ī)n. prepared with tamarind-sauce, iv, 3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat. ; 4, 4 Kāś

taittira

1. taittira mf(ī)n. produced or coming from a partridge (tittiri) ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. R. Suśr
2. • sprung from the sage Tittiri Uṇ. k
3. • m. a partridge L
4. • n. a flock of partridges L

⋙taittiri

1. taittiri m. N. of a sage (elder brother of Vaiśampāyana MBh. xii, 12760) Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (v. l. titt○ pl.)
2. • of a son of Kapota-roman Hariv. 2016 MatsyaP. (not in ed.)
3. • (titt○) AgP. and BrahmaP

⋙taittirika

1. taittirika m. one who catches partridges R. (G) ii, 90, 13

≫taittirīya

1. taittirīya m. pl. 'pupils of Tittiri', the Taittirīyas (a school of the Yajur-Veda) Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 R. ii, 32, 15 VP. &c

⋙taittirīyacaraṇa

1. ○caraṇa n. the school of the Taittirīyas

⋙taittirīyaprātiśākhya

1. ○prātiśākhya n. the Prātiśākhya of the Taittirīyas (commented on by Tri-bhāshya-ratna)

⋙taittirīyabrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. the Brāhmaṇa of the Taittirīyas

⋙taittirīyayajurveda

1. ○yajur-veda m. the YV. according to the Taittirīyas

⋙taittirīyavārttika

1. ○vārttika n. N. of a commentary

⋙taittirīyaveda

1. ○veda m. the Veda according to the Taittirīyas

⋙taittirīyaśākhā

1. ○śākhā f. = -caraṇa ĀtrAnukr

⋙taittirīyaśākhin

1. ○śākhin mfn. belonging to ○khā ib. Sch

⋙taittirīyasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. the Saṃhitā of the Taittirīyas (chief recension of the Black YV., on the origin of which VP. iii, 5, 1-29 has the following legend: the YV. was first taught by Vaiśampāyana to 27 pupils, among whom was Yājñavalkya
2. • subsequently V. being offended with Y. bade him disgorge the Veda committed to him, which he did in a tangible form
3. • whereupon the older disciples of V. being commanded to pick it up, took the form of partridges, and swallowed the soiled texts, hence named 'black'
4. • the other name taittirīya referring to the partridges. Y. then received from the Sun a new or white version of the YV., called from Y.'s patr. vājasaneyin)

⋙taittirīyāraṇyaka

1. taittirīyâraṇyaka n. the Āraṇyaka of the Taittirīyas

⋙taittirīyopaniṣad

1. taittirīyôpaniṣad f. the Up. of the Taittirīyas

≫taittirīyaka

1. taittirīyaka mfn. = ○ya-śākhin, Tprāt
2. • n. the manual of the Tprāt Sāy. on RV. i, 65, 2 and 5 ; iv, 42, 8. [Page 455, Column 2]

⋙taittirīyakopaniṣad

1. taittirīyakôpaniṣad f. = ○rīyôp○ Sarvad. v

≫taittirya

1. taittirya mfn. coming from a partridge ĀpGṛ

tainduka

1. tainduka mf(ī)n. derived from Diospyros embryopteris (tind○) Suśr. vi, 40, 36

taimāta

1. taimātá m. N. of a snake AV. v

taimitya

1. taimitya n. fr. timita, dulness Gal

taimira

1. taimira mfn. fr. timita, with roga, = ○rya Suśr. iv, 13

⋙taimirika

1. taimirika mfn. = timira nayana Kād. iii

⋙taimirya

1. taimirya n. dimness of the eyes Hāsy. i, 39

taira

1. taira ○raṇa m. ○raṇī f. = ter○ L

tairabhukta

1. tairabhukta mfn. fr. tīra-bhukti

tairaścya

1. tairaścya n. 'melody of the Ṛishi Tiraścī', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. vi, 8, 12

≫tairovirāma

1. tairovirāma m. 'extending beyond (tirás) a pause (vir○)', the dependant Svarita in a compound when the Udātta upon which it depends stands on the last syllable of the 1st member of the compound VPrāt. i, 118
2. • (called prātihata TPrāt.)

⋙tairovyañjana

1. tairovyañjana m. 'extending beyond the consonant (vy○)', the dependant Svarita when separated by one or more consonants from the Udātta syllable upon which it depends RPrāt. iii, 10 APrāt. iii, 62 VPrāt. i, 117

⋙tairohnya

1. tairo'hnya mfn. = tir○ ĀśvŚr. v, 5

tairtha

1. tairtha mf(ī)n. relating to a Tīrtha, g. śuṇḍikâdi and vyuṣṭâdi

⋙tairthaka

1. tairthaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi

⋙tairthika

1. tairthika mfn. (g. chedâdi) = tīrth○, addicted or relating to another creed, heterodox Kāraṇḍ. xi, 62
2. • m. a dignified person, authority Prab. ii, 13/14
3. • n. water from a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8085
4. • = tīrthacaryā (?), xiii, 6066

⋙tairthya

1. tairthya g. saṃkāśâdi

tairyagayanika

1. tairyagayanika mfn. measured by the revolution (tiryag-ayana) of the sun (a year) Lāṭy. iv, 8, 7 Nidānas. v, 12

≫tairyagyona

1. tairyagyona mfn. = tir○, of animal origin, (m.) animal Mn. vii, 150 Suśr. vi, 39
2. • ○nya

⋙tairyagyoni

1. tairyagyoni mfn. id. MBh. v, 97, 6
2. • relating to the animals (creation) Sāṃkhyak. 54, Gauḍap

⋙tairyagyonya

1. tairyagyonya mfn. id., 53 (v. l. ○na) VP. i, 5, 21 MārkP. vlī, 33

taila

1. tailá n. (fr. tíla) sesamum oil, oil AV.i, 7, 2(?) Kauś. Gobh. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt.4 Pat
2. • ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 9)
3. • olibanum VarBṛS. lxxvii, 4 and 6

⋙tailakanda

1. ○kanda m. N. of a bulb L

⋙tailakalkaja

1. ○kalka-ja m. = -kiṭṭa L

⋙tailakalpanā

1. ○kalpanā f. N. of ŚārṅgS. xvi, 90-178

⋙tailakāra

1. ○kāra m. an oil-miller BrahmaP. i

⋙tailakiṭṭa

1. ○kiṭṭa n. oil-cake L

⋙tailakīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. N. of an insect L

⋙tailakuṇḍa

1. ○kuṇḍa (taíl○), n. an oil-pot AV. xx, 136, 16 (v. l. -kumbha)

⋙tailacaurikā

1. ○caurikā f. 'stealing oil', a cock-roach L

⋙tailatva

1. ○tva n. oily state Suśr. i, 45

⋙tailadroṇī

1. ○droṇī f. a tub filled with oil R. ii, 66, 14 ff

⋙tailapa

1. ○pa m. 'oil-drinker', N. of a man
2. • (ā), f. = -caurikā L

⋙tailapaka

1. ○paka -pāyika

⋙tailaparṇa

1. ○parṇa m. camphor Gal
2. • (ī), f. sandal L
3. • turpentine L
4. • olibanum L

⋙tailaparṇaka

1. ○parṇaka n. N. of a fragrant grass Bhpr. v, 2, 108
2. • sandal-wood Npr

⋙tailaparṇika

1. ○parṇika m. N. of a sandal tree Hariv. 12680 Bhpr
2. • n. the wood of that tree L

⋙tailapātra

1. ○pātra n. an oil-vessel Gobh. iii, 5, 8

⋙tailapāyika

1. ○pāyika m. = -pā (or 'N. of a bird' Sch.) Vishṇ. xliv, 23 Mn. xii, 63 (v. l. -paka)
2. • (ā), f. = -pā MBh. xiv, 5069

⋙tailapāyin

1. ○pāyin m. id., xiii Yājñ. iii, 211 MārkP. xv, 23
2. • ? MBh. vii, 6713
3. • (inī), f. id. Npr

⋙tailapiñja

1. ○piñja white sesamum ib

⋙tailapipīlikā

1. ○pipīlikā f. a small red ant L

⋙tailapīta

1. ○pīta mfn. one who has drunk oil, g. āhitâgny-ādi

⋙tailapūra

1. ○pūra m. 'oil-filling', a- [Kum. i, 10] or apavarjita- Bhaktâm. 15, mfn. (a lamp) that wants no oil-filling

⋙tailapeṣam

1. ○peṣam ind. (with √piṣ, to grind) so as to extract oil ('with oil' Sch.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 38 Kāś

⋙tailapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. an oil-lamp Kathās. ic, 4

⋙tailaphala

1. ○phala m. the sesamum plant Npr
2. • Terminalia Catappa L
3. • Terminalia Bellerica L

⋙tailabīja

1. ○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L

⋙tailamālin

1. ○mālin m. or a wick L

⋙tailamālī

1. ○mālī f. a wick L

⋙tailampātā

1. ○m-pātā f. Pāṇ. 4-2, 58 ; vi, 3, 71

⋙tailayantra

1. ○yantra n. an oil-mill BhP. v (-cakra n. 'wheel of an oil-mill', 21, 13)

⋙tailavallī

1. ○vallī f. a kind of Asparagus L

⋙tailaśālikā

1. ○śālikā f. = -yantra Gal

⋙tailasādhana

1. ○sādhana n. N. of a perfume L

⋙tailaspandā

1. ○spandā f. Cucurbita Pepo Npr
2. • Clitoria ternatea ib
3. • kākolī ib

⋙tailasphaṭika

1. ○sphaṭika m. N. of a gem L

⋙tailākhya

1. tailâkhya m. olibanum L

⋙tailāguru

1. tailâguru n. a kind of Agallochum L

⋙tailāṭī

1. tailâṭī f. a wasp L

⋙tailābhyaṅga

1. tailâbhyaṅga m. anointing with oil

⋙tailāmbukā

1. tailâmbukā f. = ○la-pā L

⋙tailotsava

1. tailôtsava m. oil-festival (held in honour of Minâkshī) RTL. p. 442

≫tailaka

1. tailaka n. a small quantity of oil W

⋙tailakya

1. tailakya n. adorning with the Tilaka, g. purohitadi
2. • the being adorned with the Tailaka ib. [Page 455, Column 3]

⋙tailika

1. tailika m. an oilmiller Mn. MBh. VarBṛS. Vīrac
2. • cf. mūrdha-
3. • (ī), f. an oil-man's wife Parāś. Paddh
4. • -cakra n. = ○la-yantra-c○ Divyâv. iv

⋙tailin

1. tailin m. = ○lika L
2. • (inī), f. a wick L
3. • = ○la-kīṭa L
4. • ○li-śālā f. = ○la-śālikā L

⋙tailīna

1. tailīna mfn. grown with sesamum, (n.) a sṭsesamum field Pāṇ. 5-2, 4

tailaṅga

1. tailaṅga mfn. relating to the Telinga country
2. • m. pl. its inhabitants Kuval. Sch

tailavaka

1. tailavaka mfn. inhabited by the Telus, g. rājanyâdi

tailvaka

1. tailvaka mfn. coming from or made of the Tilvaka tree ṢaḍvBr. iii, 8 KātyŚr. Suśr

taivraka

1. taivraka mfn. inhabited by the Tīvras, g. rājanyâdi

⋙taivradārava

1. taivradārava mfn. coming from or made of the tree Tīvra-dāru, g. rajatâdi

taiṣa

1. taiṣa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 149) relating to the asterism Tishya Āp
2. • m. the month (December-January) in which the full moon stands in the asterism Tishya (= pauṣa and sahasya) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii, 19
3. • (ī), f. (scil. tithi, or rātri) the day of full moon in month Taisha ĀśvŚr. Gobh. Anup

taisṛka

1. taisṛka mfn. made in Tisṛikā Kāt. ii, 5, 14 Sch

toka

1. toká n. (fr. √1. tuc) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with tánaya
2. • rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kāṭh. ŚBr. AitBr. Pāṇ. 3-3, 1 Kār. BhP
3. • a new-born child ; ii, x
4. • m. ifc. the offspring of an animal (e.g. aja-, a young goat), iii, x
5. • cf. ava-, jīvat- and sa-tokā
6. • √tvakṣ

⋙tokatā

1. ○tā f. childhood, 13, 25

⋙tokavat

1. ○vat (○ká-), mfn. possessing offspring RV. iii, 13, 7
2. • (tī), f. (a woman) having children BhP. i

⋙tokasāti

1. ○sāti (○ká-), f. acquisition of offspring RV. vi, 18, 6 ; x, 25, 9
2. • (○kásya s○, ii, 30, 5 ; iv, 24 ; vi, ix) TBr. i, 2, 1, 1

≫tokāya

1. tokāya Nom. (ind. ○yitvā) to represent a newborn child BhP. x

⋙tokinī

1. tokinī f. = ○ka-vatī MānGṛ

≫tokma

1. tokma m. ○man
2. • a young shoot BhP. x
3. • green colour L
4. • n. ear-wax L
5. • a cloud L

⋙tokman

1. tókman m. a young blade of corn, esp. of barley, malt RV. x, 62, 8 VS. AitBr. viii, 5 and 16
2. • (○kma m. KātyŚr. xix, 1 BhP. iv)
3. • offspring Naigh. ii, 2

toṭaka

1. toṭaka (= troṭ○), mfn. quarrelsome Chandaþs. vi, 31, Halāy
2. • m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 3
3. • of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar
4. • n. angry speech Daśar. i, 40 Pratāpar
5. • a metre of 4 X 12 syllables
6. • also troṭ○

toḍ

1. toḍ cl. 1. ○ḍate, to disregard Dhātup

≫toḍana

1. toḍana n. (√tuḍ) splitting (?), viii f. xxviii

≫toḍikā

1. toḍikā ○ḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī

toḍarānanda

1. toḍarânanda for ṭoḍ○

toḍalatantra

1. toḍala-tantra n. N. of wk

totala

1. totala m. N. of a writer on med. Toḍar
2. • (ā), f. N. of a goddess (tott○ ?) W

≫totilā

1. totilā f. a form of Durgā Pañcad. ii, 35

tote

1. tóte [TS. i, 2, 5, 2] and tóto [VS. iv, 22] for táva tava [MaitrS. i, 2, 4 Kāṭh. ii, 5]

tottalā

1. tottalā f. = totalā BrahmaP. ii

tottāyana

1. tottāyana m. pl. N. of a branch of the AV. (v. l. tautt○)

tottra

1. tottra n. (√1. tud) a goad for driving cattle or an elephant MBh. Pāṇ. R. BhP

⋙tottraprajita

1. ○prajita (tót○), mfn. goad-driven ŚBr. xii, 4, 1, 10

≫toda

1. todá m. a driver (of horses &c.) RV. iv, 16, 11 Nir. Kauś
2. • 'instigator, exciter', the Sun RV. i, 150, 1 ; vi, 6 and 12
3. • pricking pain BhP. iii, 18, 6 Suśr
4. • gotamasya t○, N. of a Sāman

⋙todaparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. 'prick leaf', a bad kind of grain, i, 46, 1, 18

≫todana

1. todana n. = tottra L
2. • pricking pain, i, 22, 5
3. • (m.) N. of a tree and (n.) its fruit, 46, 3, 25 and 29

≫todita

1. todita mfn. goaded R. ii, 74, 31

≫todya

1. todya n. a kind of cymbal
2. • cf. ā-

tomara

1. tomara m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) a lance, javelin MBh. &c
2. • m. pl. N. of a people, vi, 377
3. • sg. N. of the ancestor of a commentator on Deviim
4. • n. a metre of 4 X 9 syllables

⋙tomaragraha

1. ○graha m. a lancebearer Pāṇ. 3-2, 9 Vārtt. 1
2. • lance-throwing Divyâv. iii, 59
3. • viii

⋙tomaradhara

1. ○dhara m. a lance-bearer L
2. • fire L

tomarāṇa

1. tomarāṇa N. of a man Rājat. v

tomarikā

1. tomarikā f. = tūbar○ L. [Page 456, Column 1]

toya

1. tóya n. (ifc. f. ā) water Naigh. i, 12 Mn. v, viii f. MBh. &c. (○yaṃ-√kṛ with gen., 'to make offerings of water to the dead', xviii, 32
2. • (ā), f. N. of a river in Śālmala-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 28
3. • of another in India)

⋙toyakaṇa

1. ○kaṇa m. a drop of water

⋙toyakarman

1. ○karman n. 'water-ceremony', ablution of the body, oblation of water to the dead MBh. i, xii

⋙toyakāma

1. ○kāma m. 'fond of water', Calamus fasciculatus L

⋙toyakumbhā

1. ○kumbhā f. = -vṛkṣa Npr

⋙toyakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra m. n. swallowing nothing but water (sort of fast) Yājñ. Sch

⋙toyakṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. causing rain VarBṛS. ix, 43

⋙toyakrīḍā

1. ○krīḍā f. 'water-sport', splashing about in water Megh. 34
2. • cf. jala-kr○

⋙toyagarbha

1. ○garbha 'containing water', the cocoa-nut Npr

⋙toyacara

1. ○cara mfn. moving in water, (m.) an aquatic animal MBh. Hariv. MārkP

⋙toyaja

1. ○ja mfn. water-born Hariv
2. • 'lotus', ○jâkṣī f. a lotuseyed woman Daś. iv, 79

⋙toyaḍimba

1. ○ḍimba

⋙toyaḍimbha

1. ○ḍimbha m. hail L

⋙toyada

1. ○da m. 'water-giver', a rain-cloud R. Ragh. &c
2. • Cyperus rotundus L
3. • ghee L
4. • ○dâtyaya m. 'cloud-departure', the autumn R. ii VarBṛS. xliv, 23

⋙toyadāna

1. ○dāna n. N. of a gesture PSarv

⋙toyadhara

1. ○dhara mfn. containing water R. ii
2. • m. a rain-cloud L
3. • Cyperus rotundus L
4. • Marsilea quadrifolia L

⋙toyadhāra

1. ○dhāra m. a stream of water Hariv
2. • (ā), f. id. MBh. R

⋙toyadhi

1. ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Sūryas. xii
2. • cf. kṣīra t○
3. • -priya n. 'fond of the sea (produced in maritime countries)', cloves L

⋙toyanidhi

1. ○nidhi m. = -dhi L

⋙toyanīvī

1. ○nīvī f. ocean-girdled (the earth) BhP. i

⋙toyapāta

1. ○pāta m. 'waterfall', rain VarBṛS. lxxxix, 19

⋙toyapāṣāṇajamala

1. ○pāṣāṇa-ja-mala n. calamine Npr

⋙toyapippalī

1. ○pippalī f. Jussiaea repens L

⋙toyapuṣpī

1. ○puṣpī f. Bignonia suaveolens L

⋙toyapraṣṭhā

1. ○praṣṭhā f. id. W

⋙toyaprasādana

1. ○prasādana m. 'water-purifyer', Strychnos potatorum L

⋙toyaphalā

1. ○phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L

⋙toyamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of water MBh. Hariv

⋙toyamala

1. ○mala n. seafoam Npr

⋙toyamuc

1. ○muc m. 'water-yielder', a cloud R. iii, 79, 4

⋙toyayantra

1. ○yantra n. a water-clock Sūryas. xiii

⋙toyarasa

1. ○rasa m. moisture, water MBh. viii

⋙toyarāj

1. ○rāj m. 'water-king', the ocean Hariv

⋙toyarāśi

1. ○rāśi m. 'heap of water', a pond, lake R. ii, 63, 17
2. • the ocean Kād

⋙toyavat

1. ○vat mfn. surrounded by water MBh. xii
2. • (tī), f. Cocculus cordifolius Npr

⋙toyavallikā

1. ○vallikā f. id. ib

⋙toyavallī

1. ○vallī f. Momordica Charantia L

⋙toyavāha

1. ○vāha m. 'water-carrier', a rain-cloud Bālar. ix, 30

⋙toyavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. Blyxa Saivala Npr

⋙toyavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti m. Achyranthes aquatica ib

⋙toyavyatikara

1. ○vyatikara m. blending of the waters (of two rivers)

⋙toyaśuktikā

1. ○śuktikā f. a bivalve shell, oyster L

⋙toyaśūka

1. ○śūka m. = -vṛkṣa Npr

⋙toyasarpikā

1. ○sarpikā f. a frog ib

⋙toyasūcaka

1. ○sūcaka m. id. L

⋙toyāgni

1. toyâgni m. submarine fire MBh. xii, 5178

⋙toyāñjali

1. toyâñjali m. the hollowed hands joined and filled with water (offered to the dead) Mudr. iv, 4/5

⋙toyādhāra

1. toyâdhāra m. a water reservoir, lake, river Śak. i, 14

⋙toyādhivāsinī

1. toyâdhivāsinī f. = ○ya-puṣpī L

⋙toyāpāmārga

1. toyâpāmārga m. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr

⋙toyāmbudhi

1. toyâmbudhi m. the sea of fresh water PadmaP. v

⋙toyālaya

1. toyâlaya m. = ○ya-dhi
2. • N. of a constellation VarBṛ. xii

⋙toyāśaya

1. toyâśaya m. = ○yâdhāra VarBṛS. Ṛitus. Dhūrtas

⋙toyeśa

1. toyêśa m. 'water-lord', Varuṇa VP. v, 18

⋙toyotsarga

1. toyôtsarga m. discharge of water, rain Megh

⋙toyodbhavā

1. toyôdbhavā f. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr

≫toyikā

1. toyikā f. N. of a place (known by a festival [maha] called after it) Divyâv. vi, 101
2. • xxxi, 146

toraṇa

1. toraṇa n. (g. ardharcadi) an arch, arched doorway, portal, festooned decorations over doorways (with boughs of trees, garlands, &c.) MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
2. • a mound near a bathing-place W
3. • a triangle supporting a large balance
4. • m. Śiva, xiii, 1232
5. • n. the neck L
6. • cf. ut-, kapāṭa-, kautuka-

⋙toraṇamāla

1. ○māla N. of a place Rasik. xii, 24 Romakas

toramāṇa

1. toramāṇa N. of a prince Rājat

tola

1. tola mfn. (√tul) 'poising one's self', ghana-
2. • m. n. = ○laka W
3. • (ā), f. 'weighing(?)' Vop

⋙tolaka

1. tolaka (m. n. L.) a weight of gold or silver (in books = 16 Māshas, in practise only = 12 Māshas) Rājat. iv, 201
2. • (ikā), f. a wall round a watch-tower BhP. x, 76, 10

⋙tolana

1. tolana n. lifting up R. i, 66 f. Sāh. v, 4/5
2. • weighing Sch. on KātyŚr. i, 3 and Yājñ. Subh

⋙tolya

1. tolya mfn. to be weighed Hcat. i, 5, 113

tośa

1. tośá mfn. (√1. tuś) distilling, trickling RV. iii, 12, 4
2. • granting, i, 169, 5 (○śá-tama, Superl.)

⋙tośas

1. tośás mfn. id., viii, 38, 2

toṣa

1. toṣa m. (√tuṣ) satisfaction, contentment, pleasure, joy (with loc., gen., or ifc.) MBh. &c
2. • Contentment as a son of Bhaga-vat and one of the 12 Tushitas BhP. iv, 1, 7

⋙toṣaka

1. toṣaka mfn. 'pleasing', sura-

⋙toṣaṇa

1. toṣaṇa mf(ī)n. satisfying, gratifying, appeasing, pleasing MBh. BhP
2. • n. the act of satisfying or appeasing or delighting, i, 2, 13 (ifc.) [Page 456, Column 2]
3. • (ī), f. Durgā Hariv. 10238
4. • cf. su-

⋙toṣaṇīya

1. toṣaṇīya mfn. to be pleased W

   • pleasing Lalit. v, 195

⋙toṣayitavya

1. toṣayitavya mfn. to be pleased MBh. ix

⋙toṣayitṛ

1. toṣayitṛ mfn. ifc. one who pleases (others, para-) Śiś. xvi, 28 (v. l.)

⋙toṣita

1. toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, pleased MBh. R. BhP. Śak. vii, 1 Kathās

⋙toṣin

1. toṣin mfn. ifc. satisfied with, liking MBh. xiii Hariv
2. • satisfying, pleasing R. iv Kum. v, 7

⋙toṣya

1. toṣya mfn. = ○ṣayitavya MBh

tosala

1. tosala m. pl. N. of a people AV. Pariś. lvi, 4
2. • sg. N. of a wrestler (also ○laka) Hariv. ii, 30, 48 ff. BhP. x, 36 ; 42 ; 44, 27

⋙tosaliputra

1. tosaliputra m. N. of a Jain teacher HPariś. xiii, 38

taukṣāyaṇa

1. taukṣāyaṇa fr. Tuksha, g. pakṣâdi

taukṣika

1. taukṣika m. (fr. ?) the sign Sagittarius VarBṛ. i, 8

taugrya

1. taugryá m. 'son of Tugra', Bhujyu RV. i, 117 f. ; 158 ; 180 and 182 ; viii, 5, 22 ; x, 39, 4

taucchya

1. taucchya n. (fr. tuccha) emptiness, meanness, worthlessness Dhātup. vii, 3

tauṇḍikera

1. tauṇḍikera tuṇḍ○

tautātita

1. tautātita mfn. taught or composed by Tutātita (or Kumārila) Prab. ii, 3 (v. l. ○tātika, fr. Tutāta)
2. • m. an adherent of Tutāta Sarvad. iii, 52 ; xiii, 110 SŚaṃkar. x, 119

tautika

1. tautika m. the pearl-oyster L
2. • n. a pearl L

tauttāyana

1. tauttāyana tott○

tauda

1. taúda n. (fr. tuda, or toda) N. of a Sāman
2. • (ī), f. N. of a plant (?) AV. x, 4, 24

taudādika

1. taudādika mfn. belonging to the tud-ādi roots (cl. 6) Siddh

taudeya

1. taudeya m. pl. (fr. tuda g. śubhrâdi) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 1, 2 (v. l. taul○)

taudeya

1. taudeya mfn. produced in or coming from the district called Tūdī Pāṇ. 4-3, 94

taubaraka

1. taubaraka mfn. coming from the plant TubṭTaubaraka Suśr. i, 46, 3, 58 and 10, 5 ; vi, 16, 6

taubha

1. taubha n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

taumburava

1. taumburava n. the story of (Śiva and) Tumburu Bālar. ii, 3/4

⋙taumburavin

1. taumburavin m. pl. the pupils of TṭTumburu Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś

taura

1. taura n. = turâyaṇa Lāṭy. x Maś

≫tauraṃgika

1. tauraṃgika m. (fr. turaṃ-ga) a horseman Kir. Sch

⋙taurayāṇa

1. tauráyāṇa mfn. hastening Nir. v, 15

≫tauraśravasa

1. tauraśravasa n. (fr. tura-śravas) N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. ix, 4, 10 Lāṭy. vii, 3, 3 f. KātyŚr. xxv, 14, 14

⋙taurāyaṇika

1. taurâyaṇika mfn. performing the turâyaṇa Pāṇ. 5-1, 72

taururava

1. taururava n. the fruit of the Tururu tree, g. plakṣâdi (Kāś.)

tauruṣkika

1. tauruṣkika mfn. (fr. turuṣka) Turkish Kuṭṭanīm. 64

taurya

1. taurya mfn. coming from a musical instrument (tūrya) Dharmaśarm. vi, 25

⋙tauryatrika

1. ○trika n. 'triple symphony', song, dance, and instrumental music Mn. vii, 47

taurvaśa

1. taurvaśá m. (fr. turváśa) a kind of horse ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 16

taula

1. taula n. = tulā, a balance W

taulakeśi

1. taulakeśi ○śin m. (fr. tūla-keśa, 'cotton-haired'), N. of a man Pravar. i, 1

≫taulika

1. taulika

⋙taulikika

1. taulikika m. (fr. tūlikā) a painter L

taulika

1. taulika cf. uda-, daśa-, viṃśati-

≫taulin

1. taulin m. = tulā-dhara VarYogay. iv, 50

≫taulya

1. taulya n. weight Hcat
2. • equality TPrāt. Sch

taulvalāyana

1. taulvalāyana m. patr. fr. ○li Pāṇ. 4-1, 101

⋙taulvali

1. taulvali m. N. of a teacher ĀśvŚr. ii, v Pravar. ii, 2, 1
2. • cf. ajā-
3. • ○ly-ādi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 2-4, 61 Gaṇar. 171-173)

tauvilikā

1. tauvilikā f. N. of an animal (?) AV. vi, 16, 3

tauṣāyaṇa

1. tauṣāyaṇa fr. tuṣa g. pakṣâdi. [Page 456, Column 3]

tauṣāra

1. tauṣāra mfn. sprung from snow (tuṣ○), snowy Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1
2. • n. snow, cold W

tta

1. -tta mfn. fr. √1. and √3. dā

≫tti

1. -tti f. 'gift' (fr. √1. dā). bhága-

tman

1. tmán (= ātmán), m. the vital breath RV. i, 63, 8 (acc. tmánam) ĀśvŚr. vi, 9, 1 (acc. tmānam)
2. • one's own person, self RV. ;'tman after e, or o for ātman KaṭhUp. iii, 12 MBh. i-iii BhP. vii, 9, 32
3. • tmánā instr. and (at the end of a Pāda) tmán loc. ind. used as an emphatic particle (like ? and ?) 'yet, really, indeed, even, at least, certainly, also' RV. VS. vi, 11
4. • xi, 31 TS. ii, 1, 11, 2 AV. v, 27, 11
5. • utá tmánā or tmánāca 'and also, and certainly', iva or ná tmánā 'just as', ádha tmánā, 'and even' RV

≫tmanyā

1. tmányā ind. (fr. loc. tmáni + ā́ ?) only in the Vanas-pati verse of some Āprī hymns = tmánā, i, 188, 10 ; x, 110, 10 VS. xx, 45 ; xxix, 10

tya

1. tyá tyád

⋙tyajapa

1. ○japa (tyá-), m. that (i.e. a lower kind of) muttering (opposed to mahājapá) MaitrS. ii, 9, 1, 12

tyagnāyis

1. tyagnāyis N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

tyaj

1. tyaj cl. 1. ○jati (metrically also ○te
2. • pf. Ved. tityā́ja, Class. tat○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 36
3. • tatyaja BhP. iii, 4
4. • fut. tyakṣyati Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār
5. • tyajiṣy○ R. ii, vii MārkP
6. • aor. atyāhṣīt
7. • inf. tyaktum) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c
8. • to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi, 77 MBh. &c
9. • to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBṛS. xvii, 22 Bhaṭṭ
10. • to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce ĪśUp. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (tanum or deham or kalevaram, 'to abandon the body, die' Mn. vi MBh. &c
11. • prāṇān or śvāsam or jīvitam, 'to give up breath or life, risk or lose one's life' MBh. R. &c.)
12. • P. Ā. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c
13. • to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity
14. • tyajate etymologically = ?) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
15. • to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30
16. • (ind. p. tyaktvā) to except VarBṛS. Caurap. Sch
17. • Pass. tyajyate, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. tyājayati (aor. atityajat Bhaṭṭ.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288
18. • to cause anyone to give up Kathās. lxxxiii, 34
19. • to expel, turn out, xx, 126
20. • to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhaṭṭ. xv, 120
21. • to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. tityakṣati, to be about to lose (one's life, prāṇān) Car. v, 10 and 12

≫tyakta

1. tyakta mfn. left, abandoned

⋙tyaktajīvita

1. ○jīvita mfn. one who has given up all expectation of life, ready to abandon life Bhag. i, 19 Nal. ii, 16 (in comp.) R. iv

⋙tyaktaprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa mfn. id. MBh. v, 7204

⋙tyaktalajja

1. ○lajja mfn. abandoning shame, shameless BhP. v, 26, 23

⋙tyaktavat

1. ○vat mfn. having left

⋙tyaktavidhi

1. ○vidhi mfn. transgressing rules, ix, 6, 9

⋙tyaktaśrī

1. ○śrī mfn. abandoned by fortune

⋙tyaktāgni

1. tyaktâgni mfn. (a Brahman) neglecting the household-fire Mn. iii, 153

⋙tyaktātman

1. tyaktâtman mfn. despairing Gaut. xv

≫tyaktavya

1. tyaktavya mfn. to be left or abandoned Mn. ix, 239
2. • to be kept off from (abl.) VarBṛS
3. • to be given up or sacrificed MBh. i, 6183 and 6195 R
4. • to be given up in despair Subh

⋙tyaktukāma

1. tyaktu-kāma mfn. wishing to leave

⋙tyaktṛ

1. tyaktṛ mfn. abandoner of any one (gen.) Mn. iii, 245 Sch
2. • one who abandons or sacrifices (his life, prâṇān) MBh. vii, 378

≫tyaj

1. tyaj mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W
2. • giving up, offering BhP. viii Rājat. iv
3. • cf. tanu-, tanū-, su-

⋙tyaja

1. tyaja dus-

⋙tyajana

1. tyajana n. leaving, abandoning W
2. • giving W
3. • excepting, exclusion W
4. • expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4

⋙tyajanīya

1. tyajanīya mfn. to be left or abandoned W
2. • to be avoided or excepted W

⋙tyajas

1. tyájas n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV
2. • alienation, aversion, envy (= krodha Naigh. ii, 13) RV
3. • ○jás m. 'offshoot', a descendant, x, 10, 3

⋙tyajita

1. tyajita mfn. = tyakta Hariv. ii, 2, 22

≫tyāga

1. tyāgá m. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c
2. • quitting (a place, deśa-) Pañcat
3. • discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBṛS. giving up, resigning, gift, donation, distribution KātyŚr. Mn. &c
4. • sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3
5. • liberality Mn. ii, 97 R. &c
6. • a sage L
7. • cf. ātma-, tanu-, deha-, prâṇa-, śarīra-

⋙tyāgagatā

1. ○gatā f. N. of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 47

⋙tyāgayuta

1. ○yuta mfn. liberal Laghuj

⋙tyāgaśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. id
2. • -tā f. liberality Hit

≫tyāgin

1. tyāgin mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 142) = tyājaka Mn. iii, 245 (with gen.) Yājñ. and Śak. v, 28 (ifc.)
2. • giving up, resigning (ifc.) Bhag. xviii, 11
3. • one who has resigned (as an ascetic who abandons worldly objects) MBh. iii, 77 [Page 457, Column 1]
4. • sacrificing, giving up (life, ātmanaḥ) Mn. 89
5. • liberal, (m.) donor R. vi Pañcat. Kathās
6. • m. a hero L
7. • ○gi-tā f. liberality Hit. i

⋙tyāgima

1. tyāgima mfn. W

⋙tyājaka

1. tyājaka mfn. one who abandons or expels Yājñ. ii, 198

⋙tyājana

1. tyājana n. abandoning (worldly attachments, saṅgānām) BhP. xi, 20, 26

⋙tyājita

1. tyājita mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathās. lxxxvi, 13
2. • made to give up MārkP. lxxxix, 19
3. • deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c
4. • expelled Pañcad. iii, 60
5. • caused to be disregarded Ragh. vi, 56

⋙tyājya

1. tyājya mfn. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Vārtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c
2. • to be given up Bhag. &c
3. • to be sacrificed Daś. vii, 211
4. • to be excepted W
5. • n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W

tyad

1. tyád nom. syá (s), syā́, tyád, (g. sarvâdi) that (often used like an article, e.g. tyát paṇīnā́ṃ vásu, that i.e. the wealth of the Paṇis' RV. ix, 111, 2
2. • sometimes strengthened by cíd
3. • often put after utá, or after another demonstrative in the beginning of a sentence) RV. AV. vii, 14, 1 ŚBr. xiv (tyásya = máma, 4, 1, 26
4. • n. tyám for tyád, 5, 3, 1 and [in the etymology of satyám] KaushUp.) TUp. ii, 6
5. • tyád ind. indeed, namely, as it is known (always preceded by ha) RV. [Old. Germ. der.]

≫tyatra

1. tyatra ind. 'there'
2. • -tya mfn. being there Vop. vii, 111

⋙tyadam

1. tyadam ind. ifc. = tyad g. śarad-ādi

⋙tyāda

1. tyāda m. (patr. fr. tyad) the son of that person Pāṇ. 4-1, 156 Siddh

⋙tyādāyani

1. tyādāyani m. id. ib. (tyad○ ed., but cf. tād○, yād○)

⋙tyādṛś

1. tyādṛś

⋙tyādṛśa

1. tyādṛśa mfn. such a one as that, iii, 2, 60

tyugra

1. tyúgra m. for túgra TĀr. i, 10, 2

tra

1. tra mf(ā)n. (√trai Pāṇ. 3-2, 3) ifc. 'protecting', aṃsa-, aṅguli-, ātapa-, kaṭi-, giri-, go-, tanu-, tala-, tvak-, vadha-
2. • kṛta- and jala-trā

tra

1. tra = tri, 'three', dvi-

traṃs

1. traṃs cl. 1. 10. ○sati, ○sayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 88

trakh

1. trakh cl. 1. ○khati, to go, V, 30

traṅk

1. traṅk ○ṅkh, ○ṅg, cl. 1. id., iv f

traṅga

1. traṅga m. ○gā f. a kind of town or N. of a town L
2. • cf. dr○, udr○, kudr○

traṭat

1. traṭat ind. (onomat.)

⋙traṭatkāra

1. ○kāra m. crackling (of fire) Alaṃkārat

⋙traṭattraṭiti

1. ○traṭ-iti ind. crack! HPariś. iv, xi

⋙traṭatraṭa

1. traṭatraṭa ind. id. Pañcad

trada

1. tradá m. (√tṛd) one who cleaves or opens RV. viii, 45, 25

trand

1. trand cl. 1. to be busy Dhātup. iii

trap

1. trap cl. 1. ○pate (pf. trepe Pāṇ. 6-4, 122) to become perplexed, be ashamed Rājat. iii, 94: Caus. trapayati, or trāp○, id. Dhātup
2. • trap○, to make perplexed or ashamed, Śāntiś. iv, 15
3. • cf. apa-, vy-apa-
4. • tṛpála and tṛ́prá (?)

≫trapā

1. trapā f. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 104) perplexity, bashfulness, shame MBh. ii BhP. Ratnâv. &c.: (ifc. f. ā Sāh.)
2. • an unchaste woman L
3. • family L
4. • fame L

⋙trapānvita

1. ○"ṣnvita (○pân○), mfn. bashful

⋙trapāyukta

1. ○yukta mfn. id

⋙trapāraṇḍā

1. ○raṇḍā f. a harlot L

⋙trapāvat

1. ○vat mfn. = -yukta

⋙trapāhīna

1. ○hīna mfn. shameless

trapāka

1. trapāka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe Uṇ. k

trapiṣṭha

1. trapiṣṭha mfn. Superl. fr. tṛprá Pāṇ. 6-4, 157

⋙trapīyas

1. trapīyas mfn. Compar. ib

trapu

1. trápu n. (1, 177 Kāś.) tin AV. xi, 3, 8 VS. xviii Kapishṭh. ChUp. Mn. &c

⋙trapukarkaṭī

1. ○karkaṭī f. a kind of cucumber L

⋙trapukarṇin

1. ○karṇin m. 'having tin ear-ornaments', Bhava-nandin Avadānaś

⋙trapupaṭṭa

1. ○paṭṭa m

⋙trapupaṭṭṭikā

1. ○paṭṭṭikā f. N. of an ear-ornament L

≫trapula

1. trapula n. tin L. Sch

⋙trapuṣa

1. trapuṣa m. N. of a merchant Lalit. xxiv
2. • n. tin L. Sch
3. • ○pusa

⋙trapus

1. trápus n. tin TS. iv, 7, 5, 1

⋙trapusa

1. trapusa n. id. L
2. • the fruit of ○sī (also ○puṣa L.) Kauś. Suśr
3. • (ī), f. coloquintida (and other cucumbers L.), vi, 47

trapsya

1. trapsya drapsya

traya

1. trayá mf(ī́)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 43) triple, threefold, consisting of 3, of 3 kinds RV. x, 45, 2 AV. iv, 11, 2 VS. &c. (○yī́ vidyā́), 'the triple sacred science', reciting hymns, performing sacrifices, and chanting [RV., YV., and SV.] ŚBr. AitBr. &c. [Page 457, Column 2]
2. • n. a triad (chiefly ifc.) ChUp. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
3. • (ī), f. id., śata-
4. • = ○yī́ vidyā́ Gaut. Mn. &c
5. • the Buddh. triad (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha) Hcar. viii
6. • summit Bālar. i, 28
7. • a woman whose husband and children are living L
8. • Venonia anthelminthica L
9. • su-mati L

≫trayaḥ

1. trayaḥ = ○yas

⋙trayaḥpañcāśat

1. ○pañcāśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 53 ŚBr. xii, 3, 5, 12

⋙trayaḥṣaṣṭi

1. ○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ

⋙trayaḥśataśatārdha

1. ○śata-śatârdha mf(ā)n. 350 R. (B) ii, 39, 36

⋙trayaḥsaptati

1. ○saptati f. 73 Pāṇ

≫trayaś

1. trayaś = ○yas

⋙trayaścatvāriṃśa

1. ○catvāriṃśa mfn. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. i-iii)

⋙trayaścatvāriṃśat

1. ○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ

≫trayas

1. tráyas pl. of trí
2. • in comp. with any decad except aśītí and interchangeable with trí before catvāriṃśát &c. Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 f
3. • [Gk. ? for Gk. ? ; Lat. tre1decim for tre1s-decem.]

⋙trayastriṃśa

1. ○triṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 33rd ŚBr. (du. 'the 32nd and 33rd', iv, xi)
2. • (chs. of MBh. and R.)
3. • + 33 ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 12 f
4. • consisting of 33 parts (stóma, sometimes to be supplied) VS. AV. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. MaitrUp
5. • numbering 33 (the gods) VS. xx AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. iv
6. • celebrated with the ○śá Stoma VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhSr
7. • ○sa-pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra L
8. • ○śá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the ○śá Stoma TS. iv
9. • ○śá-stoma mfn. containing the ○śá Stoma ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr. x

⋙trayastriṃśat

1. ○triṃśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 33 VS. xiv AV. &c. (acc. ○śat R. iii, 20, 15
2. • pl. ○śatas MBh. i, 2601)
3. • śad-akṣara (tráy○), mf(ā)n. having 33 syllables ŚBr. AitBr
4. • ○śad-rātra n. an observance lasting 33 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
5. • prajāpates trayastriṃśat-saṃmita n. N. of a Sāman

⋙trayastriṃśati

1. ○triṃśati f. 33 AitBr. =

⋙trayastriṃśin

1. ○triṃśín mfn. containing 33 TBr. i

≫trayī

   trayī́ f. of yá

⋙trayītanu

1. ○tanu m. = -deha Hcat. i, 8, 425
2. • Śiva
3. • = -mukha Gal

⋙trayīdeha

1. ○deha m. 'having the 3 Vedas for a body', the sun, 11, 374

⋙trayīdharma

1. ○dharma m. the duty enjoined by the 3 Vedas MBh. iii Bhag. ix MārkP. xxi

⋙trayīdhāmavat

1. ○dhāma-vat m. = -deha VP. iii, 5, 15

⋙trayībhāṣya

1. ○bhāṣya n. a commentary on the 3 Vedas SŚaṃkar. xiii, 63

⋙trayīmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or containing or resting on the 3 Vedas BhP. (the sun, v, 20, 4
2. • the sun's chariot, 21, 12) MārkP. xxix KūrmaP. i, 20, 66 (Rudra) Siṃhâs. xviii

⋙trayīmukha

1. ○mukha m. 'having the 3 Vedas in his mouth', a Brahman L

⋙trayīvida

1. ○vidá mfn. knowing the triple science TBr. i, 2, 1, 26

≫trayo

1. trayo = ○yas

⋙trayodaśa

1. ○daśa (tráy○), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 48) 13 VS. xiv, 29 (instr. ○śábhis) ŚBr. Mn. ix
2. • ○śá mf(ī)n. the 13th VS. AV. ŚBr. R. VarBṛS
3. • (śata, 100) + 13 ŚāṅkhŚr
4. • consisting of 13 parts (stóma) VS. Lāṭy
5. • (ī), f. the 13th day of a half-moon Mn. &c
6. • N. of a kind of gesture PSarv
7. • -dviipa-vatī mfn. consisting of 13 islands (the earth) MBh. iii, 3, 52 and 134, 20
8. • -dhā́ ind. into 13 parts ŚBr. x Rājat. v
9. • -māsika mfn. consisting of 13 months Kāraṇḍ. xix, 96
10. • -rātra n. an observance lasting 13 days KātyŚr. xii Sch
11. • -rcá mfn. containing 13 Ṛic verses (a hymn) AV. xix, 23, 10
12. • -varjya-saptamī f. N. of a 7th day BhavP. ii, 41
13. • -vārṣika mfn. 13 years old MBh. vii, 197, 7
14. • -vidha mfn. of 13 kinds Car. vi, 3 Sāṃkhyak
15. • tráyodaśâkṣara mfn. having 13 syllables VS. ix
16. • tráyodaśâratni mfn. 13 yards long ŚBr. iii, xiii
17. • ○śâha m. = ○śa-rātra R. (G) ii, 86, 4

⋙trayodaśaka

1. ○"ṣdaśaka n. the number 13 Ṣaguruś

⋙trayodaśama

1. ○"ṣdaśama m. the 13th BhP. i, 3, 17

⋙trayodaśika

1. ○"ṣdaśika mfn. happening on the 13th day of a half-moon R. (G) ii, 86, 1

⋙trayodaśin

1. ○"ṣdaśin mfn. containing 13 Lāṭy. Nidānas

⋙trayonavati

1. ○navati f. 93 Pāṇ

⋙trayoviṃśa

1. ○viṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 23rd VS. ŚBr. VarBṛS
2. • (chs. of MBh. and R.)
3. • consisting of 23 parts (stóma) Lāṭy

⋙trayoviṃśat

1. ○viṃśat f. 23 BhP. xii, 13

⋙trayoviṃśati

1. ○viṃśati (tráy○), f. Pāṇ.) id. VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. BhP. x (instr. ○tibhis)
2. • -tattva n. pl. 23 Tattvas. iii
3. • -tama mfn. the 23rd (ch. of R. iii f.)
4. • -dāru mfn. consisting of 23 pieces of wood ĀpŚr. vii, 7, 7
5. • -dhā́ ind. into 23 parts ŚBr. x, 4
6. • -rātra n. an observance lasting 23 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙trayoviṃśatika

1. ○"ṣviṃśatika mfn. consisting of 23 (gaṇa) BhP. iii

≫trayyanta

1. trayy-anta m. = vedânta Sarvad. xiii, 171

≫trayyāruṇa

1. trayyāruṇa m. (for try-āruṇa) N. of a prince (son of Tri-dhanvan Hariv. 716 ff. VP. iv, 3, 13 LiṅgaP. i, 66, 2 KūrmaP. i, 21, 1
2. • of Uru-kshaya VP. iv, 19, 10
3. • ○ṇi BhP. ix, 21, 19 VāyuP. ii, 37, 159
4. • try-aruṇa MatsyaP. il, 39)

⋙trayyāruṇi

1. trayyāruṇi m. N. of the Vyāsa of the 15th Dvāpara BhP. xii, 7, 5 KūrmaP. i, 52, 6 VāyuP. i, 23, 155 (try-āruṇi)
2. • (○ṇa) VP. iii, 3, 15 and DevibhP. i, 3
3. • ○ṇa

trayayāyya

1. trayayā́yya mfn. (√trai) to be protected (= trātavya Sāy.) RV. vi, 2, 7. [Page 457, Column 3]

tras

1. tras cl. 10. P. trāsayati (ind. p. ○sayitvā) to seize Mṛicch. iii, 17/18
2. • to prevent Dhātup

tras

1. tras cl. 1. trásati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70), 4. trasyati (MBh. &c
2. • ep. also Ā
3. • pf. 3. tatrasur BhP. vi or tresur [Deviim. ix, 21] Pāṇ. 6-4, 124) to tremble, quiver, be afraid of (abl., gen., rarely instr.) RV. vi, 14, 4 and (p. f. tarásantī) x, 85, 8 AV. v, 21, 8 ŚBr. &c.: Caus. trāsayati (ep. also Ā.) to cause to tremble, frighten, scare MBh. &c. ; [Zend. √tares

   • ? ; Lat. terreo.]

≫trasa

1. trasa mfn. moving, n. the collective body of moving or living beings (opposed to sthāvara) MBh. xii f. Jain
2. • m. 'quivering', the heart L
3. • n. a wood L

⋙trasadasyu

1. ○dasyu (○sá-), m. (formed like ? &c.) 'before whom the Dasyus tremble', N. of a prince (son of Puru-kutsa
2. • celebrated for his liberality and favoured by the gods
3. • author of RV. iv, 42), i, iv f. vii f. x TS. TāṇḍyaBr. MBh. Hariv. VP. iv, 3, 13

⋙trasareṇu

1. ○reṇu m. the mote or atom of dust moving in a sun-beam (considered as an ideal weight either of the lowest denomination [Mn. viii, 132 f. Yājñ. i, 361] or equal to 3 [BrahmaP. iv, 96, 49 BhP. iii, 11, 5] or 30 Vaidyakaparibh. invisible atoms)
2. • f. N. of a wife of the sun L

≫trasaddasyu

1. trasad-dasyu m. for ○sa-d○ BhP. ix, 6, 33 ff

≫trasana

1. trasana n. a quivering ornament (?) Kauś. 14

≫trasara

1. trasara m. for tás○, a shuttle Bālar. iii, 85

≫trasura

1. trasura mfn. timid, fearful Uṇ. vṛ

⋙trasta

1. trasta mfn. quivering, trembling, frighted MBh. &c
2. • (in music) quick ; [Lat. tristis.]

⋙trasnu

1. trasnu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 140) = ○sura Bhaṭṭ. vi, 7 Rājat. v
2. • cf. á-

trā

1. trā́ m. (√trai) a protector, defender RV. i, 100, 7 ; iv, 24, 3
2. • cf. án-agni-
3. • 1. tra

≫trāṇa

1. trāṇa mfn. protected Pāṇ. 8-2, 56
2. • n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence, shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
3. • protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii, 12092
4. • = trāyamāṇā́ L
5. • (ā), f. id. L
6. • cf. aṅguli-, udara-, uras- &c

⋙trāṇakartṛ

1. ○kartṛ m. a protector, saviour W

⋙trāṇakārin

1. ○kārin m. id. W

⋙trāṇasārin

1. ○sārin mfn. having an excellent helmet Kām. xiii, 12

⋙trāṇana

1. trāṇana n. protecting RāmatUp

≫trāta

1. trāta mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 56) 'protected', bhava
2. • m. (vi, 1, 205 Kāś.) N. of a man VBr. i, 3
3. • n. protection W
4. • ○tra

⋙trātavya

1. trātavya mfn. to be protected or guarded MBh. iii, vii

⋙trātṛ

1. trātṛ́ m. a protector, defender, one who saves from (abl. or gen.) RV. (with devá applied to Bhaga or Savitṛi) VS. AV. TS. (Indra) MBh. &c

⋙trātra

1. trātra mfn. addressed to Trātṛi (Indra) ĀpŚr. iii, 15, 10 Sch
2. • n. 'defence', indrasya, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫trāman

1. trā́man n. protection RV. i, 53, 10 ; v, 46, 6

≫trāyantikā

1. trāyantikā f. = ○tī Suśr. iv

⋙trāyantī

1. trāyantī f. (fr. p. ○yat) = ○yamāṇā́, vi
2. • (metrically ○ti) Car. vi, 17

⋙trāyamāṇa

1. trā́yamāṇa mfn. preserving, protecting RV. AV. &c
2. • (ā́-), f. Ficus heterophylla, vi, 107, 1 f. ; viii, 2, 6 Suśr. i, 38 and 42 ; iv, vi VarBṛS. xliv, 10 (○ṇa m. or n.) and iii, 39

⋙trāyamānikā

1. trāyamānikā f. id. L

trāṭaka

1. trāṭaka n. (an ascetic's) method of fixing the eye on one object, Hathapr. ii, 32 f

trāpuṣa

1. trāpuṣa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 138) made of tin (trápus) Kād
2. • n. tin Gal
3. • silver L

⋙trāpusa

1. trāpusa mf(ī)n. coming from the plant Trapusī Śāntik

trāpya

1. trāpya mfn. fr. √trap Vop. xxvi, 12

trāyodaśa

1. trāyodaśa mfn. relating to the trayodaśī g. saṃdhivelâdi

trāsa

1. trāsa m. fear, terror, anxiety MBh. &c
2. • a flaw in a jewel L

⋙trāsakara

1. ○kara mfn. causing fear, alarming

⋙trāsakṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. id. VarBṛS. civ, 4

⋙trāsadāyin

1. ○dāyin mfn. id. Hemac

≫trāsadasyava

1. trā́sadasyava m. patr. fr. Trasa-dasyu RV. viii, 19, 32 and (○vá) 22, 7 ; x, 33, 4
2. • n. N. of a Sāman

≫trāsana

1. trāsana mf(ī)n. terrifying, alarming, frightening (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. ('Śiva', xiii, 1207) Hariv. R
2. • n. frightening, alarming MBh. iv Daś. vii Kathās
3. • cause of alarm or fright Hariv. BhP

⋙trāsanīya

1. trāsanīya mfn. frightening Hariv. 2430
2. • to be frightened W

⋙trāsin

1. trāsin mfn. fearful MBh. xii, 5904

tri

1. trí m. tráyas f. nom. acc. tisrás n. trī́ṇi [trī́ RV. ŚBr. xi], 3 RV. &c. (tribhís & tisṛ́bhis, &c. RV
2. • only once tríbhis [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, Pāṇ. 6-1, 177 and 180 f
3. • gen. trīṇā́m [RV. x, 185, 1
4. • Pāṇ. 7-1, 53 Kāś.] and tisṝṇā́m [RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. ○yá] trayāṇām āitBr. ṃn. and tisṛṇā́m [RV. v, 69, 2 against metre
5. • Pāṇ. 6-4, 4 f.]
6. • ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kāś.) [Page 458, Column 1] ; [cf. ?, Lat. tres ; Goth. threis
7. • &c.]

⋙trikakud

1. ○kakúd mfn. having 3 peaks or points or horns TS. vii (○kúd evá samānā́nām [○kup sam○ TāṇḍyaBr. xxii, 14] 'thrice excelling one's equals') AV. v, 23, 9
2. • m. N. of a Himâlaya mountain (cf. tri-kūṭa), iv, 9, 8 ŚBr. iii Pāṇ. 5-4, 147
3. • [○kúbh VS. xv Kāṭh. xxiii]
4. • of a Daśâha ceremony TS. vii ŚāṅkhŚr. Vait
5. • [○kubh TāṇḍyaBr. xxii KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Maś.]

   • Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh. xii f. Hariv. 14115 

1. • Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7
2. • N. of a prince BhP. ix, 17

⋙trikakuda

1. ○kakuda mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 147 Kāś.) three-peaked MBh. xii

⋙trikakubh

1. ○kakúbh mfn. three-pointed, (Indra's thunderbolt) RV. i, 121
2. • m. Indra TāṇḍyaBr. viii, 1
3. • ○kúd

⋙trikaṭa

1. ○kaṭa m. Asteracantha longifolia L

⋙trikaṭu

1. ○kaṭu

⋙trikaṭuka

1. ○kaṭuka n. the 3 spices (black and long pepper and dry ginger) Suśr
2. • cf. kaṭu-traya

⋙trikaṇṭa

1. ○kaṇṭa n. the 3 thorny plants (3 kinds of Solanum) L
2. • = -kaṭa L
3. • pattra-gupta L
4. • N. of a fish L

⋙trikaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. (g. rajatâdi) 'threethorn', = -kaṭa Suśr
2. • N. of a venomous insect, v, 8
3. • N. of a fish (Silurus) L
4. • a kind of weapon R. iii, 28, 25

⋙trikadruka

1. ○kadruka (trí-), m. pl. the 3 Soma vessels RV. 1 f. viii, x
2. • the first 3 days of the Abhi-plava festival ŚBr. xiii, 5 KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy
3. • mfn. containing the word trí-kadruka (RV. ii, 22, 1) TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 3
4. • ○drukīya mfn. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. (pratipad) RPrāt. xvii, 29 (scil. ṛc)

⋙trikapardin

1. ○kapardin mfn. wearing 3 braids of hair Gṛihyās. ii, 40

⋙trikapāla

1. ○kapāla mfn. distributed in 3 receptacles AitBr. i, 1

⋙trikaraṇī

1. ○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times as great as another (i.e. the diagonal of a quadrangle, the sides of which are formed by the side and the diagonal of the smaller square), Śulbas

⋙trikarṇa

1. ○karṇa mf(ī) n. having 3 ears R. v

⋙trikarman

1. ○karman mfn. performing (a Brāhman's) 3 chief duties (viz. performing ceremonies, repeating the Veda, and gifts) MBh. xiii
2. • ○ma-kṛt mfn. id. KaṭhUp

⋙trikarṣa

1. ○karṣa n. = -kārṣika Npr

⋙trikalā

1. ○kalā f. N. of a female deity produced by the union of 3 gods for the destruction of Andhaka VarP. xc ff

⋙trikaliṅga

1. ○kaliṅga m. pl. N. of a people Sāh. iv, 9 a/b

⋙trikaśa

1. ○kaśá mfn. having 3 whips (a chariot) RV. ii, 18, 1

⋙trikāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa (trí-), mf(ā)n. consisting of three parts or divisions (an arrow or asterism) AitBr. iii, 33 ŚBr. ii ; 3 Kāṇḍas in measure (48 cubits long W.) Vop. vi, 55
2. • n. N. of wk. KātyŚr. iii, 2, 1 Sch
3. • of Amarasiṃha's dictionary (commented on by ○ḍa-cintāmaṇi and -viveka and supplemented by -śeṣa)
4. • -maṇḍana n. N. of wk

⋙trikāya

1. ○kāya m. 'having 3 bodies', a Buddha MWB. 246

⋙trikārṣika

1. ○kārṣika n. the 3 astringent substances (dry ginger, Ati-vishā, and Mustā) L

⋙trikāla

1. ○kāla n. the 3 times or tenses (pf., pr., fut.) ŚvetUp. BhP. v RāmatUp
2. • mfn. relating to them Sāṃkhyak. 33
3. • m. a Buddha W
4. • (am), ind. 3 times, thrice BhP. v
5. • in the morning, at noon, and in the evening MBh. xiii
6. • (○la-) Kām
7. • -jña mfn. knowing the 3 times, omniscient R. i VarBṛS
8. • m. a Buddha L
9. • -darśin mfn. omniscient R. i VarBṛS
10. • a sage L
11. • -nātha m. N. of a Yogin Siṃhâs. xx, 0/1
12. • -rūpa mfn. three-shaped at the 3 times (of day, i.e. the sun) VP. iii, 5, 19
13. • -vid mfn. omniscient R. v
14. • a Buddha L
15. • an Arhat of the Jainas L

⋙trikuṇḍīśvara

1. ○kuṇḍī7śvara n. N. of a Tantra, Ānandal. 31 Sch

⋙trikumārīka

1. ○kumārīka mfn. (the place) where the 3 virgins (Umā, Eka-parṇā, and Eka-pāṭalā) reside Hariv. 948

⋙trikulā

1. ○kulā f. the plant yava-tiktā Car. vii, 11

⋙trikūṭa

1. ○kūṭa mfn. having 3 peaks or humps or elevations MBh. xii
2. • N. of a mountain (= -kakúd), ii, 1484 (Hariv. 12782) BhP. v
3. • of another mountain, viii, 2, 1
4. • of a peak of mount Meru VP. ii, 2, 26
5. • of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which Laṅkā was situated MBh. iii R. Pañcat. v
6. • n. sea-salt prepared by evaporation L
7. • -lavaṇa n. id. L
8. • -vat m. N. of a mountain MBh. xiv

⋙trikūrcaka

1. ○kūrcaka n. a sort of knife with 3 edges Suśr. i, 8, 1

⋙trikṛtvas

1. ○kṛtvas ind. 3 times Hcat. i, 10, 106

⋙trikoṇa

1. ○koṇa mf(ā)n. (fr. ?) triangular MBh. xiv VarBṛS. Phetk
2. • forming a triangle VarBṛS
3. • n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 29
4. • = ○ṇa-bhavana VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj
5. • (ā), f. Trapa bispinosa Npr
6. • -phala n. id. L
7. • -bhavana n. the 5th and 9th mansion VarBṛS

⋙trikoṇaka

1. ○"ṣkoṇaka n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 50

⋙trikauśeya

1. ○kauśeya n. 'thrice silken', a kind of garment MBh. xiii

⋙trikrama

1. ○krama m. a Krama word composed of 3 members (the middle one being a single vowel) RPrāt. xi, 10 VPrāt. iv, 182

⋙trikṣāra

1. ○kṣāra n. pl. (sg. L.) the 3 acrid substances (natron, saltpetre, and borax) Bhpr. v, 26, 234

⋙trikṣura

1. ○kṣura m. = -kaṭa L

⋙trikṣeptṛ

1. ○kṣeptṛ m. = -pura-ghna Bālar. iii, 81

⋙trikha

1. ○kha n. 'having 3 cavities', a cucumber L

⋙trikhaṭva

   ○khaṭva n. ○ṭvii f. 3 beds collectively L. [Page 458, Column 2] 

⋙trikhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa the inhabited earth as divided into 3 portions (the first 2 continents and half of the 3rd) Śatr. x, 318 ; xiv, 309

⋙trikharva

1. ○kharva m. pl. N. of a Vedic school TāṇḍyaBr. ii, 8
2. • n. a particular high number MBh. ii, 1749 and 1826

⋙trigaṅga

1. ○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha, iii
2. • xiii

⋙trigaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. the triad of duties (dharma, kāma, and artha) Kir. i, 11

⋙trigata

1. ○gata n. 'tripled', (in dram.) triple meaning given to the same word Bhar. xviii, 115 Daśar. iii, 16 Pratāpar. Sāh. vi

⋙trigandhaka

1. ○gandhaka n. = -jāta Npr

⋙trigambhīra

1. ○gambhīra g○

⋙trigarta

1. ○garta pl. (g. yaudheyâdi) N. of a people inhabiting modern Lahore AV. Pariś. lvi, 8 MBh. (ifc. f. ā, vii, 688) Hariv. &c
2. • sg. a T prince MBh. &c
3. • the Tīrtha country Daś. xi, 119 a particular method of calculation L
4. • (ā), f. a lascivious woman L
5. • a woman L
6. • a kind of cricket L
7. • a pearl L
8. • N. of a town Kathās. lxxiii, 21
9. • -ṣaṣṭha m. pl. a collective N. of six warrior tribes Pāṇ. 5-3, 116 Kāś

⋙trigartaka

1. ○"ṣgartaka m. pl. the Tīrtha people BhP. x

⋙trigartika

1. ○"ṣgartika m. the Tīrtha country L

⋙triguṇa

1. ○guṇa n. sg. the 3 Guṇas (sattva, rajas, and tamas) BhP. iv
2. • m. pl. id. Tattvas
3. • mf(ā)n. containing them ŚvetUp. Mn. i, 15 Sāṃkhyak. Kap
4. • consisting of 3 threads or strings ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. Kum. v, 10
5. • threefold, thrice as great or as much, triple KātyŚr. Mn
6. • (sapta tri-guṇāni dināni, 3 x 7 days) Ragh. ii, 25
7. • (am), ind. in 3 ways Caraṇ
8. • -parivāra n. the trident Kir. xviii, 45
9. • ○ṇā-karṇa mfn. whose ear-lobes are slit into 3 divisions (as a mark of distinction) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 Kāś
10. • ○ṇā-kṛta mfn. = tṛtīyā-k○ L
11. • ○ṇâkhya mfn. said of different mixtures and of a kind of oil Rasêndrac. Rasar
12. • ○ṇâtmaka mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas Vedântas. 37
13. • ○ṇī-kṛtya ind. p. making threefold AgP. xxxiii, 5

⋙trigūḍha

1. ○gūḍha

⋙trigūḍhaka

1. ○gūḍhaka n. a dance of men in female attire Sāh. vi, 213 and 219

⋙trigrāmī

1. ○grāmī f. '3 villages', N. of a place Rājat. iv f

⋙trigrāhin

1. ○grāhin mfn. extending to the length of 3 (padyās). -ghana, m

⋙trighana

1. ○ghana m. 3P3 (= 27) Laghuj. i, xiii

⋙tricakra

1. ○cakrá mfn. having 3 wheels RV. i, iv, viii, x (scil. rátha, 85, 14)

⋙tricakṣus

1. ○cakṣus mfn. three-eyed (Kṛishṇa, more properly Śiva) MBh. xii, 1505

⋙tricatura

1. ○catura mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77 Vārtt.) 3 or 4 Daś. vii Kathās. Sāh

⋙tricaturdaśa

1. ○caturdaśa mfn. du. the 13th and 14th, Śrut

⋙tricatvāriṃśa

1. ○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. iv ff. Hariv. R.)

⋙tricatvāriṃśat

1. ○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ. 6

⋙tricit

1. ○cít mfn. consisting of 3 layers of fuel ŚBr. vii KātyŚr

⋙tricitīka

1. ○citīka (trí-), mfn. id. TS. v, 2, 3, 6

⋙tricīvara

1. ○cīvara n. the 3 vestments of a Buddh. monk MWB. 83

⋙trijagat

1. ○jagat n. sg. = jagat traya BhP. viii Caurap. Kathās. Vet
2. • pl. Ānand. Sch. Introd. 1
3. • (tī), f. id. BhP. v
4. • ○gaj-jananī f. 'the 3 worlds' mother', Pārvatī Kathās. i, 14
5. • ○gad-īśvara m. lord of the 3 worlds (a Jina) Bhaktâm. 14
6. • ○gan-mohinī f. 'beguiling the 3 worlds', Durgā (?) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 18

⋙trijaṭa

1. ○jaṭa mf(ā)n. = -kapardin MBh. iii, (Śiva) xii
2. • m. N. of a Brāhman R. ii
3. • (ā), f. AEgle Marmelos, Jñānabhair
4. • N. of a Rākshasī (who was friendly to Sītā) R. iii, v f. Ragh. xii, 74
5. • of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 43
6. • ○ṭā-svapna-darśana n. 'dream of Tri-jaṭā', N. of R. v, 23

⋙trijaya

1. ○jaya mf(ā)n. the 13th Dharmaśarm. vi, 13

⋙trijāta

1. ○jāta

⋙trijātaka

1. ○jātaka n. the 3 spices (mace, cardamoms, and cinnamon) Suśr. Daś

⋙trijīvā

1. ○jīvā f. the sine of 3 signs or 90 degrees, radius Sūryas

⋙trijyā

1. ○jyā f. id. ib

⋙triṇata

1. ○ṇata mfn. bent in 3 places (a bow) R. vi, 20, 28
2. • (ā), f. a bow Śiś. xix, 61

⋙triṇava

1. ○ṇavá mfn. consisting of 3 X 9 parts (stóma) VS. TS. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr
2. • connected with the TāṇḍyaBr stóma VS. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nidānas
3. • in comp. 27 BhP. ix
4. • -rātra mfn. lasting 27 days, x
5. • ○vá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the TṭTāṇḍyaBr stóma TS. iv, 3, 3, 2
6. • -sāhasra mf(ī)n. 27000 BhP. ix
7. • ○vâtmaka mfn. 27 fold Jyot. 11 Sch. (Garga)

⋙triṇāka

1. ○ṇāka for -nāka

⋙triṇāciketa

1. ○ṇāciketa mfn. one who has thrice kindled the Nāciketa fire or studied the Nāciketa section of Kāṭh. Āp. KaṭhUp. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. (Nārāyaṇa, xii) VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP
2. • m. pl. N. of 3 Anuvākas of Kāṭh. Mn. iii, 185 Kull

⋙triṇāman

1. ○ṇāman mfn. having 3 names (Agni ?) AV. vi, 74, 3
2. • TS. ii, 1, 11, 3

⋙triṇidhana

1. ○ṇidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. (v. l. nidh○) ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy
2. • agneḥ ĀrshBr

⋙triṇītā

1. ○ṇītā f. 'thrice married (to Soma, Gandharva, and Agni)', a wife Npr

⋙triṇemi

1. ○ṇemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v. l. -nemi)

⋙tritakṣa

1. ○takṣa n. an association of 3 carpenters L
2. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tritanti

1. ○tanti mfn. having 3 chords (a lute) Sch. on ŚBr. and KātyŚr

⋙tritantu

1. ○tántu mfn. thrice woven (?) RV. x, 30, 9

⋙tritantrikā

1. ○tantrikā f. (a lute) having 3 chords

⋙tritas

1. ○tas ind. on 3 sides W

⋙tritā

1. ○tā f. a triad Nir

⋙tritāmra

1. ○tāmra mfn. red on 3 parts of the body R. (B) v. 35, 17

⋙tritrika

1. ○trika mfn. ? (Rāma), 32, 13. [Page 458, Column 3]

⋙tritrikoṇa

1. ○tri-koṇa n. (= tri-k○) the 9th mansion VarBṛ. Laghuj

⋙tritva

1. ○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiv BhP. i, 15

⋙tridaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa n. = ○ṇḍaka Mn. &c
2. • triple control (i.e. of thoughts, words, and acts), xii, 11

⋙tridaṇḍaka

1. ○daṇḍaka n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka MBh. xii Up

⋙tridaṇḍin

1. ○daṇḍin m. 'carrying the 3 staves tied together', a Parivrājaka Yājñ. iii, 58 MBh. &c
2. • a triple commander (i.e. controlling his own thoughts, words and deeds) Mn. xii, 10 MārkP. xli

⋙tridat

1. ○dat mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 197) grown as old as to possess three teeth, v, 4, 141 Kāś

⋙tridanta

1. ○danta mfn. having 3 teeth ib
2. • (ī), f. the plant mahā-medā Bhpr. v, 1, 130

⋙tridamathavastukuśala

1. ○damatha-vastu-kuśala m. 'skilled in the threefold self-control (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Divyâv. ix, 13 ; xix, 50

⋙tridalā

1. ○dalā f. 'three-leaved', Cissus pedata L

⋙tridalikā

1. ○dalikā f. Mimosa abstergens L

⋙tridaśa

1. ○daśa mf(ā)n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445
2. • m. pl. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-2, 25 ; v, 4, 73 ; vi, 3, 48 Kāś. and dvi-d○) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 Aśvins
3. • RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c
4. • du. the Aśvins, iii, 10345
5. • mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21
6. • n. heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 (tri-diva, B)
7. • -guru m. 'thirty-god-preceptor', Bṛihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBṛS. VarBṛ
8. • -gopa m. = indra-g○, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42
9. • -gopaka m. id. Npr
10. • -tā f. divine nature Bālar
11. • -tva n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30
12. • -dīrghikā f. 'heavenly lake', Gaṅgā L
13. • -nadī f. 'heavenly river', Gaṅgā W
14. • -pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra Mṛicch. Ratnâv. iv, 11 VP. v, 18
15. • -puṃgava m. 'god-chief', Vishṇu R. i, 14, 42
16. • -pratipakṣa m. = ○śâri
17. • -mañjarī f. 'heavenly plant', the Tulasī L
18. • -vadhū f. 'wife of the gods', an Apsaras W
19. • -vanitā f. id. Megh
20. • -śaila m. 'heavenly mountain', the Kailāsa Kathās. cxiv
21. • -śreṣṭha mfn. best of gods (Brahmā, Agni) R. vi, 102 f
22. • -sarṣapa m. = deva-s○ Npr
23. • ○śâṅkuśa m. 'divine goad', a thunderbolt L
24. • ○śâṅganā f. = ○śa-vadhū Bhaktâm. 15
25. • ○śâcārya m. = ○śa-guru L
26. • ○śâdhipa m. a lord of the gods, 28
27. • ○śâdhipati m. Śiva
28. • ○śâyana mfn. 'resort of the gods', Nārāyaṇa Hariv
29. • ○śâyudha n. 'divine weapon', the rainbow Ragh. ix, 54
30. • the thunderbolt L
31. • ○śâri m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78
32. • ○śâlaya m. 'abode of the gods', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet
33. • the mountain Su-meru L
34. • a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725
35. • ○śâvāsa m. = ○śâlaya, heaven L
36. • ○śâhāra m. 'divine food', nectar L
37. • ○śī-bhūta mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102
38. • ○śêdra m. 'god-chief', Indra Pañcat. i
39. • ○śêndra-śatru m. 'Indra's foe', Rāvaṇa R. vi, 36, 6
40. • ○śêśa m. = ○śêndra MBh. iii
41. • ○śêśadviṣ m. = ○śâri MBh
42. • ○śêśvara m. = ○śêndra MBh. R. ii
43. • Śiva MBh
44. • pl. Indra, Agni, Varuṇa, and Yama Nal. iv, 31
45. • (ī), f. Durgā, DeviiP
46. • N. of a female attendant of Durgā W
47. • ○śêśvara-dviṣ m. = ○śêndra-śatru R. i, 14, 47

⋙tridinaspṛś

1. ○dina-spṛś m. conjunction of 3 lunations with one solar day Jyot

⋙tridiva

1. ○divá n. (m. L.) the 3rd or most sacred heaven, heaven (in general) RV. ix, 113, 9 & AV. (with gen. divás) GopBr. PraśnUp. Mn. &c
2. • (ā), f. cardamoms Npr
3. • N. of a river in India MBh. vi, 324 ; xiii, 7654
4. • of a river in the Plaksha-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 11
5. • (○vii) BrahmâṇḍaP. [Hcat. i, 5, 1070]
6. • -gata mfn. 'heaven-departed', dead Vcar. vi, 62
7. • ○vâdhī7śa, ○vêśa m. 'lord of heaven', a god L
8. • ○vêśāna m. id. Gal
9. • ○vêśvara m. 'lord of heaven', Indra R. i
10. • ○vôdbhavā f. large cardamoms L
11. • ○vâukas m. 'heaven-residing', a god Vcar. xv, 72

⋙tridivasa

1. ○divasa mfn. tertian (fever) AgP. xxxi, 18

⋙tridṛś

1. ○dṛś m. = -netra, Śiva L

⋙tridoṣa

1. ○doṣa in comp., disorder of the 3 humours of the body
2. • mfn. causing the TayāḍyaBr Suśr. i. 45, 10, 11 and 46, 4, 28
3. • -kṛt mfn. id., 45, 8, 10
4. • -ghna mfn. removing the TayāḍyaBr, 45, 1, 16
5. • -ja mfn. resulting from the TayāḍyaBr L
6. • -śamana mfn. = -ghna, 46, 4, 32
7. • -hārin mfn. id. (a kind of mixture) Rasêndrac
8. • ○ṣâpaha m. 'keeping-off 3 kinds of sins (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Buddh. L

⋙tridvāra

1. ○dvāra mf(ā)n. 'having 3 doors', reachable in 3 ways MBh. iii

⋙tridhanvan

1. ○dhanvan m. N. of the father of Trayyāruṇa (q.v.)

⋙tridharman

1. ○dharman m. Śiva R. vii

⋙tridhā

1. ○dhā (trí-), ind. (VPrāt. ii, 44) in 3 ways, in 3 parts, in 3 places, triply RV. i f. iv ChUp. MBh. &c
2. • -√kṛ, to treble, xiii, 6467
3. • -tva n. tripartition ChUp. vi, 3, 3 Śaṃk
4. • (e), loc. ind. in 3 cases, APrāt. Sch
5. • -mūrti f. a girl 3 years of age representing Durgā at her festivals

⋙tridhātu

1. ○dhā́tu mfn. consisting of 3 parts, triple, threefold (used like Lat. triplex to denote excessive) RV. ŚBr. v, 5, 5, 6
2. • m. (scil. puroḍā́śa) N. of an oblation TS. ii, 3, 6. 1 (-tvá n. abstr.)
3. • Gaṇêśa L
4. • N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3, 12 Sch. [Page 459, Column 1]
5. • n. the triple world RV
6. • the aggregate of the 3 minerals or of the 3 humours W
7. • tridhā́tu-śṛṅga mfn. having a tripartite horn (Agni), v, 43, 13

⋙tridhātuka

1. ○"ṣdhātuka mfn. consisting of 3 humours BhP. x
2. • m. Gaṇesa L

⋙tridhāman

1. ○dhāman n. = -divá BhP. iii, 24, 20
2. • mfn. shining in the 3 worlds, 8, 31 VP. ii, 8, 54 ('triple-gloried')
3. • tripartite MBh. xiii
4. • m. Vishṇu, xii Hariv. R. vii BhP. vi
5. • Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7
6. • Śiva L.: fire, Agni L
7. • death L
8. • N. of the Vyāsa (= Vishṇu) of the 10th Dvāpara VP. iii, 3, 13 VāyuP. i, 23, 136
9. • DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 4

⋙tridhāra

1. ○dhāra mf(ā)n. three-streamed (Gaṅgā) Hariv. 3189
2. • (ā), f. Euphorbia antiquorum Gal
3. • -snuhī f. id. Npr
4. • the plant dhārā-snuhī L

⋙tridhāraka

1. ○dhāraka m. 'three-edged' Scirpus Kysoor L
2. • = ○rā Npr

⋙trinagarītīrtha

1. ○nagarī-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 28

⋙trinayana

1. ○nayana m. = -dṛś MBh. xiv R. PāṇŚ. Megh. &c
2. • n. N. of a town, Kṛishṇakrīḍ
3. • (ā), f. Durgā, DeviiP

⋙trinavata

1. ○navata mfn. the 93rd (chs. of MBh.)

⋙trinavati

1. ○navati f. 93 Pāṇ. 6
2. • -tama mfn. = ○vata (chs. of R.)

⋙trinavaha

1. ○nava-'ha n. pl. (metrically for ○vâha, cf. triṇavá) 27 days BhP. x, 83, 10

⋙trināka

1. ○nāká n. = -divá RV. ix, 113, 9 AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. vi

⋙trinābha

1. ○nābha mfn. whose navel supports the 3 worlds (Vishṇu), viii, 17, 26

⋙trinābhi

1. ○nā́bhi mfn. three-naved (a wheel) RV. i, 164, 2 MBh. xiii BhP

⋙trināli

   ○nāli mfn. 3 X 24 minutes long Sāh. vi, 303

⋙trinidhana

1. ○nidhana -ṇidh○

⋙trinivitka

1. ○nivit-ka mfn. containing 3 Nivid verses AitĀr. i, 5, 2, 4

⋙triniṣka

1. ○niṣka mfn. worth 3 Nishkas Pāṇ. 5-1, 30

⋙trinetra

1. ○netra m. 'three-eyed', Śiva MBh. &c
2. • (with rasa) N. of different mixtures Rasêndrac. Bhpr. vii, 8, 157
3. • 'Siva's asterism', Ārdrā VarBṛS. xv, 29
4. • N. of a prince MatsyaP. cclxx, 27
5. • (ā), f. Durgā Kathās. cvii
6. • the √of Yam Gal
7. • (ī), f. id. L
8. • -cūḍāmaṇi m. 'Śiva's crest', the moon L
9. • -phala m. the cocoa-nut tree Gal
10. • ○trôdbhava m. 'Śiva's son', Kumāra, Alaṃkārar

⋙trinemi

1. ○nemi -ṇemi

⋙trinaiṣkika

1. ○naiṣkika mfn. = -niṣka Pāṇ

⋙tripakṣa

1. ○pakṣa n. 3 fortnights ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 3 VarBṛS. xxxii, 32

⋙tripakṣaka

1. ○pakṣaka m. Butea frondosa L

⋙tripacchas

1. ○pacchas (pad + śas), ind. by 3 Pādas ŚāṅkhŚr. xi

⋙tripañcaka

1. ○pañcaka mfn. pl. of 3 X 5 kinds Yājñ. ii, 181/182, 11

⋙tripañcāśa

1. ○pañcāśá mf(ī́)n. the 53rd (chs. of MBh. and R.)
2. • numbering 53 (dice) RV. x, 34, 8 AV. xix

⋙tripañcāśat

1. ○pañcāśat f. 53 Pāṇ. 6
2. • -tama mfn. the 53rd (ch. of MBh. ī)

⋙tripaṭu

1. ○paṭu n. 3 saline substances (stone-salt, Viḍ-lavaṇa, and black salt) Npr

⋙tripatat

1. ○patat in comp. = -dhāra BhP. xi, 6, 13

⋙tripatāka

1. ○patāka mfn. (with kara, hasta, the hand) with 3 fingers stretched out (in dram. introductory to words meant janântikam) Bālar. iii, 4/5 Sāh. vi, 139 PSarv. Hastar
2. • (○kākara) Daśar
3. • (with lalāṭa, the forehead) marked naturally with 3 wrinkles L

⋙tripatī

1. ○patī f. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 25

⋙tripattra

1. ○pattra m. 'three-leaf', AEgle Marmelos, BṛihaddhP

   • N. of a bulb Npr

⋙tripattraka

1. ○pattraka m. = -pakṣaka L

⋙tripatha

1. ○patha in comp. '= -jagat'
2. • n. a place where 3 roads meet L
3. • mf(ā)n. reached by 3 roads (Mathurā) Rasik. xi, 21
4. • -gā f. 'flowing through heaven, earth, and the lower regions', the Ganges MBh. &c
5. • -gāminī f. id., i, 3903 R

⋙tripathaka

1. ○pathaka m. (in music) a kind of composition

⋙tripad

1. ○pád m. (pā́d) f. (pād Pāṇ. 4f.
2. • pádī g. kumbhapady-ādi)n. three-footed RV. x, 117, 8 VS. ChUp. Ragh. (Dharma) BhP. (Vishṇu, Yajña, Jvara)
3. • making 3 steps ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ
4. • having 3 divisions (a stanza) ŚBr. xiv BhP. (Sāvitrī, Gāyatrī) Chandaþs
5. • trinomial
6. • three-fourths RV. x, 90, 3 f
7. • m. N. of a Daitya MBh. ix, 2693
8. • (dī), f. an elephant's fetter Ragh. iv, 48 Dharmaśarm. xi, 51
9. • a kind of elephant's gait Kād. Vcar. xv
10. • Cissus pedata L
11. • N. of a Prākṛit metre
12. • of a composition (in music)

⋙tripada

1. ○pada mfn. three-footed MBh. vi, 71
2. • extending over 3 squares Hcat
3. • (Pāṇ. 4-1, 9) having 3 divisions (a stanza) VS. and ŚBr. (f. trípadā) TS. (f. ○pádā) AitBr. &c
4. • measuring 3 feet KātyŚr
5. • containing 3 words VPrāt. APrāt. Sch
6. • n. 3 words VPrāt
7. • (ā), f. Cissus pedata L
8. • the Gāyatrī metre Gal
9. • -prabhṛti mfn. containing 3 or more words TPrāt

⋙tripadikā

1. ○padikā f. a tripod stand Tantras

⋙tripadya

1. ○padya mf(ā)n. tripartite Jyot. (YV) 15

⋙tripanna

1. ○panna m. N. of one of the moon's horses L. Sch

⋙triparikrānta

1. ○parikrānta mfn. one who has overcome the 3 internal foes (kāma, krodha, and lobha) MBh. xiii, 6455

⋙triparivarta

1. ○parivarta mfn. (the wheel of the law) turning thrice Lalit. xiii, 14 Divyâv. xxvii, 189
2. • xxxv, 218

⋙triparṇa

1. ○parṇa m. = -pakṣaka L
2. • (ā), f. wild hemp Npr
3. • (ī), f. Desmodium gangeticum Bhpr. vii, 2, 16
4. • the wild cotton tree, v, 3, 31
5. • ○ṇā Npr
6. • Sanseviera zeylanica L
7. • N. of a bulb L. [Page 459, Column 2]

⋙triparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. id. L
2. • Carpopogon pruriens Npr
3. • Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙triparus

1. ○parus mfn. consisting of 3 divisions BhP

⋙triparyāya

1. ○paryāya mfn. having 3 turns (a stóma) KātyŚr. ix f

⋙triparva

1. ○parva mfn. consisting of 3 parts (an arrow, cf. -kāṇḍa) Hariv. 12238

⋙triparvata

1. ○parvata '3 mountains', N. of a place

⋙triparvan

1. ○parvan mfn. = ○va MBh. iv, 43, 18

⋙tripala

1. ○pala mf(ā)n. weighing 3 Palas Yājñ. ii, 179

⋙tripaśu

1. ○paśu mfn. having 3 victims KātyŚr. xv

⋙tripastya

1. ○pastyá mfn. having 3 dwellings (Agni) RV. viii, 39, 8

⋙tripājasya

1. ○pājasyá mfn. having 3 flanks, iii, 56, 3

⋙tripāṭa

1. ○pāṭa m. intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure), figure formed by such intersection

⋙tripāṭikā

1. ○pāṭikā f. a beak Gal

⋙tripāṭhin

1. ○pāṭhin m. familiar with the 3 Vedas (epithet of a commentator on Vās. and of several copyists)

⋙tripāṇa

1. ○pāṇa mfn. (irreg.) made of the plant Tri-parṇi KātyŚr. xv, 5, 9

⋙tripāda

1. ○pāda m. an asterism of which three-fourths are included under one zodiacal sign W
2. • = -padikā Kauś
3. • (ī), f. a kind of Mimosa Npr
4. • -vigraha mfn. three-footed Hariv. 2626

⋙tripād

1. ○pād -pád
2. • -vibhūti-kathana n. N. of PadmaP. v, 29

⋙tripādaka

1. ○pādaka mf(ikā)n. threefooted R. v
2. • (ikā), f. Cissus pedata L
3. • = ○dī Npr

⋙tripiṭa

1. ○piṭa mfn. knowing ○ṭaka Divyâv. xvii
2. • xxxv

⋙tripiṭaka

1. ○piṭaka n. the 3 baskets or collections of sacred writings (Sūtra-, Vinaya-, and Abhidharma-piṭaka) Buddh
2. • mfn. = ○ṭa Divyâv. ii, 575

⋙tripiṇḍaka

1. ○piṇḍaka mfn. consisting of ○ṇḍī Śrāddhac

⋙tripiṇḍī

1. ○piṇḍī f. the 3 sacrificial cakes (cf. Mn. iii, 215)

⋙tripiba

1. ○piba mfn. drinking with 3 members of the body (with the 2 pendent ears and tongue, as a long-eared goat), 271 Kull

⋙tripiṣṭapa

1. ○piṣṭapa n. (m. Uṇ. Sch.) = -divá, Indra's heaven MBh. i, 7580 and 7657 R. i, vi MārkP. xviii, 27
2. • the sky L
3. • cf. -viṣṭ○
4. • -sad m. 'heavendweller', a god L

⋙tripuṭa

1. ○puṭa mfn. threefold Buddh. L
2. • m. a kind of pulse VarBṛS
3. • = -kaṭa L
4. • N. of a measure of length (hasta-bheda) L
5. • (in music) a kind of measure
6. • a shore L
7. • (ā), f. Arabian jasmine L
8. • Durgā Tantras. ii f
9. • (ā, ī), f. = -puṣā L
10. • large cardamoms L

⋙tripuṭaka

1. ○puṭaka mfn. triangular (a wound) Suśr. i, 22
2. • m. a kind of pulse, 46

⋙tripuṭin

1. ○puṭin m. Ricinus communis L
2. • ○ṭi-phala id. L

⋙tripuṇḍra

1. ○puṇḍra

⋙tripuṇḍraka

1. ○puṇḍraka n. a triple sectarial mark consisting of 3 lines or marks on the forehead (or on back, heart, shoulders &c. RTL. 400) Vas. Hariv. BrahmâṇḍaP. Tithyād

⋙tripuṇḍrin

1. ○puṇḍrin mfn. furnished with ○ra SŚaṃkar. xi, 30

⋙tripuṇḍhra

1. ○puṇḍhra n. = ○ḍra ŚāṅkhGṛ. ii, 10 BrahmôttKh. xxviii

⋙tripur

1. ○pur f. pl. '?', the 3 strong cities, triple fortification BhP. vii

⋙tripura

1. ○purá n. sg. id. (built of gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and earth, by Maya for the Asuras, and burnt by Śiva MBh. &c
2. • TS. vi, 2, 3, 1) ŚBr. vi, 3, 3, 25 AitBr. ii, 11 Śāṅkh Br., N. of an Up
3. • of a town Kshitîś. iii, 17
4. • m. Śiva Śaktir. v
5. • the Asura Bāṇa RevāKh
6. • (ā), f. a kind of cardamoms (cf. -puṭā) Gal
7. • a kind of rice ib
8. • a kind of sorcery Śārad. xii
9. • N. of an Up
10. • Durgā KālP. Tantras. Pañcad
11. • (ī), f. N. of an Up
12. • of the capital of the Cedis MBh. iii, 254, 10 VarBṛS. xiv, 9 Bālar. iii, 38
13. • -kumāra m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya Śaṃkar. lxx
14. • -ghātin m. 'destroyer of Tantras', Śiva Kathās. cxv
15. • -ghna m. id. MBh. R. i
16. • -jit m. id. W
17. • -dahana m. id. L
18. • n. N. of a drama
19. • -dāha m. 'burning of Tantras', N. of PadmaP. iv, 5
20. • of a drama
21. • -druh m. 'enemy of Tantras', Śiva Bālar
22. • -dviṣ m. id. Ragh. xvii, 14

   • -pramāthin m. = -ghna Dhanaṃj. 37 

1. • -bhairava m. N. of a mixture Bhpr
2. • (ī), f. Durgā KālP. Śārad. xii
3. • -mallikā f. a kind of jasmine L
4. • -mālī f. id. L
5. • -vadha m. 'destruction of Tantras' (○rasya v○ MBh. vii, 9570), N. of ŚivaP. ii, 5-7
6. • -vijaya m. conquest of Tantras. Megh. 56
7. • N. of LiṅgaP. i, 71 f
8. • -vijayin m. 'Tantras-conqueror', Śiva Mudr. i, 2
9. • -vidhvaṃsaka m. id. Buddh. L
10. • -sundarī f. Durgā Rudray. ii, 1 Tantras. iii f
11. • -han m. = -ghna R. vi BhP. iv
12. • -hara m. id. Prasannar. ii, 35 Hāsy
13. • N. of LiṅgaP. i, 72
14. • ○râdhipati m. 'Tantras-lord', Maya BhP. v, viii
15. • ○rântaká m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. ii Hariv. 1579 ŚatarUp. (interpol.) Kathās. ciii
16. • ○rântakara m. id. MBh. ii, 754
17. • ○rânta-kṛt m. id., Āryav
18. • Rāma's bow Mcar. i, 52
19. • ○rârāti m. = ○radruh Kathās. lvi
20. • ○râri m. id. Suśr. vi Kathās. ix, 7
21. • ○rârṇava m. N. of wk. Sch. on Ānand. 1 and 3
22. • ○rârdana m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. iii
23. • ○rêśâdri m. N. of a mountain Rājat. v
24. • ○rêśvara, N. of a place, v f
25. • ○rôpākhyāna n. N. of ŚivaP. iii, 52 - 54

⋙tripurā

1. ○purā ○ra
2. • -tapana n. -tāpanī f. N. of an Up
3. • -bhairavii f. = ○ra-bh○, Tantr
4. • -sāra m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii
5. • -samuccaya m. N. of wk., Tantr

⋙tripurāṇaka

1. ○purāṇaka mf(ikā)n. (a coin) worth 3 Purāṇas. [Page 459, Column 3]

⋙tripurāṇīya

1. ○purāṇīya mfn. id. Mn. xi, 228 Kull

⋙tripurī

1. ○purī ○ra
2. • -kṣetra n. the district of Tripurī
3. • prakaraṇa n. N. of a Vedântic work (ascribed to Śamkara)

⋙tripuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa n. sg. 3 generations Gaut
2. • (ī), f. id. ĀpŚr. x Sch. Introd
3. • (am), ind. through 3 generations ŚāṅkhŚr. PārGṛ
4. • ○ṣá mfn. having the length of 3 men ŚBr. x
5. • (-pūr○) TBr. i
6. • having 3 assistants ĀśvŚr. iv, 1

⋙tripuṣā

1. ○puṣā f. dark-blossomed Convolvulus Turpethum L

⋙tripuṣkara

1. ○puṣkara mfn. decorated with 3 lotus flowers Lāṭy. ix, 2, 9
2. • pl. 'the 3 lakes', N. of a Tīrtha Ragh. xviii, 30
3. • m. N. of a man Siṃhâs. ix, 2/3

⋙tripūruṣa

1. ○pūruṣá -pur○

⋙tripṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭhá mfn. having 3 backs or surfaces (Soma compared with a chariot or bull or horse) RV. vii, ix
2. • m. Vishṇu BhP. vii f
3. • the first of the black Vāsu-devas Jain. L
4. • n. = -divá AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. i f

⋙tripauruṣa

1. ○pauruṣa mf(ī)n. extending over 3 generations KātyŚr. Sch

⋙tripratiṣṭhita

1. ○pratiṣṭhita (trí-), mfn. having a threefold footing AV. x, 2, 32

⋙tripralamba

1. ○pralamba

⋙tripralambin

1. ○pralambin mfn. having 3 pendent parts of the body R. v

⋙triprasruta

1. ○prasruta mfn. having 3 fluid streams flowing from the forehead (a rutting elephant), ii Hcar. vii

⋙triprātihāryasampanna

1. ○prātihārya-sampanna mfn. 'possessed of magical power of 3 kinds', a Buddha Buddh. L

⋙triplakṣa

1. ○plakṣa m. pl. 'the 3 fig-trees', a place near the Yamunā where the Dṛishad-vatī disappears TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 13 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii
2. • ○kṣâvaharaṇa n. id. KātyŚr. xxiv Lāṭy. x

⋙triphala

1. ○phala mfn. having 3 fruits Kām. viii, 42
2. • (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 3) the 3 Myrobalans (fruits of Tertminalia Chebula, Tantras Bellerica, and Phyllanthus Emblica
3. • also tṛph○ L.) Suśr. VarBṛS. xvi Kathās. lxx KātyŚr. Sch
4. • the 3 sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date) Npr
5. • the 3 fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca-nut, and cloves) ib
6. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tribandhana

1. ○bandhana m. N. of a son of Aruṇa BhP. ix, 7, 4 (v. l. ni-b○)

⋙tribandhu

1. ○bandhú mfn. being the friend of the 3 worlds (Indra) RV. vii, 37, 7

⋙tribarhis

1. ○barhís mfn. having 3 seats of sacrificial grass, i, 181, 8

⋙tribāhu

1. ○bāhu m. 'three-armed', N. of a goblin Hariv. 14852

   • a kind of fighting, 15980

⋙tribīja

1. ○bīja m. 'three-seeded', Panicum frumentaceum L

⋙tribrahman

1. ○brahman mfn. with Brahmā, Vishṇu, and Śiva DhyānabUp

⋙tribha

1. ○bha mfn. containing 3 zodiacal signs Sūryas. xiv
2. • n. 3 zodiacal signs, quadrant, 90 degrees, vii
3. • -jīvā, -jyā, -maurvikā f. = tri-j○, iii
4. • tribhôna-lagna n. 'part of the ecliptic which does not reach the eastern point by 90 degrees', the highest point of the ecliptic above the horizon, v Sch

⋙tribhaṅgi

1. ○bhaṅgi m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙tribhaṅgī

1. ○bhaṅgī f. a metre of 4 X 32 syllabic instants

⋙tribhaṇḍī

1. ○bhaṇḍī f. = -puṣā Suśr. (metrically ○ḍi, vi, 56)

⋙tribhava

1. ○bhava mfn. said of a kind of fever Bhpr. vii, 8, 70

⋙tribhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the 3rd part Hariv. VarBṛS. Rājat. KātyŚr. Sch
2. • the 3rd part (of the eye sending a particular side-glance) Kād. Hcar. vii Bālar. iii, 49
3. • the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign VarBṛ
4. • threefourths Pañcar. i, 14, 50

⋙tribhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. receiving 3 shares AitBr. ii, 24

⋙tribhāṇḍī

1. ○bhāṇḍī f. = -bhaṇḍī Car. vii, 7

⋙tribhānu

1. ○bhānu m. N. of a descendant of Yayāti and father of Karaṃ-dhama BhP. ix
2. • (-sānu VāyuP. ii, 37, 1f.)

⋙tribhāva

1. ○bhāva g. brāhmaṇâdi

⋙tribhāṣyaratna

1. ○bhāṣyaratna n. N. of a commentary on TPrāt

⋙tribhinna

1. ○bhinna m. (in music) N. of a measure

⋙tribhuktirāja

1. ○bhukti-rāja m. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xii, 2

⋙tribhuj

1. ○bhúj mfn. threefold AV. viii, 9, 2

⋙tribhuja

1. ○bhuja mfn. triangular
2. • m. a triangle Āryabh. ii, 11

⋙tribhuvana

1. ○bhuvana n. (Pāṇ. 2-4, 30 Vārtt. 3 Sch.) = -jagat Bhartṛ. BhP. &c
2. • N. of a town Kathās. lvi
3. • m. N. of a prince ib. Rājat. vi f
4. • -guru m. 'the 3 worlds' master', Śiva Megh
5. • -pati m. Vishṇu Dhūrtas. i, 13
6. • -pāla-deva m. N. of a prince, Dūtâṅg. i, 2/3
7. • -prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cxviii
8. • -malla-deva m. the hero of Vcar
9. • -māṇikya-carita n. N. of wk. Gaṇar
10. • ○nâbhoga m. the extension of the 3 worlds Prasannar. i, 8/9
11. • ○nêśvara m. = ○na-guru ŚivaP. ii, 28
12. • Indra BrahmaP
13. • ○nêśvara-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga KapSaṃh

⋙tribhūma

1. ○bhūma mfn. threestoried Pāṇ. 5-4, 75 Sch

⋙tribhauma

1. ○bhauma mfn. id. Hcat. i, 9, 330

⋙trimaṇḍalapariśuddha

1. ○maṇḍala-pariśuddha mfn. ? Buddh. L

⋙trimaṇḍalā

1. ○maṇḍalā f. (scil. lūtā), N. of a venomous spider Suśr. v

⋙trimada

1. ○mada m. the 3 narcotic plants (Cyperus rotundus, Plumbago zeylanica, and Embelia Ribes)
2. • the threefold haughtiness BhP. iii, 1, 43

⋙trimadhu

1. ○madhu mfn. knowing or reciting the 3 verses beginning with mádhu (RV. i, 90, 6, 8) Gaut. Yājñ. i VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP. xxxi
2. • n. = ○dhura L

⋙trimadhura

1. ○madhura n. the 3 sweet substances (sugar, honey, ghee) VarBṛS. Śārad. ix
2. • (madhuratraya Tantras. iv)

⋙trimantu

1. ○mántu mfn. 'offering threefold advice' or m. 'N. of a man' RV. i, 112, 4. [Page 460, Column 1]

⋙trimala

1. ○mala mfn. affected by 3 kinds of uncleanness GarbhUp. 1

⋙trimalla

1. ○malla N. of a sacred place Rasik. xi, 25
2. • -candra m. N. of a prince

⋙trimātṛ

1. ○mātṛ́ mfn. having 3 mothers (m. 'creator of the 3 worlds' Sāy.) RV. iii, 56, 5

⋙trimātra

1. ○mātra mf(ā)n. = ○trā-kāla RPrāt. APrāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 3 in number MBh. vii
2. • ○trā-kāla mfn. containing or sounding 3 syllabic instants Bhāshik. ii, 32 Sch
3. • ○trika m. (unmetrically for ○tra) the syllable om, Prapañcas. (RāmatUp. ii, 2, 3 Sch.)

⋙trimārikā

1. ○mārikā f. 'three-killer', N. of a woman Kathās. lxvi

⋙trimārga

1. ○mārga in comp. = -patha
2. • mfn. with 3 ways DhyānabUp. 17
3. • (ī), f. 3 ways L
4. • -gamana n. going by 3 ways (through heaven, earth, and the lower regions) R. (G) i, 45, 40
5. • -gā f. = tripatha-gā Ragh. xiii, 20 Śiś. xii

⋙trimukuṭa

1. ○mukuṭa m. 'three-peaked', the Tri-kūṭa mountain L

⋙trimukha

1. ○mukha m. 'three-faced', the 3rd Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L
2. • (ā), f. Śākya-muni's mother L

⋙trimuni

1. ○muni mfn. (grammar) produced by the 3 Munis (Pāṇ. Kāty. Pat.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 19 Kāś. Madhus

⋙trimūḍha

1. ○mūḍha

⋙trimūḍhaka

1. ○mūḍhaka n. = -gūḍha Bhar. xviii

⋙trimūrti

1. ○mūrti mfn. having 3 forms or shapes (as Brahmā, Vishṇu. _ Śiva) Kum. ii, 4
2. • Gaṅgêś. RāmatUp. i, 16 Sch
3. • in comp. Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva Hcat. i, 11, 547
4. • m. the sun (cf. trayī-deha), 8, 221
5. • a Buddha L
6. • one of the 8 Vidyêśvaras, 8, 406 ; 11, 857 ; ii, 1, 941 Śaktir. v
7. • (○tika) Sarvad. vii, 75

⋙trimūrdha

1. ○mūrdha mfn. three-headed Pāṇ. 5f

⋙trimūrdhan

1. ○mūrdhán mfn. id. RV. i, 146, 1
2. • m. N. of a Rakshas Uttarar. ii, 15

⋙triyājña

1. ○yājña triy-akṣa

⋙triyava

1. ○yava mfn. weighing 3 barley-corns Mn. viii, 134 Śulbas

⋙triyaṣṭi

1. ○yaṣṭi m. Oldenlandia biflora (?) L

⋙triyāna

1. ○yāna n. the 3 Vehicles (leading to Nirvāṇa) Buddh

⋙triyāma

1. ○yāma mf(ā)n. (the night) containing 3 watches (or 9 hours) R. (G) ii, 10, 7
2. • (ā), f. night Hariv. 5768 R. &c
3. • turmeric W
4. • = -puṣā Uṇ. k
5. • the Indigo plant ib
6. • the river Yamunā ib

⋙triyāmaka

1. ○yāmaka n. sin L

⋙triyukta

1. ○yukta mfn. (a cart) drawn by 3 KātyŚr. xv

⋙triyuga

1. ○yugá n. (= -puruṣa) 3 generations (Nir
2. • 'spring, rainy-season, and autumn ŚBr. vii) RV. x, 97, 1
3. • mfn. appearing in the first 3 Yugas (Kṛishṇa) MBh. BhP

⋙triyugma

1. ○yugma mfn. possessing 3 pairs (yaśo-viirye, aiśvarya-śriyau, jñāna-vairāgye) R. vii

⋙triyūpa

1. ○yūpa mfn. with 3 sacrificial posts KātyŚr

⋙triyojana

1. ○yojaná n. 3 Yojanas AV. vi, 131, 3

⋙triyoni

1. ○yoni mfn. (a lawsuit) resulting from 3 reasons (anger, covetousness, or infatuation) W

⋙triratna

1. ○ratna n. the 3 gems: Buddha, the law, and the monkish brotherhood Buddh

⋙trirasaka

1. ○rasaka n. 'tripleflavoured', a spirituous liquor Śiś. x, 12 (Sāh. iii, 148/149)
2. • -saraka

⋙trirātra

1. ○rātrá n. sg. 3 (nights or) days ŚBr. KātyŚr. Kauś
2. • (pl. MBh. iii, 82, 18)
3. • mfn. lasting (3 nights or) days ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr
4. • m. a sacrificial performance of 3 days TāṇḍyaBr
5. • cf. aśva-, garga-, baida-
6. • (am), ind. for 3 days, during 3 days KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c
7. • (āt, eṇa), ind. after 3 days, v
8. • ○trais tribhiḥ, after 3 X 3 days, 64
9. • ○trâvaram ind. at least 3 days KātyŚr. iv, 11, 3 Gaut

⋙trirātrīṇā

1. ○rātrīṇā f. (a woman) 3 days after her courses ĀpŚr. ix, 2, 3

⋙trirāva

1. ○rāva m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh. v, 101, 11 (v. l. -vāra)

⋙trirāśipa

1. ○rāśi-pa mfn. governing 3 zodiacal signs

⋙trirūpa

1. ○rūpa (trí-), mfn. three-formed NṛisUp. ii, 9, 6
2. • three-coloured ŚBr. iv, xiii KātyŚr
3. • having 3 syllabic instants TPrāt. Sch

⋙trirekha

1. ○rekha mf(ā)n. three-lined (the neck) L
2. • m. a conch (or some other animal) L
3. • ○khâṅkita m. N. of a fish Gal
4. • ○khā-puṭa, a sexangle RāmatUp. i, 58

⋙trilava

1. ○lava m. a third part Līl

⋙trilavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa n. = -paṭu L

⋙triliṅga

1. ○liṅga mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas (cf. -guṇa) BhP. iii
2. • = ○gaka
3. • n. 'the 3 Liṅgas', the country Telinga
4. • (ī), f. the 3 genders (in Gram.) L

⋙triliṅgaka

1. ○liṅgaka mfn. having 3 genders, adjective L

⋙triloka

1. ○loka n. sg. ṃBh. xiii ḥariv. 11303, m. pl. ṛ. iii the 3 worlds (= -patha)
2. • m. sg. the inhabitants of the 3 worlds BhP. iii, 2, 13
3. • (ī), f. the 3 worlds, i-iii Rājat. Prab
4. • -nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Indra Ragh. iii, 45
5. • Śiva Kum. v, 77
6. • -rakṣin mfn. protecting the 3 worlds Vikr. i, 5
7. • -vaśaṃ-kara m. N. of a Lokêśvara
8. • -viira m. N. of a Buddh. deity
9. • -sāra m. N. of wk
10. • ○kâtman m. 'Telinga-soul', Śiva
11. • ○kêśa m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu Siṃhâs
12. • Siva MBh. xiv
13. • the sun L

⋙trilokī

1. ○lokī f. of ○ka
2. • -kṛti f. the creation of the 3 worlds Dhūrtan
3. • -jit mfn. conquering the 3 worlds Dhanaṃj. 4
4. • -nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu, Śāntiś
5. • -pati m. id. Siṃhâs. xii, 3
6. • -rāja m. Indra Gal

⋙trilocana

1. ○locana mfn. three-eyed (Śiva) DhyānabUp. KaivUp. R. i Ragh. &c
2. • m. (with rasa) a kind of mixture Rasar
3. • m. N. of a poet ŚārṅgP
4. • -dāsa Hemac. Sch
5. • = -pāla Rājat. vii Kshitîś
6. • (ā), f. a disloyal wife L
7. • N. of a goddess (also ○nī W.) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 20 [Page 460, Column 2]
8. • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KapSaṃh
9. • -dāsa m. N. of a grammarian
10. • -pāla m. N. of a prince Rājat. vii
11. • ○nâṣṭamī f. the 8th day in the dark half of month Jyaishṭha W
12. • ○nêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. clxxxviii

⋙triloha

1. ○loha n. the 3 metals (copper, brass, and bellmetal) Hcat. i, 11
2. • mf(ī)n. made of one of the 3 metals (v. l. -lauh○) Tantras. i

⋙trilohaka

1. ○lohaka n. the 3 metals (gold, silver, copper) L

⋙trilauha

1. ○lauha -loha

⋙trivakrā

1. ○vakrā f. 'thrice crooked', N. of a woman BhP. x, 42, 3

⋙trivaṇasaṃjñikā

1. ○vaṇa-saṃjñikā

⋙trivaṇī

1. ○vaṇī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī

⋙trivat

1. ○vat (trí-), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 176 Vārtt. 2 ; viii, 2, 15 Kāś.) containing the word trí TS. ii, 4, 11, 2

⋙trivatsa

1. ○vatsá mf(ā́)n. 3 years old (ox or cow) VS. TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Kāty

⋙trivandhura

1. ○vandhurá mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 199 Vārtt. Pat.) having 3 seats (the Aśvins' chariot) RV. i, vii-ix

⋙trivayas

1. ○vayas (trí-), mfn. having threefold food (or texture ?), ii, 31, 5

⋙trivarūtha

1. ○várūtha mfn. protecting in 3 ways RV. AV. vii-ix
2. • (○thá) VS. & TBr. ii

⋙trivarga

1. ○varga m. the three things KātyŚr. Lāṭy. &c. (= -gaṇa Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. • = -guṇa L
3. • the 3 conditions, 'progress, stationariness, and decline', xii, 2664
4. • the 3 higher castes, xiii
5. • = -madhura Suśr. vi, 41
6. • = -kaṭu L
7. • = -phalā L.)
8. • -cintana n. N. of a ch. of Psarv
9. • pārīṇa mfn. having passed through the 3 conditions or attained the tri-gaṇa Bhaṭṭ. ii, 46

⋙trivarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. three-coloured ŚāṅkhGṛ
2. • -kṛt m. the chameleon Npr

⋙trivarṇaka

1. ○varṇaka m. n. = -kaṭa L
2. • n. = -kaṭu Suśr. i, 44
3. • the 3 Myrobalans (-phalā) L

⋙trivartu

1. ○vártu mfn. threefold RV. vii, 101, 2

⋙trivartman

1. ○vartman mfn. going by 3 paths ŚvetUp. v, 7
2. • ○tma-gā f. = tripatha-gā MBh. xiii, 1842

⋙trivarṣa

1. ○varṣa mfn. = -vatsá Lāṭy. viii
2. • n. 3 years Suśr. ii, 1
3. • a-, not yet 3 years old Mn. v, 70
4. • trivarṣa-pūrv4a mfn. known less than 3 years Āp

⋙trivarṣaka

1. ○varṣaka mf(ikā)n. = -vatsá Hemac

⋙trivarṣīya

1. ○"ṣvarṣīya mfn. used for 3 years MBh. xiii, 4467

⋙trivali

1. ○vali mfn. having 3 folds or incisions KātyŚr. vii, 3, 29
2. • f. in comp. the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) VarBṛS. lxx, 5 Ṛitus. GarP

⋙trivalī

1. ○valī f. id. MBh. iii, 1824 Hariv. 3625 Bhartṛ
2. • the anus L
3. • N. of a drum
4. • -vat, -valīka

⋙trivalīka

1. ○"ṣvalīka mfn. (Rāma) having 3 folds (on the belly or neck) R. v, 32, 12 (v. l. ○līvat)
2. • n. the anus W

⋙trivācika

1. ○vācika mfn. effected by 3 words Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1

⋙trivāra

1. ○vāra -rāva
2. • (am), ind. thrice Śāktân. ii

⋙trivārṣika

1. ○vārṣika mfn. 3 years old Pañcat. iii, 2, 17/18

⋙trivikrama

1. ○vikrama n. the 3 steps (of Vishṇu) R. vi Kum. (in comp.)
2. • mfn. or m. who strided over the 3 worlds in 3 steps (Vishṇu) Hariv. 2641 R. i &c
3. • m. N. of a Brāhman Śukas
4. • of the author of a work (called after him Traivikramī) Nirṇayas. iii
5. • of a medical author and of a mixture (called after him) Rasêndrac
6. • = -bhaṭṭa
7. • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cclxxi
8. • -deva m. N. of an author Rasar
9. • -bhaṭṭa m. N. of the author of Nalac
10. • -sena m. N. of a prince Kathās
11. • ○mâcārya m. N. of an astronomer

⋙trivitasta

1. ○vitastá mfn. 3 spans long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1
2. • n. 3 spans ĀpŚr. vii, 4, 2

⋙trividya

1. ○vidya mfn. containing the 3 Vedas (Śiva
2. • cf. trayī-tanu)
3. • (ā), f. threefold knowledge (cf. trayī́vidyā́ Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat

⋙trividha

1. ○vidha (trí-), mfn. of 3 kinds, triple, threefold ŚBr. xii ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c
2. • -damatha-vastu-kuśala m. = tri-dam○ Divyâv. viii, 79

⋙trivinata

1. ○vinata mfn. bent in 3 ways R. v, 32, 13 (v. l. try-avan○)

⋙trivibudhī

1. ○vibudhī f. 3 deities Naish

⋙triviṣṭapa

1. ○viṣṭapa n. = -piṣṭ○ GopBr. Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. • N. of a Liṅga LiṅgaP. i, 1, 4
3. • for ○ṣṭabdha SaṃnyUp. iv, 1
4. • -sad m. = -piṣṭ○ L

⋙triviṣṭabdha

1. ○viṣṭabdha n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka (= -daṇḍa) MBh. xii

⋙triviṣṭabdhaka

1. ○viṣṭabdhaka n. id. Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 Vārtt. 8 ; ii, 1, 1 Vārtt. 4
2. • and iii, 2, 124 Vārtt. 2

⋙triviṣṭi

1. ○viṣṭí ind. thrice RV. iv, 6, 4 and 15, 2
2. • -dhā́tu mfn. threefold, i, 102, 8

⋙trivista

1. ○vista mfn. weighing 3 Vistas Pāṇ. 5-1, 31

⋙trivṛt

1. ○vṛ́t mfn. threefold, triple, triform, consisting of 3 parts or folds &c. RV. &c
2. • connected with the Tri-vṛit Stoma ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
3. • (n. pl. -vṛnti) ĀśvŚr
4. • m. (with or without stóma) a threefold Stoma (in which first the three 1st verses of each Tṛica of RV. ix, II are sung together, then the 2nd verses, and lastly the 3rd) VS. &c
5. • m. a triple cord, SāṅkhGṛ. Mn. iii, 43
6. • an amulet of 3 strings AV. v, 28
7. • N. of a Vyāsa ( -vṛṣa)
8. • f. = ○tā Suśr. (generally written tṛ-v○)
9. • trivṛc-chiras mfn. Telinga-headed MBh. xii, 1632 ; xiii, 7379
10. • trivṛt-karaṇa n. making threefold Vedântas. 116 (ChUp. vi, 3, 2 f.)
11. • trivṛ́t-tā f. triplicity ŚBr. vi
12. • -parṇī f. Hingcha repens L
13. • trivṛ́t-prāya mfn. similar to the Telinga, xii, 3, 1, 5
14. • -stoma mfn. connected with the Telinga Stoma Hariv. 7435. [Page 460, Column 3]

⋙trivṛtā

1. ○vṛtā f. Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. VarBṛS

⋙trivṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study, and alms) MBh. xiii, 1541

⋙trivṛnta

1. ○vṛnta m. = pakṣaka Npr

⋙trivṛntikā

1. ○vṛntikā f. = -vṛtā L

⋙trivṛṣa

1. ○vṛṣá mfn. having 3 bulls AV. v, 16, 3
2. • m. N. of the Vyāsa in the 11th Dvāpara, DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 5 (v. l. ṛṣabha)
3. • (○ṣan) VP. iii, 3, 14
4. • (○vṛt) VāyuP. i, 23, 140

⋙trivṛṣan

1. ○vṛṣan m. N. of Try-aruṇa's father (cf. traivṛṣṇá). RV. v, 27, 1 Sāy
2. • ○ṣa

⋙triveṇi

1. ○veṇi f. = ○ṇī Uṇ. Sch

⋙triveṇikā

1. ○veṇikā f. N. of a grammar

⋙triveṇī

1. ○veṇī f. (g. śivâdi) 'triple-braided', the place of confluence (Prayāga, now Allāhābād) of the Ganges with the Yamunā (Jumnā) and the subterranean Sarasvatī
2. • N. of another place

⋙triveṇu

1. ○veṇu mfn. three-bannered (a chariot) BhP. iv, 26, 1
2. • m. N. of part of a chariot MBh. iii f. vii (also ○ṇuka) -ix BhP. xi

⋙triveda

1. ○veda in comp. the 3 Vedas KātyŚr. xxv
2. • (ī), f. id. L
3. • mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas Mn. ii, 118
4. • m. = trayī-deha Hcat. i
5. • ○dī-tanu m. (with deva) id. Bālar. iii, 85

⋙trivedin

1. ○vedin mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas W
2. • = trayīmūrti-mat R. vii

⋙trivelā

1. ○velā f. = -vṛtā L

⋙trivaistika

1. ○vaistika mfn. = -vista Pāṇ

⋙trivyāma

1. ○vyāma mf(ā)n. 3 cords long KātyŚr. vi, 3, 5

⋙trivrata

1. ○vrata (trí-), mfn. eating thrice a day TS. vi, 2, 5, 3

⋙triśakala

1. ○śakala m. having 3 Śakalas Pāṇ. 6-2, 47 Kāś

⋙triśakti

1. ○śakti f. = -kalā VarP. xc ff

⋙triśaṅku

1. ○śaṅku m. N. of a sage TUp. i, 10
2. • of a king of Ayodhyā (aspiring to ascend to heaven in his mortal body, he first requested Vasishṭha to perform a great sacrifice for him
3. • on Vasishṭha's refusing he applied to Vasishṭha's hundred sons, who cursed and degraded him to the rank of a Caṇḍāla hence called a Caṇḍāla king ḍivyâv. xxxiii
4. • Viśvā-mitra then undertook the sacrifice for him and invited all the gods, who declined to come and thereby so enraged the sage that, by his own power, he transported Telinga to heaven
5. • on his being hurled down again head foremost by the gods, he was arrested in his course by Viśvā-mitra and remained suspended in the sky, forming the southern cross constellation R. i, 57 (59 G) ff. son of Pṛithu Hariv. 730 ff. and VP. iv, 3, 13 f. son of ṭrayyāruṇa
6. • son of ṭri-bandhana BhP. ix, 7) MBh. i, xiii &c
7. • a cat L
8. • the civetcat Npr
9. • a grasshopper L
10. • a fire-fly L
11. • = ○ṅkha L
12. • N. of a mythical mountain Divyâv. viii, 293 ff
13. • f. N. of a mythical river, 223 and 295
14. • (○kukā) 298
15. • m. pl. N. of thorns, 293
16. • -ja m. 'Telinga's son', Hari-ścandra L
17. • -tilaka mf(ā)n. adorned with the Telinga constellation (the southern region, diś) Kād
18. • -yājin m. sacrificing for Telinga', Viśvā-mitra L

⋙triśaṅkuka

1. ○śaṅkuka m. a wag-tail Gal
2. • (ā), f. ○ṅku

⋙triśaṅkha

1. ○śaṅkha m. the Cātaka bird Gal

⋙triśata

1. ○śatá mfn. 103 ŚāṅkhBr. xiv ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 300 RV. i, 164, 48 AV. xi, 5, 2
2. • the 300th (chs. of MBh. iii, xii and R. ṅ ii, vi)
3. • = ○taka Hariv. 512 (f. ī) Kām
4. • n. 300 MBh. xiii R. i, vii
5. • (ī), f. 300 MBh. xiv Jyot. (YV.) 29
6. • ○taṃ-ṣaṣṭi-parvan mfn. consisting of 360 sections BhP. iii
7. • ○ta-tama mfn. the 300th (ch. of Hariv.)

⋙triśataka

1. ○śataka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 300 Buddh

⋙triśaraṇa

1. ○śaraṇa n. 'threefold refuge', = -ratna Buddh
2. • the three-refuge formula of Buddhists MWB. 78

⋙triśarīra

1. ○śarīra m. three-bodied NṛisUp. ii, 1, 4

⋙triśarīrin

1. ○śarīrin mfn. id. (Vishṇu) Hariv. 14982

⋙triśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. 3 kinds of sugar (guḍôtpannā, himôtthā, madhurā) L

⋙triśala

1. ○śalá mfn. 3 bristles long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1
2. • (ā), f. the mother of Mahāviira Jain

⋙triśalya

1. ○śalya mfn. three-pointed (an arrow) MBh. vii, 202, 82

⋙triśas

1. ○śas ind. by threes RPrāt. xviii

⋙triśākha

1. ○śākha mf(ā)n. three-wrinkled (bhru-kuṭī) MBh. viii Kathās. cī, 72
2. • -pattra m. AEgle Marmelos L

⋙triśāṇa

1. ○śāṇa

⋙triśāṇya

1. ○śāṇya mfn. weighing 3, Śāṇas Pāṇ. 5-1, 36

⋙triśānu

1. ○śānu m. for -bhānu Hariv. BrahmaP

⋙triśāla

1. ○śāla n. a house with 3 halls MatsyaP. ccliii

⋙triśālaka

1. ○śālaka n. id. VarBṛS. liii, 37 f

⋙triśikha

1. ○śikha mf(ā)n. three-pointed, trident-shaped BhP. iii, v f
2. • threeflamed Hariv. 12292
3. • = -śākha MBh. i Hariv. Pañcat. i, 15, 24/25 ; iv, 4, 4/5
4. • m. = -śākha-pattra L
5. • a Rakshas L
6. • Indra in Tāmasa's Manv-antara BhP. viii, 1
7. • n. a trident Kathās. lv, ci, cvii
8. • a threepointed tiara L
9. • (ī), f. N. of an Up

⋙triśikhara

1. ○śikhara m. 'three-peaked', (with śaila) N. of a mountain R. iv, 44, 50

⋙triśikhidalā

1. ○śikhi-dalā f. 'trident-leaved', N. of a bulb L

⋙triśira

1. ○śira mfn. (for ○ras) three-pointed MBh. xiii, 7379 (v. l. catur-aśva)
2. • m. ○ras
3. • (ā), f. Clypea hernandifolia L
4. • -giri m. N. of a mountain SkandaP

⋙triśiras

1. ○śiras mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, author of RV. x, 8.) TāṇḍyaBr. xvii Bṛih. KaushUp. MBh. Kām
2. • (Jvara) BhP. x, 63, 22
3. • three-pointed MBh. xiii R. iv
4. • m. N. of an Asura killed by Vishṇu MBh. ix, 1755
5. • of a Rākshasa killed by Rāma R. Ragh. [Page 461, Column 1]
6. • (○ra) BhP. ix, 10, 9
7. • n. (with rakṣas) id. R. i, 1, 45
8. • a Rakshas L
9. • Kubera L

⋙triśila

1. ○śila n. 3 stones Kauś

⋙triśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣa mfn. three-headed MBh. (Śiva, xii) Hariv
2. • -guhā and ○ṣâkhya-g○ f. N. of a cavern in Kailāsa Kathās. cviii f
3. • ○ṣa-vat mfn. having 3 crowns (or vertices) R. (B) v, 35, 18

⋙triśīrṣaka

1. ○śīrṣaka n. a trident L

⋙triśīrṣan

1. ○śīrṣán mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, dā́sa, &c.) RV. x AV. v, 23, 9 Kāṭh. ŚBr. (trí-ś○) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv

⋙triśukra

1. ○śukra (trí-), mfn. triply pure TBr. ii

⋙triśukriya

1. ○śukriya mfn. id. Kāṭh. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙triśukla

1. ○śukla m. (= ○kra) Śiva MBh

⋙triśuc

1. ○śúc mfn. triply shining VS. xxxviii
2. • (-śrut ĀśvŚr. v, 13, 6)

⋙triśūla

1. ○śūla n. a trident MBh. &c. (Śiva's weapon, iii, 5009 Hariv. MatsyaP. xi, 29)
2. • m. N. of a mountain
3. • -khāta n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii
4. • -gaṅgā f. N. of a river
5. • -purī f. N. of a town
6. • -vara-pāṇin and -hasta mfn. bearing the trident in his hand (Śiva), xii, xiv
7. • ○lâṅka m. 'trident-marked', Śiva Ṣaguruś
8. • ○lāya Nom. Ā. to resemble Śiva's trident Veṇis. i, 8/9

⋙triśūlikā

1. ○śūlikā f. a small trident Kād

⋙triśūlin

1. ○śūlin m. 'bearing the trident', Śiva W
2. • (inī), f. Durgā Hariv. 9428 Tantras. ii

⋙triśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga m. 'three-horned', a triangle, Sārasam
2. • N. of a mountain (= -kūṭa L.) Hariv. 12853 R. BhP
3. • the membrum virile MantraBr. i, 1, 4 Sch

⋙triśṛṅgin

1. ○śṛṅgin m. the fish Cyprinus Rohita L

⋙triśoka

1. ○śóka mfn. = -śúc RV. x, 29, 2
2. • m. N. of a Ṛishi (author of viii, 45), i, 112, 12 ; viii, 45, 30 AV. iv, 29, 6

⋙triśyeta

1. ○śyeta mf(ā)n. = triḥ-śveta MānŚr. i, 7, 2

⋙triśrut

1. ○śrut -śúc

⋙triśruti

1. ○śruti mfn. (in music) containing 3 intervals

⋙triṣaṃyukta

1. ○ṣaṃyuktá (saṃ-), mfn. triply connected ŚBr. xii
2. • (n. scil. havís or kárman) v and KātyŚr. xv

⋙triṣaṃvatsara

1. ○ṣaṃvatsara mfn. lasting 3 years KātyŚr
2. • (-saṃv○) Lāṭy. and ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙triṣatya

1. ○ṣatya (trí-), mfn. trebly truthful (in thought, word, and deed) MaitrS. TS. vi TBr. iii Kāṭh. (also -satya) ṢaḍvBr

⋙triṣadhastha

1. ○ṣadhasthá mf(ā)n. having a triple seat (sadh○ = barhís) RV. (also ○dhástha, vi)
2. • n. a triple seat, v, x

⋙triṣaṃdhi

1. ○ṣaṃdhi (trí-), mfn. 'having 3 joints (saṃdhí)', composed of 3 parts AV. xi, 9 f. (also m. a kind of snake) ŚBr. xi AitBr. i, 25 Kauś
2. • n. N. of a Sāman

⋙triṣapta

1. ○ṣaptá pl. m(ā́s)fn. = -saptá AV. i, xiii Kāṭh. xxxvii
2. • ○ptīya n. the hymn AV. i, 1 Kauś

⋙triṣama

1. ○ṣama mfn. 'triply even', small Naigh. iii, 2 (v. l.)

⋙triṣavaṇa

1. ○ṣavaṇa mfn. connected with 3 Soma libations ŚBr. xii, 2 (-sav○) ŚāṅkhŚr
2. • n. pl. the 3 Soma libations MBh. iii (-sav○)
3. • sg. (with or without snāna) the 3 ablutions (at dawn, noon, and sunset (also triḥ-snāna Kām. ii, 28), xiii Mn. &c. (-sav○ MārkP. xxiii)
4. • (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset Āp. MānGṛ
5. • m. N. of a man BrahmaP. ii, 12 and 18, 19
6. • -snāyin mfn. performing the 3 ablutions MBh. xiii Yājñ. iii

⋙triṣaṣ

1. ○ṣaṣ mfn. pl. 3 X 6 BhP. xii, 7, 24

⋙triṣaṣṭa

1. ○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 63rd (chs. of MBh.)

⋙triṣaṣṭi

1. ○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ. 6
2. • -tama mfn. = ○ṣṭa (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)
3. • -dhā ind. in 63 parts Suśr. i
4. • -śalākā-puruṣa-carita n. 'lives of the 63 great personages', N. of wk. by Hemac

⋙triṣāhasra

1. ○ṣāhasra (trí-), mfn. (= -sāh○) consisting of 3000 TS. v Śulbas

⋙triṣuvarcaka

1. ○ṣuvarcaka -suv○

⋙triṣṭāvarūtrī

1. ○ṣṭā́-várūtrī tvaṣṭ○

⋙triṣṭuk

1. ○ṣṭúk &c. (in the nom. and before consonantic terminations as well as in comp.) for -ṣṭúp &c
2. • triṣṭúṇ-mukha mfn. beginning with a Tri-shṭubh TS. vii

⋙triṣṭupchandas

1. ○ṣṭúp-chandas mfn. having Tri-shṭubh as metre MaitrS. ii, 3, 3 AV. vi, 48, 3

⋙triṣṭubh

1. ○ṣṭúbh f. a metre of 4 X 11 syllables (RPrāt. xvi, 41 ff. Nir. vii, 12) RV. viii ff. VS. &c. (○bhām arkau, N. of 2 Sāmans)
2. • (in the later metrical system) any metre of 4 X 11 syllables

⋙triṣṭoma

1. ○ṣṭoma mfn. containing 3 Stomas ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi
2. • m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice, xv KātyŚr. xv, 9

⋙triṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭhá mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 97) = -vandhurá RV. i, 34, 5

⋙triṣṭhin

1. ○"ṣṣṭhín mfn. = -pratiṣṭhita VS. xxx, 14

⋙trisaṃvatsara

1. ○saṃvatsara -ṣaṃv○

⋙trisatya

1. ○satya ṣatya
2. • n. a triple oath Pañcat. (v. l.)

⋙trisaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi mfn. -ṣaṃdhi
2. • f. = ○dhya-kusumā L

⋙trisaṃdhika

1. ○saṃdhika mfn. occurring at the 3 divisions of the day, Yavanêśv

⋙trisaṃdhī

1. ○saṃdhī f. = ○dhya-kusumā Npr

⋙trisaṃdhya

1. ○saṃdhya n. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), Tithyād
2. • (ī), f. id. L. Sch
3. • (ā), f. id. W
4. • = -kusumā L
5. • Durgā MatsyaP. xiii, 37
6. • (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. MBh. iii. Kathās. Śatr
7. • -kusumā f. Hibiscus rosa sinensis L

⋙trisapta

1. ○saptá mfn. pl. 3 X 7 RV. i, 133, 6 and TS. v (instr. ○ptaís) MBh. ix (instr. ○ptabhis)
2. • (in comp.) Hcat. i, 6, 331
3. • triḥ-s○

⋙trisaptaka

1. ○saptaka in comp. 3 X 7 VarBṛS. lvi

⋙trisaptata

1. ○saptata mfn. the 73rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙trisaptati

1. ○saptati f. (Pāṇ. 6) 73 KātyŚr. Sch
2. • -tama mfn. = ○ptata (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)

⋙trisama

1. ○sama mfn. having 3 equal sides (a quadrangle) [Page 461, Column 2]
2. • having 3 equal parts of the body R. (B) v, 35, 17
3. • n. an aggregate of equal parts of 3 substances (yellow myrobalan, ginger, and molasses) L

⋙trisamṛddha

1. ○samṛddha (for triḥ-s○), mfn. (a cow) triply fortunate (not obstinate, milk-giving, and fertile) Hcat. i, 7

⋙trisara

1. ○sara m. n. = kṛs○ L
2. • a triple pearl-string (in Prākṛit tis○ and tisaraya [tri-saraka] Jain.) Pañcad
3. • (ī), f. N. of a stringed instrument

⋙trisaraka

1. ○saraka ○ra
2. • n. 'thrice enjoying spirituous liquors', v. l. for -rasaka

⋙trisarga

1. ○sarga m. the creation of the 3 Guṇas BhP. i, 1, 1

⋙trisavana

1. ○savana -ṣav○

⋙trisāṃvatsara

1. ○sāṃvatsara mfn. = -vatsá ŚāṅkhBr

⋙trisādhana

1. ○sādhana mf(ā)n. having a threefold causality Ragh. iii, 13

⋙trisānu

1. ○sānu -bhānu

⋙trisāman

1. ○sāman mfn. singing 3 Sāmans MBh. xii

⋙trisāmā

1. ○sāmā f. N. of a river VP. ii, 3, 13 BhP. v, 19

⋙trisāmya

1. ○sāmya n. equilibrium of the 3 Guṇas, ii, 7, 40

⋙trisāhasra

1. ○sāhasra n. 3000, x, 58, 50
2. • mf(ī)n. consisting of 3000 KātySr
3. • -mahā-sāhasra m. (with or without loka-dhātu) N. of a world Lalit. xix, xxi
4. • -makāsāhasrika mfn. governing that world, xix

⋙trisitā

1. ○sitā f. = -śarkarā L

⋙trisītya

1. ○sītya mfn. thrice ploughed L

⋙trisugandha

1. ○sugandha m. n. = -jāta Hcat. ii

⋙trisugandhi

1. ○sugandhi (n. L.),

⋙trisugandhika

1. ○sugandhika id. Suśr. vi Bhpr

⋙trisundara

1. ○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasêndrac

⋙trisuparṇa

1. ○suparṇa (trí-), m. n. N. of RV. x, 114, 3-5 (or of TĀr. x, 48-50) TĀr. x, 48-50
2. • mfn. familiar with or reciting those verses Āp. ii Gaut. Mn. iii, 185 Yājñ. i (○rṇaka) MBh. xiii VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP

⋙trisuvarcaka

1. ○suvarcaka m. 'triply splendid', N. of a man MBh. iii (-ṣuv○ B)

⋙trisūtra

1. ○sūtra mfn. having 3 threads MaitrUp. vi CūlUp
2. • (ī), f. 3 Sūtras Nyāyas. Sch
3. • ○trī-karaṇa n. N. of a performance Śārad. v, 5

⋙trisaugandhya

1. ○saugandhya n. = -sugandha Suśr. i, 44, 19

⋙trisauparṇa

1. ○sauparṇa mfn. relating to the Tri-suparṇa verses MBh. xii

⋙triskandha

1. ○skandha n. 'consisting of 3 Skandhas', the Jyotiþ-śāstra Āryabh. Sch. Introd
2. • -patha-daiśika m. Buddha Buddh. L

⋙triskandhaka

1. ○skandhaka N. of a Buddh. Sūtra Buddh. L

⋙tristana

1. ○stana mfn. milked from 3 nipples KātyŚr
2. • (ī), f. (a woman) having 3 breasts MBh. iii Pañcat. v
3. • (a cow) having 3 nipples Hcat. i, 7, 469

⋙tristhalī

1. ○sthalī f. the 3 (sacred) places
2. • -setu m. N. of wk

⋙tristhāna

1. ○sthāna mfn. having 3 dwelling-places DhyānabUp
2. • extending through the 3 worlds Nir. ix, 25
3. • n. mahêśvarasya, N. of a Tīrtha MBh. xiii, 702

⋙tristhūṇa

1. ○sthūṇa mfn. having (the humours as the) 3 supports, v, 1070 Suśr. i, 21, 1 Laghuj. ii, 16

⋙trisrotas

   ○srotas f. 'threestreamed', the Ganges Śak. vii Kum. vii, 15 Ragh. x, 64 

1. • N. of another river L

⋙trisrotasī

1. ○srotasī f. N. of a river MBh. ii, 375

⋙trihalikāgrāma

1. ○halikā-grāma m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24

⋙trihalya

1. ○halya mfn. = -sītya L

⋙trihaviṣka

1. ○haviṣ-ka mf(ā)n. = ○vis ĀśvŚr. Sch

⋙trihavis

1. ○havis (trí-), mfn. connected with 3 oblations ŚBr. xiii ĀśvŚr. ii

⋙trihāyaṇa

1. ○hāyaṇa mf(ī)n. = -vatsá KātyŚr. Kauś. Anup. Śulbas. Yājñ. MBh. iii f. vii: ? BrahmaP

⋙trīndriya

1. trī7ndriya mfn. having 3 organs of sensation Hemac

⋙trīrāvatīka

1. trī7rāvatīka mfn. watered by 3 Irāvatī rivers Pāṇ. 1-4, 1 Vārtt., 19 Pat

⋙trīṣu

1. trī7ṣu mfn. furnished with 3 arrows ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙trīṣuka

1. trī7ṣuka mfn. id. KātyŚr. xxv, 4, 47

⋙trīṣṭaka

1. trī7ṣṭaká mfn. furnished with 3 bricks ŚBr. x, 5, 2, 21

≫triṃśa

1. triṃśa mf(ī)n., the 30th (chs. of MBh. and R.)
2. • + 30 Pāṇ. 5-2, 46
3. • m. 'a Stoma consisting of 30 parts', mfn. connected with that Stoma TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy
4. • m. = ○śâṃśa Laghuj

⋙triṃśāṃśa

1. triṃśâṃśa

⋙triṃśāṃśaka

1. triṃśâṃśaka m. 1/30 of a zodiacal sign, degree VarBṛ. Laghuj. iv

≫triṃśaka

1. triṃśaka mfn. consisting of 30 parts MBh. iii, 10644
2. • bought for or worth 30 &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 24
3. • n. 30, Supadm
4. • (ikā), f. N. of wk. Param. Sch

≫triṃśacchata

1. triṃśác-chata (○t-z○)', n. 130 RV. vi, 27, 6

⋙triṃśacchlokī

1. triṃśac-chlokī f. '30 Ślokas', N. of wk

≫triṃśat

1. triṃśát f. (Pāṇ. 5-1, 59) 30 RV. &c. (pl. MBh. vi, xiii
2. • with the objects in the same case, once [Rājat. i, 286] in the gen
3. • acc. ○śat Hcat. i, 8)

⋙triṃśattama

1. ○tamá mf(ī́)n. the 30th ŚBr. viii-x
2. • (chs. of MBh. xii, xv and Hariv.)

⋙triṃśattva

1. ○tvá n. the condition of 30 MaitrS. i, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 10

⋙triṃśatpattra

1. ○pattra n. 'thirty-leaved', the blossom of Nymphaea esculenta L

⋙triṃśatsāhasra

1. ○sāhasra mf(ā)n. pl. 30, 000 R. (G) ii, 100, 44

≫triṃśati

1. triṃśati f. 30 Kām. viii, 38 Rājat. i, 348 (with gen.)

⋙triṃśatka

1. triṃśatka n. id. Kām. viii, 37

≫triṃśad

1. triṃśad = ○śát

⋙triṃśadakṣara

1. ○akṣara (○śád-), mf(ā)n. having 30 syllables ŚBr. iii, vii

⋙triṃśadaṅga

1. ○aṅga (○śád-), mfn. having 30 parts AV. xiii, 3, 8

⋙triṃśadara

1. ○ara (○śád-), mfn. having 30 fellies, iv, 35, 4

⋙triṃśadyogāvali

1. ○yogâvali f. N. of wk

⋙triṃśadrātra

1. ○rātra n. a ceremony lasting 30 days ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii

⋙triṃśadviṃśa

1. ○viṃśa mfn. pl. between 20 and 30 Rājat. v, 214 ; viii, 1084

⋙triṃśadvikrama

1. ○vikrama (○śád-), mf(ā)n. 30 paces long ŚBr. iii, 5, 1, 7

⋙triṃśadvarṣa

1. ○varṣa mfn. 30 years old Mn. ix, 94. [Page 461, Column 3]

≫triṃśin

1. triṃśin mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Kār. Pat.) containing 30 TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, xxiv (Vi-rāj) Lāṭy. x, 10 (month)

≫triḥ

1. triḥ = trís

⋙triḥpratihāram

1. ○pratihāram ind. so as to touch thrice Kauś

⋙triḥprasrutamada

1. ○prasruta-mada mfn. = tri-prasruta MBh. i, 151, 4

⋙triḥśukla

1. ○śukla mfn. 'triply white', having 3 white lines Kauś. 29

⋙triḥśrāvaṇa

1. ○śrāvaṇa n. N. of wk. Āp

⋙triḥśreṇi

1. ○śreṇi mfn. forming 3 rows AitBr. iii, 39, 2

⋙triḥśveta

   ○śveta mf(ā)n. white on 3 spots ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 22, 8 Gobh. ii, 7, 8

⋙triḥṣamṛddha

1. ○ṣamṛddha mfn. 'well furnished with 3 things', only abstr. -tvá (also triḥsam○ Pāṇ. 8-3, 106 Kāś.) TS. ii, 4, 11, 5

⋙triḥsapta

1. ○sapta mfn. pl. = tri-s○ ĀpGṛ. ix, 5
2. • -kṛtvas ind. 21 times MBh. i Hariv. (v. l. tri-s○) R. v BhP. i

⋙triḥsamṛddhatva

1. ○samṛddha-tva -ṣam○

⋙triḥsahavacana

1. ○saha-vacana n. N. of a text Āp

⋙triḥsnāna

1. ○snāna n. tri-ṣavaṇa

≫trika

1. triká mfn. triple, threefold, forming a triad RV. x, 59, 9. Lāṭy. (Stoma
2. • cf. eka-) Śulbas. i Suśr. &c
3. • happening the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77
4. • (with or without śata) 3 per cent. Mn. viii, 152 Kull
5. • m. (n. L.) a place where 3 roads meet Hariv. Jain
6. • m. = tri-kaṭa Npr
7. • Trapa bispinosa ib
8. • n. a triad (cf. kaṭu-, taurya-, tri-, pañca-) Mn. ii, vii Pat. and Kāś. VarBṛS
9. • the loins, regio sacra, hips Hariv. Pañcat. Suśr. (also 'the part between the shoulder-blades') &c
10. • the triple Vyāhṛiti W
11. • (ā), f. a triangular frame across the mouth of a well L

⋙trikatraya

1. ○traya n. the 3 triads (tri-phalā, -kaṭu, and -mada) L

⋙trikavedanā

1. ○vedanā f. pain in the loins Suśr

⋙trikasāra

1. ○sāra N. of wk

⋙trikasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. the loins L

⋙trikahṛdaya

1. ○hṛdaya n. N. of wk

⋙trikāgnikāla

1. trikâgni-kālá m. Rudra ŚatarUp. (interpol.)

⋙trikaīka

1. trikaī7ka m. = ekatrika ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 42, 7

⋙trica

1. tricá tṛcá

≫trita

1. tritá m. 'third' (?), N. of a Vedic deity (associated with the Maruts, Vāyu, and Indra
2. • fighting like the latter with Tvāshṭra, Vṛitra, and other demons
3. • called Āptya [q.v.), 'water-deity', and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence [RV. viii, 47, 13-15 AV.] the idea of wishing to remove calamity to TṭTvāshṭra, and the view of the Tritas being the keepers of nectar [RV. vi, 44, 23], similarly L. RV. ii, 34, 10 TS. i TBr. i] the notion of Trita's bestowing long life
4. • also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of Indra [RV. ii ; viii, 52, 1
5. • x]
6. • fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [i, 105, 17 ; x, 8, 7]
7. • as to this last myth Sāy. on i, 105 relates that 3 Ṛishis, Ekata, Dvita, and Trita, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when Tvāshṭra began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel
8. • shut up there, Tvāshṭra composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial Soma, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in RV. ix, 34, 4 [32,. 2 ; 38, 2 ; 102, 2] and described in MBh. ix, 2095
9. • also Nir. iv, 6 makes him a Ṛishi, and he is the supposed author of RV. i, 105 ; viii, 36 ; ix, 33 f. and 102 ; x, 1-7
10. • in epic legends [MBh. ix, xii f. ] Ekata, Dvita, and TṭTvāshṭra are described as 3 brothers, sons of Gautama or of Prajā-pati or Brahmā
11. • elsewhere Tvāshṭra is one of the 12 sons of Manu Cākshusha by Naḍvalā BhP. iv, 13, 16
12. • cf. traitaná ; Zd. ṭhrita
13. • ?, ?, &c.)
14. • n. triplet of young (three-twin) TS. Sch

⋙tritakūpa

1. ○kūpa m. 'Tvāshṭra's well', N. of a Tīrtha BhP. x, 78, 19

≫tritaya

1. tritaya n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 42 f.) a triad Yājñ. &c

≫triy

1. triy for try

⋙triyakṣa

1. ○akṣa try-

⋙triyadhvan

1. ○adhvan n. the 3 times (pf., p., fut.) Buddh. L

⋙triyambaka

1. ○ambaka try-

⋙triyavastha

1. ○avastha mfn. having 3 conditions BhP. xi

⋙triyavi

1. ○ávi try-

⋙triyṛca

1. ○ṛca n. = tṛcá Kāṭh. xxxiv, 1

≫trir

1. trir = trís

⋙trirakṣara

1. ○akṣara mfn. consisting of 3 sounds DhyānabUp

⋙triraśri

1. ○áśri mfn. three-cornered RV. i, 152, 2

⋙trirunnata

1. ○unnata mfn. having 3 parts of the body stretched upwards ŚvetUp. ii, 8

⋙trirvyūha

1. ○vyūha mfn. triply appearing MBh. xii, 348, 57

≫tris

1. trís ind. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 18) thrice, 3 times RV. (saptá, 3 X 7, i, iv, vii ff
2. • áhnas or áhan, 'thrice a day', i, iii f. ix f
3. • Pāṇ. 2-3, 64) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. (abdasya, 'thrice a year', iii, xi) &c
4. • before gutturals and palatals [RV. viii, 91, 7] ḥ may be substituted by ṣ Pāṇ. 8-3, 43

⋙tristāvā

1. ○tāvā f. (a Vedi) 3 times as great (fr. tā́vat) Pāṇ. 5-4, 84

triṅkh

1. triṅkh cl. 1. P. for traṅkh W

trica

1. tricá tṛcá

triṇa

1. triṇa n. for tṛṇa, grass VarP

triṇata

1. tri-ṇata -ṇavá, &c. trí. [Page 462, Column 1]

tripu

1. tripú tṛpú

triyūha

1. triyūha m. a chestnut-coloured horse L
2. • cf. ukanāha, urāha, kiyāha, kokāha

trillaka

1. trillaka N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1684 ; 1709 ; 2497

⋙trilllasena

1. trillla-sena another man's N., vii

trīśaṭa

1. trīśaṭa m. = tīsaṭa

truṭ

1. truṭ cl. 6. 4. ○ṭati, ○ṭyati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70) to be torn or split, tear, break, fall asunder Bhartṛ. Mālatīm. Bālar. Rājat. (pf. tutroṭa) Hit. Kuval.: Caus. troṭayati (ind. ○yitvā
2. • Ā. ○yate Dhātup. xxxiii, 25) to tear, break Pañcat. ii, 6, 55/56 ; v, 10, 4/5 Rājat. vi, 248 Pañcad
3. • cf. ut-

≫truṭi

1. truṭi f. (Siddhṣtry. 26) an atom (= 7 Reṇus Lalit. xii, 176)
2. • a very minute space of time MBh. i, 1292 Hariv. 9529 VarBṛS. ii, 0/1 Sūryas. BhP. iii, 11, 6
3. • x
4. • small cardamoms Suśr. vi
5. • doubt L
6. • cutting, breaking W
7. • loss, destruction W
8. • breaking a promise W
9. • N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635
10. • troṭi

⋙truṭipattra

1. ○pattra n. (?) Kapishṭh. xxx, 7

⋙truṭibīja

1. ○bīja m. Arum Colocasia L

⋙truṭiśas

1. ○śas ind. in very short spaces of time MBh. v, xii

⋙truṭyavayava

1. truṭy-avayava m. half a Truṭi VarBṛS. ii, 0/1

≫truṭita

1. truṭita mfn. broken, divided, chapped Pañcat. Uttarar. i, 29 Kathās. Sāh. iii, 60/61
2. • n. mṛṇālikā and bāhu-rakṣikā, Śīl

⋙truṭī

1. truṭī f. = ○ṭi L. Sch

trup

1. trup cI. 1. tropati, to hurt Dhātup

⋙truph

1. truph

⋙trump

   trump

⋙trumph

1. trumph trophati, trump○, ○ph○ id

treṇī

1. treṇī try-eṇī

tretā

1. trétā f. (fr. trayá) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759
2. • the 3 sacred fires (= agni-), v, 1559 Hariv. 1410
3. • trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv Mṛicch. ii, 9
4. • 'age of triads', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MuṇḍUp. ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c

⋙tretāgni

1. ○"ṣgni (○tâg○), m. = agni-tretā Hariv. 1409 MBh. xiii Ragh. xiii
2. • -hotra n. id. MBh. xii, 6001

⋙tretāchandas

1. ○chandas n. pl. a class of metres Nidānas. i, 6, 3

⋙tretātva

1. ○tva n. the condition of the fire-triad Hariv. 11863

⋙tretāya

1. ○"ṣya (tâya), m. the cast trey ChUp. Sch

⋙tretāyuga

1. ○yuga n. the Trétā age MBh. &c

⋙tretāstoma

1. ○stoma m. pl. a class of Stomas Nidānas. i, 9

⋙tretinī

1. tretinī f. the threefold flame of the 3 fires of the altar RV. x, 105, 9

≫tredhā

1. tredhā́ ind. = trí-dhā RV. VS. &c

⋙tredhābhāva

1. ○bhāva m. dwelling in 3 places Nir. vii, xii

⋙tredhāvihita

1. ○vihitá mfn. divided into 3 parts ŚBr

⋙tredhāsaṃnaddha

1. ○saṃnaddhá mfn. triply bound MaitrS. i

⋙tredhāsthita

1. ○sthita mfn. = -vihitá Ragh

trai

1. trai cl. 1. Ā. trā́yate (Impv. ○yatām, 2. sg. ○yasva and trā́sva pl. ○yadhvam and trā́dhvam RV
2. • ep. trāti, trātu, trāhi
3. • aor. Subj. trāsate, 2. du. trā́sāthe Prec. trā́sīthām RV
4. • inf. trātum MBh. &c
5. • ind. p. trātvā BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.)
6. • cf. pari-, saṃ-

traiṃśa

1. traiṃśa n. a Brāhmaṇa containing 30 (triṃśát) Adhyāyas (ŚāṅkhBr.) Pāṇ. 5-1, 62

⋙traiṃśika

1. traiṃśika mf(ā)n. consisting of 30 ĀtrAnukr. i, 16 ; 23 ; 25

≫traikakuda

1. traikakudá mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakud AV. ŚBr. TĀr. KātyŚr

⋙traikakakubha

1. traikakakubha mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakubh MānGṛ. i, 11
2. • n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy

⋙kaṇṭaka

1. kaṇṭaka mfn. coming from the plant Tri-kaṇṭaka, g. rajatâdi

⋙kaṇṭakālika

1. kaṇṭakālika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) MBh. xii BhP. iii, xi KāśīKh. Tarkas

⋙kaṇṭakālya

1. kaṇṭakālya n. the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) VPrāt. MBh. xii Hariv
2. • dawn, noon, and sunset Yājñ. iii, 308
3. • growth, maintenance, and decay Hariv. 7446

⋙kaṇṭakuntaka

1. kaṇṭakuntaka a kind of ornament Buddh. L

≫traigarta

1. traigarta mfn. = ○taka MBh. iv, 1117
2. • m. (g. yaudheyâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 111) a Trigarta prince MBh. iv, vi Rājat. v
3. • pl. the Trigartas VarBṛS. x, xvi f
4. • (ī), f. (g. yaudheyâdi) a Trigarta princess MBh. i

⋙traigartaka

1. traigartaka mfn. belonging to the Trigartas, vii, 726
2. • xiv VarBṛS. iv, 24 Pāṇ. 4-2, 124 Kāś

⋙traigartāyana

1. traigartāyana mfn

⋙traigartāyanaka

1. traigartāyanaka n. fr. ○ta g. arīhaṇâdi

≫traiguṇika

1. traiguṇika mfn. relating to the 3 Guṇas W
2. • thrice repeated W

⋙traiguṇya

1. traiguḍṇya n. the state of consisting of 3 threads, tripleness Mn. ii, 42 Kull. ; 3 qualities (śaitya, saugandhya, māndya), Śivarātrivr
2. • the 3 Guṇas MBh. Sāṃkhyak. 14 ; 18 Tattvas. Mālav. i, 4 MārkP. l, 3
3. • mfn. having the 3 Guṇas BhP. xi, 25, 30
4. • -vat mfn. id. Sarvad. xiv, 63

≫traicīvarika

1. traicīvarika mfn. possessing the tri-cīvara L

≫traita

1. traitá m. (fr. tritá) a triplet (one of three at a birth) TS. ii, 1, 1, 6 MaitrS. ii, 5, 1
2. • n. 'relating to Trita', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv Lāṭy. vii, 3. [Page 462, Column 2]

⋙traitana

1. traitaná m. N. of a deity (connected with Trita ; = Zd. ṭhraetaona, Pers. Feridun) RV. i, 158, 5

≫traidaśika

1. traidaśika mfn. relating to the (tri-daśa) gods Mn. ii, 58 (○śaka Hcat. iii, 1, 10)

≫traidha

   traidha mfn. (fr. trí-dhā or tredhā́) triple Pāṇ. 5-3, 45 Vārtt. Sch 

1. • (am), ind. (v, 3, 45) = tredhā́ KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. Kauś. MBh

≫traidhātavī

1. traidhātavī́ f. (scil. iṣṭí) N. of a closing ceremony (fr. tri-dhā́tu) ŚBr. v, xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙traidhātavīya

1. traidhātavīya n. (scil. kárman) id. TS. ii, 4, 11
2. • (ā), f. id. Nyāyam. ix Sch

⋙traidhātavyā

1. traidhātavyā́ f. id. MaitrS. ii, 4, 3

≫traidhātuka

1. traidhātuka n. the 3 worlds SaddhP. iv

⋙traidhātva

1. traidhāḍtva m. 'son of Tri-dhātu', = traivṛṣṇá TāṇḍyaBr

≫trainiṣkika

1. trainiṣkika mfn. = tri-niṣka Pāṇ. 5-1, 30

≫traipakṣika

1. traipakṣika mfn. lasting 3 half months, Prāyaśc

⋙traipatha

1. traipatha n. N. of a manner of sitting BṛNārP. xxxi, 115

⋙traipada

1. traipada n. three-fourths TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 13, 12 ŚāṅkhŚr.xiv, 41, 11

≫traipārāyaṇika

1. traipārāyaṇika mfn. performing the Pārāyaṇa 3 times Pāṇ. 5-1, 20 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙traipiṣṭapa

1. traipiṣṭapa n. (fr. tri-p○) N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh

≫traipura

1. traipura mfn. relating to Tri-pura Śārad. xii
2. • n. Śiva's conquest of Tri-pura Bālar. ii, 3/4
3. • m. pl. the inhabitants of Tri-pura Hariv. 7443
4. • the inhabitants of Tripurī or the Cedis MBh. vi, 3855
5. • sg. a Cedi prince, ii, 1164

⋙traipurīya

1. traipurīya n. N. of an Up

≫traipuruṣa

1. traipuruṣa mfn. = tri-paur○, xiii, 4322

≫traiphala

1. traiphala mfn. coming from (tri-phalā) the 3 myrobalans Suśr. iv, 5 and 9 ; vi, 17 and 39

⋙traibali

1. traibali m. (fr. tri-bala) N. of a man MBh. ii, 108

≫traibhāvya

1. traibhāvya n. threefold nature, g. brāhmaṇâdi

≫traimātura

1. traimātura mfn. having 3 (mātṛ) mothers Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 Kāś

⋙traimāsika

1. traimāsika mfn. 3 months old, lasting 3 months, quarterly BhP. ii, 7, 27 Mn. xi, 127 Kull

⋙traimāsī

1. traimāsī mfn. 3 months Divyâv. xix

⋙traimāsya

1. traimāsya n. id. KātyŚr. xx, 3, 6

⋙traiyakṣa

1. traiyakṣa mfn. belonging to (try-) Śiva Bālar. vii, 30

≫traiyambaka

1. traiyambaká mfn. relating or belonging or sacred to Try-ambaka VS. xxiv Lāṭy. KātyŚr. and Gobh. iii, 10, 14 (scil. apūpa, 'cake') MBh. vii, 169 and 2778

⋙traiyambakamantra

1. ○mantra m. N. of a Mantra Śārad. xxiii

⋙traiyambakasaras

1. ○saras n. N. of a lake ŚrīmMāh. xiv f

≫traiyalinda

1. traiyalinda mfn. fr. try- Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat

≫traiyāhāvaka

1. traiyāhāvaka mfn. coming from or relating to a try-āhāva village, g. dhūmâdi

≫trairātrika

1. trairātrika mfn. of 3 days, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫trairāśika

1. trairāśika mfn. 'relating to 3 (rāśi) numbers', with or without gaṇita or karman, the rule of three (in arithm
2. • cf. krama-, viloma-, vyasta-) Laghuj. Sch. Sūryapr. Sch
3. • relating to 3 zodiacal signs Hāyan

⋙trairāśya

1. trairāśya n. sg. the 3 groups Nyāyad. iv, 1, 3

≫trairūpya

1. trairūpya n. tripleness of (rūpa) form, threefold change of form Pāṇ. 7-3, 49 Sch. (not in Kāś.)

≫trailāṭa

1. trailāṭa a sort of horse-fly Buddh. L

≫trailiṅga

1. trailiṅga mfn. having 3 (liṅga) sexes MBh. xii, 11353 (v. l. ○gya n. 'triplicity of sex')

≫trailokya

1. trailokya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 Lokas or worlds Mn. xi, 237 MBh. &c
2. • a mystic N. of some part of the body
3. • m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

⋙trailokyakartṛ

1. ○kartṛ m. 'TṭTrailokya-creator', Śiva MBh

⋙trailokyacintāmaṇirasa

1. ○cintāmaṇi-rasa m. N. of a mixture

⋙trailokyaḍambara

1. ○ḍambara N. of a med. work

⋙trailokyadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of a Jaina work

⋙trailokyadevī

1. ○devī f. N. of the wife of King Yaśaþ-kara Rājat. vi

⋙trailokyanātha

1. ○nātha m. 'TṭTrailokya-lord', Rāma R. i, 76, 19
2. • N. of a mixture

⋙trailokyaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of an astron. work

⋙trailokyaprabhava

1. ○prabhava m. 'TṭTrailokya-son', Rāma Ragh. x, 54

⋙trailokyaprabhā

1. ○prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cviii

⋙trailokyabandhu

1. ○bandhu m. 'TṭTrailokya-friend', the sun Prasannar. vi, 39

⋙trailokyabhayakāraka

1. ○bhaya-kāraka mfn. causing fear to the 3 worlds

⋙trailokyamālin

1. ○mālin m. N. of a Daitya Kathās. cviii

⋙trailokyarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

⋙trailokyarājya

1. ○rājya n. TṭTrailokya-sovereignty Bhartṛ

⋙trailokyavikramin

1. ○vikramin m. 'striding through the 3 worlds', N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP. i

⋙trailokyavijayā

1. ○vijayā f. 'TṭTrailokya-conqueror', a sort of hemp (from which an intoxicating infusion is prepared) L

⋙trailokyasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. N. of wk., Dvaitanirn

⋙trailokyasāra

1. ○sāra N. of wk. Hcat. i, 3, 932 ff

⋙trailokyasundara

1. ○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasar
2. • (ī), f. N. of wk. Gaṇar

⋙trailokyādhipatitva

1. trailokyâdhipati-tva

⋙trailokyādhipatya

1. trailokyâdhipatya n. for kya-rājya

⋙trailocana

1. trailocana n. fr. tri-l○, = traipiṣṭapa KāśīKh

≫traivaṇa

1. traivaṇa m. (g. śivâdi) metron. fr. tri-veṇī Pravar. vi, 2 (v. l. ○varṇa)

⋙traivaṇi

1. traívaṇi m. id. ŚBr. xiv, 5, 5 and 7, 4

⋙traivaṇīya

1. traívaṇīya fr. ○ṇa g. utkarâdi

≫traivargika

1. traivargika mf(ī)n. relating to tri-gaṇa BhP. ii f. vi, xi f

⋙traivargya

1. traivargya mfn. belonging to tri-gaṇa, iv

≫traivarṇa

1. traivarṇa m. a member of the first 3 (varṇa) castes Hcat

⋙traivarṇika

1. traivarṇika m. id. Mn. Āryabh. Sch

≫traivarṣika

1. traivarṣika n. a triennial performance ĀśvŚr. xii, 5, 6
2. • mfn. sufficient for 3 years Pāṇ. 7-3, 16 Kāś

⋙traivārṣ

1. traivārṣ○
2. mfn. id. Gaut. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 462, Column 3]

⋙traivikrama

1. traivikrama mfn. belonging to (tri-v○) Vishṇu Ragh. vii, 32
2. • m. a kind of cohabitation Hāl. 411 Sch
3. • n. (Vishṇu's) act of taking the 3 strides Hariv. 3168
4. • (ī), f. tri-vikrama

≫traivida

1. traivida v. l. for trayī-v○ Sch. on TS. and KātyŚr

≫traividya

1. traividya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Pat.) familiar with tri-vidyā Lāṭy. viii, 6, 29 Mn. Yājñ. MBh
2. • n. = tri-vidyā Āp. Gaut. Gṛihyās. Mn. &c
3. • an assembly of Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Yājñ. Hariv. 9578 MārkP. xxiii, 35

⋙traividyaka

1. traividyaka mfn. practised by Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Āp. i, 1, 23 and 2, 6
2. • n. = tri-vidyā MānGṛ. i, 23

≫traividhya

1. traividhya n. triplicity Bādar. i, 31 Suśr. v KapS. i, 70 Bhāshāp. &c
2. • mfn. triple BhP. vi, 3, 4

≫traiviṣṭapa

1. traiviṣṭapa m. pl. 'inhabitants of tri-v○', the gods Ratnâv. iv, 22 BhP. i f

⋙traiviṣṭapeya

1. traiviṣṭapeya m. pl. id., viii

≫traivṛta

1. traivṛta mfn. coming from (tri-vṛt) Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. i, 44, 3 ; vi, 17, 3 and 26, 8

⋙traivṛṣṇa

1. traivṛṣṇá m. (fr. tri-vṛṣan) patr. of Try-aruṇa RV. v, 27, 1

⋙traivedika

1. traivedika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 Vedas Mn. iii, 1 VāyuP. i, 1, 65

≫traiśaṅkava

1. traiśaṅkava mfn. belonging to Tri-śaṅku Hcar. Bālar
2. • m. patr. of Hari-ścandra Hariv. 755 BhP. ix

⋙traiśabdya

1. traiśabdya n. 3 kinds of (śabda) expression Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 74 Vārtt. 4 and iii, 1, 44 Vārtt. 7

⋙traiśāṇa

1. traiśāṇa mf(ī)n. = tri-ś○ Pāṇ

⋙traiśāni

1. traiśāni m. patr. fr. tri-śānu Hariv

⋙traiśāmba

1. traiśāmba for ○śāni VP. iv, 16, 2

⋙traiśāli

1. traiśāli id. AgP

⋙traiśīrṣa

1. traiśīrṣa mf(ā)n. relating to (i.e. committed against) the three-headed (tri-śīrṣan) Viśva-rūpa (a murder) MBh. v, 335

⋙traiśṛṅga

1. traiśṛṅga m. patr. fr. tri-ś○ Pravar. vi, 4 (○gāyana MatsyaP.)
2. • n. 'coming from tri-ś○', (with ājya) semen virile MantraBr

⋙traiśaṅkavaśoka

1. ○"ṣśoka n. 'Tri-śoka's melody', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xii, xviii, xxi Lāṭy. vi, 11

≫traiṣṭubha

1. traíṣṭubha mf(ī)n. (g. utsâdi) relating to or composed in the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. v, 29, 6 VS. &c
2. • n. (= tri-ṣṭubh Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Vārtt. Pat.) the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. i, 164, 23 f. ; ii, 43, 1

≫traisamika

1. traisamika mfn. (fr. samā) triennial Pāṇ. 7-3, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙sānu

1. sānu v. l. for ○śāni

⋙srotasa

1. srotasa mfn. belonging to (tri-srotas) the Ganges Ragh. xvi, 34

⋙svarya

1. svarya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 accents Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. Nyāyam. ix, 2, 15 Sch. on VPrāt. i, 129 ; 132 and Bhāshik. ii, 36

≫traihāyaṇa

1. traihāyaṇá n. (v. l. ○yana Pāṇ. 5-1, 130 Kāś.) a period of 3 years AV. x, 5, 22 ; xii, 4, 16

troṭaka

1. troṭaka (= toṭ○), mfn. destroying (fr. √truṭ) Chandaþs. vi, 31 Sch
2. • m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8
3. • of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar. xii
4. • n. a kind of drama Vikr. i, 1/2 Sāh. vi, 273 (v. l. toṭ○)
5. • angry speech, 99
6. • (ī), f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī L

⋙troṭi

1. troṭi f. a beak L
2. • the mouth of a fish L
3. • N. of a bird L
4. • = kaṅka- L
5. • the Kaṭphala tree (also truṭi Npr.) L

⋙troṭakahasta

1. ○hasta m. 'beak-handed', a bird L

⋙troṭita

1. troṭita mfn. broken Kathās

trotala

1. trotala n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch
2. • cf. toḍala

⋙trotalottara

1. trotalôttara n. another Tantra ib

trotra

1. trotra n. a weapon Uṇ. Sch
2. • (= tóttra) a goad W
3. • N. of a disease Uṇ. vṛ
4. • ārūpa-kriyā ib

trauk

1. trauk (= ḍhauk), cl. 1. Ā. (pf. tutrauke Kāś.) to go Dhātup. iv, 25: Caus. aor. atutraukat Pāṇ. 7-4, 59 Kāś.: Desid. tutrokiṣate ib.: Intens. totraukyate, 82 Vārtt. 1 Pat

try

1. try before vowels = trí, sometimes resolved into triy, q.v

⋙tryaṃśa

1. ○aṃśa m. sg. 3 shares Mn. ix, 151
2. • mfn. having 3 shares Jyot. Sch
3. • m. a 3rd part VarBṛS. Laghuj
4. • the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign (= dṛkāṇa) xii, 2 ff. and VarBṛ. xxiii, 14f. (also -nātha m. 'the regent of a Dṛikāṇa')

⋙tryakṣa

1. ○akṣa mf(ī, or [Hcat. i, 5, 1202] ā)n. three-eyed MBh. ii f. Hariv. Kathās. cxviii
2. • m. Śiva MBh. Hariv. 15415 (triy-, v. l. tri-yajña) BhP. Kathās. Kaśyapa Gal
3. • N. of an Asura BhP. vii, 2, 4
4. • -patnī f. 'Śiva's wife', Pārvatī Hariv. 10000

⋙tryakṣaka

1. ○akṣaka m. Śiva ŚivaP

⋙tryakṣan

1. ○akṣan m. id. MBh. xiv, 193

⋙tryakṣara

1. ○ákṣara mfn. (or n. a word) consisting of 3 sounds or syllables VS. ix ŚBr. vi, xiv TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Mn. xi, 266
2. • m. a matchmaker ('a genealogist' W.) L

⋙tryaṅkaṭa

1. ○aṅkaṭa v. l. for -aṅgaṭa

⋙tryaṅga

1. ○aṅgá n. pl. the 3 portions of a victim belonging to Svishṭakṛit (upper part of the right fore-foot, part of the left thigh, and part of the intestines) TS. vi ŚBr. iii Kauś. KātyŚr. Sch
2. • sg. a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry, and infantry) MBh. viii, 2526
3. • (ix, 1388 ?)

⋙tryaṅgaṭa

1. ○aṅgaṭa n. 3 strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens L
2. • a kind of collyrium L. [Page 463, Column 1]
3. • m. Śiva L

⋙tryaṅgula

1. ○aṅgulá n. 3 fingers' breadth ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 4 and 7, 1, 25
2. • xiv KātyŚr. vii
3. • -áṅg○ mfn. 3 fingers broad ŚBr. i, 2, 5, 9 KātyŚr. ii, vi

⋙tryaṅgya

1. ○"ṣaṅgyá mfn. belonging to the -aṅgá portions ŚBr. iii

⋙tryañjana

1. ○añjana n. the 3 kinds of collyrium (kālâñj○, puṣpâñj○, rasâñj○) L

⋙tryañjala

1. ○añjala n. 3 handfuls Pāṇ. 5-4, 102

⋙tryañjali

1. ○añjali m. a handful belonging to 3 persons, 102 Kāś
2. • mfn. bought for 3 handfuls ib

⋙tryadhipati

1. ○adhipati m. the lord of the 3 Guṇas or of the 3 worlds (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, 16, 24 (v. l.)

⋙tryadhiṣṭhāna

1. ○adhiṣṭhāna mfn. having 3 stations Mn. xii, 4

⋙tryadhīśa

1. ○adhī7śa m. = ○dhipati BhP. iii f. viii

⋙tryadhvagā

1. ○adhvagā f. = tri-patha-gā W

⋙tryanīka

1. ○anīká mfn. threefaced RV. iii, 56, 3 Kāṭh. xxx, 2
2. • triple-arrayed AitBr. iii, 39, 2 Pāṇ. 4-1, 21 Siddh. (f. ā)
3. • (ā), f. N. of a ceremony ĀpŚr. xxi, 14

⋙tryanta

1. ○anta n. with tvāṣṭrī-sāman, N. of a Sāman

⋙tryabda

1. ○abda n. 3 years Mn. viii
2. • mf(ā)n. 3 years old L
3. • (am), ind. during 3 years, xi
4. • -pūrva mfn. existing for 3 years, ii, 134, Āp. i, 14, 13

⋙tryambaka

1. ○ámbaka m. 'three-eyed' (originally probably 'three-mothered' fr. the threefold expression ámbe ámbiké' mbālike VS. &c
2. • cf. tri-mātṛ́ and traimātura) Rudra or (later on) Śiva RV. vii, 59, 12 VS. &c. (triy- Kapishṭh. viii, 10 R. vii Kum. iii, 44
3. • Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt. Pat.)
4. • N. of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. iii Hariv. VP. i, 15, 123 NarasP. v, 9
5. • pl. (= traiy○) the cakes sacred to Rudra Try-ambaka TS. iii TBr. i Kāṭh. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr
6. • sg. the ceremony in which those cakes, are offered ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 10, 21
7. • n. N. of a L2iṅga ŚivaP. i, 38, 19
8. • mfn. knowing the 3 Vedas or pervading the 3 worlds TejobUp. 6
9. • (ā), f. Pārvatī, DeviiP
10. • -parvata m. N. of a mountain, Vaidyaj
11. • -māhātmya n. N. of part of PadmaP. iv
12. • -vṛṣabha m. Śiva's bull Kād
13. • -sakha m. 'Śiva's friend', Kubera L
14. • kêśvarapurī f. = śaiva-nagara

⋙tryambuka

1. ○ambuka a kind of fly Buddh. L

⋙tryara

1. ○ara mfn. having 3 fellies AV. x, 2, 32

⋙tryaratni

1. ○aratni mfn. 3 arms long Kauś

⋙tryaruṇa

1. ○áruṇa m. N. of a man RV. v, 27, 1 f. TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3
2. • later on called trayyār○, q.v

⋙tryaruṣa

1. ○áruṣa mf(ī)n. marked red in 3 places RV. viii, 46, 22

⋙tryartha

1. ○artha mfn. having 3 meanings L

⋙tryalinda

1. ○alinda N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat

⋙tryavanata

1. ○avanata tri-vin○

⋙tryavara

1. ○avara mfn. pl. at least 3 Mn. iii, viii Yājñ. ii, 69
2. • (am), ind. at least thrice Gaut. Mn. xi, 81
3. • ○rârdhyam ind. id. ĀpŚr. iii, 16, 9 ĀpGṛ. xxi, 9

⋙tryavi

1. ○ávi m. '3 sheep times old', a calf 18 months old RV. iii, 55, 14 VS. (f. ○vií, xviii, 26) MaitrS
2. • cf. páñcâvi

⋙tryaśīta

1. ○aśīta mf(ī)n. the 83rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙tryaśīti

1. ○aśīti f. 83 Pāṇ. 6
2. • -tama mfn. the 83rd (chs. of R.)

⋙tryaśra

1. ○aśra mfn. triangular Suśr. iv, 2, 3
2. • n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 52
3. • m. a triplet Sāh. vi, 283
4. • a kind of jasmine L
5. • -kuṇḍa n. N. of a mystical diagram, Tantr
6. • -phalā f. Boswellia thurifera L

⋙tryaṣṭaka

1. ○aṣṭaka mfn. containing 3 Ashṭakā days Gobh. iii, 10, 7
2. • n. N. of a vessel Suśr. i, 45

⋙tryaṣṭavarṣa

1. ○aṣṭa-varṣa mfn. 3 x 8 years old Mn. ix, 94

⋙tryasra

1. ○asra = -aśra

⋙tryaha

1. ○ahá m. 3 days ŚBr. &c. [chiefly (am), ind. 'during 3 days', (āt, e, ena), ind. 'after 3 days']
2. • mfn. ○hīṇa R. i, 13, 43
3. • m. a performance lasting 3 days ŚBr. iv, xii ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr
4. • -vṛtta mfn. happened 3 days ago Pāṇ. 3-2, 115 Pat
5. • -sparśa m. -spṛśa n. = tri-dina-spṛś Jyot
6. • hâihika mfn. furnished with food for 3 days Mn. iv, 7

⋙tryahīna

1. ○"ṣahīna mfn. lasting 3 days Lāṭy. viii

⋙tryahna

1. ○ahna mfn. happened after 3 days Vop. vi, 38 f

⋙tryāyuṣa

1. ○āyuṣá n. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77) threefold vital power ('threefold period of life, i.e. childhood, youth, and old age' Sch.) VS. iii, 62
2. • ŚBr. xii, 9, 1, 8

⋙tryāruṇi

1. ○āruṇi trayyāruṇa

⋙tryārṣeya

1. ○ārṣeya mfn. having 3 sacred ancestors MānŚr. xi Pravar
2. • m. pl. a blind, a deaf, and a dumb person W

⋙tryālikhita

1. ○ālikhitá mfn. indented or marked in 3 places (a brick) TS. v ŚBr. vi Śulbas
2. • tá-vat mfn. consisting of bricks so marked ŚBr. viii

⋙tryāvrit

1. ○ā́vrit mfn. consisting of 3 series, xii f. TBr. ii, 1

⋙tryāśir

1. ○ā́śir mfn. mixed with 3 products of milk RV. v, 27, 5

⋙tryāhala

1. ○āhala m. 'triplecrower (cf. āhálak)', a cock Suśr. i, 46

⋙tryāhāva

1. ○āhāva mfn. having 3 watering-places, g. dhūmâdi

⋙tryāhika

1. ○āhika mfn. = tri-divasa, Aparāj
2. • = -ahâihika Yājñ. i, 128 (v. l. -aih○)

⋙tryuttarībhāva

1. ○uttarī-bhāva m. progression by 3 Lāṭy. vi, 5, 17

⋙tryudāya

1. ○udâyá m. thrice approaching the altar (at dawn, noon, and sunset) RV. iv, 37, 3

⋙tryuddhi

1. ○úddhi mfn. having a triple stand TS. v MaitrS. i, 6, 8 ĀpŚr. v, 22, 6

⋙tryudhan

1. ○udhán mfn. three-uddered RV. iii, 56, 3

⋙tryunnata

1. ○únnata mfn. having 3 elevations TS. vi

⋙tryupasatka

1. ○upasat-ka mfn. containing 3 upasád ceremonies ĀpŚr. xv

⋙tryuṣaṇa

1. ○uṣaṇa n. = -ūṣ○ L

⋙tryūṣaṇa

1. ○ūṣaṇa n. = tri-kaṭu Suśr

⋙tryṛca

1. ○ṛca n. = tṛcá Mn. Yājñ. [Page 463, Column 2]

⋙tryeṇī

1. ○eṇī f. (the śalalī́ bristle) being variegated in 3 places KātyŚr. v ĀpŚr. viii and ĀpGṛ. (treṇī) ĀśvGṛ. i, 14, 4 PārGṛ. i, 15, 4 ; ii, 1, 10

⋙tryenī

1. ○énī f. id. ŚBr. ii, 6, 4, 5

⋙tryaihika

1. ○aihika see. -āh○

≫tryakṣāyaṇa

1. tryakṣāyaṇa for tryākṣ○ Gaṇar. 269 Sch

⋙tryākṣ

1. tryākṣ○ m. fr. try-akṣa g. aiṣukāry-ādi

tva

1. tva mfn. (tvad). one, several RV
2. • tva-tva, one-the other RV. AV. viii, 9, 9
3. • tvad, partly RV. x, 72, 9 ŚāṅkhBr. xvii, 4
4. • tvadtvad, partly-partly RV. vii, 101, 3 ŚBr

≫tvadānīm

1. tvadānīm ind. sometimes MaitrS. iv, 2, 2

tva

1. tvá base of the 2nd personal pron.: nom. tvám acc. tvā́m instr. tváyā [ and tvā́ RV., also in comp., tvā́-datta, -dāta, -vṛdha &c.], dat. túbhyam [& ○bhya RV. PārGṛ. i, 6, 2], abl. tvát or tvád [ and tvat-tas MBh. &c.], gen. táva loc. tvé [RV
2. • RPrāt. i, 19 & g. câdi], tváyi [AV. &c.]
3. • enclitic forms are acc. tvā ṛV. āV., gen. dat. te [RV. &c
4. • = ?] ; [Lat. tu &c.]

⋙tvayata

1. ○yata (tvá-), mfn. given by thee, vii, 20, 10

≫tva

1. tvá mfn. thy, your, ii, 20, 2

≫tvaṃ

1. tvaṃ for tvam

⋙tvaṃkāra

1. ○kāra m. addressing with, 'thou' (disrespectfully) Mn. xi, 205

⋙tvaṃkṛtya

1. ○kṛtya ind. addressing with 'thou' Yājñ. iii, 292

≫tvakat

1. tvakat dimin. for tvat, in comp

⋙tvakatpitṛka

1. ○pitṛka mfn. = tvát-pitṛ Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat

≫tvakam

1. tvakam familiar dimin. for tvám ib. Bhadrab. i, 64 and (instr. tvayakā) iv, 9

≫tvat

1. tvat in comp. for 2. tvá

⋙tvatkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. made or composed by thee R. i, 2, 40
2. • made like you, 44, 47

⋙tvattanāt

1. ○tanāt abl. ind. from you TāṇḍyaBr. xiv

⋙tvattara

1. ○tara mfn. Compar. more yours Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Kāś

⋙tvattas

1. ○tas s.v. 2. tvá

⋙tvatpitṛ

1. ○pitṛ (tvát-), m(pl. ○tāras)fn. having thee as a father TS. i

⋙tvatpratikṣin

1. ○pratíkṣin mfn. waiting on thee Nal. xvii, 37

⋙tvatprasūta

1. ○prasūta (tvát-), mfn. instigated by thee ŚBr. iv, 1, 4, 4

⋙tvatsaṃgama

1. ○saṃgama m. union with thee

≫tvatka

1. tvatka = tvakat

⋙tvatkapitṛka

1. ○pitṛka = tvakat- Pat

≫tvad

1. tvad = tvat

⋙tvadanya

1. ○anya mfn. other than thee Nal. i, 20 ; xii, 14 Ragh. iii, 63

⋙tvadartham

1. ○artham

⋙tvadarthe

1. ○arthe ind. on thy account, about thee

⋙tvadgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. thy house

⋙tvaddevatya

1. ○devatyá mfn. having thee as deity ŚBr. viii, 4

⋙tvaddhita

1. ○dhita mfn. suitable (hita) for thee Pāṇ. 7-2, 98, Kāś

⋙tvadbhaya

1. ○bhaya n. dread of thee MBh. iii

⋙tvadbhū

1. ○√bhū to become thou Pāṇ. 1-4, 108 Pat

⋙tvadyoni

1. ○yoni (tvád-), mfn. proceeding from thee AV. xiii, 1, 2

⋙tvadvidha

1. ○vidha mfn. like thee MBh. iii R. ii f. Kathās. cix

⋙tvadviyoga

1. ○viyoga m. separation from thee

⋙tvadvivācana

1. ○vivācana (tvád-), mfn. having thee as an umpire TS. i

≫tvadīya

1. tvadīya mfn. thy, your, thine, yours MBh. &c

≫tvadya

1. tvadya Nom. ○yati, to wish thee Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Kāś
2. • ○yate, to act like thou ib

≫tvadrik

1. tvadrík ind. towards thee RV. v, 3, 12 ; x, 43, 2

≫tvan

1. tvan = tvat

⋙tvanmanya

1. ○manya mfn. thinking to be thou Pāṇ. 6-3, 68 Kāś

⋙tvanmaya

1. ○maya mfn. consisting of thee Hariv. Vcar

⋙tvantā

1. ○tā f. identity with thee Naish

≫tvāṃkāma

1. tvā́ṃ-kāma mfn. longing for thee RV. viii, 11, 7

≫tvātputra

1. tvātputra m. pl. the pupils of (tvat-p○) your son Pāṇ. 1-1, 74 Pat

≫tvādatta

1. tvā́-datta mfn. given by thee RV. ii, 33, 2 ; viii, 92, 18

⋙tvādāta

1. tvā́-dāta mfn. id., i, 10 ; iii, v

⋙tvādūta

1. tvā́dūta mfn. having thee as a messenger, ii, v

⋙tvādṛś

1. tvādṛś nom. -dṛk mfn. like thee, of thy kind KaṭhUp. MBh. v BhP. i, 17

⋙tvādṛśa

1. tvā-dṛśa mf(ī)n. id. MBh. R. &c

⋙tvādṛśaka

1. tvā-dṛśaka mfn. id. MBh. v, 4399

⋙tvānid

1. tvā-níd mfn. hating thee RV. viii, 70, 10

⋙tvāmāhuti

1. tvā́m-āhuti mfn. offering oblations to thee TS. i, 5, 10, 2

⋙tvāyat

1. tvāyát mfn. = tvā́ṃ-kāma RV

⋙tvāyā

1. tvāyā́ ind. out of love towards thee, for thee, i-viii

⋙tvāyu

1. tvāyú mfn. = ○yát, i, iii f. vi-viii, x

⋙tvāvat

1. tvā́-vat mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 39 Vārtt.) similar to thee, as rich or mighty or great as thou, worthy of thee RV

⋙tvāvasu

1. tvā́-vasu mfn. having thee as a possession, vii, 32, 14

⋙tvāvṛdha

1. tvā́-vṛdha mf(ā)n. favoured by thee, i, x

⋙tveṣita

1. tvếṣita mfn. sent by thee, viii, 77, 10

⋙tvota

1. tvốta mfn. helped or protected or loved by thee, i-vi, viii ff
2. • cf. índra-

⋙tvoti

1. tvốti mfn. id., v, 65, 5 ; ix, 66 and 76

tvakṣ

1. tvakṣ (= √takṣ and related to 2. tvác), cl. 1. ○kṣati, to create, produce Nir. viii, 13
2. • to pare Dhātup
3. • to skin ib
4. • to cover ib
5. • [cf. pra-tvakṣāṇá ; Zd. thwakhsh, ?, ?.]

≫tvakṣas

1. tvákṣas n. energy, vigour RV. i, 100, 15 ; iv, 27, 2 ; vi, 18, 9 ; viii, 20, 6

⋙tvakṣīyas

1. tvákṣīyas mfn. very vigorous, ii, 33, 6 ; Zd. thwakhshista

tvaṅg

1. tvaṅg cl. 1. gati, to wave, tremble, jump, leap, gallop Daś. x, 36 Bālar. viii, 77 Kathās. xviii, 7
2. • lxxxv, 11
3. • to flare Vcar. xviii, 81. [Page 463, Column 3]

tvac

1. tvac cl. 6. ○cati, to cover Dhātup

≫tvak

1. tvak in comp. for 2. tvác

⋙tvakkaṇḍura

1. ○kaṇḍura m. a skin-wound, sore L

⋙tvakkṣīrā

1. ○kṣīrā f. 'bark-milk', bamboo-manna (Tabāshīr) L

⋙tvakkṣīrī

1. ○kṣīrī f. id. Suśr. i, 44, 14

⋙tvakchada

1. ○chada m. Lipeocercis serrata L

⋙tvakcheda

1. ○cheda m. a skin-wound, cut

⋙tvakchedana

1. ○chedana n. cutting the skin

⋙tvaktaraṃgaka

1. ○taraṃgaka m. 'skin-wave', a wrinkle Npr

⋙tvaktobila

1. ○to-bila tvag-b○

⋙tvaktra

1. ○tra n. 'skin-fence', armour Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 94
2. • cf. niṣ-ṭv○

⋙tvaktrāṇa

1. ○trāṇa n. protection of the skin Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Vārtt. 11 Pat

⋙tvakpattra

1. ○pattra m. Laurus Cassia MBh. xii
2. • n. = ○ttraka Suśr
3. • (ī), f. hiṅgu-pattrī L
4. • Malabathron Npr

⋙tvakpattraka

1. ○pattraka n. the bark or leaf of Laurus Cassia Bhpr. vii, 1, 202

⋙tvakparipuṭana

1. ○paripuṭana n. desquamation Suśr. i, 17, 3 ; ii, 12, 5

⋙tvakparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. = -pattrī L

⋙tvakpalita

1. ○palita n. leprosy Gal

⋙tvakpāka

1. ○pāka m. 'skin-inflammation', N. of a disease, 14, 1 and 11

⋙tvakpāruṣya

1. ○pāruṣya n. roughness of the skin, 5, 1 ; iv, 5, 2

⋙tvakpuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. = tvag-aṅkura L
2. • blotch, scab L
3. • (ī), f. id. L

⋙tvakpuṣpikā

1. ○puṣpikā f. id. L

⋙tvakśūnyatā

1. ○śūnyatā f. want of sensation in the skin Bhpr

⋙tvaksāra

1. ○sāra mfn. having an excellent or sound skin Laghuj. ii, 16 Suśr. i, 35
2. • m. a bamboo MBh. R. Suśr. &c
3. • Laurus Cassia (the plant and the bark) L
4. • Bignonia indica L
5. • (ā), f. Tabāshīr L
6. • -bhedinī f. the plant kṣudra-cañcu L
7. • -vyavahāra-vat mfn. occupied with bamboo work Mn. x, 37

⋙tvaksugandha

1. ○sugandha m. an orange Bhpr
2. • (ā), f. the bark of Feronia elephantum L

⋙tvaksraja

1. ○sraja n. sg. skin and wreath Pāṇ. 5-4, 106 Laghuk

⋙tvaksvādvī

1. ○svādvī f. = -sugandha Npr

≫tvag

1. tvag = 2. tvác

⋙tvagaṅkura

1. ○aṅkura m. 'skin-bristling', horripilation L

⋙tvagasthibhūta

1. ○asthi-bhūta mfn. become mere skin and bones MBh. xiii, 29, 6

⋙tvagindriya

1. ○indriya n. the sense of touch W

⋙tvaguttarāsaṅgavat

1. ○uttarâsaṅga-vat mfn. having an upper garment made of bark Kum. v, 16

⋙tvagutthā

1. ○utthā f. 'skin-produced', chyle Gal

⋙tvagela

1. ○ela n. Cassia bark and cardamoms Suśr. i, 44

⋙tvaggandha

1. ○gandha m. = tvak-sug○ L

⋙tvagja

1. ○ja n. 'skin-born', the hairs on the body L
2. • blood L

⋙tvagjala

1. ○jala n. 'skin-water', sweat Gal

⋙tvagdoṣa

1. ○doṣa m. skin-disease, leprosy MBh. v, 5064 Suśr. i, 45 Sāy. Hcat
2. • ○ṣâpahā f. 'leprosy-curer', Vernonia anthelminthica L
3. • ○ṣâri m. 'leprosy-enemy', N. of a bulb L

⋙tvagdoṣin

1. ○"ṣdoṣin mfn. having skin-disease, Ieprous MBh. v, 5056

⋙tvagbila

1. ○bila mf(ā)n. having the cavity on the bark side (a ladle) KātyŚr. i, 3
2. • tvak-to-b○ ĀpŚr. i

⋙tvagbheda

1. ○bheda m. the chapping of the skin Suśr. ii, 1

⋙tvagbhedaka

1. ○bhedaka m. one who scratches the skin Mn. viii, 284

⋙tvagroga

1. ○roga m. = -doṣa

⋙tvagvat

1. ○vat mfn. furnished with a skin or bark Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

≫tvagākṣīrī

1. tvagā-kṣīrī f. = tvak-kṣ○ L

≫tvaṅ

1. tvaṅ = 2. tvác

⋙tvaṅmaya

1. ○maya mfn. made of skin or bark, viii, 4, 45 Vārtt. Sch. ; iv, 3, 144 Siddh

⋙tvaṅmala

1. ○mala n. the hairs of the body L

⋙tvaṅmāṃsāsthimaya

1. ○māṃsâsthi-maya mfn. consisting of skin, flesh and bones Bhartṛ. i, 77

≫tvac

1. tvác f. skin (of men, serpents &c.), hide (of goats, cows &c.) RV. &c. (kṛṣṇā́), the black man', i, 130, 8)
2. • a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma), i, iii, ix VS. xix, 82
3. • a leather bag RV. v, 33, 7
4. • (fig. 'a cloud') i & ix
5. • bark, rind, peel RV. &c
6. • Cassia bark VarBṛS. lxxvii, 6 ; 12 ; 24 ; 32
7. • cinnamon, cinnamon tree L
8. • a cover (of a horse) RV. viii, 1, 32
9. • surface (of the earth), i, 145, 5 ; x, 68, 4 AV. vi, 21, 1 TBr. i, 5, 5, 4
10. • with kṛṣṇā́ or ásiknī, 'the black cover', darkness RV. ix, 41, 1 and 73, 5
11. • a mystical N. of the letter ya RāmatUp. i, 77

≫tvaca

1. tvaca n. skin (ifc. mukta-, mṛdu-) Uṇ. ii, 63 Sch
2. • cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22 Suśr
3. • Cassia bark L
4. • (ā), f. skin L
5. • cf. guḍa-
6. • tanu- and pṛthak-tvacā

⋙tvacana

1. tvacana n. skinning Dhātup. xvii, 13

⋙tvacaya

1. tvacaya Nom. ○yati, to skin Pāṇ. 3-1, 25

⋙tvacas

1. tvacas sá-, sū́rya-, híraṇya-

⋙tvacasya

1. tvacasyá mfn. being in the skin AV. ii, 33, 7

⋙tvacāpattra

1. tvacā-pattra n. Cassia bark L

⋙tvacāyani

1. tvacāyani m. patr. fr. ○c Pāṇ. 4-i, 95 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙tvacita

1. tvacita mfn. skinned HPariś. ii, 23

⋙tvaciṣṭha

1. tvaciṣṭha mfn. having the best or an excellent skin Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

⋙tvacisāra

1. tvaci-sāra m. (vi, 3, 9 Kāś.) = tvak-s○ a bamboo Bhpr. v, 3, 153

⋙tvacīyas

1. tvacīyas mfn. having a better skin Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

⋙tvacya

1. tvacya mfn. conducive to healthiness of skin Suśr. i, 45, 7, 3 ; 46, 2, 11

≫tvāca

1. tvāca mfn. relating to (tvác) the skin L

tvañc

1. tvañc (= 1. tañc), cl. o go Dhātup
2. • (= 2. tañc) cl. 7. tvanakti, to contract Kavikalpat

tvat

1. tvát (or tvád) &c. col. 2

tvar

1. tvar cl. 1. tvárate (ep. also ○ti
2. • pf. tatvare Ragh
3. • aor. 2. pl. atvaridhvam, ○riḍhvam, ○riddhvam Vop
4. • Subj. 2. sg. tvariṣṭhās Pāṇ. 1-3, 21 Siddh.) to hurry, make haste, move with speed Kāṭh. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c.: Caus. tvarayati (Impv. ○ráya [Page 464, Column 1]
5. • aor. atatvarat Pāṇ. 7-4, 95) to cause to hasten, quicken, urge forward (with acc., dat. or inf.) AV. xii, 3, 31 MBh. &c
6. • tvār○, to convert quickly into the state (bhāva dat.) of Bādar. ii, 1, 24 Śaṃk
7. • √.tur

≫tvara

1. tvara only (eṇa), instr. ind. hastily BhP. x, 13, 62

≫tvaraṇa

1. tvaraṇá mf(ā́)n. produced by hurrying (sweat) AV. xi, 8, 28
2. • n. making haste W

⋙tvaraṇīya

1. tvaraṇīya mfn. requiring haste MBh. vii, 5842

≫tvarā

1. tvarā f. haste, speed MBh. R. &c. (○rāṃ-√kṛ with gen. 'to make haste with' Kathās. xx, 199)
2. • (ayā), instr. ind. hastily, quickly R. Suśr. Śak. vi, 2/3

⋙tvarāyukta

1. ○yukta mfn. expeditious BrahmaP. i, 56, 17. =

⋙tvaroha

1. tvaroha (○râr○), m. 'ascending quickly', a pigeon Npr

⋙tvarāvat

1. ○vat mfn. expeditious MBh. R

≫tvarāyasya

1. tvarāyasya Nom. P. to hurry, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

≫tvari

1. tvari f. haste L

⋙tvarita

1. tvarita mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 187) hasty, quick, swift, expeditious MBh. &c
2. • n. impers. hurried W
3. • n. haste ( sa-tvaritam) L
4. • (am), ind. quickly, swiftly MBh. R. Śak. iii, 1/2 Kāraṇḍ
5. • (ā), f. Durgā and a magical formula called after her Tantras. iv Śārad. x
6. • -gati f. 'swift motion', a metre
7. • ram ind. more quickly Prab. vi, 1/2
8. • -vikrama, of 4 x 10 syllables Chandaþs. vi, 10 ff. Sch
9. • -ta mfn. stepping quickly Hariv. 3182 ; 4507 R. i, vii
10. • ○tôdita mfn. = tūrṇôd○ L
11. • cf. tūrtá, ○rṇa

⋙ritaka

1. ritaka m. = tūrṇaka Suśr. i, 46
2. • (ā), f. id. Npr

tvaṣṭa

1. tvaṣṭa mfn. (√tvakṣ) = taṣṭa L

≫tvaṣṭāvarūtrī

1. tváṣṭā-várūtrī du. 'Tvashṭṛi and his Help (cf. RV. vii, 34, 22)', N. of two Asura priests Kapishṭh. vli, 4 Kāṭh. xxx, 1 (triṣ○) MaitrS. iv, 8, 1 (triṣ○ and tṛṣ○)

⋙tvaṣṭi

1. tvaṣṭi f. carpentry Mn. x, 48

⋙tvaṣṭīmatī

1. tváṣṭī-matī

⋙tvaṣṭumat

1. tváṣṭu-mat ○STR-m○

≫tvaṣṭṛ

1. tváṣṭṛ m. a carpenter, maker of carriages (= táṣṭṛ) AV. xii, 3, 33
2. • 'creator of living beings', the heavenly builder, N. of a god (called su-kṛ́t, -pāṇí, -gábhasti, -jániman, sv-ápas, apásām apástama, viśvá-rūpa &c. RV
3. • maker of divine implements, esp. of Indra's thunderbolt and teacher of the Ṛibhus, i, iv-vi, x Hariv. 12146 f. R. ii, 91, 12
4. • former of the bodies of men and animals, hence called 'firstborn' and invoked for the sake of offspring, esp. in the Āprī hymns RV. AV. &c. MBh. iv, 1178 Hariv. 587 ff. Ragh. vi, 32
5. • associated with the similar deities Dhātṛi, Savitṛi, Prajā-pati, Pūshan, and surrounded by divine females [gnā́s, janáyas, devā́nām pátnīs
6. • cf. tváṣṭā-várūtrī] recipients of his generative energy RV. ŚBr. i KātyŚr. iii
7. • supposed author of RV. x, 184 with the epithet Garbha-pati RAnukr
8. • father of Saraṇyū [Su-reṇu Hariv
9. • Sva-reṇu L.] whose double twin-children by Vivasvat [or Vāyu ? RV. viii, 26, 21 f.] are YamaYamī and the Aśvins, x, 17, 1 f. Nir. xii, 10 Bṛih. Hariv. 545 ff. VP
10. • also father of Tri-śiras or Viśvarūpa ib
11. • overpowered by Indra who recovers the Soma ṛV. iii f. concealed by him because Indra had killed his son Viśva-rūpa TS. ii ŚBr. i, v, xii
12. • regent of the Nakshatra Citrā TBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Śāntik. VarBṛS. īc, 4
13. • of the 5th cycle of Jupiter, viii, 23
14. • of an eclipse, iii, 6
15. • tvaṣṭur ātithya, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.)
16. • a form of the sun MBh. iii, 146 Hariv. 13143 BhP. iii, 6, 15
17. • (styled mahā-graha) Parāś
18. • N. of the 12th Muhūrta Sūryapr
19. • of an Āditya MBh. i Hariv. BhP. vi, 6, 37 VP. i, 15, 130 ; ii, 10, 16
20. • of a Rudra, i, 15, 122
21. • of a son of Manasyu or Bhauvana, ii, 1, 40 BhP. v, 15, 13

⋙tvaṣṭṛdevatya

1. ○devatya mfn. having TṭTri-śiras as deity PārGṛ. iii, 15, 5

⋙tvaṣṭṛmat

1. ○mat (tváṣ○), mfn. connected with or accompanied by Tri-śiras RV. vi, 52, 11 VS. xxxvii, 20
2. • (○Tri-m○) MaitrS. and Kapishṭh
3. • (○Tu-m○) ĀpŚr
4. • f. [Pāṇ. 4-1, 34 Vārtt. 1 Pat.] ○ṭrī-matī TĀr., ○TI-m○. TS. i, 2, 5, 2 and ĀpŚr

⋙tvāṣṭī

1. tvāṣṭī f. (for ○ṭrī) Durgā, DeviiP

≫tvāṣṭra

1. tvāṣṭrá mfn. belonging to or coming from Tvashṭṛ i RV. i, 117, 22 AV. VS. &c. (putra, 'son of TṭTvashṭṛi' Prab. ii, 31)
2. • having Tvashṭṛi as regent VarBṛS. viii, 37 Jyot. (YV.) 6 Sch
3. • m. the son of Tvashṭṛi (Viśva-rūpa RV. &c. ; Ābhūti ŚBr. xiv Vṛitra BhP. vi, 9, 17 ; xi, 12, 5 Tri-śiras RAnukr.)
4. • N. of an eclipse VarBṛS. iiic, 2
5. • n. Tvashṭṛi's energy, creative power RV. iii, 7, 4 BhP. viii, 11, 35
6. • the asterism Citrā VarBṛS
7. • (ī), f. 'daughter of Tvashṭṛi', Saraṇyū (Vivasvat's wife) Nir. xii, 10 MBh. i, 2599 Hariv. 545 f
8. • the asterism Citrā L
9. • a small car L
10. • pl. 'daughters of Tvashṭṛi', certain divine female beings TāṇḍyaBr. xii, 5

⋙tvāṣṭrīsāman

1. tvāṣṭrī-sāman n. N. of a Sāman (also ○ryāḥ s○
2. • also anta-tvāṣṭrī) Lāṭy

⋙tvāṣṭreya

1. tvāṣṭ-reya N. of a family Pravar

tvāva

   tvā́vá = tú vā́vá ŚBr. xi f 

1. • cf. tvaí. [Page 464, Column 2]

tviṣ

1. tviṣ (cl. 1. tveṣati, ○te Dhātup
2. • aor. atvikṣat [Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār.] Vop
3. • pl. átviṣur, ○ṣanta, átitviṣanta
4. • pf. titviṣé, p. ○ṣāṇá) Ā. to be violently agitated or moved or excited or troubled RV
5. • (P.) Bhaṭṭ
6. • P. Ā. to excite, instigate RV. i, x
7. • to shine, glitter, viii, 96, 15 Nir. BhP. x, 46, 45 (pr. p. tviṣyat)
8. • cf. ava-

≫tviṭpati

1. tviṭ-pati m. 'light-lord', the sun Gal

≫tviṣ

1. tvíṣ f. violent agitation, vehemence, violence, fury, perplexity RV. iv f. viii, x VS
2. • light, brilliance, glitter, splendour, beauty, authority RV. viii, 43, 3 MBh. &c
3. • colour VarBṛS. xxxii, 21
4. • lxiv, 3 Suśr. Ratnâv. Kathās

   • speech L

≫tviṣā

1. tviṣā f. light, splendour L
2. • N. of a daughter of Marīci by Sambhūti VāyuP. i, 28, 8 LiṅgaP

≫tviṣāmīśa

1. tviṣām-īśa

⋙tviṣāmīśapati

1. ○pati m. = tviṭ-p○ L

≫tviṣi

1. tvíṣi f. vehemence, impetuosity, energy RV. v, 8, 5 AV. VS. TS
2. • splendour, light, brilliancy, beauty RV. i, ix f. AV. VS. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr
3. • N. of an Ekâha Vait

⋙tviṣimat

1. ○mat (tvíṣ○), ○SI-m○

≫tviṣita

1. tviṣitá mfn. violently agitated RV. x, 84, 2

≫tviṣīmat

1. tvíṣī-mat mfn. vehemently excited, vehement, energetic RV
2. • shining, brilliant, beautiful, iii, vi
3. • ○Si-m○ ŚBr. xi ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. Kauś

≫tveṣa

1. tveṣá mf(ā́)n. vehement, impetuous, causing fear awful RV
2. • brilliant, glittering RV

⋙tveṣadyumna

1. ○dyumna (○ṣá-), mfn. having glittering brilliancy, i, 37, 4

⋙tveṣanṛmṇa

1. ○nṛmṇa (○ṣá-), mfn. of brilliant power, x, 120, 1 AV. v, 11, 1

⋙tveṣapratīka

1. ○pratīka (○ṣá-), mf(ā)n. of brilliant appearance RV. i, 66, 7 and 167, 5

⋙tveṣayāma

1. ○yāma (○ṣá-), mfn. impetuous in course, 166, 5

⋙tveṣaratha

1. ○ratha mfn. having rushing or brilliant chariots, v, 61, 13

⋙tveṣasaṃdṛś

1. ○saṃdṛś (○ṣá-), mfn. = -pratīka, i, 85
2. • v f. x

≫tveṣatha

   tveṣátha m. fury, violence, i, 141, 8

≫tveṣas

1. tveṣás n. energy, impulse, 61, 11

⋙tveṣin

1. tveṣín mfn. impetuous, vii, 60, 10 (○ṣī́ nom. f. of ○ṣá ?)

≫tveṣya

1. tveṣyá mfn. terrifying, awful, 58, 2

tveṣita

1. tvếṣita p. 463, col. 2

tvai

1. tvaí ind. (g. câdi and Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) = tú vatí TS. ii f ŚBr. ix f
2. • cf. tvā́vá

tvota

1. tvốta ○ti, p. 463, col. 2

tsar

1. tsar cl. 1. tsárati (Subj. and p. tsárat
2. • pf. tatsāra and aor. atsār RV
3. • atsārīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 2
4. • pf. pl. tatsarur, vi, 4, 120 Kāś.) to go or approach stealthily, creep on, sneak RV. AV. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. Kauś. Anup
5. • cf. abhi-, ava-, upa-

≫tsarā

1. tsarā f. approaching stealthily Nyāyam. Sch

≫tsaru

1. tsáru m. a crawling animal RV. vii, 50, 1
2. • the stalk of a leaf ( palāśa-), handle of a vessel Suśr
3. • the hilt of a sword MBh. R. Hariv. Ragh
4. • cf. sumatí-

⋙tsarumat

1. ○mat mfn. having a handle ĀpŚr. xii, 2, 8

⋙tsarumārga

1. ○mārga m. sword-fight MBh. i, 5341

⋙tsaruka

1. tsaruka mfn. making hilts of swords, g. ākarṣâdi

≫tsāra

1. tsāra ku-

⋙tsārin

1. tsārín mfn. approaching stealthily, hidden RV. i, 134, 5 AV. x, 1 TS. vi

⋙tsāruka

1. tsāruka mfn. skilful in handling (tsaru) a sword MBh. i, 5271